UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
_________________________________________________________
FORM 20-F
_________________________________________________________
(Mark One)
¨

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) or (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
ý
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019
OR
¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
¨

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of event requiring this shell company report                     
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission file number 1-33867
_________________________________________________________
TEEKAY TANKERS LTD.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
_________________________________________________________
Republic of the Marshall Islands
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
Suite 2000, Bentall 5, 550 Burrard Street, Vancouver, BC, V6C 2K2 Canada
Telephone: (604) 683-3529
(Address and telephone number of principal executive offices)
Arthur Bensler
Suite 2000 - Bentall 5, 550 Burrard Street, Vancouver, BC, V6C 2K2 Canada
Telephone: (604) 683-3529
Fax: (604) 644-6600
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)
Securities registered, or to be registered, pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.
Title of each class
Trading symbol
Name of each exchange on which registered
Class A common stock, par value of $0.01 per share
TNK
New York Stock Exchange




Securities registered, or to be registered, pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.
None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.
None
_________________________________________________________
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.
29,028,579 shares of Class A common stock, par value of $0.01 per share.
4,625,997 shares of Class B common stock, par value of $0.01 per share.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes  ¨            No   ý
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Yes  ¨            No  ý
Indicate by check mark if the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes  ý            No   ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant (1) has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes  ý            No   ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer,” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large Accelerated Filer  ¨            Accelerated Filer  ý            Non-Accelerated Filer  ¨ Emerging growth company  ¨
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨
† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
U.S. GAAP  ý
 
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board  ¨
 
Other  ¨
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:
Item 17  ¨             Item 18  ¨
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes   ¨            No  ý


 



Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD.
INDEX TO REPORT ON FORM 20-F
INDEX
 
 
PAGE
 
 
Item 1.
7

Item 2.
7

Item 3.
7

 
7

 
11

 
23

Item 4.
25

 
25

 
25

 
26

 
28

 
29

 
30

 
31

 
32

 
33

 
33

 
39

 
39

 
39

 
39

 
40

 
41

Item 4A.
41

Item 5.
41

 
41

 
41

 
43

 
42

 
44

 
45

 
50

 
53

 
53

 
53

Item 6.
56




Table of Contents

 
56

 
57

 
58

 
58

 
59

 
59

Item 7.
61

 
61

 
61

Item 8.
64

 
64

 
64

 
64

 
64

Item 9.
64

Item 10.
65

 
65

 
65

 
66

 
66

 
70

 
70

Item 11.
70

 
70

 
70

 
70

 
71

Item 12.
71

 
 
Item 13.
71

Item 14.
71

Item 15.
72

 
72

Item 16A.
72

Item 16B.
73

Item 16C.
73

Item 16D.
74

Item 16E.
74

Item 16F.
74

Item 16G.
74

Item 16H.
74

 
 



Table of Contents

81

74

75

 
77




Table of Contents

PART I
This Annual Report should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in this report.
Unless otherwise indicated, references in this Annual Report to “Teekay Tankers Ltd.", the "Company", "we”, "us" and "our" and similar terms refer to Teekay Tankers Ltd. and/or one or more of its subsidiaries, except that those terms, when used in this Annual Report in connection with the common stock described herein, shall mean specifically Teekay Tankers Ltd. References in this Annual Report to "Teekay" or “Teekay Corporation” refer to Teekay Corporation and/or any one or more of its subsidiaries.

In addition to historical information, this Annual Report contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Such forward-looking statements relate to future events and our operations, objectives, expectations, performance, financial condition and intentions. When used in this Annual Report, the words “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “estimate” and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report include, in particular, statements regarding:

our future financial condition, results of operations and future revenues, expenses and capital expenditures, and our expected financial flexibility and sources of liquidity to fund capital expenditures and pursue acquisitions and other expansion opportunities, including vessel acquisitions;
our dividend policy and ability to pay dividends on shares of our common stock;
the crude oil and refined product tanker market fundamentals, including the balance of supply and demand in the tanker market, changes in the world tanker fleet, changes in global oil and refined products demand, the rate of global oil production (including the effect of OPEC supply cuts), and changes in long-haul crude tanker movements, trading patterns, tanker fleet utilization and spot tanker rates;
anticipated levels of tanker newbuilding orders and deliveries and rates of tanker scrapping or use of tankers for floating storage;
anticipated temporary removal of vessels from the global supply chain for drydocking and scrubber retrofitting;
our compliance with, and the effect on our business and operating results of, covenants under our term loans, credit facilities and obligations related to finance leases;
our expectation regarding the ability of Teekay Corporation to comply with its covenants under our loan arrangement which Teekay Corporation is a guarantor;
the expected scope, duration and effects of the novel coronavirus pandemic, including its impact on global supply and demand for petroleum products and tanker fleet utilization, and the consequences of any future epidemic or pandemic crises;
future oil production and refinery capacity;
global oil prices, including the potential impact on oil stockpiling, refinery throughput, bunker fuel prices, and oil futures markets;
our expectations about the availability of vessels to purchase, the expected costs and time it may take to acquire vessels or construct and deliver newbuildings;
the ability to leverage Teekay Corporation’s relationships and reputation in the shipping industry;
the expected benefits of participation in purchasing alliances;
the effectiveness of our chartering strategy in capturing upside opportunities and reducing downside risks, including our ability to take advantage of strong tanker markets;
our acquisition strategy and the expected benefits of our acquisitions of vessels or businesses;
our expectation that our U.S. Gulf lightering business will complement our spot trading strategy in the Caribbean to the U.S. Gulf market, allowing us to better optimize the deployment of the fleet that we trade in this region through better scheduling flexibility and utilization;
the ability to maximize the use of vessels, including the redeployment of vessels no longer under time charters;
our expectation regarding our vessels’ ability to perform to specifications and maintain their hire rates;
operating expenses, availability of crew, number of off-hire days, dry-docking requirements and insurance costs;
the impact and expected cost of, and our ability and plans to comply with, new and existing governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards applicable to our business, including the expected cost to install ballast water treatment systems (or BWTS) on our tankers and the switch to burning low sulfur fuel in compliance with International Maritime Organization (or IMO) proposals and the effect of IMO 2020, a new regulation for a 0.50% global sulfur cap for marine fuels effective January 1, 2020;
our ability to obtain all permits, licenses and certificates material to the conduct of our operations;
the impact on us and the shipping industry of environmental liabilities, including climate change;
the impact of any sanctions on our operations and our ongoing compliance with such sanctions;
the expected impact of the adoption of the "Poseidon Principles" by financial institutions;
expenses under service agreements with other affiliates of Teekay Corporation;



Table of Contents

the anticipated taxation of our Company and of dividends to our shareholders;
the sale of the non-U.S. portion of our ship-to-ship support services business, as well as its LNG terminal management business, including the expected timing of closing;
our strategy regarding our ship-to-ship transfer business and the expected ongoing benefits of our ship-to-ship transfer business, including, among others, the ability of the business to provide stable cash flow to help us partially manage the cyclicality of the tanker market, and our ability to grow our presence in, and take advantage of the expected increased volumes moving in and out of, the U.S. Gulf, and to increase our market share in the ship-to-ship support business in the Americas region;
our expected recovery of fuel price increases from the charterers of its vessels through higher rates for voyage charters;
our expectations as to the useful vessel lives and any impairment of our vessels or of goodwill;
our customers’ increasing emphasis on environmental and safety concerns;
meeting our going concern requirements and our liquidity needs, including anticipated funds and sources of financing for liquidity and capital expenditure needs and the sufficiency of cash flows, and our estimation that we will have sufficient liquidity for at least a one-year period;
our ability to refinance existing debt obligations, to raise additional debt and capital to fund capital expenditures and negotiate extensions or redeployments of existing assets;
our expectations and hedging activities relating to foreign exchange, interest rate and spot market risks;
the expected timing of the transition away from the use of the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (or LIBOR) and the consequences relating to such transition;
the ability of counterparties to our derivative and other contracts to fulfill their contractual obligations;
the delivery timing of new charter-in vessels;
our position that we are not a passive foreign investment company;
the expected impact of the adoption of new accounting standards; and
our business strategy and other plans and objectives for future operations.
Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks and are based upon a number of assumptions and estimates that are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially include, but are not limited to, those factors discussed below in Item 3 – Key Information: Risk Factors and other factors detailed from time to time in other reports we file with or furnish to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (or the SEC).

We do not intend to revise any forward-looking statements in order to reflect any change in our expectations or events or circumstances that may subsequently arise. You should carefully review and consider the various disclosures included in this Annual Report and in our other filings made with the SEC that attempt to advise interested parties of the risks and factors that may affect our business, prospects and results of operations.
Item 1.
Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors
Not applicable.
Item 2.
Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
Not applicable.
Item 3.
Key Information
Selected Financial Data
Set forth below is selected consolidated financial and other data of Teekay Tankers Ltd. and its subsidiaries for fiscal years 2015 through 2019, which have been derived from our consolidated financial statements. The following table should be read together with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, Item 5 – Operating and Financial Review and Prospects included herein, and the historical financial statements and accompanying notes and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm thereon (which is included herein), with respect to the fiscal years 2019, 2018 and 2017.

In December 2015, we purchased two vessels from Altera Infrastructure L.P. (formerly known as Teekay Offshore Partners L.P.) (or Altera), an entity which was controlled by Teekay at the time. This acquisition was deemed to be a business acquisition between entities under common control. Accordingly, we have accounted for this transaction in a manner similar to the pooling of interest method whereby our consolidated financial statements prior to the date these vessels were acquired by us are retroactively adjusted to include the results of these acquired




vessels. The periods retroactively adjusted include all periods that we and the acquired vessels were both under the common control of Teekay and had begun operations.

In May 2017, we acquired from Teekay Holdings Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Teekay, the remaining 50% interest in Teekay Tanker Operations Ltd. (or TTOL), a company which owns tanker commercial management and technical management operations. This was deemed to be a business acquisition between entities under common control. As a result, our consolidated financial statements prior to the date we acquired the controlling interest in TTOL have been retroactively adjusted to eliminate the equity method of accounting previously used for the original 50% interest owned and to include 100% of the assets and liabilities and results of TTOL on a consolidated basis during the periods we and TTOL were under common control of Teekay and had begun operations. All intercorporate transactions between us and TTOL that occurred prior to the acquisition have been eliminated upon consolidation.

As a result, our consolidated statements of income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 reflect the results of operations of TTOL and the vessels acquired from Altera, referred to herein as the "Entities under Common Control," as if we had acquired them when TTOL and each respective vessel began operations under the ownership of Teekay. Please refer to Item 5 – Operating and Financial Review and Prospects: Items You Should Consider When Evaluating Our Results and Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 4 – Acquisition of Entities under Common Control.

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (or GAAP).

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2019
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
(in thousands, except share, per share, and fleet data)
Income Statement Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues (1)

$943,917

 

$776,493

 

$431,178

 

$550,543

 

$534,681

Voyage expenses (2)
(402,294
)
 
(381,306
)
 
(77,368
)
 
(53,604
)
 
(18,727
)
Vessel operating expenses (3)
(208,601
)
 
(209,131
)
 
(175,389
)
 
(182,598
)
 
(137,164
)
Time-charter hire expense (4)
(43,189
)
 
(19,538
)
 
(30,661
)
 
(59,647
)
 
(74,898
)
Depreciation and amortization
(124,002
)
 
(118,514
)
 
(100,481
)
 
(104,149
)
 
(73,760
)
General and administrative expenses
(36,404
)
 
(39,775
)
 
(32,879
)
 
(33,199
)
 
(30,403
)
(Loss) gain and write-down on sale of vessels
(5,544
)
 
170

 
(12,984
)
 
(20,594
)
 
771

Restructuring charges

 
(1,195
)
 

 

 
(6,795
)
Income from operations
123,883

 
7,204

 
1,416

 
96,752

 
193,705

Interest expense
(65,362
)
 
(58,653
)
 
(31,294
)
 
(29,784
)
 
(17,389
)
Interest income
871

 
879

 
907

 
117

 
122

Realized and unrealized (loss) gain on derivative instruments
(967
)
 
3,032

 
1,319

 
(964
)
 
(1,597
)
Equity income (loss)
2,345

 
1,220

 
(25,370
)
 
7,680

 
11,528

Income tax expenses
(20,103
)
 
(9,412
)
 
(5,330
)
 
(7,511
)
 
(3,406
)
Other income
695

 
3,182

 
329

 
1,533

 
663

Net income (loss)

$41,362

 

($52,548
)
 

($58,023
)
 

$67,823

 

$183,626

Earnings (loss) per share (5)(6)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Basic

$1.23

 

($1.57
)
 

($2.48
)
 

$3.20

 

$10.08

- Diluted

$1.23

 

($1.57
)
 

($2.48
)
 

$3.20

 

$10.00

Cash dividends declared (6)

$—

 

$0.24

 

$0.96

 

$1.44

 

$1.92

Balance Sheet Data (at end of year):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
88,824

 
54,917

 
71,439

 
94,157

 
156,520

Restricted cash - current and non-current
6,508

 
5,590

 
4,271

 
750

 
870

Vessels and equipment (7)
1,223,085

 
1,401,551

 
1,737,792

 
1,605,372

 
1,767,925

Vessels related to finance leases (7)
527,081

 
482,010

 
227,722

 

 

Total assets
2,229,476

 
2,161,086

 
2,197,348

 
1,964,370

 
2,214,803

Total debt (8)
1,024,467

 
1,110,695

 
1,101,210

 
933,016

 
1,164,605

Common stock and additional paid in capital
1,297,555

 
1,295,929

 
1,294,998

 
1,103,304

 
1,094,874

Total equity
989,920

 
946,933

 
1,006,601

 
932,740

 
899,479

Cash Flow Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash provided by (used for):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 




Operating cash flows
117,661

 
(7,263
)
 
80,489

 
206,546

 
201,821

Financing cash flows
(89,758
)
 
(3,448
)
 
(178,466
)
 
(290,853
)
 
647,678

Investing cash flows
8,380

 
(4,492
)
 
78,780

 
21,824

 
880,011

Number of outstanding shares of common stock at the end of the year (6)
33,654,576

 
33,569,630

 
33,525,205

 
19,913,017

 
19,503,827

Other Financial Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net revenues (9)
541,623

 
395,187

 
353,810

 
496,939

 
515,954

EBITDA (10)
249,958

 
133,152

 
78,175

 
209,150

 
278,059

Adjusted EBITDA (10)
260,194

 
129,559

 
125,664

 
240,198

 
286,504

Capital expenditures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expenditures for vessels and equipment (11)
(11,628
)
 
(5,827
)
 
(4,732
)
 
(9,226
)
 
(848,229
)
Expenditures for dry docking
(46,336
)
 
(27,896
)
 
(16,239
)
 
(9,340
)
 
(39,617
)
Fleet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average number of tankers (12)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Suezmax
29.9

 
30.0

 
21.1

 
22.0

 
13.4

Aframax
20.4

 
19.2

 
17.3

 
21.8

 
22.0

Product
10.9

 
9.0

 
7.5

 
9.2

 
12.2

VLCC
0.5

 
0.5

 
0.5

 
0.5

 
0.5


(1)
Periods prior to 2018 do not include the impact of the January 1, 2018 adoption of ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (or ASU 2014-09). Refer to Item 18: Financial Statements: Note 2 - Recent Accounting Pronouncements.
(2)
Voyage expenses are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including any bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls, agency fees and commissions. Voyage expenses also include certain costs associated with full service lightering activities, which include: short-term in-charter expenses, bunker fuel expenses and other port expenses. Periods prior to 2018 do not include the impact of the January 1, 2018 adoption of ASU 2014-09. Refer to Item 18: Financial Statements: Note 2 - Recent Accounting Pronouncements.
(3)
Vessel operating expenses include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils, and communication expenses among others.
(4)
Time-charter hire expense includes vessel operating lease expense incurred to charter-in vessels.
(5)
Earnings (loss) per share is determined by dividing (a) net income (loss) after (deducting) adding the amount of net income (loss) attributable to the Entities under Common Control that were purchased solely with cash by (b) the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the applicable period and the equivalent shares outstanding that are attributable to the Entities under Common Control. The calculation of weighted-average number of shares includes the total Class A and total Class B shares outstanding during the applicable period. The computation of diluted earnings per share assumes the exercise of all dilutive stock options and restricted stock units using the treasury stock method. The computation of diluted loss per share does not assume such exercises.
(6)
The number of outstanding shares and per share amounts for all periods presented have been adjusted to reflect a one-for-eight reverse stock split completed on November 25, 2019.
(7)
Vessels and equipment and vessels related to finance leases consists of vessels, at cost less accumulated depreciation.
(8)
Total debt includes the short-term debt, current and long-term portion of long-term debt, and current and long-term portion of obligations related to finance leases.
(9)
Net revenues is a non-GAAP financial measure. Consistent with general practice in the shipping industry, we use “net revenues” (defined as revenues less voyage expenses) as a measure of equating revenues generated from voyage charters to revenues generated from time charters, which assists us in making operating decisions about the deployment of our vessels and their performance. Under time charters, the charterer pays the voyage expenses, whereas under voyage charters, the ship-owner pays these expenses. Some voyage expenses are fixed, and the remainder can be estimated. If we, as the ship owner, pay the voyage expenses, we typically pass the approximate amount of these expenses on to our customers by charging higher rates under the contract to them. As a result, although revenues from different types of contracts may vary, the net revenues are comparable across the different types of contracts. We principally use net revenues because it provides more meaningful information to us than revenues, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. Net revenues are also widely used by investors and analysts in the shipping industry for comparing financial performance between companies and to industry averages. The following table reconciles net revenues with revenues:

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2019
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Revenues
$
943,917

 
$
776,493

 
$
431,178

 
$
550,543

 
$
534,681

Voyage expenses
(402,294
)
 
(381,306
)
 
(77,368
)
 
(53,604
)
 
(18,727
)
Net revenues
$
541,623

 
$
395,187

 
$
353,810

 
$
496,939

 
$
515,954





(10)
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures. EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA before foreign exchange gain (loss), (loss) gain and write-down on sale of vessels, realized (gains) losses on interest rate swaps, unrealized gains on derivative instruments, fair value adjustment of the equity-accounted for investment and share of the above items in non-consolidated equity-accounted for investments. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are used as supplemental financial performance measures by management and by external users of our financial statements, such as investors. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA assist our management and investors by increasing the comparability of our fundamental performance from period to period and against the fundamental performance of other companies in our industry that provide EBITDA or Adjusted EBITDA-based information. This increased comparability is achieved by excluding the potentially disparate effects between periods or companies of interest expense, taxes, depreciation or amortization (or other items in determining Adjusted EBITDA), which items are affected by various and possibly changing financing methods, capital structure and historical cost basis and which items may significantly affect net income between periods. We believe that including EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA benefits investors in (a) selecting between investing in us and other investment alternatives and (b) monitoring our ongoing financial and operational strength and health in order to assess whether to continue to hold our equity.
Neither EBITDA nor Adjusted EBITDA should be considered an alternative to net income (loss), operating income, or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA exclude some, but not all, items that affect net income and operating income, and these measures may vary among other companies. Therefore, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as presented below may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
The following table reconciles our historical consolidated EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss).
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2019
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Reconciliation of "EBITDA" and "Adjusted EBITDA” to “Net income (loss)”
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
41,362

 
(52,548
)
 
(58,023
)
 
67,823

 
183,626

Depreciation and amortization
124,002

 
118,514

 
100,481

 
104,149

 
73,760

Interest expense, net of interest income
64,491

 
57,774

 
30,387

 
29,667

 
17,267

Income tax expenses
20,103

 
9,412

 
5,330

 
7,511

 
3,406

EBITDA
$
249,958

 
$
133,152

 
$
78,175

 
$
209,150

 
$
278,059

Foreign exchange gain (i)
(486
)
 
(3,133
)
 
(79
)
 
(1,413
)
 
(613
)
Loss (gain) and write-down on sale of vessels
5,544

 
(170
)
 
12,984

 
20,594

 
(771
)
Realized (gain) loss on interest rate swaps
(2,791
)
 
(2,316
)
 
994

 
12,797

 
9,790

Unrealized loss (gain) on derivative instruments
5,247

 
(579
)
 
(937
)
 
(9,679
)
 
(8,193
)
Fair value adjustment of Tanker Investments Ltd.

 

 
26,733

 

 

Adjustments related to equity-accounted for investments (ii)
2,722

 
2,605

 
7,794

 
8,749

 
8,232

Adjusted EBITDA
$
260,194

 
$
129,559

 
$
125,664

 
$
240,198

 
$
286,504


(i)
Foreign exchange gain includes an unrealized gain of $0.6 million in 2019 (2018 - gain of $3.2 million, 2017 - loss of $0.2 million, 2016 - loss of $46.0 thousand, and 2015 - gain of $1.0 thousand).
(ii)
The following table reflects certain non-GAAP adjustments to the results of our equity-accounted for investments. The adjusted results should not be considered as an alternative to any measure of financial performance presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjustments to equity-accounted for investments include some, but not all, items that affect equity income and these measures and adjustments may vary among other companies and may not be comparable to adjustments to similarly titled measures of other companies. It should be noted that this measure includes the Adjusted EBITDA from our equity-accounted for investments. We do not have control over the operations, nor do we have any legal claim to the revenue and expenses of our equity-accounted for investments.
    




Adjustments relating to equity income from our equity-accounted for investments are as follows:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2019
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
1,903

 
1,745

 
5,250

 
5,866

 
4,517

Interest expense, net of interest income
819

 
876

 
2,562

 
2,868

 
2,763

Income tax (recovery) expense

 

 
(1
)
 
(107
)
 
602

Realized and unrealized (gain) loss on derivative instruments

 
(16
)
 
(14
)
 
115

 
344

Foreign exchange (gain) loss

 

 
(3
)
 
7

 
6

Adjustments related to equity-accounted for investments
$
2,722


$
2,605


$
7,794


$
8,749


$
8,232


(11)
Excludes vessels purchased in connection with our acquisition of Tanker Investments Ltd. (or TIL). Please read Item 18. Financial Statements: Note 24 - Acquisition of Tanker Investments Ltd.
(12)
Average number of our tankers consists of the average number of vessels that were in our possession during a period, including time-chartered in vessels, the vessel owned by our High-Q Investment Ltd. (or High-Q) joint venture with Wah Kwong Maritime Transport Holdings Ltd. and vessels of the Entities under Common Control.
Risk Factors
Some of the following risks relate principally to the industries in which we operate and to our business in general. Other risks relate principally to the securities market and to ownership of our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events described in this section could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and ability to pay dividends on, and the trading price of our common stock.
The novel coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic is dynamic and expanding. The continuation of this outbreak likely will have, and the emergence of other epidemic or pandemic crises could have, material adverse effects on our business, results of operations, or financial condition.
The novel coronavirus pandemic is dynamic and expanding, and its ultimate scope, duration and effects are uncertain. We expect that this pandemic, and any future epidemic or pandemic crises, will result in direct and indirect adverse effects on our industry and customers, which in turn may impact our business, results of operations and financial condition. Effects of the current pandemic include, or may include, among others:
deterioration of worldwide, regional or national economic conditions and activity, which could further reduce or prolong the recent significant declines in oil prices, or adversely affect global demand for our services, and time charter and spot rates;
disruptions to our operations as a result of the potential health impact on our employees and crew, and on the workforces of our customers and business partners;
disruptions to our business from, or additional costs related to, new regulations, directives or practices implemented in response to the pandemic, such as travel restrictions (including for any of our onshore personnel or any of our crew members to timely embark or disembark from our vessels), increased inspection regimes, hygiene measures (such as quarantining and physical distancing) or increased implementation of remote working arrangements;
potential delays in the loading and discharging of cargo on or from our vessels, and any related off hire due to quarantine, worker health or regulations, which in turn could disrupt our operations and result in a reduction of revenue;
potential shortages or a lack of access to required spare parts for our vessels, or potential delays in any repairs to, scheduled or unscheduled maintenance or modifications, or drydocking of, our vessels (including the currently scheduled drydocks for 11 of our vessels in 2020), as a result of a lack of berths available by shipyards from a shortage in labor or due to other business disruptions;
potential delays in vessel inspections and related certifications by class societies, customers or government agencies;
potential reduced cash flows and financial condition, including potential liquidity constraints;
reduced access to capital, including the ability to refinance any existing obligations, as a result of any credit tightening generally or due to continued declines in global financial markets, including to the prices of publicly-traded equity securities of us, our peers and of listed companies generally;
a reduced ability to opportunistically sell any of our vessels on the second-hand market, either as a result of a lack of buyers or a general decline in the value of second-hand vessels;




a decline in the market value of our vessels, which may cause us to (a) incur impairment charges or (b) breach certain covenants under our financing agreements (including our secured facility agreements and financial leases) relating to vessel-to-loan covenants; and
potential deterioration in the financial condition and prospects of our customers or the third party owners whose ships we commercially manage, or attempts by charterers, suppliers or receivers to invoke force majeure contractual clauses as a result of delays or other disruptions.
Although disruption and effects from the novel coronavirus pandemic may be temporary, given the dynamic nature of these circumstances and the worldwide nature of our business and operations, the duration of any business disruption and the related financial impact to us cannot be reasonably estimated at this time but could materially affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our ability to repay or refinance debt obligations and to fund our capital expenditures will depend on certain financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. To the extent we are able to finance these obligations and expenditures with cash from operations or by issuing debt or common shares, our ability to pay cash dividends may be diminished or our financial leverage may increase, or our shareholders may be diluted.
To fund our existing and future debt obligations and capital expenditures, we may be required to use our existing liquidity or cash from operations, incur borrowings, raise capital through the sale of assets or ownership interests in certain assets or our joint venture entity, issue debt or additional equity securities and/or seek to access other financing sources. Our access to potential funding sources and our future financial and operating performance will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.
If we are unable to access additional financing arrangements and generate sufficient cash flow to meet our debt, capital expenditure and other business requirements, we may be forced to take actions such as:
restructuring our debt;
seeking additional debt or equity capital;
selling additional assets or equity interest in certain assets or our joint venture;
not paying dividends;
reducing, delaying or canceling business activities, acquisitions, investments or capital expenditures; or
seeking bankruptcy protection.
Such measures might not be successful, and additional debt or equity capital may not be available on acceptable terms or enable us to meet our debt, capital expenditure and other obligations. Some of such measures may adversely affect our business and reputation. In addition, credit agreements may restrict our ability to implement some of these measures.
Use of cash from operations for capital purposes will reduce cash available for dividends to shareholders. Our ability to obtain bank financing or to access the capital markets for future offerings may be limited by our financial condition at the time of any such financing or offering as well as by adverse market conditions in general. Even if we are successful in obtaining necessary funds, the terms of such financings could limit our ability to pay cash dividends to shareholders or operate our business as currently conducted. In addition, incurring additional debt may significantly increase interest expense and financial leverage, and issuing additional equity securities may result in significant shareholder dilution and would increase the aggregate amount of cash required to maintain quarterly dividends. The sale of certain assets would reduce cash from operations and the cash available for shareholders.
Our primary liquidity needs in the next few years are to refinance loans as they mature and to make scheduled repayments of debt, in addition to paying debt service costs, dividends on equity as and if determined by our Board of Directors, scheduled repayments of obligations related to our finance leases, operating expenses and dry-docking expenditures and funding general working capital requirements. We anticipate that our primary sources of funds in the next few years will be existing liquidity, cash flows from operations, equity issuances and bank debt or other sources of financing.
The vote by the United Kingdom to leave the European Union could adversely affect us.
The United Kingdom exited the European Union (or EU) on January 31, 2020 and entered into a transition period from February 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 during which it will seek to agree to the terms of its future relationship with the EU. Uncertainty regarding the relationship between the United Kingdom and the EU post-2020 may create economic instability in the United Kingdom and elsewhere, which could affect our operations, including our access to bank loans, and may lead to an adverse effect on our business. While we will seek to minimize associated risk by implementing mitigation plans, we cannot assure you that any such plans will be effective.
Economic downturns, including disruptions in the global credit markets, could adversely affect our ability to grow.
Economic downturns and financial crises in the global markets could produce illiquidity in the capital markets, market volatility, heightened exposure to interest rate and credit risks, and reduced access to capital markets. If global financial markets and economic conditions significantly deteriorate in the future, we may face restricted access to the capital markets or bank lending, which may make it more difficult and costly to




fund future growth. Decreased access to such resources could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Economic downturns may affect our customers’ ability to charter our vessels and pay for our services and may adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Economic downturns in the global financial markets or economy generally may lead to a decline in our customers’ operations or ability to pay for our services, which could result in decreased demand for our vessels and services. Our customers’ inability to pay could also result in their default on our current contracts and charters. A decline in the amount of services requested by our customers or their default on our contracts with them could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Exposure to interest rate fluctuations will result in fluctuations in our cash flows and operating results and subject us to risks related to the phasing out of LIBOR.
We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes primarily through our borrowings that require us to make interest payments based on LIBOR. Significant increases in interest rates could adversely affect our operating margins, results of operations and our ability to service our debt. Interest rate changes could impact the amount of our interest payments, and accordingly, our future earnings and cash flow, assuming other factors are held constant. In accordance with our risk management policy, we use interest rate swaps to reduce our exposure to market risk from changes in interest rates. The principal objective of these contracts is to minimize the risks and costs associated with our floating rate debt. We cannot assure you that any hedging activities entered into by us will be effective in fully mitigating our interest rate risk from our variable rate indebtedness.
In addition, LIBOR and certain other interest “benchmarks” may be subject to regulatory guidance and/or reform that could cause interest rates under our current and future debt agreements to perform differently than in the past or cause other unanticipated consequences. The United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, has announced that it intends to stop encouraging or requiring banks to submit LIBOR rates after 2021, and it is unclear if LIBOR will cease to exist or if new methods of calculating LIBOR will evolve. While our secured revolving credit facility agreement dated January 28, 2020 provides for an alternate method of calculating interest rates in the event that a LIBOR rate is unavailable, if LIBOR ceases to exist or if the methods of calculating LIBOR change from their current form, there may be adverse impacts on the financial markets generally and interest rates on borrowings under our revolving facilities and secured term loan facilities may be materially adversely affected. From time to time, we use interest rate swaps to reduce our exposure to market risk from changes in interest rates. The principal objective of these contracts is to minimize the risks and costs associated with our floating-rate debt. We cannot provide assurances that any hedging activities that we enter into will fully mitigate our interest rate risk from our variable rate indebtedness.

In addition, we are exposed to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the counterparties to the interest rate swap agreements. For further information about our financial instruments at December 31, 2019, that are sensitive to changes in interest rates, please read "Item 11 - Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk".
The cyclical nature of the tanker industry may lead to volatile changes in charter rates, and significant fluctuations in the utilization of our vessels, which may adversely affect our earnings.
Historically, the tanker industry has been cyclical, experiencing volatility in profitability due to changes in the supply of and demand for tanker capacity and changes in the supply of and demand for oil and oil products. The cyclical nature of the tanker industry may cause significant increases or decreases in the revenues we earn from our vessels and may also cause significant increases or decreases in the value of our vessels. If the tanker market is depressed, our earnings may decrease. Our exposure to industry business cycles is more acute because of our exposure to the spot tanker market, which is more volatile than the tanker industry generally. Our ability to operate profitably in the spot market and to recharter our other vessels upon the expiration or termination of their charters will depend upon, among other factors, economic conditions in the tanker market.

The factors affecting the supply of and demand for tankers are outside of our control, and the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable.

Key factors that influence the supply of tanker capacity include:

environmental concerns and regulations;
the number of newbuilding deliveries;
the scrapping rate of older vessels;
conversion of tankers to other uses; and
the number of vessels that are out of service.

Key factors that influence demand for tanker capacity include:

supply of oil and oil products;




demand for oil and oil products;
regional availability of refining capacity;
global and regional economic and political conditions;
the distance oil and oil products are to be moved by sea; and
changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns.

Historically, the tanker markets have been volatile as a result of the many conditions and factors that can affect the price and the supply of, and demand for, tanker capacity. Changes in demand for transportation of oil over longer distances and in the supply of tankers to carry that oil may materially affect our revenues, profitability and cash flows.
Low oil prices or a further decline in oil prices may adversely affect our growth prospects and results of operations.
Global crude oil and natural gas prices have fallen to multi-year lows during the first quarter of 2020. A continuation of low oil and gas prices, or a further decline, may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends, as a result of a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

a reduction in exploration for or development of new oil fields or energy projects, or the delay or cancellation of existing projects as energy companies lower their capital expenditures budgets, which may reduce our growth opportunities;
potential lower demand for tankers, which may reduce available charter rates and revenue to us upon chartering or rechartering of our vessels;
customers failing to extend or renew contracts upon expiration;
the inability or refusal of customers to make charter payments to us due to financial constraints or otherwise; or
declines in vessel values, which may result in losses to us upon vessel sales or impairment charges against our earnings.
A significant increase in crude oil prices could negatively impact tanker freight rates.
Global crude oil prices have fallen to multi-year lows during the first quarter of 2020. Low oil prices generally benefit the tanker market, leading to higher oil demand, stronger refining margins, additional import demand for stockpiling purposes and lower bunker costs. A significant increase in crude oil prices compared to current levels could reverse many of these positive drivers and negatively impact tanker freight rates.
Changes in the oil markets could result in decreased demand for our vessels and services.
Demand for our vessels and services in transporting oil depends upon world and regional oil markets. Any decrease in shipments of crude oil in those markets could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Historically, those markets have been volatile as a result of the many conditions and events that affect the price, production and transport of oil, including competition from alternative energy sources. Past slowdowns of the U.S. and world economies have resulted in reduced consumption of oil products and decreased demand for our vessels and services, which reduced vessel earnings. Additional slowdowns could have similar effects on our operating results and may limit our ability to expand our fleet.
Changes in the spot tanker market may result in significant fluctuations in the utilization of our vessels and our profitability.
During 2019 and 2018, we derived approximately 86.8% and 70.8%, respectively, of our net revenues from vessels operating in the spot tanker market, either directly or by means of participation in RSAs (which includes vessels operating under full service lightering contracts and charters with an initial term of less than one year). Due to our involvement in the spot-charter market, declining spot rates in a given period generally will result in corresponding declines in our operating results for that period.

The spot-charter market is highly volatile and fluctuates based upon tanker and oil supply and demand. The successful operation of our vessels in the spot-charter market depends upon, among other things, obtaining profitable spot charters and minimizing, to the extent possible, time spent waiting for charters and time spent traveling unladen to load cargo. Future spot rates may not be sufficient to enable our vessels trading in the spot tanker market to operate profitably or to provide sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations.

In addition, the impact of changes in the spot tanker market may be further impacted by our tankers participating in RSAs as an RSA may include vessels of third-party owners that do not perform as well as our vessels. As a result, we may earn less net revenue than we could by operating our vessels independently. For further information about the RSAs, please read "Item 4 - Information on the Company - “Revenue Sharing Agreements".






Our failure to renew or replace fixed-rate charters could cause us to trade the related vessels in the spot market, which could adversely affect our operating results and make them more volatile.
As of December 31, 2019, five of our tankers operated under fixed-rate time-charter contracts, all five charter contracts are scheduled to expire in 2020. If upon their scheduled expiration or any early termination we are unable to renew or replace fixed-rate charters on favorable terms, or if we choose not to renew or replace these fixed-rate charters, we may employ the vessels in the volatile spot market. Increasing our exposure to the spot market, particularly during periods of unfavorable market conditions, could harm our results of operations and make them more volatile.
Our vessels operate in the highly competitive international tanker market.
The operation of oil tankers and transportation of crude oil and refined petroleum products are extremely competitive businesses. Competition arises primarily from other tanker owners, including major oil companies and independent tanker companies, some of which have substantially greater financial strength and capital than do we or Teekay Corporation. Competition for the transportation of oil and oil products can be intense and depends on price and the location, size, age, condition of the tanker and the acceptability of the tanker and its operators to the charterers. Our competitive position may erode over time.
Our operating results are subject to seasonal fluctuations.
Our tankers operate in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in tanker demand and, therefore, in spot-charter rates. This seasonality may result in quarter-to-quarter volatility in our results of operations. Tanker markets are typically stronger in the winter months as a result of increased oil consumption in the northern hemisphere but weaker in the summer months as a result of lower oil consumption in the northern hemisphere and refinery maintenance. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns during the winter months tend to disrupt vessel scheduling, which historically has increased oil price volatility and oil trading activities in the winter months. As a result, revenues generated by the tankers in our fleet have historically been weaker during our fiscal quarters ended June 30 and September 30, and stronger in our fiscal quarters ended December 31 and March 31.

Exposure to currency exchange fluctuations could result in fluctuations in our operating results.

Our primary economic environment is the international shipping market, which utilizes the U.S. Dollar as its functional currency. Consequently, virtually all of our revenues and the majority of our expenses are in U.S. Dollars. However, we incur certain voyage expenses, vessel operating expenses, and general and administrative expenses in foreign currencies, the most significant of which are the Singapore Dollar, British Pound, Euro and Canadian Dollar. This partial mismatch in revenues and expenses could lead to fluctuations in our net income due to changes in the value of the U.S. Dollar relative to other currencies.
We may not be able to grow or to manage our growth effectively.
One of our principal strategies is to continue to grow by expanding our operations and adding vessels to our fleet. Our future growth will depend upon a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include our ability to:

identify suitable tankers or shipping companies for acquisitions or joint ventures;
integrate successfully any acquired tankers or businesses with our existing operations; and
obtain required financing for our existing and any new operations.

In addition, competition from other companies, many of which have significantly greater financial resources than do we or Teekay Corporation, may reduce our acquisition opportunities or cause us to pay higher prices. Our failure to effectively identify, purchase, develop and integrate any tankers or businesses could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may not realize expected benefits from acquisitions and implementing our growth strategy through acquisitions may harm our financial condition and performance.
Any acquisition of a vessel or business, such as our acquisition of the ship-to-ship (or STS) transfer business in July 2015 and Tanker Investments Ltd. (or TIL) in November 2017, may not be profitable at or after the time of acquisition and may not generate cash flows sufficient to justify the investment. In addition, our acquisition growth strategy exposes us to risks that may harm our business, financial condition and operating results, including risks that we may:

fail to realize anticipated benefits, such as new customer relationships, cost-savings or cash flow enhancements;
be unable to hire, train or retain qualified shore and seafaring personnel to manage and operate our growing business and fleet;
decrease our liquidity by using a significant portion of available cash or borrowing capacity to finance acquisitions;
significantly increase our interest expense or financial leverage if we incur additional debt to finance acquisitions;
incur or assume unanticipated liabilities, losses or costs associated with any vessels or businesses acquired;




incur other significant charges, such as impairment of intangible assets, asset devaluation or restructuring charges; or
be unable to resell our acquired assets, or any portion thereof, for what we would consider fair value as a result of conditions that are beyond our control.
To the extent we acquire existing vessels, they typically do not carry warranties as to their condition, unlike newbuilding vessels. While we generally inspect existing vessels prior to purchase, such an inspection would normally not provide us with as much knowledge of a vessel’s condition as we would possess if it had been built for us and operated by us during its life. Repairs and maintenance costs for existing vessels are difficult to predict and may be substantially higher than for vessels we have operated since they were built. These costs could decrease our cash flows and liquidity and harm our financial condition and performance.
Over time, the value of our vessels may decline, which could adversely affect our ability to obtain financing or our operating results.
Vessel values for oil tankers can fluctuate substantially over time due to a number of different factors. Vessel values may decline from existing levels. If the operation of a tanker is not profitable, rather than continue to incur costs to maintain and finance the vessel, we may seek to dispose of it. Our inability to dispose of the vessel at a fair market value or the disposition of the vessel at a fair market value that is lower than its book value could result in a loss on its sale and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. As of December 31, 2019, two of our credit facilities and 16 of our obligations related to finance leases contain loan-to-value financial covenants tied to the value of the vessels that collateralize these credit facilities and the vessels related to the finance leases. A significant decline in the market value of these tankers may require us to pledge additional collateral to avoid a default under these credit facilities and obligations related to finance leases. We are required to maintain vessel value to outstanding loan and lease principal balance ratios ranging from 75%-125%. At December 31, 2019, we were in compliance with these requirements. A significant decline in the market value of our tankers may prevent us from refinancing tankers with a similar amount of debt thereby requiring us to either reduce debt levels in facilities collateralized by the tankers or seek alternative financing structures.

In addition, if we determine at any time that a vessel’s future useful life and earnings require us to impair its value on our consolidated financial statements, we may need to recognize a significant charge against our earnings.
We may be required to make substantial capital expenditures should we decide to expand the size of our fleet. We generally will be required to make significant installment payments for any acquisitions of newbuilding vessels prior to their delivery and generation of revenue. Depending on whether we finance our expenditures through cash from operations or by issuing debt or equity securities, our financial leverage could increase or our shareholders’ ownership interest in us could be diluted.
We will be required to make substantial capital expenditures should we decide to increase the size of our fleet, including acquiring tankers from third parties. Our acquisitions may also include newbuildings. We generally will be required to make installment payments on any newbuildings prior to their delivery. We typically pay 10% to 20% of the purchase price of a tanker upon signing the purchase contract, even though delivery of the completed vessel does not occur until much later (approximately two to three years from the order). To fund expansion capital expenditures, we may be required to use cash balances or cash from operations, incur borrowings or raise capital through the incurrence of debt or issuance of additional equity securities. Our ability to obtain bank financing or to access the capital markets for future offerings may be limited by our financial condition at the time of any such financing or offering, as well as by adverse market conditions resulting from, among other things, general economic conditions and contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control. Our failure to obtain funds for capital expenditures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Even if we are successful in obtaining the necessary funds, incurring additional debt may significantly increase our interest expense and financial leverage, which could limit our financial flexibility and ability to pursue other business opportunities. In addition, issuing additional equity securities may result in significant shareholder ownership dilution and would increase the aggregate amount of cash required to pay quarterly dividends.
An increase in operating costs could adversely affect our cash flows and financial condition.
The levels of vessel operating expenses depend upon a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Some of these costs may increase in the future, such increases would decrease our earnings and adversely affect our cash flows and financial condition.
Financing agreements containing operating and financial restrictions may restrict our business and financing activities.
The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our revolving credit facilities, term loans, lease obligations and in any of our future financing agreements could adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to pursue and expand our business activities. For example, these financing arrangements may restrict our ability to:
incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness;
pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase or redeem our capital stock;
prepay certain debt;
issue certain preferred shares or similar equity securities;
make loans and investments;
enter into a new line of business;




incur or permit certain liens to exist;
enter into transactions with affiliates;
create unrestricted subsidiaries;
transfer, sell, convey or otherwise dispose of assets;
make certain acquisitions and investments;
enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; and
consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets.

In addition, certain of our debt agreements require, us to comply with certain financial covenants. Our ability to comply with covenants and restrictions contained in debt instruments and lease obligations may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. If market or other economic conditions deteriorate, we may fail to comply with these covenants. In addition, two of our term loans maturing in 2021 were guaranteed by Teekay as at December 31, 2019. As of the date of filing, one of the term loans has been repaid in full and canceled. The remaining term loan remains outstanding with Teekay as a guarantor and contains certain financial covenants. Teekay's ability to comply with the covenants of these term loans will affect our compliance with the covenants. If we breach any of the restrictions, covenants, ratios or tests in our financing agreements or indentures, our obligations may become immediately due and payable, and the lenders’ commitment under our credit facilities, if any, to make further loans may terminate. This could lead to cross-defaults under our other financing agreements and result in obligations becoming due and commitments being terminated under such agreements. A default under financing agreements could also result in foreclosure on any of our vessels and other assets securing related loans.

Because we are organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands, it may be difficult to serve us with legal process or enforce judgments against us, our directors or our management.

We are organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands, and all of our assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, a majority of our directors and officers are non-residents of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of these non-residents are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States. Even if successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Marshall Islands and of other jurisdictions may prevent or restrict the enforcement of a judgment against our assets or our directors and officers.
As a Marshall Islands corporation with our headquarters in Canada, and with a majority of our subsidiaries being Marshall Islands entities and also having subsidiaries in other offshore jurisdictions, our operations may be subject to economic substance requirements of the European Union, which could harm our business.
Finance ministers of the EU rate jurisdictions for tax transparency, governance, real economic activity and corporate tax rate. Countries that do not adequately cooperate with the finance ministers are put on a “grey list” or a “blacklist”. Bermuda and the Marshall Islands were removed from the blacklist in May and October 2019, respectively. Subsequently, in February 2020, the Bermuda and Marshall Islands were "white-listed" by the EU, and we understand that these two countries fully expect to meet the EU requirements going forward.

EU member states have agreed upon a set of measures, which they can choose to apply against the listed countries, including increased monitoring and audits, withholding taxes, special documentation requirements and anti-abuse provisions. The European Commission has stated it will continue to support member states' efforts to develop a more coordinated approach to sanctions for the listed countries. EU legislation prohibits EU funds from being channeled or transited through entities in countries on the blacklist.

We are a Marshall Islands corporation with our headquarters in Canada. A majority of our subsidiaries are Marshall Islands entities and many of our subsidiaries are either organized or registered in Bermuda. These jurisdictions have enacted economic substance laws and regulations with which we may be obligated to comply. We understand that recently-adopted Bermudian legislation requires each Bermudian registered entity to maintain a substantial economic presence in Bermuda and provides that a registered entity that carries on a relevant activity may comply with the economic substance requirements if (i) it is directed and managed in Bermuda, (ii) its core income-generating activities are undertaken in Bermuda with respect to the relevant activity, (iii) it maintains adequate physical presence in Bermuda, (iv) it has adequate full-time employees in Bermuda with suitable qualifications, and (v) it incurs adequate operating expenditures in Bermuda in relation to the relevant activity. The Marshall Islands have also adopted similar economic substance requirements. However, the Marshall Islands provide a lower economic substance threshold for entities that carry on certain relevant activities including international shipping and pure equity holding activities. We believe that we and our subsidiaries are compliant with the Bermuda and the Marshall Islands economic substance requirements and do not foresee that these requirements would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. However, if there were a change in the requirements or interpretation thereof, or if there were an unexpected change to our operations, any such change could result in noncompliance with the economic substance legislation and therefore could result in fines or other penalties, increased monitoring and audits, and dissolution of the non-compliant entity, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

Our substantial debt levels and obligations related to finance leases may limit our flexibility in obtaining additional financing, pursuing other business opportunities and paying dividends.
As of December 31, 2019, our long-term debt was approximately $562.9 million and an additional $30.4 million was available to us under our revolving credit facilities, and our obligations related to finance leases were approximately $414.8 million. In January 2020, we entered into a new $532.8 million long-term debt facility to refinance 31 vessels, which matures at the end of 2024. We used the proceeds from the new debt facility to repay approximately $455 million on the Company's two revolving facilities and one of our term loan facilities which was




scheduled to mature in 2021 and which was guaranteed by Teekay. In addition, in late 2018, one of our subsidiaries entered into a working capital loan facility, which provided up to $40 million of available aggregate borrowings with the option to increase the facility up to an additional $15.0 million; the option was exercised in May 2019. In December 2019, we agreed to further increase the facility by $25.0 million. As at December 31, 2019, the working capital loan facility limit was $80 million of which $50 million had been drawn. We will continue to have the ability to incur additional debt, subject to limitations in our revolving credit facilities and working capital loan facility. Our level of debt could have important consequences to us, including the following:

our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes may be impaired, or such financing may not be available on favorable terms, if at all;
we will need a substantial portion of our cash flow to make principal and interest payments on our debt and lease payments on our obligations related to finance leases, reducing the funds that would otherwise be available for operations, business opportunities and dividends to our shareholders;
our debt level makes us more vulnerable than our competitors with less debt to competitive pressures or a downturn in our industry or the economy generally; and
our debt level may limit our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions.

Our ability to service our debt and obligations related to finance leases depends upon, among other things, our financial and operating performance, which is affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. If our operating results are not sufficient to service our current or future indebtedness and obligations related to finance leases, we will be forced to take actions such as reducing or delaying our business activities, acquisitions, investments or capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt, or seeking additional equity capital or bankruptcy protection. We may not be able to effect any of these remedies on satisfactory terms, or at all.
Our insurance may be insufficient to cover losses that may occur to our vessels or result from our operations.
The operation of oil tankers and lightering support vessels and the transfer of oil and gas are inherently risky. Although we carry hull and machinery (marine and war risks) and protection and indemnity insurance, all risks may not be adequately insured against, and any particular claim may not be paid. In addition, we do not carry insurance on our vessels covering the loss of revenues resulting from vessel off-hire time. Any significant unpaid claims or off-hire time of our vessels could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. Any claims covered by insurance would be subject to deductibles, and since it is possible that a large number of claims may be brought, the aggregate amount of these deductibles could be material. Certain of our insurance coverage is maintained through mutual protection and indemnity associations, and as a member of such associations we may be required to make additional payments over and above budgeted premiums if member claims exceed association reserves.

We may be unable to procure adequate insurance coverage at commercially reasonable rates in the future. For example, more stringent environmental regulations have led to increased costs for, and in the future may result in the lack of availability of, insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution. A catastrophic oil spill, marine disasters or natural disasters could exceed the insurance coverage, which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results. Any uninsured or underinsured loss could harm our business and financial condition. In addition, the insurance may be voidable by the insurers as a result of certain actions, such as vessels failing to maintain certification with applicable maritime regulatory organizations.

Changes in the insurance markets attributable to terrorist attacks, outbreaks of communicable diseases, environmental catastrophes or political changes may also make certain types of insurance more difficult to obtain. In addition, the insurance that may be available may be significantly more expensive than existing coverage or be available only with restrictive terms.
Terrorist attacks, increased hostilities, political change or war could lead to further economic instability, increased costs and disruption of business.
Terrorist attacks, and the current or future conflicts in the Middle East, South East Asia, West Africa, Libya and elsewhere, and other current and future conflicts and political change, may adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and ability to raise capital and fund future growth. Continuing hostilities in the Middle East especially among Qatar, Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Iran and elsewhere may lead to additional armed conflicts or to further acts of terrorism and civil disturbance in the United States or elsewhere, which may contribute further to economic instability and disruption of oil production and distribution, which could result in reduced demand for our services and have an adverse impact on our operations and our ability to conduct business.

In addition, oil facilities, shipyards, vessels, pipelines, oil fields or other infrastructure could be targets of future terrorist attacks or warlike operations and our vessels could be targets of hijackers, terrorists or warlike operations. Any such attacks could lead to, among other things, bodily injury or loss of life, vessel or other property damage, increased vessel operational costs, including insurance costs, and the inability to transport oil to or from certain locations. Terrorist attacks, war, hijacking or other events beyond our control that adversely affect the distribution, production or transportation of oil to be shipped by us could entitle customers to terminate charters which would harm our cash flow and business.




Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels continue to be a risk, which could adversely affect our business.
Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea, Gulf of Guinea and the Indian Ocean off the coast of Somalia. While there continues to be a significant risk of piracy in the Gulf of Aden and Indian Ocean, recently there have been increases in the frequency and severity of piracy incidents off the coast of West Africa and a resurgent piracy risk in the Straits of Malacca, Sulu & Celebes Sea and surrounding waters. If these piracy attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being named on the Joint War Committee Listed Areas, war risk insurance premiums payable for such coverage may increase significantly and such insurance coverage may be more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including costs which are incurred to the extent we employ on-board security guards and escort vessels, could increase in such circumstances. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost or unavailability of insurance for our vessels, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our substantial operations outside the United States expose us to political, governmental and economic instability, which could harm our operations.
Because our operations and the operations of our customers are primarily conducted outside of the United States, they may be affected by economic, political and governmental conditions in the countries where we engage in business or where our vessels are registered. Any disruption caused by these factors could harm our business, including by reducing the levels of oil exploration, development and production activities in these areas. We derive some of our revenues from shipping oil from politically unstable regions. Conflicts in these regions have included attacks on ships and other efforts to disrupt shipping. Hostilities or other political instability in regions where we operate or where we may operate could have a material adverse effect on the growth of our business, results of operations and financial condition and ability to pay dividends. In addition, tariffs, trade embargoes and other economic sanctions by the United States or other countries to which we trade may limit trading activities with those countries, which could also harm our business and ability to pay dividends. For example, general trade tensions between the United States and China escalated in 2018 and continued through much of 2019, with the United States imposing a series of tariffs on China and China responding by imposing tariffs on United States products. Although during the last quarter of 2019, the United States and China negotiated an agreement to reduce trade tensions which became effective in February 2020, our business could be harmed by increasing trade protectionism or trade tensions between the United States and China, as well as any trade embargoes or other economic sanctions by the United States or other countries.

Finally, a government could requisition one or more of our vessels, which is most likely during war or national emergency. Any such requisition would cause a loss of the vessel and could harm our cash flows and financial results.
A cyber-attack could materially disrupt our business.
We rely on information technology systems and networks in our operations and the administration of our business. Cyber-attacks have increased in number and sophistication in recent years. Our operations could be targeted by individuals or groups seeking to sabotage or disrupt our information technology systems and networks, or to steal data. A successful cyber-attack could materially disrupt our operations, including the safety of our operations, or lead to the unauthorized release of information or alteration of information on our systems. Any such attack or other breaches of our information technology systems could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
Our failure to comply with data privacy laws could damage our customer relationships and expose us to litigation risks and potential fines.
Data privacy is subject to frequently changing rules and regulations, which sometimes conflict among the various jurisdictions and countries in which we provide services and continue to develop in ways which we cannot predict, including with respect to evolving technologies such as cloud computing. The EU has adopted the General Data Privacy Regulation (or GDPR), a comprehensive legal framework to govern data collection, use and sharing and related consumer privacy rights which took effect in May 2018. The GDPR includes significant penalties for non-compliance. Our failure to adhere to or successfully implement processes in response to changing regulatory requirements in this area could result in legal liability or impairment to our reputation in the marketplace, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Past port calls by our vessels or third-party vessels participating in RSAs, to countries that are subject to sanctions imposed by the United States and the European Union may impact investors’ decisions to invest in our securities.
The United States has imposed sanctions on several countries or regions such as Cuba, North Korea, Syria, Sudan, Iran and Venezuela. The EU lifted its previously enacted sanctions on Iran in January 2016. At that time, the U.S. lifted its secondary sanctions on Iran, which applied to foreign persons but has retained its primary sanctions, which apply to U.S. entities and their foreign subsidiaries. In the past, oil tankers owned or chartered-in by us, or third-party vessels participating in RSAs from which we derive revenue, made limited port calls to those countries for the loading and discharging of oil products. Those port calls did not violate U.S. or EU sanctions at the time, and we intend to maintain our compliance with all U.S. and EU sanctions. In addition, we have no future contracted loadings or discharges in any of those countries and intend not to enter into voyage charter contracts for the transport of oil to or from Iran or Syria. We believe that our compliance with these sanctions and our lack of any future port calls to those countries does not and will not adversely impact our revenues, because port calls to these countries have never accounted for any material amount of our revenues. However, some investors might decide not to




invest in us simply because we have previously called on, or through our participation in RSAs have previously received revenue from calls on, ports in these sanctioned countries. Any such investor reaction could adversely affect the market for our common shares.
Marine transportation is inherently risky, and an incident involving loss or damage to a vessel, significant loss of product or environmental contamination by any of our vessels could harm our reputation and business.
Our vessels, crew and cargoes are at risk of being damaged, injured or lost because of events such as:

marine disasters;
bad weather or natural disasters;
mechanical or electrical failures;
grounding, capsizing, fire, explosions and collisions;
piracy (hijacking and kidnapping);
cyber-attack;
acute-onset illness in connection with global or regional pandemics or similar public health crises;
human error; and
war and terrorism.

An accident involving any of our vessels could result in any of the following:

death or injury to persons, loss of property or damage to the environment and natural resources;
delays in the delivery of cargo;
loss of revenues from charters;
liabilities or costs to recover any spilled oil or other petroleum products and to restore the eco-system affected by the spill;
governmental fines, penalties or restrictions on conducting business;
higher insurance rates; and
damage to our reputation and customer relationships generally.

Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, any damage to, or environmental contamination involving, oil production facilities serviced by our vessels could result in the suspension or curtailment of operations by our customer, which would, in turn, result in loss of revenues.
The shipping industry is subject to substantial environmental and other regulations, which may significantly limit operations and increase expenses.
Our operations are affected by extensive and changing international, national and local environmental protection laws, regulations, treaties and conventions in force in international waters, the jurisdictional waters of the countries in which our vessels operate, as well as the countries of our vessels’ registration, including those governing oil spills, discharges to air and water, and the handling and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes. Many of these requirements are designed to reduce the risk of oil spills and other pollution. In addition, we believe that the heightened environmental, quality and security concerns of insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers will lead to additional regulatory requirements, including enhanced risk assessment and security requirements and greater inspection and safety requirements on vessels. We expect to incur substantial expenses in complying with these laws and regulations, including expenses for vessel modifications and changes in operating procedures.

These requirements may affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels, require a reduction in cargo capacity, ship modifications or operational changes or restrictions, lead to decreased availability of insurance coverage for environmental matters or result in the denial of access to certain jurisdictional waters or ports, or detention in, certain ports. Under local, national and foreign laws, as well as international treaties and conventions, we could incur material liabilities, including cleanup obligations, in the event that there is a release of petroleum or other hazardous substances from our vessels or otherwise in connection with our operations. We could also become subject to personal injury or property damage claims relating to the release of or exposure to hazardous materials associated with our operations. In addition, failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of our operations, including, in certain instances, seizure or detention of our vessels. For further information about regulations affecting our business and the related requirements imposed on us, please read Item 4 – Information on the Company: B. Business Overview – Regulations.







Climate change and greenhouse gas restrictions may adversely impact our operations and markets.
Due to concern over the risk of climate change, a number of countries have adopted, or are considering the adoption of, regulatory frameworks to reduce greenhouse gas (or GHG) emissions. These regulatory measures include, among others, adoption of cap and trade regimes, carbon taxes, increased efficiency standards, and incentives or mandates for renewable energy. Compliance with changes in laws, regulations and obligations relating to climate change could increase our costs related to operating and maintaining our vessels and require us to install new emission controls, acquire allowances or pay taxes related to our GHG emissions, or administer and manage a GHG emissions program. Our revenue generation and strategic growth opportunities may also be adversely affected.

Adverse effects upon the oil industry relating to climate change may also adversely affect demand for our services. Although we do not expect that demand for oil will lessen dramatically over the short term due to climate change, in the long term, climate change may reduce the demand for oil or increased regulation of GHGs may create greater incentives for use of alternative energy sources. Any long-term material adverse effect on the oil industry could have a significant financial and operational adverse impact on our business that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.
Maritime claimants could arrest, or port authorities could detain, our vessels, which could interrupt our cash flow from these vessels.
Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against that vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lienholder may enforce its lien by arresting a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt our cash flow and require us to pay large sums of funds to have the arrest or attachment lifted. In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel that is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could try to assert “sister ship” liability against one vessel in our fleet or the RSAs in which we operate for claims relating to another of our ships. In addition, port authorities may seek to detain our vessels in port, which could adversely affect our operating results or relationships with customers.
We depend on Teekay Corporation to assist us in operating our business and competing in our markets, and our business will be harmed if Teekay Corporation fails to assist us.
Pursuant to the terms of the Management Agreement, Teekay Shipping Ltd., as successor by merger to the initial manager, Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd. and subsidiary of Teekay (or the Manager) provides various services to us. Our operational success and ability to execute our growth strategy depend significantly upon the satisfactory performance of these services by our Manager. Our business may be harmed if our Manager fails to perform these services satisfactorily, if it stops providing these services to us or if it terminates the Management Agreement, as it is entitled to do under certain circumstances. The circumstances under which we are able to terminate the Management Agreement are limited and do not include mere dissatisfaction with our Manager’s performance. In addition, upon any termination of the Management Agreement, we may lose our ability to benefit from economies of scale in purchasing supplies and other advantages that we believe our relationship with Teekay Corporation provides. If Teekay Corporation suffers material damage to its reputation or relationships, it may harm our ability to:

maximize revenues of our tankers;
acquire new tankers or obtain new time charters;
renew existing time charters upon their expiration;
successfully interact with shipyards during periods of shipyard construction constraints;
obtain financing on commercially acceptable terms; or
maintain satisfactory relationships with suppliers and other third parties.

If our ability to do any of the things described above is impaired, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Teekay Corporation may be unable to attract and retain qualified, skilled employees or crew necessary to operate our business, and the cost of attracting and retaining such personnel may increase.
Our success depends in large part on Teekay Corporation’s ability to attract and retain highly skilled and qualified personnel. In crewing our vessels, we require technically skilled employees with specialized training who can perform physically demanding work. Competition to attract and retain qualified crew members is intense. The shipping industry continues to forecast a shortfall in qualified personnel, and crew or other compensation may increase in the future. If crew costs increase and we are not able to increase our rates to compensate for any such increases, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. Any inability we experience in the future to hire, train and retain a sufficient number of qualified employees or crew could impair our ability to manage, maintain and grow our business.





The superior voting rights of our Class B common stock held by Teekay Corporation limit our Class A common shareholders’ ability to control or influence corporate matters.
Our Class B common stock has five votes per share, and our Class A common stock has one vote per share. However, the voting power of the Class B common stock is limited such that the aggregate voting power of all shares of outstanding Class B common stock can at no time exceed 49% of the voting power of our outstanding Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting together as a single class. As of the date of this Annual Report, Teekay Corporation indirectly owns shares of Class A and Class B common stock representing a majority of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Through its ownership of all of our Class B common stock and of our Manager and other entities that provide services to us, Teekay Corporation has substantial control and influence over our management and affairs and over all matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions. In addition, because of this dual-class common stock structure, Teekay Corporation will continue to be able to control matters submitted to our shareholders for approval even though it owns significantly less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. This voting control limits our remaining Class A common shareholders’ ability to influence corporate matters and, as a result, we may take actions that our Class A common shareholders do not view as beneficial.
Our Manager has rights to terminate the Management Agreement and, under certain circumstances, could receive substantial sums in connection with such termination; however, even if our Board of Directors or our shareholders are dissatisfied with our Manager, there are limited circumstances under which we can terminate the Management Agreement.
Our Management Agreement has an initial term through December 31, 2022 and will automatically renew for subsequent five-year terms provided that certain conditions are met. Our Manager has the right to terminate the Management Agreement with 12 months’ notice. Our Manager also has the right to terminate the Management Agreement after a dispute resolution process if we have materially breached the Management Agreement. The Management Agreement will terminate upon the sale of all or substantially all of our assets to a third party, our liquidation or after any change of control of our company occurs. If the Management Agreement is terminated as a result of an asset sale, our liquidation or change of control, then our Manager may be paid a termination fee. Any such payment could be substantial.

In addition, our rights to terminate the Management Agreement are limited. Even if we are not satisfied with the Manager’s efforts in managing our business, unless our Manager materially breaches the agreement or experiences certain bankruptcy or change of control events, we have only a limited right to terminate the agreement and may not be able to terminate the agreement until December 31, 2022, the end of the initial 15-year term. If we elect to terminate the Management Agreement at the end of the initial term or at the end of any subsequent renewal term, our Manager will receive a termination fee, which may be substantial.
Our Manager could receive a performance fee which is contingent on our results of operations and financial condition.
If Gross Cash Available for Distribution (as defined in the Management Agreement) for a given fiscal year exceeds $25.60 per share of our common stock, as adjusted for a reverse stock split on November 25, 2019 (subject to further adjustment for stock dividends, splits, combinations and similar events, and based on the weighted-average number of shares outstanding for the year) (or the Incentive Threshold), our Manager generally will be entitled to payment of a performance fee equal to 20% of all Gross Cash Available for Distribution for such year in excess of the Incentive Threshold. Although the performance fee is payable on an annual basis, we accrue any amounts expected to be payable in respect of the performance fee on a quarterly basis. Gross Cash Available for Distribution generally represents the distributable cash flows that we generate from operations.
Our Manager will be entitled to a fee upon any sale of any vessels we acquired as part of the TIL acquisition.

In January 2014, TIL entered into a long-term management agreement with our Manager, pursuant to which our Manager provides to TIL certain services. The management agreement, which was waived in part by the Manager but otherwise remains in effect following our acquisition of TIL in 2017, requires us to pay our Manager a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate consideration payable to us upon the sale of any vessels which were owned by TIL subsidiaries as of the date of the TIL merger.
Many seafaring employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements, and the failure to renew those agreements or any future labor agreements may disrupt operations and adversely affect our cash flows.
A significant portion of Teekay Corporation’s seafarers that crew our vessels are employed under collective bargaining agreements. Teekay Corporation may become subject to additional labor agreements in the future. Teekay Corporation may suffer labor disruptions if relationships deteriorate with the seafarers or the unions that represent them. The collective bargaining agreements may not prevent labor disruptions, particularly when the agreements are being renegotiated. Salaries are typically renegotiated annually or biannually for seafarers. Although these negotiations have not caused labor disruptions in the past, any labor disruptions could harm our operations and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.






Our executive officers and directors and certain officers and directors of Teekay Corporation have conflicts of interest and limited fiduciary and contractual duties, which may permit them to favor interests of Teekay Corporation and its other affiliates above our interests and those of our Class A common shareholders.
Conflicts of interest may arise between Teekay Corporation and its other affiliates, on the one hand, and us and our shareholders, on the other hand. As a result of these conflicts, Teekay Corporation may favor its own interests and the interests of its other affiliates over our interests and those of our shareholders. These conflicts include, among others, the following situations:

our Chief Executive Officer and three of our current directors also serve as officers, directors or members of the senior leadership team of Teekay Corporation, and our Chief Financial Officer is employed by a subsidiary of Teekay Corporation. We have limited their fiduciary duties regarding corporate opportunities that may be attractive to both Teekay Corporation and us;
our Manager, a subsidiary of Teekay Corporation, advises our Board of Directors about the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales, capital expenditures, borrowings, issuances of additional common stock and cash reserves, each of which can affect our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders and the amount of the performance fee payable to our Manager under the Management Agreement;
our executive officers and those of our Manager do not spend all their time on matters related to our business; and
our Manager will advise us of costs incurred by it and its affiliates that it believes are reimbursable by us.
The fiduciary duties of certain of our officers and directors may conflict with their duties as officers or directors of Teekay Corporation and its affiliates.
Our officers and directors have fiduciary duties to manage our business in a manner beneficial to us and our shareholders. However, our Chief Executive Officer and three of our current directors also serve as officers, directors or members of the senior leadership team of Teekay Corporation, and our Chief Financial Officer is employed by a subsidiary of Teekay Corporation. As a result, they have fiduciary duties to manage the business of Teekay Corporation and its affiliates in a manner beneficial to such entities and their shareholders or partners, as the case may be. Consequently, these officers and directors may encounter situations in which their fiduciary obligations to Teekay Corporation or its affiliates, on the one hand, and us, on the other hand, are in conflict. The resolution of these conflicts may not always be in our best interest or that of our shareholders.
Our U.S. Gulf lightering business competes with alternative methods of delivering crude oil to ports, which may limit our earnings in this market.
Our U.S. Gulf lightering business faces competition from alternative methods of delivering crude oil shipments to port, including offshore offloading facilities. While we believe that lightering offers advantages over alternative methods of delivering crude oil to U.S. Gulf ports, our lightering revenues may be limited due to the availability of alternative methods.
Our full service lightering operations are subject to specific risks that could lead to accidents, oil spills or property damage.
Lightering is subject to specific risks arising from the process of safely bringing two large moving tankers next to each other and mooring them for lightering operations, in which oil, refined petroleum products or other cargoes are transferred from one ship to the other. These operations require a high degree of expertise and present a higher risk of collision or spill compared to when docking a vessel or transferring cargo at port. Lightering operations, similar to marine transportation in general, are also subject to risks due to events such as mechanical failures, human error, and weather conditions.

Failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the UK Bribery Act and similar legislation in other jurisdictions could result in fines, criminal penalties, contract terminations and an adverse effect on our business.
We operate our vessels worldwide, which may require our vessels to trade in countries known to have a reputation for corruption. We are committed to doing business in accordance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics which is consistent and in full compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (the FCPA), and the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or the (UK Bribery Act). We are subject, however, to the risk that we, our affiliated entities or our or their respective officers, directors, employees and agents may take actions determined to be in violation of such anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA and the UK Bribery Act. Any such violation could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil and/or criminal penalties, or curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions, and might adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. In addition, actual or alleged violations could damage our reputation and ability to do business. Furthermore, detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged violations is expensive and can consume significant time and attention of our senior management.
Tax Risks
In addition to the following risk factors, you should read "Item 4E – Taxation of the Company", "Item 10 - Additional Information – Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations" and "Item 10 - Additional Information – Non-United States Tax Considerations" for a more complete discussion of the expected material U.S. federal and non-U.S. income tax considerations relating to us and the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock.




U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company,” which could have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders.
A non-U.S. entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company” (or PFIC) for such purposes in any taxable year for which either (i) at least 75% of its gross income consists of “passive income,” or (ii) at least 50% of the average value of the entity’s assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of “passive income.” For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties (other than rents and royalties that are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business). By contrast, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income.”

There are legal uncertainties involved in determining whether the income derived from our time-chartering activities constitutes rental income or income derived from the performance of services, including the decision in Tidewater Inc. v. United States, 565 F.3d 299 (5th Cir. 2009), which held that income derived from certain time-chartering activities should be treated as rental income rather than services income for purposes of a foreign sales corporation provision of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or the Code). However, the Internal Revenue Service (or IRS) stated in an Action on Decision (AOD 2010-01) that it disagrees with, and will not acquiesce to, the way that the rental versus services framework was applied to the facts in the Tidewater decision, and in its discussion stated that the time charters at issue in Tidewater would be treated as producing services income for PFIC purposes. The IRS’s statement with respect to Tidewater cannot be relied upon or otherwise cited as precedent by taxpayers. Consequently, in the absence of any binding legal authority specifically relating to the statutory provisions governing PFICs, there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court would not follow the Tidewater decision in interpreting the PFIC provisions of the Code. Nevertheless, based on our and our subsidiaries current assets and operations, we intend to take the position that we are not now and have never been a PFIC. No assurance can be given, however, that this position would be sustained by a court if contested by the IRS, or that we would not constitute a PFIC for any future taxable year if there were to be changes in our assets, income or operations.

If the IRS were to determine that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder (as defined below under “Item 10 – Additional Information – Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations”) held our stock, such U.S. Holder would face adverse tax consequences. For a more comprehensive discussion regarding the tax consequences to U.S. Holders if we are treated as a PFIC, please read "Item 10 - Additional Information-Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations-United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders-Consequences of Possible PFIC Classification."
We are subject to taxes, which reduces our cash available for distribution to shareholders.
We, our joint venture or our subsidiaries are subject to tax in certain jurisdictions in which we, our joint venture or our subsidiaries are organized own assets or have operations, which reduces the amount of our cash available for distribution. In computing our tax obligations in these jurisdictions, we are required to take various tax accounting and reporting positions, including in certain cases estimates, on matters that are not entirely free from doubt and for which we have not received rulings from the governing authorities. We cannot assure you that upon review of these positions the applicable authorities will agree with our positions. A successful challenge by a tax authority could result in additional tax imposed on us, our joint venture or our subsidiaries, further reducing the cash available for distribution. We have established reserves in our financial statements that we believe are adequate to cover our liability for any such additional taxes. We cannot assure you, however, that such reserves will be sufficient to cover any additional tax liability that may be imposed on our subsidiaries. In addition, changes in our operations or ownership could result in additional tax being imposed on us or on our subsidiaries in jurisdictions in which operations are conducted. For example, if we were not able to satisfy the requirements of the exemption from U.S. taxation under Section 883 of the Code, we would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income we earn from voyages into or out of the United States, the amount of which is not within our complete control. In addition, we rely on an exemption to be deemed non-resident in Canada for Canadian tax purposes under subsection 250(6) of the Canada Income Tax Act for (i) corporations whose principal business is international shipping and that derive all or substantially all of their revenue from international shipping, and (ii) corporations that are holding companies that have over half of the cost base of their investments in eligible international shipping subsidiaries and receive substantially all of their revenue as dividends from those eligible international shipping subsidiaries exempt under subsection 250(6).  If we were to cease to qualify for the subsection 250(6) exemption, we could be subject to Canadian income tax and also Canadian withholding tax on outbound distributions, which could have  an adverse effect on our operating results.  In addition, to the extent Teekay Tankers Limited were to distribute dividends as a corporation determined to be resident in Canada, stockholders who are not resident in Canada for purposes of the Canada Income Tax Act would generally be subject to Canadian withholding tax in respect of such dividends paid by Teekay Tankers Limited.

Typically, most of our time-charter and spot voyage charter contracts require the charterer to reimburse us for a certain period of time in respect of taxes incurred as a consequence of the voyage activities of our vessels while performing under the relevant charter. However, our rights to reimbursement under charter contracts may not survive for as long as the applicable statutes of limitations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. As such, we may not be able to obtain reimbursement from our charterers for any applicable taxes that are not paid before the contractual claim period has expired.







Item 4.
Information on the Company
A.
History and Development of the Company
Teekay Tankers Ltd. (“we,” “us,” or “the Company”) is an international provider of marine transportation to global oil industries. We were formed as a Marshall Islands corporation in October 2007 by Teekay Corporation (NYSE: TK), a leading provider of marine services to the global oil and natural gas industries. We completed our initial public offering on December 18, 2007 with an initial fleet of nine Aframax oil tankers which were transferred to us by Teekay Corporation.

Our tanker fleet size has increased from nine owned Aframax tankers in 2007 to 55 owned and leased tankers, six in-chartered tankers and one jointly-owned Very Large Crude Carrier (or VLCC) tanker as of December 31, 2019. The capacity of our tanker fleet has risen from approximately 980,000 deadweight tonnes (or dwt) in 2007 to approximately 7,751,900 dwt as of December 31, 2019. Over the last five years, we have acquired 18 tankers through the merger with Tanker Investments Ltd. (or TIL), 17 tankers from external parties and two tankers from Altera Infrastructure L.P. (formerly known as Teekay Offshore Partners L.P.) (or Altera). We sold one Suezmax tanker in 2019, three Aframax tankers and two Suezmax tankers in 2017, two Medium Range (or MR) tankers in 2016 and one MR tanker in 2015. Please read Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 21 - Sale of Vessels and Other Assets. We completed a sale-leaseback financing transaction in 2019, relating to two Suezmax tankers. We also completed two sale-leaseback financing transactions in 2018, relating to eight Aframax tankers, one Suezmax tanker and one LR2 product tanker, and a sale-leaseback financing transaction in 2017 relating to four of our Suezmax tankers. Please read Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 12 - Operating Leases and Obligations Related to Finance Leases.

In January 2020, we reached an agreement to sell the non-U.S. portion of our STS business as well our LNG terminal management business for $26 million, with an adjustment for the final amounts of cash and other working capital present on the closing date. The sale is expected to close in the second quarter of 2020. Please read Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 21 - Sale of Vessels and Other Assets.

In November 2017, we completed a merger with TIL by acquiring all of the remaining 27.0 million issued and outstanding common shares of TIL, by way of a share-for-share exchange resulting in TIL becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary. At the time of the merger, TIL owned a modern fleet of ten Suezmax tankers, six Aframax tankers and two LR2 product tankers. Please read Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 24 - Acquisition of Tanker Investments Ltd.

In May 2017, we completed the acquisition from Teekay Holdings Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Teekay Corporation, of the remaining 50% interest in Teekay Tanker Operations Ltd. (or TTOL), which owns tanker commercial management and technical management operations and directly administers four commercially managed tanker RSAs. Please read Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 7 - Investment in and advances to Equity-Accounted for Investment.


From time to time, we also charter-in vessels, typically from third parties as part of our chartering strategy. Please read “Business Strategies” below in this Item. Most of our acquisitions were financed by a combination of utilizing the net proceeds from public equity offerings or private placements, as well as raising new debt, the assumption of existing debt, drawing on our revolving credit facility, and using our available working capital.

We incorporated on October 17, 2007 under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands as Teekay Tankers Ltd. and maintain our principal executive offices at Suite 2000, Bentall 5, 550 Burrard Street, Vancouver, BC, V6C 2K2, Canada. Our telephone number at such address is (604) 683-3529.

The SEC maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov, that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Our website is www.teekay.com/business/tankers. The information contained on our website is not part of this annual report.
B.
Business Overview
Our primary business is to own oil and product tankers and we employ a chartering strategy that seeks to capture upside opportunities in the tanker spot market while using fixed-rate time charters to reduce downside risks. We also have an STS transfer business that provides full service lightering as well as lightering support services and consultancy and LNG terminal management services. This business is adjacent to our core competencies, along with our existing tanker commercial management and technical management operations, we believe it improves our ability to manage the cyclicality of the tanker market through the less volatile cash flows generated by these business areas. Historically, the tanker industry has experienced volatility in profitability due to changes in the supply of, and demand for, tanker capacity. Tanker supply and demand are each influenced by several factors beyond our control. In early 2020, we entered into an agreement to sell the non-U.S. portion of our STS business and our LNG terminal management business, as described below.

Teekay Corporation, which formed us in 2007, is a leading provider of marine services to the global oil and natural gas industries, and together with its subsidiaries, is one of the world’s largest operator of medium-sized oil tankers. We believe we benefit from Teekay Corporation’s expertise, relationships and reputation as we operate our fleet and pursue growth opportunities. We have acquired a portion of our current operating fleet from Teekay Corporation at various times since our inception, and we anticipate additional opportunities to expand our fleet through acquisitions of tankers from third parties. In addition, Teekay Corporation’s day-to-day focus on cost control is applied to our operations. Teekay Corporation and two other shipping companies participate in a purchasing alliance, Teekay Bergesen Worldwide, which leverages




the purchasing power of the combined fleets, mainly in such commodity areas as lube oils, paints and other chemicals. Through our Manager, we benefit from this purchasing alliance.

Effective May 2018, we eliminated the payment of our minimum quarterly dividend of $0.24 per share ($0.96 per share annually) in order to preserve liquidity during the cyclical downturn of the tanker spot market. In November 2019, we transitioned away from the previous formulaic dividend policy, which was based on a payout of 30% to 50% of our quarterly adjusted net income, to primarily focus on building net asset value through balance sheet delevering and reducing the cost of capital. Any future dividends will be paid when, as and if determined by the Board of Directors. For additional information about our dividend policy, please read Item 8 – Financial Information: Dividend Policy.

Under the supervision of our executive officers and Board of Directors, our operations are conducted in part by our subsidiaries who receive services from our Manager and its affiliates. In addition, our Manager provides various services to us under our long-term management agreement (the Management Agreement). Commencing October 1, 2018, we elected to provide our own commercial and technical services, and prior to this date, our Manager provided these services to us as required under the Management Agreement, which it did by subcontracting such services from our subsidiary TTOL and its affiliates. We pay our Manager certain fees and reimbursements for its services. In order to provide our Manager with an incentive to improve our operation and financial conditions, we have agreed to pay a performance fee to our Manager under certain circumstances, in addition to the basic fees provided in the Management Agreement. Please read Item 7 – Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions: Related Party Transactions—Management Agreement for additional information about the Management Agreement.
Revenue by Segment
Please read Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 6 - Segment Reporting for a breakdown of revenue by segment.
Our Fleet
The following table summarizes our fleet as at December 31, 2019:
 
 
Owned and Leased Vessels
 
Chartered-in
Vessels
 
Total
Fixed-rate:
 
 
 
 
 
Suezmax Tankers
5

 

 
5

Total Fixed-Rate Fleet (1)
5

 

 
5

Spot-rate:
 
 
 
 
 
Suezmax Tankers
24

 

 
24

Aframax Tankers
17

 
4

 
21

Long Range 2 Product Tankers
9

 
2

 
11

VLCC Tanker (2)
1

 

 
1

Total Spot Fleet
51

 
6

 
57

Total Tanker Fleet
56

 
6

 
62

Ship-to-Ship Support Vessels
2

 
3

 
5

Total Teekay Tankers Fleet
58


9


67

(1)
All five time-charter out contracts are scheduled to expire in 2020.
(2)
We own one VLCC through a 50/50 joint venture with Wah Kwong Maritime Transport Holdings Limited (please refer to Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 7 - Investment in and advances to Equity-Accounted for Investment).





The following table provides additional information about our owned and leased Suezmax oil tankers as of December 31, 2019, all of which are Bahamian-flagged.
Vessel
Capacity
(dwt)
 
Built
 
Employment
 
Daily Rate
 
Expiration of
Charter
Aspen Spirit
156,800

 
2009
 
Spot
 
 
Athens Spirit
158,500

 
2012
 
Spot
 
 
Atlanta Spirit
158,700

 
2011
 
Time charter
 
$40,500
 
Oct-20
Baker Spirit
156,900

 
2009
 
Spot
 
 
Barcelona Spirit
158,500

 
2011
 
Spot
 
 
Beijing Spirit
156,500

 
2010
 
Spot
 
 
Cascade Spirit
156,900

 
2009
 
Time charter
 
$36,000
 
Dec-20
Copper Spirit
156,800

 
2010
 
Spot
 
 
Dilong Spirit
159,000

 
2009
 
Spot
 
 
Godavari Spirit
159,100

 
2004
 
Spot
 
 
Iskmati Spirit
165,300

 
2003
 
Spot
 
 
Jiaolong Spirit
159,000

 
2009
 
Spot
 
 
Kaveri Spirit
159,100

 
2004
 
Spot
 
 
London Spirit
158,500

 
2011
 
Spot
 
 
Los Angeles Spirit
159,200

 
2007
 
Spot
 
 
Montreal Spirit
150,000

 
2006
 
Time charter
 
$22,750
 
Aug-20
Moscow Spirit
156,500

 
2010
 
Spot
 
 
Narmada Spirit
159,200

 
2003
 
Spot
 
 
Pinnacle Spirit
160,400

 
2008
 
Spot
 
 
Rio Spirit
158,400

 
2013
 
Spot
 
 
Seoul Spirit
160,000

 
2005
 
Time charter
 
$35,950
 
Sep-20
Shenlong Spirit
159,000

 
2009
 
Spot
 
 
Summit Spirit
160,500

 
2008
 
Spot
 
 
Sydney Spirit 
158,500

 
2012
 
Spot
 
 
Tahoe Spirit
156,900

 
2010
 
Time charter
 
$36,000
 
Oct-20
Tianlong Spirit
159,000

 
2009
 
Spot
 
 
Tokyo Spirit 
150,000

 
2006
 
Spot
 
 
Vail Spirit
157,000

 
2009
 
Spot
 
 
Zenith Spirit
160,500

 
2009
 
Spot
 
 
Total Capacity
4,584,700

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 






The following table provides additional information about our owned and leased Aframax oil tankers as of December 31, 2019, all of which are Bahamian-flagged.
Vessel
Capacity
(dwt)
 
Built
 
Employment
 
Daily Rate
 
Expiration of
Charter
Americas Spirit
111,900

 
2003
 
Spot
 
 
Australian Spirit 
111,900

 
2004
 
Spot
 
 
Axel Spirit
115,400

 
2004
 
Spot
 
 
Blackcomb Spirit
109,000

 
2010
 
Spot
 
 
Emerald Spirit
109,100

 
2009
 
Spot
 
 
Erik Spirit
115,500

 
2005
 
Spot
 
 
Esther Spirit
115,400

 
2004
 
Spot
 
 
Everest Spirit
115,000

 
2004
 
Spot
 
 
Explorer Spirit
105,800

 
2008
 
Spot
 
 
Garibaldi Spirit
109,000

 
2009
 
Spot
 
 
Helga Spirit
115,500

 
2005
 
Spot
 
 
Matterhorn Spirit
114,800

 
2005
 
Spot
 
 
Navigator Spirit
105,800

 
2008
 
Spot
 
 
Peak Spirit
104,600

 
2011
 
Spot
 
 
Tarbet Spirit
107,500

 
2009
 
Spot
 
 
Whistler Spirit
109,100

 
2010
 
Spot
 
 
Yamato Spirit
107,600

 
2008
 
Spot
 
 
Total Capacity
1,882,900

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


The following table provides additional information about our owned and leased LR2 product tankers as of December 31, 2019, seven of which are Bahamian-flagged and two of which are Marshall Islands-flagged.
Vessel
Capacity
(dwt)
 
Built
 
Employment
 
Daily Rate
 
Expiration of
Charter
Donegal Spirit
105,600

 
2006
 
Spot
 
 
Galway Spirit
105,600

 
2007
 
Spot
 
 
Hovden Spirit
105,300

 
2012
 
Spot
 
 
Leyte Spirit
109,700

 
2011
 
Spot
 
 
Limerick Spirit
105,600

 
2007
 
Spot
 
 
Luzon Spirit
109,600

 
2011
 
Spot
 
 
Sebarok Spirit
109,600

 
2011
 
Spot
 
 
Seletar Spirit
109,000

 
2010
 
Spot
 
 
Trysil Spirit
105,300

 
2012
 
Spot
 
 
Total Capacity
965,300

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


The following table provides additional information about our VLCC oil tanker as of December 31, 2019, which is Hong Kong-flagged.
Vessel
Capacity
(dwt)
 
Built
 
Employment
 
Daily Rate
 
Expiration of
Charter
Hong Kong Spirit (1)
319,000

 
2013
 
Spot
 
 
(1)
The VLCC vessel, Hong Kong Spirit, is owned through a 50/50 joint venture and is employed in a spot market pool managed by a third party.

Please read Note 11 - Long-Term Debt and Note 12 - Operating Leases and Obligations Related to Finance Leases included in Item 18 – Financial Statements included in this Annual Report for information with respect to major encumbrances against our vessels.
Business Strategies
Our primary business strategies include the following:





Expand our fleet through accretive acquisitions. Since our initial public offering, we have purchased 21 tankers from Teekay Corporation, 18 tankers resulting from the merger with TIL, 17 tankers from third parties and two tankers from Altera. In the future, we anticipate growing our fleet primarily through acquisitions of tankers from third parties, by securing additional in-chartered vessels and by ordering newbuildings.
Tactically manage our mix of spot, fixed-rate and full service lightering contracts. We employ a chartering strategy that seeks to capture upside opportunities in the spot market while using fixed-rate contracts to reduce downside risks. We believe that our experience operating through cycles in the tanker spot market will assist us in employing this strategy to maximize operating results.
Provide superior customer service by maintaining high reliability, safety, environmental and quality standards. We believe that energy companies and oil traders seek transportation partners that have a reputation for high reliability, safety, environmental and quality standards. We leverage our reputation and operational expertise to further expand these relationships with consistent delivery of superior customer service.
Our Chartering Strategy and Participation in the Vessel Revenue Sharing Agreements
Chartering Strategy. We operate our vessels in both the spot market and under time charters of varying lengths in an effort to maximize cash flow from our vessels based on our outlook for freight rates, oil tanker market conditions and global economic conditions. As of December 31, 2019, a total of 50 of our owned and leased vessels and six time-chartered in vessels operated in the spot market through employment on spot voyage charters. Our mix of vessels trading in the spot market, providing lightering services in the U.S. Gulf (or USG), or subject to fixed-rate time charters will change from time to time. We also may seek increase or decrease our exposure to the freight market through the use of freight forward agreements or other financial instruments.

Voyage Charters. Tankers operating in the spot market typically are chartered for a single voyage, which may last up to several weeks. Spot market revenues may generate increased profit margins during times when tanker rates are increasing, while tankers operating under fixed-rate time charters generally provide more predictable cash flows without exposure to the variable expenses such as port charges and bunkers. Under a typical voyage charter in the spot market, the shipowner is paid on the basis of moving cargo from a loading port to a discharge port. The shipowner is responsible for paying both vessel operating costs and voyage expenses, and the charterer is responsible for any delay at the loading or discharging ports. Voyage expenses are all expenses attributable to a particular voyage, including any bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls, agency fees and commissions. Vessel operating expenses are incurred regardless of particular voyage details and include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication expenses. When the vessel is “off hire,” or not available for service, the vessel is unavailable to complete new voyage charters until the off hire is finalized and the vessel again becomes available for service. Under a voyage charter, the shipowner is generally required, among other things, to keep the vessel seaworthy, to crew and maintain the vessel and to comply with applicable regulations.
Time Charters. A time charter is a contract for the use of a vessel for a fixed period of time at a specified daily rate. A customer generally selects a time charter if it wants a dedicated vessel for a period of time, and the customer is commercially responsible for the use of the vessel. Under a typical time charter, the shipowner provides crewing and other services related to the vessel’s operation, the cost of which is included in the daily rate, while the customer is responsible for substantially all of the voyage expenses. When the vessel is "off hire", or not available for service, the customer generally is not required to pay the hire rate, and the shipowner is responsible for all costs, including the cost of fuel bunkers, unless the customer is responsible for the circumstances giving rise to the lack of availability. A vessel generally will be deemed to be off hire if there is an occurrence preventing the full working of the vessel. “Hire rate” refers to the basic payment from the charterer for the use of the vessel. Under our time charters, hire is payable monthly in advance in U.S. Dollars. Hire payments may be reduced, or under some time charters the shipowner must pay liquidated damages, if the vessel does not perform to certain of its specifications, such as if the amount of fuel consumed to power the vessel under normal circumstances exceeds a guaranteed amount.
Revenue Sharing Agreements

We and certain third party vessel owners have entered into revenue sharing agreements (or RSAs). As of December 31, 2019, 24 of the Suezmax tankers, 16 of the Aframax tankers and eight of the LR2 product tankers in our fleet, as well as 20 vessels not in our fleet owned by third parties were subject to RSAs. The vessels subject to the RSAs are employed and operated in the spot market or pursuant to time charters of less than one year.

The RSAs are designed to spread the costs and risks associated with operation of vessels and to share the net revenues (revenues less voyage expenses and other applicable expenses) earned by all of the vessels in the RSA, based on the actual earning days each vessel is available and the relative performance capabilities, including speed and bunker consumption of each vessel. The calculation of performance capabilities of each vessel is adjusted on standard intervals based on current data. Our share of the net revenues includes additional amounts, consisting of a per vessel per day fee and a percentage of the gross revenues related to the vessels not in our fleet owned by third-parties, based on our responsibilities in employing the vessels subject to the RSAs on voyage charters or time-charters.

A participating tanker will no longer participate in the applicable RSAs if it becomes subject to a time charter with a term exceeding one year, unless otherwise agreed by all other participants for the applicable RSA, or if the tanker suffers an actual or constructive total loss or is sold or becomes controlled by a person who is not an affiliate of a party to the applicable RSA agreements.





An RSA participant may withdraw from the RSA upon at least 90 days’ notice and shall cease to participate in the RSA if, among other things, it materially breaches the RSA agreement and fails to resolve the breach within a specified cure period or experiences certain bankruptcy events.
Our Full Service Lightering, Ship-to-ship Support Services, and LNG Terminal Management and Consultancy Strategy
Full Service Lightering. Full service lightering is the process of transferring cargo between vessels of different sizes. Our lightering capability leverages access to our Aframax fleet operating in the USG and our offshore lightering support acumen to provide full service lightering. Our customers include oil companies and trading companies that are importing or exporting crude oil in the USG to or from larger Suezmax and VLCC vessels which are port restricted due to their size. We believe that our full service lightering in the USG will provide additional base cargo volume complementary to our spot trading strategy in the Caribbean to the USG market and allow our Manager to better optimize the deployment of the fleet that we trade in this region through better scheduling flexibility and utilization.

Ship-to-Ship Support Services and LNG Terminal Management and Consultancy Services. STS support service is the process of transferring cargo between seagoing ships positioned alongside each other, either stationary or underway. Demand for global STS support services is often driven by oil market arbitrages and oil traders optimizing their cost per ton-mile on cargoes. For crude oil, clean petroleum and liquefied petroleum gas, we access various opportunities related to the provision of global ship-to-ship services, including blending, breaking of bulk cargo shipments, and the optimization of markets in contango which may use floating storage as a more cost-effective solution to onshore storage. In addition, there is demand for global LNG ship-to-ship support services due to the limited number of ice-capable LNG carriers, which can result in the shuttling of LNG cargo to LNG carriers that are not ice-capable for long-haul voyages. 

LNG terminal management and consultancy services revolve around tailored service provisions focusing on areas, such as LNG terminal operations and maintenance, LNG terminal development, LNG bunkering solutions, and commissioning and compatibility services. We seek to obtain more sustainable revenue through long-term, fixed-rate contracts for these LNG services.

In January 2020, we reached an agreement to sell our non-U.S. portion of the STS business as well our LNG terminal management business
for $26 million, with an adjustment for the final amounts of cash and other working capital present on the closing date. The sale is expected
to close in the second quarter of 2020. Please read Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 21 - Sale of Vessels and Other Assets.

Industry and Competition
We compete in the Suezmax (125,000 to 199,999 dwt) and Aframax (85,000 to 124,999 dwt) crude oil tanker markets. Our competition in the Aframax and Suezmax markets is also affected by the availability of other size vessels that compete in these markets. Suezmax size vessels and Panamax (55,000 to 84,999 dwt) size vessels can compete for many of the same charters for which our Aframax tankers compete; Aframax size vessels and VLCCs (200,000 to 319,999 dwt) can compete for many of the same charters for which our Suezmax tankers may compete. Because of their large size, VLCCs and Ultra Large Crude Carriers (or ULCCs) (320,000+ dwt) rarely compete directly with Aframax tankers, and ULCCs rarely compete with Suezmax tankers for specific charters. However, because VLCCs and ULCCs comprise a substantial portion of the total capacity of the market, movements by such vessels into Suezmax trades and of Suezmax vessels into Aframax trades would heighten the already intense competition.

We also compete in the LR2 (85,000 to 109,999 dwt) product tanker market. Our competition in the LR2 product tanker market is affected by the availability of other size vessels that compete in the market. Long Range 1 (or LR1) (55,000-84,999 dwt) size vessels can compete for many of the same charters for which our LR2 tankers compete.

Seaborne transportation of crude oil and refined petroleum products are provided both by major energy companies (private as well as state-owned) and by independent ship owners. The desire of many major energy companies to outsource all or a portion of their shipping requirements has caused the number of oil tankers owned by energy companies to decrease in the last 20 years. As a result of this trend, independent tanker companies now own or control a large majority of the international tanker fleet.

As of December 31, 2019, we remain effectively one of three active full service lightering businesses in the U.S. Gulf Coast. We remain one of two providers that consistently provide a complete full service STS offering, which includes the availability of Aframax tonnage to provide shipment between shore and offshore. USG lightering trade has a steady foundation of demand due to traditional imports into the United States to serve U.S. Gulf Coast refinery demand. Although imports of crude oil into the United States have declined as a result of rising domestic crude oil production and OPEC supply cuts in 2018/19, going forward into early-2020, we believe that the demand for import lightering stabilized in 2019 to a base level that is consistent with the dependency which U.S. refiners have on foreign oil that is most economically transported on larger VLCC and Suezmax vessels into the U.S. Gulf Coast. At the end of 2019, export lightering comprised 45% of total volume lightered in the U.S. Gulf. As the United States continues to project growth in crude production and exports, we believe that the percentage of export lightering will continue to increase as shippers look to export crude oil to Asia on larger size vessels, including VLCC and Suezmax vessels. Although the ports of Houston and Corpus Christi, Texas are now able to accommodate a VLCC at berthside for direct loading, draft restrictions will still require offshore top off ship-to-ship loading for those vessels to lift their full capacity.

The operation of tanker vessels, as well as the seaborne transportation of crude oil and refined petroleum products is a competitive market. There are several large operators of Aframax, Suezmax, and LR2 tonnage that provide these services globally. Competition in both the crude and product tanker markets is primarily based on price, location (for single-voyage or short-term charters), size, age, condition and acceptability of the vessel, oil tanker shipping experience and quality of ship operations, and the size of an operating fleet, with larger fleets allowing for




greater vessel substitution, availability and customer service. Aframax and Suezmax tankers are particularly well-suited for short and medium-haul crude oil routes, while LR2 tankers are well-suited for long and medium-haul refined product routes.

Historically, the tanker industry has been cyclical, experiencing volatility in profitability due to changes in oil tanker demand and oil tanker supply. The cyclical nature of the tanker industry causes significant increases or decreases in charter rates earned by operators of oil tankers. Because voyage charters occur in short intervals and are priced on a current, or “spot,” market rate, the spot market is more volatile than time charters. In the past, there have been periods when spot rates declined below the operating cost of the vessels.

Our largest competitor in the ship-to-ship global support business and the LNG terminal management and consultancy business is Fendercare Marine. Fendercare Marine is well-established and was relatively unchallenged in what was a niche market until 2006, when Teekay Marine Solutions (or TMS) developed from being primarily a U.S.-based supplier to a global supplier.

Oil Tanker Demand. Demand for oil tankers is a function of several factors, including world oil demand and supply (which affect the amount of crude oil and refined products transported in tankers), and the relative locations of oil production, refining and consumption (which affects the distance over which the oil or refined products are transported).

Oil has been one of the world’s primary energy sources for a number of decades. However, the International Energy Agency (or IEA) estimated that oil consumption will decrease in 2020 as a result of demand destruction caused by the coronavirus outbreak.

The distance over which crude oil or refined petroleum products are transported is determined by seaborne trading and distribution patterns, which are principally influenced by the relative advantages of the various sources of production and locations of consumption. Seaborne trading patterns are also periodically influenced by geopolitical events, such as wars, hostilities and trade embargoes that divert tankers from normal trading patterns, as well as by inter-regional oil trading activity created by oil supply and demand imbalances. Historically, the level of oil exports from the Middle East has had a strong effect on the crude tanker market due to the relatively long distance between this supply source and typical discharge points. Over the past few years, the growing economies of China and India have increased and diversified their oil imports, resulting in an overall increase in transportation distance for crude tankers. Major consumers in Asia have increased their crude import volumes from longer-haul producers, such as those in the Atlantic Basin.

The limited growth in refinery capacity in developed nations, the largest consumers of oil in recent years, and increasing refinery capacity in the Middle East and parts of Asia where capacity surplus supports exports, have also altered traditional trading patterns and contributed to the overall increase in transportation distance for both crude tankers and product tankers.

Oil Tanker Supply. New Aframax, Suezmax and LR2 tankers are generally expected to have a lifespan of approximately 25 to 30 years, based on estimated hull fatigue life. As of December 31, 2019, the world Aframax crude tanker fleet consisted of 669 vessels, with an additional 51 Aframax crude oil tanker newbuildings on order for delivery through 2022; the world Suezmax crude tanker fleet consisted of 584 vessels, with an additional 62 Suezmax crude oil tanker newbuildings on order for delivery through 2021; the world LR2 product tanker fleet consisted of 377 vessels, and with an additional 35 LR2 product tanker newbuildings on order through 2021. Currently, delivery of a vessel typically occurs within two to three years after ordering.

The supply of oil tankers is primarily a function of new vessel deliveries, vessel scrapping and the conversion or loss of tonnage. The level of newbuilding orders is primarily a function of newbuilding prices in relation to current and prospective charter market conditions. Other factors that affect tanker supply are the availability of financing and shipyard capacity. The level of vessel scrapping activity is primarily a function of scrapping prices in relation to current and prospective charter market conditions and operating, repair and survey costs. Industry regulations also affect scrapping levels. Please read “—Regulations” below. Demand for drybulk vessels and floating storage off-take units, to which tankers can be converted, strongly affects the number of tanker conversions.

For more than a decade, there has been a significant and ongoing shift toward quality in vessels and operations, as charterers and regulators increasingly focus on safety and protection of the environment. Since 1990, there has been an increasing emphasis on environmental protection through legislation and regulations such as OPA 90, International Maritime Organization (or IMO) regulations and protocols, and classification society procedures that demand higher quality tanker construction, maintenance, repair and operations. We believe that operators with a proven ability to integrate these required safety regulations into their operations have a competitive advantage.
Safety, Management of Ship Operations and Administration
Safety and environmental compliance are our top operational priorities. Our vessels are operated in a manner intended to protect the safety and health of our employees, the general public and the environment. We actively seek to manage the risks inherent in our business and are committed to eliminating incidents that threaten the safety and integrity of our vessels, such as groundings, fires, collisions and petroleum spills. In 2007, we introduced a behavior-based safety program called “Safety in Action” to further enhance the safety culture in our fleet. We are also committed to reducing our emissions and waste generation. In 2008, Teekay Corporation introduced the Quality Assurance and Training Officers (or QATO) Program to conduct rigorous internal audits of our processes and provide our seafarers with onboard training.

We, through our subsidiaries and affiliates, provide technical management services for some of our vessels. We have obtained through Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd (or DNV-GL), the Norwegian classification society, approval of its safety management system as in compliance with the International Safety Management Code (or ISM Code), and this system has been implemented for all of our vessels. As part of our ISM Code compliance, all of the vessels’ safety management certificates are maintained through ongoing internal audits performed by certified internal auditors and intermediate audits performed by DNV-GL.





In addition to the mandatory internal audits conducted by the QATOs on vessels, an internal audit is conducted by our Health Safety, Environment and Quality (or HSEQ) team every quarter in the office to ensure that all ship management functions are strictly adhered to.

We conduct quarterly Safety Management courses for senior officers and Onboard Safety Officer courses for safety officers. Additionally, a Safety Orientation Seminar is conducted every month for the ratings in Manila and Mumbai, to emphasize key messages around safety.

Depending on existing HSEQ trends, various campaigns are run to address the shortcomings that are identified.

Additionally, a number of other projects have been implemented, including the Navigation Safety Handbook, Significant Incident Potential (SIP), Behavioral Safety (E-colors) as well as Risk Tools handbook.

We provide, through our subsidiaries and affiliates, expertise in various functions critical to our operations and access to human resources, financial and other administrative functions. Critical ship management functions include:

vessel maintenance (including repairs and dry docking) and certification;
crewing by competent seafarers;
purchasing of stores, bunkers and spare parts;
shipyard supervision;
insurance; and
financial management services.

These functions are supported by onboard and onshore systems for maintenance, inventory, purchasing and budget management.

All vessels are operated by us under a comprehensive and integrated Safety Management System that complies with the ISM Code, the International Standards Organization’s (or ISO) 9001 for Quality Assurance, ISO 14001 for Environment Management Systems, and ISO 45001:2018 Occupational Health and Safety Management System and the Maritime Labour Convention 2006 that became enforceable on August 20, 2013. The management system is certified by DNV-GL. Although certification is valid for five years, compliance with the above-mentioned standards is confirmed yearly by a rigorous auditing procedure that includes both internal audits as well as external verification audits by DNV-GL and certain flag states.

Since 2010, Teekay Corporation has produced a publicly-available sustainability report that reflects the efforts, achievements, results and challenges faced by Teekay Corporation and its affiliates, including us, relating to several key areas, including emissions, climate change, corporate social responsibility, diversity and health, safety environment and quality. Teekay recognizes the significance of Environmental, Social and Governance considerations and has set corporate goals for the organization in these areas for 2020 and beyond.
Risk of Loss, Insurance and Risk Management
The operation of any ocean-going vessel carries an inherent risk of catastrophic marine disasters, death or injury of persons and property losses caused by adverse weather conditions, mechanical failures, human error, war, terrorism, piracy and other circumstances or events. In addition, the transportation and transfer/lightering of crude oil and petroleum products is subject to the risk of spills and to business interruptions due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities, labor strikes, sanctions and boycotts, whether relating to us or any of our joint venture partners, suppliers or customers. The occurrence of any of these events may result in loss of revenues or increased costs.

We carry hull and machinery (marine and war risks) and protection and indemnity insurance coverage to protect against most of the accident-related risks involved in the conduct of our business. Hull and machinery insurance covers loss of or damage to a vessel due to marine perils such as collision, grounding and weather. Protection and indemnity insurance indemnifies us against other liabilities incurred while operating vessels, including injury to the crew, third parties, cargo loss and pollution. The current maximum amount of our coverage for pollution is $1 billion per vessel per incident. We also carry insurance policies covering war risks (including piracy and terrorism). None of our vessels are insured against loss of revenues resulting from vessel off-hire time, based on the cost of this insurance compared to our off-hire experience. We believe that our current insurance coverage is adequate to protect against most of the accident-related risks involved in the conduct of our business and that we maintain appropriate levels of environmental damage and pollution insurance coverage. However, we cannot guarantee that all covered risks are adequately insured against, that any particular claim will be paid or that we will be able to procure adequate insurance coverage at commercially reasonable rates in the future. More stringent environmental regulations have resulted in increased costs for, and may result in the lack of availability of, insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution.

In our operations, we use Teekay Corporation’s thorough risk management program which includes, among other things, risk analysis tools, maintenance and assessment programs, a seafarers competence training program, seafarers workshops and membership in emergency response organizations. We believe we benefit from Teekay Corporation’s commitment to safety and environmental protection as certain of its subsidiaries assist us in managing our vessel operations.

Teekay Corporation has achieved certification under the standards reflected in ISO 9001 for quality assurance, ISO 14001 for environment management systems, ISO 45001:2018, and the IMO’s International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention on a fully integrated basis.




Flag, Classification, Audits and Inspections
Our vessels are registered with reputable flag states, and the hull and machinery of all of our vessels have been “classed” by one of the major classification societies and members of the International Association of Classification Societies ltd (or IACS): DNV-GL, Lloyd’s Register of Shipping or the American Bureau of Shipping.

The applicable classification society certifies that the vessel’s design and build conforms to the applicable class rules and meets the requirements of the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and the international conventions to which that country is a signatory. The classification society also verifies throughout the vessel’s life that it continues to be maintained in accordance with those rules. In order to validate this, the vessels are surveyed by the classification society in accordance to the classification society rules, which in the case of our vessels follows a comprehensive five-year special survey cycle, renewed every fifth year. During each five-year period, the vessel undergoes annual and intermediate surveys, the scrutiny and intensity of which is primarily dictated by the age of the vessel. As our vessels are modern and we have enhanced the resiliency of the underwater coatings of each vessel hull and marked the hull to facilitate underwater inspections by divers, their underwater areas are inspected in a dry dock at two and a half to five-year intervals. In-water inspection is carried out during the second or third annual inspection (e.g. during an intermediate survey).

In addition to class surveys, the vessel’s flag state also verifies the condition of the vessel during annual flag state inspections, either independently or by additional authorization to class. Also, port state authorities of a vessel’s port of call are authorized under international conventions to undertake regular and spot checks of vessels visiting their jurisdiction.

Processes followed onboard are audited by either the flag state or the classification society acting on behalf of the flag state to ensure that they meet the requirements of the ISM Code. DNV-GL typically carries out this task. We also follow an internal process of internal audits undertaken annually at each office and vessel.

We follow a comprehensive inspections scheme supported by our sea staff, shore-based operational and technical specialists and members of our QATO program. We carry out regular inspections, which help us to ensure that:

our vessels and operations adhere to our operating standards;
the structural integrity of the vessel is being maintained;
machinery and equipment are being maintained to give reliable service;
we are optimizing performance in terms of speed and fuel consumption; and
our vessels' appearance supports our brand and meets customer expectations.

Our customers also often carry out vetting inspections under the Ship Inspection Report Program, which is a significant safety initiative introduced by the Oil Companies International Marine Forum to specifically address concerns about sub-standard vessels. The inspection results permit charterers to screen a vessel to ensure that it meets their general and specific risk-based shipping requirements.

We believe that the heightened environmental and quality concerns of insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers will generally lead to greater scrutiny, inspection and safety requirements on all vessels in the oil tanker markets and will accelerate the scrapping or phasing out of older vessels throughout these markets.

Overall, we believe that our relatively new, well-maintained and high-quality vessels provide us with a competitive advantage in the current environment of increasing regulation and customer emphasis on quality of service.
Regulations
General
Our business and the operation of our vessels are significantly affected by international conventions and national, state and local laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate, as well as in the country or countries of their registration. Because these conventions, laws and regulations change frequently, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of compliance or their impact on the resale price or useful life of our vessels. Additional conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and that may materially affect our operations. We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our operations. Subject to the discussion below and to the fact that the kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required for the operations of the vessels we own will depend on a number of factors, we believe that we will be able to continue to obtain all permits, licenses and certificates material to the conduct of our operations.
International Maritime Organization (or IMO)
The IMO is the United Nations’ agency for maritime safety and prevention of pollution. IMO regulations relating to pollution prevention for oil tankers have been adopted by many of the jurisdictions in which our tanker fleet operates. Under IMO regulations, and subject to limited exceptions, a tanker must be of double-hull construction in accordance with the requirements set out in these regulations or be of another approved design ensuring the same level of protection against oil pollution. All of our tankers are double-hulled.





Many countries, but not the United States, have ratified and follow the liability regime adopted by the IMO and set out in the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, 1969, as amended (or CLC). Under this convention, a vessel’s registered owner is strictly liable for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil (e.g. crude oil, fuel oil, heavy diesel oil or lubricating oil), subject to certain defenses. The right to limit liability to specified amounts that are periodically revised is forfeited under the CLC when the spill is caused by the owner’s actual fault or when the spill is caused by the owner’s intentional or reckless conduct. Vessels trading to contracting states must provide evidence of insurance covering the limited liability of the owner. In jurisdictions where the CLC has not been adopted, various legislative regimes or common law governs, and liability is imposed either on the basis of fault or in a manner similar to the CLC.

IMO regulations also include the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea (or SOLAS), including amendments to SOLAS implementing the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code (or ISPS), the ISM Code, the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966. SOLAS provides rules for the construction of and the equipment required for commercial vessels and includes regulations for their safe operation. Flag states, which have ratified the convention and the treaty generally employ the classification societies, which have incorporated SOLAS requirements into their class rules, to undertake surveys to confirm compliance.

SOLAS and other IMO regulations concerning safety, including those relating to treaties on training of shipboard personnel, lifesaving appliances, radio equipment and the global maritime distress and safety system, are applicable to our operations. Non-compliance with IMO regulations, including SOLAS, the ISM Code, ISPS and other regulations, may subject us to increased liability or penalties, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to or detention in some ports. For example, the United States Coast Guard (or USCG) and EU authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and EU ports. The ISM Code requires vessel operators to obtain a safety management certification for each vessel they manage, evidencing the shipowner’s development and maintenance of an extensive safety management system. Each of the existing vessels in our fleet is currently ISM Code-certified, and we obtain a safety management certificate for each newbuilding, on delivery.

Annex VI to the IMO's International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL) (or Annex VI) sets limits on sulfur oxide and nitrogen oxide (or NOx) emissions from ship exhausts and prohibits emissions of ozone-depleting substances, emissions of volatile compounds from cargo tanks and the incineration of specific substances. Annex VI also includes a world-wide cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special “emission control areas” (or ECAs) to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions.

Annex VI provides for a three-tier reduction in NOx emissions from marine diesel engines, with the final tier (or Tier III) to apply to engines installed on vessels constructed on or after January 1, 2016 and which operate in the North American ECA or the U.S. Caribbean Sea ECA as well as ECAs designated in the future by the IMO. Tier 3 limits are 80% below Tier 1 and these cannot be achieved without additional means such as Selective Catalytic Reduction (or SCR). In October 2016 the IMO’s Marine Environment Protection Committee (or MEPC) approved the designation of the North Sea (including the English Channel) and the Baltic Sea as ECAs for NOx emissions; these ECAs and the related amendments to Annex VI of MARPOL (with some exceptions) entered into effect on January 1, 2019. This requirement will be applicable for new ships constructed on or after January 1, 2021, if they visit the Baltic or the North Sea (including the English Channel) and requires the future trading area of a ship to be assessed at the contract stage. There are exemption provisions to allow ships with only Tier II engines, to navigate in a NOx Tier III ECA if the ship is departing from a shipyard where the ship is newly built or visiting a shipyard for conversion/repair/maintenance without loading/unloading cargoes.

Effective January 1, 2020, Annex VI imposes a global limit for sulfur in fuel oil used on board ships of 0.50% m/m (mass by mass), regardless of whether a ship is operating outside a designated ECA. To comply with this new standard, ships may utilize different fuels containing low or zero sulfur (e.g., LNG, low sulfur heavy fuel oil (or LSHFO), low sulfur marine gas oil (or LSMGO), biofuels or other compliant fuels), or utilize exhaust gas cleaning systems, known as “scrubbers”. Amendments to the information to be included in bunker delivery notes relating to the supply of marine fuel oil to ships fitted with alternative mechanisms to address sulfur emission requirements (e.g., scrubbers) became effective January 1, 2019. We have taken and continue to take steps to comply with the 2020 sulfur limit. We switched over to burning compliant low sulfur fuel prior to the January 1, 2020 implementation date, we have not installed any scrubbers on our fleet. At present, neither the IMO nor the International Organization for Standardization have implemented globally accepted quality standards for 0.50% m/m fuel oil. We intend, and where applicable, expect our charterers to procure 0.50% m/m fuel oil from top tier suppliers. However, until such time that a globally accepted quality standard is issued, the quality of 0.50% m/m fuel oil that is supplied to the entire industry (including in respect of our vessels) is inherently uncertain. Low quality or a lack of access to high quality low sulfur fuel may lead to a disruption in our operations (including mechanical damage to our vessels), which could impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As of March 1, 2018, amendments to Annex VI impose new requirements on ships of 5,000 gross tonnage and above to collect fuel oil consumption data for ships, as well as certain other data including proxies for transport work. Amendments to MARPOL Annex VI that makes the data collection system for fuel oil consumption of ships mandatory were adopted at the 70th session of the MEPC held in October 2016 and entered into force on March 1, 2018. The amendments require operators to update the vessels Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plan (SEEMP) to include a part II describing the ship specific methodology that will be used for collecting and measuring data for fuel oil consumption, distance travelled, hours underway, ensuring data quality is maintained and the processes that will be used to report the data to the Administration. We have verified as compliant all of our vessels prior to December 31, 2018. A Confirmation of Compliance has been provided by the Ship's Flag State Administration / Recognized Organization on behalf of Flag State and is kept on board.

The IMO has issued guidance regarding protecting against acts of piracy off the coast of Somalia. We comply with these guidelines.

IMO Guidance for countering acts of piracy and armed robbery is published by the IMO’s Maritime Safety Committee (or MSC). MSC.1/Circ.1339 (Piracy and armed robbery against ships in waters off the coast of Somalia) outlines Best Management Practices for protection against




Somalia based Piracy. Specifically, MSC.1/Circ.1339 provides guidance to shipowners and ship operators, shipmasters and crews on preventing and suppressing acts of piracy and armed robbery and was adopted by the IMO through Resolution MSC.324(89). The Best Management Practices (or BMP) is a joint industry publication by BIMCO, ICS, IGP&I Clubs, INTERTANKO and OCIMF. Version 5 is the latest BMP. Our fleet follows the guidance within BMP 5 when transiting in other regions with recognized threat levels for piracy and armed robbery, including West Africa.

The IMO's Ballast Water Management Convention entered into force on September 8, 2017. The convention stipulates two standards for discharged ballast water. The D-1 standard covers ballast water exchange while the D-2 standard covers ballast water treatment. The convention requires the implementation of either the D-1 or D-2 standard. There will be a transitional period from the entry into force to the International Oil Pollution Prevention (or IOPP) renewal survey in which ballast water exchange (reg. D-1) can be employed. The IMO’s Marine Environment Protection Committee (or MEPC) agreed to a compromise on the implementation dates for the D-2 discharge standard: ships constructed on or after September 8, 2017, must comply with the D-2 standard upon delivery. Existing ships should be D-2 compliant on the first IOPP renewal following the entry into force if the survey is completed on or after September 8, 2019, or a renewal IOPP survey was completed on or after September 8, 2014, but prior to September 8, 2017. Ships should be D-2 compliant on the second IOPP renewal survey after September 8, 2017, if the first renewal survey after that date was completed prior to September 8, 2019, and if the previous two conditions are not met. Vessels will be required to meet the discharge standard D-2 by installing an approved BWTS. Besides the IMO convention, ships sailing in U.S. waters are required to employ a type approved BWTS which is compliant with USCG regulations. The USCG has approved a number of BWTSs both nationally and internationally, out of which Alfa Laval (Sweden), Ocean Saver (Norway) and Sunrui (China) are under Teekay’s approved list for retrofit. We estimate that the installation of approved BWTS will cost between $1.5 million and $2 million per vessel between the years 2020 and 2023.

The IMO has also adopted an International Code for Ships Operating in Polar Waters (or Polar Code) which deals with matters regarding design, construction, equipment, operation, search and rescue and environmental protection in relation to ships operating in waters surrounding the two poles. The Polar Code includes both safety and environmental provisions. The Polar Code and related amendments entered into force in January 2017. The Polar Code is mandatory for new vessels built after January 1, 2017. For existing ships, this code is applicable from the first intermediate or renewal survey, whichever occurs first, beginning on or after January 1, 2018. All of our vessels trading in this area are fully compliant with the Polar Code.

In addition to the requirements of major IMO shipping conventions, the exploration for and production of oil and gas within the Newfoundland & Labrador (or NL) offshore area is conducted pursuant to the Canada Newfoundland and Labrador Atlantic Accord Implementation Act (or the Accord Act) in accordance with the conditions of a license and authorization issued by the Canada-Newfoundland and Labrador Offshore Petroleum Board (or CNLOPB). Various regulations dealing with environmental, occupational health and safety, and other aspects of offshore oil and gas activities have been enacted under the Accord Act. The CNLOPB has also issued interpretive guidelines concerning compliance with the regulations, and compliance with CNLOPB guidelines may be a condition of the issuance or renewal of the license and authorizations. These regulations and guidelines require that the shuttle tankers in the NL offshore area meet stringent standards for equipment, reporting and redundancy systems, and for the training and equipping of seagoing staff. Further, licensees are required by the Accord Act to provide a benefits plan satisfactory to CNLOPB. Such plans generally require the licensee to: establish an office in NL; give NL residents first consideration for training and employment; make expenditures for research and development and education and training to be carried out in NL; and give first consideration to services provided from within NL and to goods manufactured in NL. These regulatory requirements may change as regulations and CNLOPB guidelines are amended or replaced from time to time.

As per MSC. 338(91), requirements have been highlighted for audio and visual indicators for breathing apparatus which will alert the user before the volume of the air in the cylinder has been reduced to no less than 200 litres. This applies to ships constructed on or after July 1, 2014. Ships constructed before July 1, 2014 were required to comply no later than July 1, 2019. As of December 31, 2019, all of our vessels are in compliance with these requirements.

Cyber-related risks are operational risks that are appropriately assessed and managed in accordance with the safety management requirements of the ISM Code. Cyber risks are required to be appropriately addressed in our safety management system no later than the first annual verification of the company's Document of Compliance after January 1, 2021.

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations; as such, it is impossible to predict what additional requirements, if any, may be adopted by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations might have on our operations.
European Union (or EU)
The EU has adopted legislation that: bans from European waters manifestly sub-standard vessels (defined as vessels that have been detained twice by EU port authorities, in the preceding two years); creates obligations on the part of EU member port states to inspect minimum percentages of vessels using these ports annually; provides for increased surveillance of vessels posing a high risk to maritime safety or the marine environment; and provides the EU with greater authority and control over classification societies, including the ability to seek to suspend or revoke the authority of negligent societies.
Two regulations that are part of the implementation of the Port State Control Directive, came into force on January 1, 2011 and introduced a ranking system (published on a public website and updated daily) displaying shipping companies operating in the EU with the worst safety records. The ranking is judged upon the results of the technical inspections carried out on the vessels owned by a particular shipping company. Those shipping companies that have the most positive safety records are rewarded by subjecting them to fewer inspections, while those with the most safety shortcomings or technical failings recorded upon inspection will, in turn, be subject to a greater frequency of official inspections to their vessels.




The EU has, by way of Directive 2005/35/EC, which has been amended by Directive 2009/123/EC created a legal framework for imposing criminal penalties in the event of discharges of oil and other noxious substances from ships sailing in its waters, irrespective of their flag. This relates to discharges of oil or other noxious substances from vessels. Minor discharges shall not automatically be considered as offences, except where repetition leads to deterioration in the quality of the water. The persons responsible may be subject to criminal penalties if they have acted with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and the act of inciting, aiding and abetting a person to discharge a polluting substance may also lead to criminal penalties.
The EU has adopted a Directive requiring the use of low sulfur fuel. Since January 1, 2015, vessels have been required to burn fuel with sulfur content not exceeding 0.1% while within EU member states’ territorial seas, exclusive economic zones and pollution control zones that are included in SOX Emission Control Areas. Other jurisdictions have also adopted similar regulations.
IMO regulations required that as of January 1, 2015, all vessels operating within ECAs worldwide recognized under MARPOL Annex VI must comply with 0.1% sulfur requirements. Certain modifications were necessary in order to optimize operation on LSMGO of equipment originally designed to operate on Heavy Fuel Oil (or HFO). In addition, LSMGO is more expensive than HFO and this could impact the costs of operations. Our exposure to increased cost is in our spot trading vessels, although our competitors bear a similar cost increase as this is a regulatory item applicable to all vessels. All required vessels in our fleet trading to and within regulated low sulfur areas are able to comply with fuel requirements.
All ships above 5,000 gross tonnage calling EU waters are required to comply with EU-MRV regulations. These regulations came into force on July 1, 2015 and aim to reduce green house gas (or GHG) emissions within the EU. It requires ships carrying out maritime transport activities to or from European Economic Area (or EEA) ports to monitor and report information including verified data on their CO2 emissions from January 1, 2018. Data collection takes place on a per voyage basis and started from January 1, 2018. The reported CO2 emissions, together with additional data (e.g., cargo, energy efficiency parameters), are to be verified by independent verifiers and sent to a central database, managed by the European Maritime Safety Agency (or EMSA). The first reporting period for the 2018 calendar year has been completed and emission reports for the vessels which have carried out EU voyages have been submitted in the THETIS Database. Based on emission reports submitted in THETIS, a document of compliance has been issued and is placed on board.

The EU Ship Recycling Regulation aims to prevent, reduce and minimize accidents, injuries and other negative effects on human health and the environment when ships are recycled and the hazardous waste they contain is removed. The legislation applies to all ships flying the flag of an EU country and to vessels with non-EU flags that call at an EU port or anchorage. It sets out responsibilities for ship owners and for recycling facilities both in the EU and in other countries. Each new ship has to have on board an inventory of the hazardous materials (such as asbestos, lead or mercury) it contains in either its structure or equipment. The use of certain hazardous materials is forbidden. Before a ship is recycled, its owner must provide the company carrying out the work with specific information about the vessel and prepare a ship recycling plan. Recycling may only take place at facilities listed on the EU ‘List of facilities’. Compliance timelines are as follows: EU-flagged newbuildings were required to have on-board a verified Inventory of Hazardous Materials (IHM) with a Statement of Compliance at the latest by December 31, 2018, existing EU-flagged and non-EU-flagged vessels are required to have on-board a verified IHM with a Statement of Compliance by the latest December 31, 2020. The EU Commission adopted a European List of approved ship recycling facilities, as well as four further implementing decisions dealing with certification and other administrative requirements set out in the Regulation. In 2014, the Council Decision 2014/241/EU authorized EU countries having ships flying their flag or registered under their flag to ratify or to accede to the Hong Kong International Convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships. The Hong Kong Convention is not yet ratified.
United States
The United States has enacted an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills, including discharges of oil cargoes, bunker fuels or lubricants, primarily through the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (or OPA 90) and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (or CERCLA). OPA 90 affects all owners, operators, and bareboat charterers, whose vessels trade to the United States or its territories or possessions or whose vessels operate in United States waters, which include the U.S. territorial sea and the 200-mile exclusive economic zone around the United States. CERCLA applies to the discharge of “hazardous substances” rather than “oil” and imposes strict joint and several liabilities upon the owners, operators or bareboat charterers of vessels for cleanup costs and damages arising from discharges of hazardous substances. We believe that petroleum products should not be considered hazardous substances under CERCLA, but additives to oil or lubricants used on vessels might fall within its scope.

Under OPA 90, vessel owners, operators and bareboat charterers are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the oil spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war and the responsible party reports the incident and reasonably cooperates with the appropriate authorities) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels. These other damages are defined broadly to include:

natural resources damages and the related assessment costs;
real and personal property damages;
net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees and other lost revenues;
lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to property or natural resources damage;
net cost of public services necessitated by a spill response, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards; and




loss of subsistence use of natural resources.
OPA 90 limits the liability of responsible parties in an amount it periodically updates. The liability limits do not apply if the incident was proximately caused by violation of applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulations, including IMO conventions to which the United States is a signatory, or by the responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, or if the responsible party fails or refuses to report the incident or to cooperate and assist in connection with the oil removal activities. Liability under CERCLA is also subject to limits unless the incident is caused by gross negligence, willful misconduct, or a violation of certain regulations. We currently maintain for each of our vessel’s pollution liability coverage in the maximum coverage amount of $1 billion per incident. A catastrophic spill could exceed the coverage available, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Under OPA 90, with limited exceptions, all newly built or converted tankers delivered after January 1, 1994 and operating in U.S. waters must be double-hulled. All of our tankers are double-hulled.

OPA 90 also requires owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the USCG evidence of financial responsibility in an amount at least equal to the relevant limitation amount for such vessels under the statute. The USCG has implemented regulations requiring that an owner or operator of a fleet of vessels must demonstrate evidence of financial responsibility in an amount sufficient to cover the vessel in the fleet having the greatest maximum limited liability under OPA 90 and CERCLA. Evidence of financial responsibility may be demonstrated by insurance, surety bond, self-insurance, guaranty or an alternative method subject to approval by the USCG. Under the self-insurance provisions, the ship owners or operator must have a net worth and working capital, measured in assets located in the United States against liabilities located anywhere in the world, that exceeds the applicable amount of financial responsibility. We have complied with the USCG regulations by obtaining financial guaranties from one of its subsidiaries covering our vessels. If other vessels in our fleet trade into the United States in the future, we expect to obtain guaranties from third-party insurers.

OPA 90 and CERCLA permit individual U.S. states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil or hazardous substance pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries and some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited strict liability for spills. Several coastal states require state-specific evidence of financial responsibility and vessel response plans. We intend to comply with all applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels call.

Owners or operators of vessels, including tankers, operating in U.S. waters are required to file vessel response plans with the USCG, and their tankers are required to operate in compliance with their USCG approved plans. Such response plans must, among other things:

address a “worst case” scenario and identify and ensure, through contract or other approved means, the availability of necessary private response resources to respond to a “worst case discharge”;
describe crew training and drills; and
identify a qualified individual with full authority to implement removal actions.
All our vessels have USCG approved vessel response plans. In addition, we conduct regular oil spill response drills in accordance with the guidelines set out in OPA 90. The USCG has announced it intends to propose similar regulations requiring certain vessels to prepare response plans for the release of hazardous substances. Similarly, we also have California Vessel Contingency Plans (CAVCP) on board vessels which are likely to call ports in the State of California.

OPA 90 and CERCLA do not preclude claimants from seeking damages resulting from the discharge of oil and hazardous substances under other applicable law, including maritime tort law. The application of this doctrine varies by jurisdiction.

The U.S. Clean Water Act (or the Clean Water Act) also prohibits the discharge of oil or hazardous substances in U.S. navigable waters and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for unauthorized discharges. The Clean Water Act imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA 90 and CERCLA discussed above.

Our vessels that discharge certain effluents, including ballast water, in U.S. waters must obtain a Clean Water Act permit from the Environmental Protection Agency (or EPA) titled the “Vessel General Permit” (or VGP) and comply with a range of effluent limitations, best management practices, reporting, inspections and other requirements. The current Vessel General Permit incorporates USCG requirements for ballast water exchange and includes specific technology-based requirements for vessels and includes an implementation schedule to require vessels to meet the ballast water effluent limitations by the first dry docking after January 1, 2016, depending on the vessel size. The Vessel Incidental Discharge Act (or VIDA) became effective on December 4, 2018 and establishes a new framework for the regulation of vessel incidental discharges under the CWA. VIDA requires the EPA to develop performance standards for approximately 30 discharges by December 2020 (similar to the discharges in the EPA 2013 VGP). In most cases, the future standards will be at least as stringent as the existing EPA 2013 VGP requirements and will be technology based. Two years thereafter, the U.S. Coast Guard (or USCG) is required to develop corresponding implementation, compliance and enforcement regulations. These may include requirements governing the design, construction, testing, approval, installation and use of devices to achieve the EPA national standards of performance (or NSPs). Under VIDA, all provisions of the VGP remain in force and effect as currently written until the USCG regulations are finalized. Vessels that are constructed after December 1, 2013 are subject to the ballast water numeric effluent limitations. Several U.S. states have added specific requirements to the VGP and, in some cases, may require vessels to install ballast water treatment technology to meet biological performance standards. Every five years the VGP gets reissued, however the provisions of the 2013 VGP, as currently written, will apply beyond 2018, until the EPA publishes new NSPs, and the USCG develops implementing regulations for those NSPs. This could take up to four years.





Since January 1, 2014, the California Air Resources Board has required that vessels that burn fuel within 24 nautical miles of California burn fuel with 0.1% sulfur content or less.
China
China previously established Emission Control Areas in Pearl River Delta, Yangtze River Delta and Bohai Sea, which took effect on January 1, 2016. The Hainan Emission Control Area took effect on January 1, 2019. From January 1, 2019 all the ECAs have merged and scope of Domestic Emissions Controls Areas (or DECA) were extended to 12 nautical miles from the coastline, covering the Chinese mainland territorial coastal areas as well as the Hainan Island territorial coastal waters. From January 1, 2019 all vessels navigating within the Chinese mainland territorial coastal DECAs and at berths are required to use marine fuel with Sulfur content of maximum 0.50% m/m. As per the new regulation, ships can also use alternative methods such as an Exhaust Gas Scrubber, LNG or other clean fuel that reduces the SOx to the same level or lower than the maximum required limits of Sulfur when using fossil fuel in the DECA areas or when at berth. All the vessels without an exhaust gas cleaning system entering the emission control area are only permitted to carry and use the compliant fuel oil specified by the new regulation.
After July 1, 2019, vessels engaged on international voyages (except tankers) that are equipped to connect to shore power must use shore power if they berth for more than three hours (or for more than 2 hours for inland river control area) in berths with shore supply capacity in the coastal control areas.
Greenhouse Gas Regulation
In February 2005, the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (or the Kyoto Protocol) entered into force. Pursuant to the Kyoto Protocol, adopting countries are required to implement national programs to reduce emissions of GHGs. In December 2009, more than 27 nations, including the United States, entered into the Copenhagen Accord. The Copenhagen Accord is non-binding but is intended to pave the way for a comprehensive, international treaty on climate change. In December 2015 the Paris Agreement (or the Paris Agreement) was adopted by a large number of countries at the 21st Session of the Conference of Parties (commonly known as COP 21, a conference of the countries which are parties to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change; the COP is the highest decision-making authority of this organization). The Paris Agreement, which entered into force on November 4, 2016, deals with GHG emission reduction measures and targets from 2020 in order to limit the global temperature increases to well below 2˚ Celsius above pre-industrial levels. Although shipping was ultimately not included in the Paris Agreement, it is expected that the adoption of the Paris Agreement may lead to regulatory changes in relation to curbing GHG emissions from shipping.
In July 2011, the IMO adopted regulations imposing technical and operational measures for the reduction of GHG emissions. These new regulations formed a new chapter in Annex VI and became effective on January 1, 2013. The new technical and operational measures include the “Energy Efficiency Design Index” (or the EEDI), which is mandatory for newbuilding vessels, and the “Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plan,” which is mandatory for all vessels. In October 2016, the IMO’s MEPC adopted updated guidelines for the calculation of the EEDI. In October 2014, the IMO’s MEPC agreed in principle to develop a system of data collection regarding fuel consumption of ships. In October 2016, the IMO adopted a mandatory data collection system under which vessels of 5,000 gross tonnages and above are to collect fuel consumption and other data and to report the aggregated data so collected to their flag state at the end of each calendar year. The new requirements entered into force on March 1, 2018. All vessels are required to submit fuel consumption data to their respective administration/registered organizations for onward submission to the IMO for analysis and to help with decision making on future measures. The amendments require operators to update the vessel's SEEMP to include a part II describing the ship specific methodology that will be used for collecting and measuring data for fuel oil consumption, distance travelled, hours underway and processes that will be used to report the data to the Administration, in order to ensure data quality is maintained. The vessels were verified as compliant before December 31, 2018, with the first data collection period being for the 2019 calendar year. A Confirmation of Compliance was issued by the administration/registered organization, which must be kept on board the ship. The IMO also approved a roadmap for the development of a comprehensive IMO strategy on reduction of GHG emissions from ships with an initial strategy adopted on April 13, 2018 and a revised strategy to be adopted in 2023.
The EU also has indicated that it intends to propose an expansion of an existing EU emissions trading regime to include emissions of GHGs from vessels, and individual countries in the EU may impose additional requirements. The EU has adopted Regulation (EU) 2015/757 on the monitoring, reporting and verification (MRV) of CO2 emissions from vessels (or the MRV Regulation), which entered into force on July 1, 2015. The MRV Regulation aims to quantify and reduce CO2 emissions from shipping. It lists the requirements on MRV of carbon dioxide emissions and requires ship owners and operators to annually monitor, report and verify CO2 emissions for vessels larger than 5,000 gross tonnage calling at any EU and EFTA (Norway and Iceland) port (with a few exceptions, such as fish-catching or fish-processing vessels). Data collection takes place on a per voyage basis and started January 1, 2018. The reported CO2 emissions, together with additional data, such as cargo and energy efficiency parameters, are to be verified by independent verifiers and sent to a central inspection database hosted by the European Maritime Safety Agency (EMSA) to collate all the data applicable to the EU region. Companies responsible for the operation of large ships using EU ports are required to report their CO2 emissions. While the EU was considering a proposal for the inclusion of shipping in the EU Emissions Trading System as from 2021 (in the absence of a comparable system operating under the IMO) it appears that the decision to include shipping may be deferred until 2023.
In the United States, the EPA issued an “endangerment finding” regarding GHGs under the Clean Air Act. While this finding in itself does not impose any requirements on our industry, it authorizes the EPA to regulate directly GHG emissions through a rule-making process. In addition, climate change initiatives are being considered in the United States Congress and by individual states. Any passage of new climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, EU, the United States or other countries or states where we operate that restrict emissions of GHG could have a significant financial and operational impact on our business that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.




Many financial institutions that lend to the maritime industry have adopted the Poseidon Principles, which establish a framework for assessing and disclosing the climate alignment of ship finance portfolios. The Poseidon Principles set a benchmark for the banks who fund the maritime sector, which is based on IMO greenhouse gas (or GHG) strategy. IMO approved an initial GHG strategy in April 2018 to reduce GHG emissions generated from shipping activity, which represents a significant shift in climate ambition for a sector that currently accounts for 2%-3% of global carbon dioxide emissions. As a result, the Poseidon Principles are expected to enable financial institutions to align their ship finance portfolios with responsible environmental behavior and incentivize international shipping’s decarbonization.
Vessel Security
The ISPS was adopted by the IMO in December 2002 in the wake of heightened concern over worldwide terrorism and became effective on July 1, 2004. The objective of ISPS is to enhance maritime security by detecting security threats to ships and ports and by requiring the development of security plans and other measures designed to prevent such threats. Each of the existing vessels in our fleet currently complies with the requirements of ISPS and Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002 (U.S. specific requirements). Procedures are in place to inform the Maritime Security Council Horn of Africa (or MSCHOA) whenever our vessels are calling in the Indian Ocean Region or Maritime Domain Awareness for Trade - Gulf of Guinea (MDAT-GoG) when in West Coast of Africa (WAC). In order to mitigate the security risk, security arrangements such as boarding armed security teams or arranging for escort vessels are required for vessels which transit through the Gulf of Aden and WAC region.
C.
Organizational Structure
As of December 31, 2019, Teekay Corporation (NYSE: TK), through its 100%-owned subsidiaries, Teekay Holdings Ltd. and Teekay Finance Limited, had a 28.7% economic interest and a 54.0% voting interest in us through its ownership of 5.0 million of our shares of Class A common stock and 4.6 million shares of our Class B common stock.

Our shares of Class A common stock entitle the holders thereof to one vote per share and our shares of Class B common stock entitle the holders thereof to five votes per share, subject to a 49% aggregate Class B common stock voting power maximum. Teekay Corporation currently holds a majority of the voting power of our common stocks, and as such, we are controlled by Teekay Corporation. Teekay Corporation also controls its public subsidiary Teekay LNG Partners L.P. (NYSE: TGP).

Please read Exhibit 8.1 to this Annual Report for a list of our subsidiaries as of December 31, 2019.
D.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Other than our vessels and related equipment, we do not have any material property.

Please see “Item 4. Information on the Company - B. Business Overview - Our Fleet” for a description of our vessels and “Item 18. Financial Statements: Note 11 – Long-Term Debt and Note 12 – Operating Leases and Obligations Related to Finance Leases” for information about major encumbrances against our vessels.
E.
Taxation of the Company
United States Taxation
The following is a discussion of material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us. This discussion is based upon provisions of the Code, legislative history, applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations (or Treasury Regulations), judicial authority and administrative interpretations, all as in effect on the date of this Annual Report, and which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or are subject to different interpretations. Changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences described below.

Taxation of Operating Income. A significant portion of our gross income will be attributable to the transportation of crude oil and related products. For this purpose, gross income attributable to transportation (or Transportation Income) includes income derived from, or in connection with, the use (or hiring or leasing for use) of a vessel to transport cargo, or the performance of services directly related to the use of any vessel to transport cargo, and thus includes income from time-charters and bareboat-charters.

Fifty percent (50%) of Transportation Income that either begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States (or U.S. Source International Transportation Income) is considered to be derived from sources within the United States. Transportation Income that both begins and ends in the United States (or U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income) is considered to be 100% derived from sources within the United States. Transportation Income exclusively between non-U.S. destinations is considered to be 100% derived from sources outside the United States. Transportation Income derived from sources outside the United States generally is not subject to U.S. federal income tax.

Based on our current operations, and the operations of our subsidiaries, a substantial portion of our Transportation Income is from sources outside the United States and not subject to U.S. federal income tax. In addition, we believe that we have not earned any U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income, and we expect that we will not earn a material amount of such income in future years. However, certain of our subsidiaries which have made special U.S. tax elections to be treated as partnerships or disregarded as entities separate from us for U.S.




federal income tax purposes are potentially engaged in activities which could give rise to U.S. Source International Transportation Income. Unless the exemption from U.S. taxation under Section 883 of the Code (or the Section 883 Exemption) applies, our U.S. Source International Transportation Income generally is subject to U.S. federal income taxation under either the net basis and branch profits taxes or the 4% gross basis tax, each of which is discussed below.

The Section 883 Exemption. In general, the Section 883 Exemption provides that if a non-U.S. corporation satisfies the requirements of Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (or the Section 883 Regulations), it will not be subject to the net basis and branch profits taxes or the 4% gross basis tax described below on its U.S. Source International Transportation Income. As discussed below, we believe that under our current ownership structure, the Section 883 Exemption will apply and we will not be taxed on our U.S. Source International Transportation Income. The Section 883 Exemption does not apply to U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income.

A non-U.S. corporation will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption if, among other things, it (i) is organized in a jurisdiction outside the United States that grants an exemption from tax to U.S. corporations on international Transportation Income (or an Equivalent Exemption), (ii) meets one of three ownership tests (or Ownership Tests) described in the Section 883 Regulations, and (iii) meets certain substantiation, reporting and other requirements (or the Substantiation Requirements).

We are organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands. The U.S. Treasury Department has recognized the Republic of the Marshall Islands as a jurisdiction that grants an Equivalent Exemption. We also believe that we will be able to satisfy the Substantiation Requirements necessary to qualify for the Section 883 Exemption. Consequently, our U.S. Source International Transportation Income (including for this purpose, our share of any such income earned by our subsidiaries that have properly elected to be treated as partnerships or disregarded as entities separate from us for U.S. federal income tax purposes) will be exempt from U.S. federal income taxation provided we satisfy one of the Ownership Tests. We believe that we should satisfy one of the Ownership Tests because our stock is primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States within the meaning of Section 883 of the Code and the Section 883 Regulations. We can give no assurance, however, that changes in the ownership of our stock subsequent to the date of this report will permit us to continue to qualify for the Section 883 exemption.

Net Basis Tax and Branch Profits Tax. If the Section 883 Exemption does not apply, our U.S. Source International Transportation Income may be treated as effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States (or Effectively Connected Income) if we have a fixed place of business in the United States and substantially all of our U.S. Source International Transportation Income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation or, in the case of income derived from bareboat charters, is attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States. Based on our current operations, none of our potential U.S. Source International Transportation Income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation or is derived from bareboat charters attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States. As a result, we do not anticipate that any of our U.S. Source International Transportation Income will be treated as Effectively Connected Income. However, there is no assurance that we will not earn income pursuant to regularly scheduled transportation or bareboat charters attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States in the future, which will result in such income being treated as Effectively Connected Income.

U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income generally will be treated as Effectively Connected Income. However, we do not anticipate that a material amount of our income has been or will be U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income.

Any income we earn that is treated as Effectively Connected Income would be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax (the current statutory rate is 21%), and a 30% branch profits tax imposed under Section 884 of the Code. In addition, a branch interest tax could be imposed on certain interest paid or deemed paid by us.

On the sale of a vessel that has produced Effectively Connected Income, we generally would be subject to the net basis and branch profits taxes with respect to our gain recognized up to the amount of certain prior deductions for depreciation that reduced Effectively Connected Income. Otherwise, we would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on the sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under U.S. federal income tax principles.

The 4% Gross Basis Tax. If the Section 883 Exemption does not apply and we are not subject to the net basis and branch profits taxes described above, we will be subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax on our gross U.S. Source International Transportation Income, without benefit of deductions. For 2019, we estimate that if the Section 883 Exemption and the net basis tax did not apply, the U.S. federal income tax on such U.S. Source International Transportation Income would have been approximately $6.7 million. The amount of such tax for which we are liable in any year will depend upon the amount of income we earn from voyages into or out of the United States in such year, however, which is not within our complete control.

Marshall Islands Taxation
Because we and our controlled affiliates do not, and we do not expect that we or they will, conduct business, operations, or transactions in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, neither we nor our controlled affiliates are subject to income, capital gains, profits or other taxation under current Marshall Islands law, other than taxes, fines, or fees due to (i) the incorporation, dissolution, continued existence, merger, domestication (or similar concepts) of legal entities registered in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, (ii) filing certificates (such as certificates of incumbency, merger, or re-domiciliation) with the Marshall Islands registrar, (iii) obtaining certificates of good standing from, or certified copies of documents filed with, the Marshall Islands registrar, (iv) compliance with Marshall Islands law concerning vessel ownership, such as tonnage tax, or (v) non-compliance with economic substance regulations or with requests made by the Marshall Islands registrar of corporations relating to our books and records and the books and records of our subsidiaries. As a result, distributions by our controlled affiliates to us are not subject to Marshall Islands taxation.





Other Taxation
We and our subsidiaries are subject to taxation in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions because we or our subsidiaries are either organized, or conduct business or operations, in such jurisdictions, but, we do not expect any such tax to be material. However, we cannot assure this result as tax laws in these or other jurisdictions may change, or we may enter into new business transactions relating to such jurisdictions, which could affect our tax liability.

Item 4A.
Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 5.
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this report.
In addition, refer to item 5 in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2018 for our discussion and analysis comparing financial condition and results of operations from 2018 to 2017.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
General
We were formed in October 2007 by Teekay Corporation (NYSE: TK), a leading provider of marine services to the global oil and gas industries, and we completed our initial public offering in December 2007. Our business is to own oil and product tankers and we employ a chartering strategy that seeks to capture upside opportunities in the tanker spot market while using fixed-rate time charters to reduce downside risks. Our mix of vessels trading in the spot market or subject to fixed-rate time charters will change from time to time. We also have a ship-to-ship (or STS) transfer business that provides full service lightering as well as lightering support services and consultancy and LNG terminal management services. This business is adjacent to our core competencies, along with our existing tanker commercial management and technical management operations, we believe it improves our ability to manage the cyclicality of the tanker market through the less volatile cash flows generated by these business areas. Historically, the tanker industry has experienced volatility in profitability due to changes in the supply of, and demand for, tanker capacity. Tanker supply and demand are each influenced by several factors beyond our control. In early 2020, we entered into an agreement to sell the non-US portion of our STS business, and our LNG terminal management business, as described below.

Teekay Corporation holds a majority of the voting power of our common stock, which includes Class A common stock and Class B common stock.

Effective May 2018, we eliminated the payment of our minimum quarterly dividend of $0.24 per share ($0.96 per share annually) in order to preserve liquidity during the cyclical downturn of the tanker spot market. In November 2019, we revised our previous formulaic dividend policy, which was based on a payout of 30% to 50% of our quarterly adjusted net income, to primarily focus on building net asset value through balance sheet delevering and reducing our cost of capital.

Going forward, dividend payments will be subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors.

Significant Developments in 2019 and Early 2020
Low Sulfur Fuel Regulation (IMO 2020)
Effective January 1, 2020, the International Maritime Organization (or IMO) imposed a 0.50% m/m (mass by mass), global limit for sulfur in fuel oil used on board ships. To comply with this new regulatory standard, ships may utilize different fuels containing low or zero sulfur or utilize exhaust gas cleaning systems, known as “scrubbers”. We have taken, and continue to take, steps to comply with the 2020 sulfur limit. Detailed plans to address this changeover were prepared and have been successfully implemented. At present, we have not installed any scrubbers on our fleet. We have transitioned to burning compliant low sulfur fuel from January 1, 2020. The initial transition to low sulfur fuel did not have a significant impact on our operating results. The future fuel price spread between high sulfur fuel and low sulfur fuel is uncertain, however the use of compliant low sulfur fuel is anticipated to result in an increase in voyage expenses. We expect that we will be able to recover fuel price increases from the charterers of our vessels through higher rates for voyage charters.




Sale of Non-US Ship-to-Ship Business
In January 2020, we reached an agreement to sell the non-U.S. portion of our STS business, as well as our LNG terminal management business for $26 million, with an adjustment for the final amounts of cash and other working capital present on the closing date. The sale is expected to close in the second quarter of 2020.
New Loan Facility
In January 2020, we entered into a new $532.8 million long-term debt facility to refinance 31 vessels which facility is scheduled to mature at the end of 2024. The proceeds from the new debt facility which were drawn down in February 2020, were used to repay approximately $455 million on our two revolving facilities and one of our term loan facilities, which was scheduled to mature in 2021.
Vessel Sales
During the fourth quarter of 2019 and the first quarter of 2020, we agreed to sell four Suezmax tankers in separate transactions for a combined sales price of approximately $79 million. One vessel was delivered to the buyer in December 2019, two vessels were delivered to their respective buyers in February 2020 and the remaining vessel was delivered in March 2020.
Working Capital Loan
In December 2019, the limit of our working capital loan facility was increased by an additional $25.0 million for a total facility limit of $80.0 million.
Reverse Stock Split
In November 2019, our Board of Directors approved a one-for-eight reverse stock split of our Class A common shares, par value $0.01 per share, and Class B common shares, par value $0.01 per share, which was effective as of the opening of trading on November 25, 2019. The result of the reverse stock split was that every eight of our outstanding common shares were combined into one common share, without a change to the par value per share. This reduced the number of issued and outstanding Class A and B common shares as at December 31, 2019 from approximately 232.0 million and 37.0 million to approximately 29.0 million and 4.6 million, respectively.
Time Chartered-in Vessels
In the second quarter of 2019, we entered into a time charter-in contract for one Aframax tanker for a firm period of two years at a daily rate of $21,000 with an option period of one year at $22,000 per day. The vessel was delivered to us during the third quarter of 2019 and has been trading in the spot market.
In the first quarter of 2019, we entered into time charter-in contracts for two LR2 product tankers, each of which has a two-year term with a weighted-average daily rate of $20,500, and a one-year extension option with a weighted-average daily rate of $22,500. We entered into a risk-sharing agreement with a third party for one of the vessels, whereby an agreed portion of net profit or loss is shared with the third party. Both vessels delivered in January 2019 and have been trading in the spot market.
Time Chartered-out Vessels
In March and April 2020, we entered into time charter-out contracts for three Suezmax tankers with one-year terms at an average daily rate of $46,700. The charters are expected to commence between April 2020 and May 2020.
In December 2019, we entered into a time charter-out contract for one Suezmax tanker with a one-year term at a daily rate of $36,000.
In October 2019, we entered into time charter-out contracts for two Suezmax tankers with one-year terms at an average daily rate of $38,250 and a time charter-out contract for one Suezmax tanker with a ten-month term at a daily rate of $35,950.
In June 2019, the charterer of one Suezmax vessel exercised its one-year option period at a daily rate of $22,750. The option period commenced in August 2019.
Sale-leaseback Financing Transactions

In May 2019, we completed a $63.7 million sale-leaseback financing transaction for two of our Suezmax tankers. Each vessel is leased on a bareboat charter for nine years, with a fixed daily rate of $12,300, purchase options throughout the lease term commencing at the end of the second year, and a purchase obligation at the end of the lease term. Proceeds from the sale-leaseback transaction were used to prepay a portion of one of our loan facilities.
Important Financial and Operational Terms and Concepts
We use a variety of financial and operational terms and concepts when analyzing our performance. These include the following:





Revenues. Revenues primarily include revenues from time charters, voyage charters and full service lightering and lightering support services. Revenues are affected by hire rates and the number of days a vessel operates. Revenues are also affected by the mix of our business between time charters and voyage charters and to a lesser extent, whether our vessels are subject to an RSA. Hire rates for voyage charters are more volatile, as they are typically tied to prevailing market rates at the time of a voyage. Our charters are explained further below.

Voyage Expenses. Voyage expenses are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including any fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls, agency fees and commissions. Voyage expenses are typically paid by the shipowner under voyage charters and the customer under time charters, except when the vessel is off-hire during the term of a time charter, in which case, the owner pays voyage expenses.

Net Revenues. Net revenues represent revenues less voyage expenses. Because the amount of voyage expenses we incur for a particular charter depends upon the type of the charter, we use net revenues to improve the comparability between periods of reported revenues that are generated by the different types of charters and contracts. We principally use net revenues, a non-GAAP financial measure, because we believe it provides more meaningful information to us about the deployment of our vessels and their performance than does revenues, the most directly comparable financial measure under GAAP.

Vessel Operating Expenses. We are responsible for vessel operating expenses, which include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication expenses. The two largest components of our vessel operating expenses are crew costs and repairs and maintenance. We expect these expenses to increase as our fleet matures and to the extent that it expands.

Income from Vessel Operations. To assist us in evaluating our operations, we analyze the income we receive after deducting operating expenses, but prior to interest expense and interest income, realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments, equity income and other expenses.

Dry docking. We must periodically dry dock each of our vessels for inspection, repairs and maintenance and any modifications to comply with industry certification or governmental requirements. Generally, we dry dock each of our vessels every two and a half to five years, depending upon the age of the vessel. We capitalize a substantial portion of the costs incurred during dry docking and amortize those costs on a straight-line basis from the completion of a dry docking over the estimated useful life of the dry dock. We expense, as incurred, costs for routine repairs and maintenance performed during dry dockings that do not improve or extend the useful lives of the assets. The number of dry dockings undertaken in a given period and the nature of the work performed determine the level of dry docking expenditures.

Depreciation and Amortization. Our depreciation and amortization expense typically consists of charges related to the depreciation of the historical cost of our fleet (less an estimated residual value) over the estimated useful lives of our vessels, charges related to the amortization of dry docking expenditures over the estimated number of years to the next scheduled dry docking, and charges related to the amortization of our intangible assets over the estimated useful life of 10 years.

Time-Charter Equivalent (TCE) Rates. Bulk shipping industry freight rates are commonly measured in the shipping industry at the net revenues level in terms of “time-charter equivalent” (or TCE) rates, which represent net revenues divided by revenue days. We calculate TCE rates as net revenue per revenue day before costs to commercially manage our vessels, and off-hire bunker expenses.

Revenue Days. Revenue days are the total number of calendar days our vessels were in our possession during a period, less the total number of off-hire days during the period associated with major repairs, dry dockings or special or intermediate surveys. Consequently, revenue days represents the total number of days available for the vessel to earn revenue. Idle days, which are days when the vessel is available for the vessel to earn revenue yet is not employed, are included in revenue days. We use revenue days to explain changes in our net revenues between periods.

Average Number of Ships. Historical average number of ships consists of the average number of vessels that were in our fleet during a period. We use average number of ships primarily to highlight changes in vessel operating expenses and depreciation and amortization.
Our Charters
We generate revenues by charging customers for the transportation of their crude oil using our vessels. Historically, these services generally have been provided under the following basic types of contractual relationships:

Voyage charters are charters for shorter intervals that are priced on a current or “spot” market rate; and
Time charters, whereby vessels are chartered to customers for a fixed period of time at rates that are generally fixed, but may contain a variable component based on inflation, interest rates or current market rates.

The table below illustrates the primary distinctions among these types of charters and contracts:




 
Voyage Charter
Time Charter
Typical contract length
Single voyage
One year or more
Hire rate basis (1)
Varies
Daily
Voyage expenses (2)
We pay
Customer pays
Vessel operating expenses (3)
We pay
We pay
Off hire (4)
Customer does not pay
Customer does not pay
(1)
“Hire” rate refers to the basic payment from the charterer for the use of the vessel.
(2)
Voyage expenses are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including any fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls, agency fees and commissions.
(3)
Vessel operating expenses include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication expenses.
(4)
“Off-hire” refers to the time a vessel is not available for service.

Items You Should Consider When Evaluating Our Results
You should consider the following factors when evaluating our historical financial performance and assessing our future prospects:

Our voyage revenues are affected by cyclicality in the tanker markets. The cyclical nature of the tanker industry causes significant increases or decreases in the revenue we earn from our vessels, particularly those we trade in the spot market.

Tanker rates also fluctuate based on seasonal variations in demand. Tanker markets are typically stronger in the winter months as a result of increased oil consumption in the northern hemisphere but weaker in the summer months as a result of lower oil consumption in the northern hemisphere and increased refinery maintenance. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns during the winter months tend to disrupt vessel scheduling, which historically has increased oil price volatility and oil trading activities in the winter months. As a result, revenues generated by our vessels have historically been weaker during the quarters ended June 30 and September 30, and stronger in the quarters ended December 31 and March 31.
The novel coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic is dynamic and expanding. The continuation of this outbreak likely will have, and the emergence of other epidemic or pandemic crises could have, material adverse effects on our business, results of operations, or financial condition. The novel coronavirus pandemic is dynamic and expanding, and its ultimate scope, duration and effects are uncertain. We expect that this pandemic likely will result in direct and indirect adverse effects on our industry or on our business, results of operations and financial condition. COVID-19 is anticipated to result in a decline in global demand for crude oil and refined petroleum products. As our business is the transportation of crude oil and refined petroleum products on behalf of our customers, any significant decrease in demand for the cargo we transport could adversely affect demand for our vessels and services. At this stage, it is extremely difficult to determine the full impact of COVID-19 on our business. Effects of the current pandemic may include, among others: deterioration of worldwide, regional or national economic conditions and activity and of demand for crude oil and refined petroleum products; operational disruptions to us or our customers due to worker health risks and the effects of new regulations, directives or practices implemented in response to the pandemic (such as travel restrictions for individuals and vessels and quarantining and physical distancing); potential delays in (a) the loading and discharging of cargo on or from our vessels, (b) vessel inspections and related certifications by class societies, customers or government agencies and (c) maintenance, modifications or repairs to, or drydocking of, our existing vessels due to worker health or other business disruptions; reduced cash flow and financial condition, including potential liquidity constraints; potential reduced access to capital as a result of any credit tightening generally or due to continued declines in global financial markets; potential reduced ability to opportunistically sell any of our vessels on the second-hand market, either as a result of a lack of buyers or a general decline in the value of second-hand vessels; potential decreases in the market values of our vessels and any related impairment charges or breaches relating to vessel-to-loan financial covenants; and potential deterioration in the financial condition and prospects of our customers or business partners. Although disruption and effects from the novel coronavirus pandemic may be temporary, given the dynamic nature of these circumstances, the duration of business disruption and the related financial impact cannot be reasonably estimated at this time, but could materially affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Please read "Item 3 - Key Information: Risk Factors" for more details on the potential effects of the coronavirus on our business.
Our U.S. Gulf lightering business competes with alternative methods of delivering crude oil to ports, which may limit our earnings in this area of our operations. Our U.S. Gulf lightering business faces competition from alternative methods of delivering crude oil shipments to port, including offshore offloading facilities. While we believe that lightering offers advantages over alternative methods of delivering crude oil to U.S. Gulf ports, our lightering revenues may be limited due to the availability of alternative methods.
Vessel operating and other costs are facing industry-wide cost pressures. The shipping industry continues to forecast a shortfall in qualified personnel, although weak tanker markets may ease officer shortages. We will continue to focus on our manning and training strategies to meet future needs. In addition, factors such as client demands for enhanced training and physical equipment, pressure on commodity and raw material prices, as well as changes in regulatory requirements could also contribute to operating expenditure increases. We continue to take action aimed at improving operational efficiencies, and to temper the effect of inflationary and other price escalations; however, increases to operational costs may well occur in the future.
The amount and timing of dry dockings of our vessels can significantly affect our revenues between periods. Our vessels are normally off hire when they are being dry docked. We had eighteen vessels drydock in 2019, compared to eight vessels which dry docked




in 2018 and seven vessels which dry docked in 2017. The total number of off-hire days relating to dry dockings during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were 731, 295, and 221, respectively. For our current fleet, there are 11 owned and leased vessels scheduled to dry dock in 2020.

Results of Operations
In accordance with GAAP, we report gross revenues in our consolidated statements of income (loss) and include voyage expenses among our operating expenses. However, ship-owners base economic decisions regarding the deployment of their vessels upon anticipated TCE rates, and industry analysts typically measure bulk shipping freight rates in terms of TCE rates. This is because under time-charter contracts, the customer usually pays the voyage expenses, while under voyage charters, the ship-owner usually pays the voyage expenses, which typically are added to the hire rate at an approximate cost (as is also described in "Our Charters" above). Accordingly, the discussion of revenue below focuses on net revenues and TCE rates (both of which are non-GAAP financial measures) where applicable.

The operating results of our tanker segment and STS segment are presented separately. Our tanker segment includes the operations of all our tankers, including those employed on full service lightering contracts. Our STS transfer segment includes the operating results from lightering support services provided to our tanker segment as part of full service lightering operations and other services provided to our customers associated with our lightering support operations.
Summary

Our consolidated income from vessel operations increased to $123.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $7.2 million in the prior year. The primary reasons for this increase are as follows:

CHART-8CF259069AE5553FBD9.JPG

an increase of $126.1 million due to higher overall average realized spot TCE rates earned by our Suezmax, Aframax and LR2 product tankers;
an increase of $3.5 million due to improved net results from our full service lightering (or FSL) activities from more voyage days and higher realized FSL spot rates earned;
an increase of $3.4 million resulting from lower general and administrative expenses primarily due to non-recurring project expenses incurred in the fourth quarter of 2018;
a net increase of $3.2 million primarily due to the expiry of time-charter out contracts for various vessels, which subsequently traded on spot voyages at higher average realized rates;
a net increase of $2.3 million primarily due to the addition of three Aframax and two LR2 chartered-in tankers that were delivered to us in the fourth quarter of 2018, first quarter of 2019, and third quarter of 2019, partially offset by the redeliveries of various in-chartered tankers to their owners in the second and third quarter of 2018; and
an increase of $1.2 million due to restructuring charges incurred in 2018;

partially offset by





a decrease of $10.2 million due to a higher number of off-hire days resulting from dry dockings and higher off-hire bunker expenses compared to 2018;
a decrease of $6.9 million due to the sale of one Suezmax tanker in 2019 and the write-down of two Suezmax tankers held for sale as of December 31, 2019; and
a decrease of $6.4 million due to the amortization of new dry dockings with higher costs and completion of the first dry dockings for various former Tanker Investments Limited (TIL) vessels subsequent to our acquisition of TIL in late 2017.

We manage our business and analyze and report our results of operations on the basis of two reportable segments: the tanker segment and the STS transfer segment. Please refer to Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 6 - Segment Reporting. Details of the changes to our results of operations for each of our segments for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are provided below.
Year Ended December 31, 2019 versus Year Ended December 31, 2018
Tanker Segment
Our tanker segment consists of crude oil and product tankers that (i) are subject to long-term, fixed-rate time-charter contracts (which have an original term of one year or more), (ii) operate in the spot tanker market, or (iii) are subject to time-charters that are priced on a spot market basis or are short-term, fixed-rate contracts (which have an original term of less than one year) and related operations.
The following table presents our operating results for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and compares net revenues, a non-GAAP financial measure, for those periods to revenues, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except percentages)
2019
 
2018
 
% Change
Revenues 
908,778

 
740,806

 
23
 %
Less: voyage expenses (1)
(413,796
)
 
(393,794
)
 
5
 %
Net revenues
494,982

 
347,012

 
43
 %
Vessel operating expenses
(174,779
)
 
(174,278
)
 
 %
Time-charter hire expense
(37,225
)
 
(13,537
)
 
175
 %
Depreciation and amortization
(120,468
)
 
(114,062
)
 
6
 %
General and administrative expenses
(32,938
)
 
(36,481
)
 
(10
)%
Loss and write-down on sale of vessels
(5,534
)
 

 
100
 %
Restructuring charges

 
(152
)
 
(100
)%
Income from vessel operations
124,038

 
8,502

 
1,359
 %
Equity income
2,345

 
1,220

 
92
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Includes $11.5 million and $12.5 million of voyage expenses for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, relating to lightering support services which the STS transfer segment provided to the tanker segment for FSL operations.
Tanker Market
The crude tanker market started 2019 on a positive note following a firm fourth quarter of 2018. However, rates quickly declined through the first half of the year as a result of relatively high tanker fleet growth, lower OPEC crude oil production, and heavier than normal refinery maintenance as refiners prepared for the IMO 2020 regulations. Lower OPEC crude oil production was a result of both high adherence to the 1.2 million barrels per day (mb/d) of cuts implemented from the start of 2019 and reduced supply from Venezuela and Iran as a result of U.S. sanctions. On the fleet supply side, the worldwide tanker fleet grew by 21.9 million deadweight tonnes (mdwt), or 3.7%, in the first half of 2019, which was the highest level of fleet growth in a half-year period since the first half of 2009.

Crude tanker spot rates started to tighten late in the third quarter of 2019; in the fourth quarter of 2019 rates increased to the highest levels since 2008, which can be attributed to a combination of firmer underlying tanker supply and demand fundamentals, normal winter seasonality, and one-off events. According to the International Energy Agency (IEA), global oil demand increased by 1.7 mb/d year-on-year in the fourth quarter of 2019, with refinery throughput also having increased after a period of extended maintenance earlier in the year. Atlantic basin crude oil production was a significant driver of tanker tonne-mile demand in the fourth quarter, spurred by an increase in U.S. crude oil exports, along with new volumes from Brazil and Norway, much of which moved long-haul to refineries in Asia.

On the tanker fleet supply side, U.S. sanctions on two subsidiaries of leading Chinese state-owned shipping and logistics company, COSCO, removed 26 Very Large Crude Carriers (or VLCCs) from the trading fleet, which led to a rapid tightening of available fleet supply. Furthermore, an increase in floating storage ahead of the IMO 2020 regulations coming into force and the removal of vessels from the trading fleet to retrofit scrubbers also served to tighten fleet supply during the fourth quarter of 2019.





Crude tanker spot rates were firm during January 2020 but came under pressure in February due to the impact of the global coronavirus outbreak and the return of the previously-sanctioned COSCO vessels to the trading fleet, however, rates firmed again during March 2020. A widening gap between global oil demand, which is being negatively impacted by the coronavirus outbreak, and global oil supply, which is being elevated by the collapse of the OPEC+ supply agreement, has led to a rapid decline in crude oil prices and a steep contango in crude oil futures. This is creating strong demand for floating storage, which is utilizing a significant amount of crude tanker tonnage, while refiners and governments are looking to take advantage of cheap oil prices by filling onshore oil inventories. Tanker fleet utilization has tightened as a result of these changes.

Looking longer-term, the outlook for global oil and tanker demand is highly uncertain due to the developing coronavirus outbreak and its impact on the global economy. According to the IEA, global oil demand is expected to decline in 2020 for the first time since the financial crisis in 2009. The extent of the decline remains to be seen and will depend on how long current restrictions over travel and other economic activity in many countries across the globe remain in place. The timing of a potential recovery in economic activity, and therefore oil demand, is also uncertain at this time. A large build-up of oil inventories, both onshore and at sea, may lead to a period of weaker tanker demand in the future as these inventories are drawn down. However, the timing and magnitude of this stock draw is uncertain.

A relatively small tanker orderbook and anticipated scrapping activity in an aging global fleet is expected to result in relatively low tanker fleet growth over the next two years. We estimate tanker fleet growth of approximately 3% in 2020 and 1.5% in 2021, which are both well below tanker fleet growth of 5.8% in 2019. Furthermore, new vessel ordering remains at relatively low levels given constrained access to capital and uncertainty over future industry regulatory and technology changes. The removal of vessels from the global trading fleet for scrubber retrofitting should also help tighten vessel supply during 2020, though the impact of the coronavirus outbreak on ship repair yard operations and a strong tanker spot market may delay scrubber installations in the near-term.

Fleet and TCE Rates

As at December 31, 2019, we owned and leased 55 double-hulled oil tankers, had time-chartered in four Aframax and two LR2 tankers and owned a 50% interest in one VLCC. The results of our interest in the VLCC are included in equity income (loss).

As defined and discussed above, we calculate TCE rates as net revenue per revenue day before costs to commercially manage our vessels, and off-hire bunker expenses. The following tables outline the average TCE rates earned by vessels for 2019 and 2018:
 
Tanker Segment
 
Year Ended December 31, 2019
 
Revenues (1)(5)
Voyage Expenses (2)(5)
Adjustments (3)
TCE Revenues
Revenue Days
Average TCE per Revenue Day (3)
 
(in thousands)
(in thousands)
(in thousands)
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Voyage-charter contracts - Suezmax

$424,578


($194,108
)

$3,630


$234,100

9,798


$23,892

Voyage-charter contracts - Aframax (4)(5)

$329,317


($162,538
)

$2,654


$169,433

7,265


$23,323

Voyage-charter contracts - LR2 (5)

$115,857


($54,677
)

$133


$61,313

3,178


$19,293

Time-charter out contracts - Suezmax

$15,658


($526
)

$311


$15,443

595


$25,945

Time-charter out contracts - Aframax

$1,838


$168


($178
)

$1,828

75


$24,276

Total

$887,248


($411,681
)

$6,550


$482,117

20,911


$23,055


(1)
Includes $6.4 million of revenue earned from vessels subject to the RSAs that were chartered to perform FSL. Excludes $6.3 million of revenue earned from our responsibilities in employing the vessels subject to the RSAs, $2.2 million of bunker commissions earned and $1.2 million of taxes recoverable from one of our customers.
(2)
Includes $11.5 million of inter-segment voyage expenses related to lightering support services provided by the STS transfer segment and $6.4 million of voyage expenses incurred by vessels subject to the RSAs that were chartered to perform FSL.
(3)
Adjustments primarily include off-hire bunker expenses, which are excluded from Average TCE per revenue day.
(4)
Includes $80.3 million of revenues and $51.9 million of voyage expenses related to the FSL business, which includes $11.5 million of inter-segment voyage expenses referenced in note (2) above relating to the FSL business by the STS transfer segment.
(5)
Excludes $18.2 million of revenues and $8.5 million of voyage expenses related to the risk-sharing agreements that were entered during the first quarter of 2019 for two time charter-in contracts that were entered during late 2018. Please read "Significant Developments in 2019 - Time Chartered-In Vessels".





 
Tanker Segment
 
Year Ended December 31, 2018
 
Revenues (1)
Voyage Expenses (2)
Adjustments (3)
TCE Revenues
Revenue Days
Average TCE per Revenue Day (3)
 
(in thousands)
(in thousands)
(in thousands)
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Voyage-charter contracts - Suezmax

$371,731


($214,659
)

$1,144


$158,216

9,795


$16,154

Voyage-charter contracts - Aframax (4)

$244,557


($157,049
)

$915


$88,423

5,515


$16,034

Voyage-charter contracts - LR2

$71,275


($36,272
)

$154


$35,157

2,488


$14,131

Time-charter out contracts - Suezmax

$17,089


($796
)

$204


$16,497

819


$20,144

Time-charter out contracts - Aframax

$35,602


($566
)

$470


$35,506

1,674


$21,216

Time-charter out contracts - LR2

$7,357


($94
)

$4


$7,267

420


$17,287

Total

$747,611


($409,436
)

$2,891


$341,066

20,711


$16,469

(1)
Includes $15.6 million of revenue earned from the vessels that were chartered from the RSAs to perform FSL. Excludes $5.9 million of revenue earned from our responsibilities in employing the vessels subject to the RSAs and $2.9 million of bunker commissions earned.
(2)
Includes $12.5 million of inter-segment voyage expenses related to lightering support services provided by the STS transfer segment and $15.6 million of voyage expenses incurred by the vessels that were chartered from the RSAs to perform FSL.
(3)
Adjustments primarily include off-hire bunker expenses, which are excluded from Average TCE per revenue day.
(4)
Includes $104.9 million of revenues and $80.6 million of voyage expenses related to the FSL business, which includes $12.5 million of inter-segment voyage expenses referenced in note (2) above related to the FSL business by the STS transfer segment.

Net Revenues. Net revenues increased to $495.0 million for 2019 from $347.0 million for 2018, primarily due to:

an increase of $126.1 million primarily due to a higher overall average realized spot tanker rates earned by our Suezmax, Aframax and LR2 product tankers in 2019 compared to 2018;
a net increase of $24.2 million primarily due to the addition of three Aframax and two LR2 in-chartered tankers that were delivered to us in the fourth quarter of 2018 and the first and third quarters of 2019, partially offset by redeliveries of three Aframax in-chartered tankers to their owners at various times during 2018 and the sale of one Suezmax tanker in the fourth quarter of 2019;
an increase of $4.1 million due to higher average realized spot FSL rates and a decrease in the cost of short-term in-charters to support FSL operations in 2019 compared to 2018; and
a net increase of $3.2 million due to the expiry of time-charter out contracts for various vessels which subsequently traded on spot voyages at higher average realized rates in 2019 compared to 2018;
partially offset by

a net decrease of $10.2 million due to a higher number of off-hire days related to dry dockings and off-hire bunker expenses.
Time-charter Hire Expense. Time-charter hire expense increased to $37.2 million for 2019 from $13.5 million for 2018, primarily due to five chartered-in vessels that were delivered in the first and third quarters of 2019.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization increased to $120.5 million for 2019 from $114.1 million for 2018. The increase is primarily due to the first dry-dockings for various former TIL vessels subsequent to our acquisition of TIL in late 2017 and recent dry dockings of various older vessels that have a shorter depreciation period.

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses decreased to $32.9 million for 2019 from $36.5 million for 2018, primarily due to lower corporate expenses incurred during 2019 primarily as a result of lower amounts of professional fees related to management initiatives and lower director liability insurance costs incurred in 2019 as compared to 2018.

Loss and write-down on Sale of Vessels. The loss and write-down on the sale of vessels of $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $nil at December 31, 2018, primarily due to:

the write-down of two Suezmax tankers by $3.2 million to their estimated sales prices; and

the sale of one Suezmax tanker in the last quarter of 2019, which resulted in a loss of $2.4 million. Please refer to Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 21 – Sale of Vessels and Other Assets.





Equity Income. Equity income increased to $2.3 million in 2019 from $1.2 million for 2018, primarily due to the higher spot rates realized by our 50% interest in the VLCC, which has been trading in a third-party managed VLCC pool.

Please refer to Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 7 – Investment in and advances to Equity-Accounted for Investment.
Ship-to-ship Transfer Segment
Our STS transfer segment consists of our lightering support services, including those services provided to our tanker segment, which includes full service lightering operations, and other lightering support services. As described above, in January 2020 we agreed to sell our ship-to-ship support services business, excluding North American operations, and our LNG terminal management business for $26 million, with an adjustment for the final amounts of cash and other working capital present on the closing date. The sale is expected to close in the second quarter of 2020.

The following table presents our operating results for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except percentages)
2019
 
2018
 
% Change
Revenues (1)
46,641

 
48,175

 
(3
)%
Vessel operating expenses
(33,822
)
 
(34,853
)
 
(3
)%
Time-charter hire expense
(5,964
)
 
(6,001
)
 
(1
)%
Depreciation and amortization
(3,534
)
 
(4,452
)
 
(21
)%
General and administrative expenses
(3,466
)
 
(3,294
)
 
5
 %
(Loss) gain on sale of vessels
(10
)
 
170

 
(106
)%
Restructuring charges

 
(1,043
)
 
(100
)%
Loss from vessel operations
(155
)
 
(1,298
)
 
(88
)%
(1)
Includes $11.5 million of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 (2018 - $12.5 million) relating to lightering support services which the STS transfer segment provided to the tanker segment for FSL operations.

Revenues. Revenues decreased to $46.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $48.2 million for the prior year. The decrease was primarily due to a reduction in the number of jobs related to our lightering support service operations as a result of our efforts to reduce low margin business, and the completion of two LNG terminal management projects in the first and second quarters of 2019, respectively.

Vessel Operating Expenses. Vessel operating expenses decreased to $33.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $34.9 million for the same period in the prior year. The change in vessel operating expenses was primarily due to decreases in the number of lightering support service operations and the completion of the two LNG terminal management projects in the first half of 2019.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization decreased to $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $4.5 million for the same period in the prior year. The decrease was primarily due to lower amortization of customer contract intangible assets and the 2018 sale of one lightering support vessel.

Restructuring Charges. Restructuring charges were $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 and primarily related to the termination of certain employees as a result of management restructuring of our lightering support services operations.





Other Operating Results
The following table compares our other operating results for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
2019
 
2018
Interest expense
(65,362
)
 
(58,653
)
Interest income
871

 
879

Realized and unrealized (loss) gain on derivative instruments
(967
)
 
3,032

Income tax expenses
(20,103
)
 
(9,412
)
Other income
695

 
3,182


Interest Expense. Interest expense increased to $65.4 million for 2019 from $58.7 million for 2018, primarily due to the sale-leaseback financing transactions of six vessels completed in the third quarter of 2018 and to the sale-leaseback financing transaction of two vessels in the second quarter of 2019.

Realized and Unrealized (Loss) Gain on Derivative Instruments. Realized and unrealized (loss) gain on derivative instruments decreased to a loss of $1.0 million for 2019 compared to a realized and unrealized gain of $3.0 million for 2018.

As at December 31, 2019, we had interest rate swap agreements with aggregate outstanding notional amounts of $246.3 million (December 31, 2018 - $292.6 million) with a weighted-average fixed rate of 1.45% (December 31, 2018 - 1.45%).

The changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps resulted in unrealized gains of $5.2 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The increase in unrealized gains was primarily due to increases in our long-term benchmark interest rates.

Please see "Item 5 - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Critical Accounting Estimates - Valuation of Derivative Instruments", which explains how our derivative instruments are valued, including the significant factors and uncertainties in determining the estimated fair value and why changes in these factors result in material changes in realized and unrealized loss or gain on derivative instruments from period to period.

Income Tax Expenses. Income tax expenses were $20.1 million in 2019, compared to $9.4 million of expense in 2018. The increase in tax expenses is primarily due to changes in the administrative practice of certain tax authorities related to non-resident ship owners.

Other Income. Other income was $0.7 million in 2019, compared to other income of $3.2 million in 2018. The decrease is primarily due to changes in foreign exchange rates related to our freight tax accrual balances.

Net Income (Loss). As a result of higher average spot tanker rates earned in 2019, we recorded net income of $41.4 million for 2019, compared to a net loss of $52.5 million for 2018.

Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity and Cash Needs
Our primary sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents, cash flows provided by our operations, our undrawn credit facilities, proceeds from sales of vessels, and capital raised through financing transactions. As at December 31, 2019, our total cash and cash equivalents, including cash in assets held for sale, were $89.9 million, compared to $54.9 million at December 31, 2018. Our cash balance at December 31, 2019 had increased primarily as a result of net operating cash flow, lower net prepayments of our revolving credit facilities and higher proceeds from the draw-down of our term loans and revolving credit facilities.

Our total consolidated liquidity, including cash, cash equivalents, cash held for sale and undrawn credit facilities, was $150.3 million as at December 31, 2019, compared to $66.7 million as at December 31, 2018. We anticipate that our primary sources of funds for our short-term liquidity needs will be cash flows from operations, existing cash and cash equivalents and undrawn long-term borrowings, or refinancing existing loans and proceeds of new financings, which we believe will be sufficient to meet our existing liquidity needs for at least the one-year period following the date of this Annual Report.

Two of our term loans, with an aggregate outstanding balance of $145.0 million as at December 31, 2019 (December 31, 2018 - $166.4 million), are guaranteed by Teekay and contain certain covenants, one of which was repaid in 2020 as described below. Please read "Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 11 - Long-term Debt" in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report. As part of our assessment of our liquidity, we have considered Teekay’s ability to comply with the covenants of these term loans for the one-year




period following the issuance of our consolidated financial statements. Teekay has informed us that it expects it will comply with all required covenants and have sufficient liquidity to continue as a going concern for at least the one-year period following the issuance of Teekay’s consolidated financial statements. Consequently, we do not expect any negative impact on our liquidity as a result of Teekay’s obligations under the remaining term loan that was not repaid as described below.

In January 2020, we entered into a new $532.8 million long-term debt facility to refinance 31 vessels, which is scheduled to mature at the end of 2024. The proceeds from the new debt facility were drawn down in February 2020 and used to repay approximately $455 million on two of our revolving facilities described above and one of our term loan facilities, which was scheduled to mature in 2021 and which was guaranteed by Teekay, as discussed above.

Our short-term liquidity requirements include the payment of operating expenses, dry-docking expenditures, debt servicing costs, scheduled repayments of long-term debt, scheduled repayments of our obligations related to finance leases, as well as funding our other working capital requirements. Our short-term charters and spot market tanker operations contribute to the volatility of our net operating cash flow, and thus impact our ability to generate sufficient cash flows to meet our short-term liquidity needs. Historically, the tanker industry has been cyclical, experiencing volatility in profitability and asset values resulting from changes in the supply of, and demand for, vessel capacity. In addition, tanker spot markets historically have exhibited seasonal variations in charter rates. Tanker spot markets are typically stronger in the winter months as a result of increased oil consumption in the northern hemisphere and unpredictable weather patterns that tend to disrupt vessel scheduling.

Our long-term capital needs are primarily for capital expenditures and repayment of our loan facilities and obligations related to finance leases. Generally, we expect that our long-term sources of funds will be cash balances, cash flows from operations, long-term bank borrowings and other debt or equity financings, including the new $532.8 million revolving credit facility, described above, to refinance a majority of our fleet. We expect that we will rely upon external financing sources, including bank borrowings and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund acquisitions and expansion capital expenditures, including opportunities we may pursue to purchase additional vessels.

In May 2019, we completed a $63.7 million sale-leaseback financing transaction for two of our Suezmax tankers. Each vessel is leased on a bareboat charter for nine years, with a fixed daily rate of $12,300, with purchase options throughout the lease term commencing at the end of the second year, and a purchase obligation at the end of the lease term. Proceeds from the sale-leaseback transaction were used to prepay a portion of one of our loan facilities.

Our operating lease commitments and obligations related to finance leases are described in "Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 12 - Operating Leases and Obligations Related to Finance Leases", our revolving credit facilities and term loans are described in "Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 11 - Long-term Debt" and our working capital loan is described in "Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 10 - Short-Term Debt" of this Annual Report. Our obligations related to finance leases require us to maintain minimum levels of cash and aggregate liquidity. Our working capital loan requires us to maintain a minimum threshold of paid-in capital contribution and retained amounts under the RSAs. Our revolving credit facilities and term loans contain covenants and other restrictions that we believe are typical of debt financing collateralized by vessels, including those that restrict the relevant subsidiaries from: incurring or guaranteeing additional indebtedness; making certain negative pledges or granting certain liens; and selling, transferring, assigning or conveying assets. In addition, an event of default of our term loans will occur if any financial indebtedness of Teekay in excess of the covenant requirement is not paid when due. In the future, some of the covenants and restrictions in our financing agreements could restrict the use of cash generated by ship-owning subsidiaries in a manner that could adversely affect our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. However, we currently do not expect that these covenants will have such an effect. Our revolving credit facilities and term loans require us to maintain financial covenants, which are described in further detail in "Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 11 - Long-Term Debt" included in this Annual Report. Should we not meet these financial covenants, the lender may declare our obligations under the agreements immediately due and payable and terminate any further loan commitments, which would significantly affect our short-term liquidity requirements. As at December 31, 2019, we were in compliance with all covenants relating to our revolving credit facilities, term loans, working capital loan and obligations related to finance leases. Teekay also advised us that, as of the date the consolidated financial statements were issued, it was in compliance with all covenants relating to the credit facilities and term loans to which we are party to.

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates, foreign currency fluctuations and spot market rates. We use interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk. We do not use this financial instrument for trading or speculative purposes.

Passage of any climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could have a significant financial and operational impact on our business, which we cannot predict with certainty at this time. Such regulatory measures could increase our costs related to operating and maintaining our vessels and require us to install new emission controls, acquire allowances or pay taxes related to our greenhouse gas emissions, or administer and manage a greenhouse gas emissions program. In addition, increased regulation of greenhouse gases may, in the long-term, lead to reduced demand for oil and reduced demand for our services.




Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our sources and uses of cash for the periods presented:
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
2019
 
2018
 
Net cash flow provided by (used for) operating activities
117,661

 
(7,263
)
 
Net cash flow used for financing activities
(89,758
)
 
(3,448
)
 
Net cash flow provided by (used for) investing activities
8,380

 
(4,492
)
 
Operating Cash Flows
Changes in net cash flow from operating activities primarily reflect changes in realized TCE rates, changes in interest rates, fluctuations in working capital balances, the timing and the amount of dry-docking expenditures, repairs and maintenance activities, and vessel additions and dispositions. Our exposure to the spot tanker market has contributed significantly to fluctuations in operating cash flows historically as a result of highly cyclical spot tanker rates.

Net cash flow provided by operating activities increased by $124.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the prior year. This increase in cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to:

a net increase of $120.7 million in cash inflows primarily due to higher operating earnings resulting from higher average realized spot tanker rates in 2019 and, five in-charter vessels delivered during 2019 to trade on the spot market, partially offset by a higher number of off-hire days in 2019 and the completion of two LNG terminal contracts during 2019; and

a net decrease of $24.5 million in cash outflows due to changes in working capital.

partially offset by:

a decrease of $20.3 million in operating cash flows in 2019 relating to higher expenditures for dry-docking activities. In 2019 we drydocked nine Suezmax tankers and nine Aframax tankers, whereas in 2018, we dry docked five Suezmax tankers and four Aframax tankers.

Financing Cash Flows
Net cash used for financing activities increased by $86.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the prior year. This increase in cash outflows was primarily due to:

a decrease of $177.6 million in cash inflows during 2019 due to lower proceeds received on the sale-leaseback financings of two tankers in the second quarter of 2019 in comparison to the sale lease-back financings of 10 tankers in the second half of 2018; and
an increase of $9.3 million in cash outflows during 2019 due to scheduled payments on our obligations related to our finance leases, which we entered into in September 2018, November 2018 and May 2019.
partially offset by:

a net increase of $50.0 million in cash inflows during 2019 due to borrowings under our working capital loan facility;
a net decrease of $42.6 million in cash outflows during 2019 due to a net decrease in prepayments and scheduled repayments on our term loans and revolving credit facilities and higher proceeds from the draw-down of our term loans and revolving credit facilities during 2019; and
a decrease of $8.1 million in cash outflows during 2019 due to no cash dividends paid during 2019.
Investing Cash Flows
Net cash provided by investing activities increased by $12.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the same period in the prior year. This increase in cash provided by investing activities was primarily due to:

an increase of $19.4 million in cash inflows related to the sales of one Suezmax tanker and one workboat during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the sale of one lightering support vessel in the prior year.
partially offset by:
an increase of $6.5 million in cash outflows due to higher capital expenditures for the fleet for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the prior year.





Please read Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 7 – Investment in and advances to Equity-Accounted for Investment for specific details on our equity-accounted for investment activities included in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report.
Commitments and Contingencies
The following table summarizes our long-term contractual obligations as at December 31, 2019:

 
Total
 
2020
 
2021
 
2022
 
2023
 
2024
 
Beyond
2024
(in millions of U.S. dollars)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Dollar-Denominated Obligations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Scheduled repayments of revolving facilities, term loans and other debt (1)
343.6

 
44.0

 
100.8

 
80.4

 
65.3

 
53.1

 

Repayments at maturity of revolving facilities, term loans and other debt (1)
269.3

 
50.0

 
71.1

 

 

 
148.2

 

Scheduled repayments of obligations related to finance leases (2)
414.8

 
25.4

 
27.3

 
29.5

 
31.9

 
34.6

 
266.1

Chartered-in vessels (operating leases) (3)
40.6

 
34.7

 
5.9

 

 

 

 

Total
1,068.3


154.1

 
205.1


109.9


97.2


235.9


266.1

(1)
Giving the effect to the debt refinancing completed in January 2020, excludes expected interest payments of $22.4 million (2020), $17.8 million (2021) $12.7 million (2022), $9.7 million (2023) and $4.2 million (2024). Expected interest payments are based on the existing interest rates for fixed-rate loans of 5.4% and existing interest rates for variable-rate loans at LIBOR plus margins that range from 0.30% to 2.75% at December 31, 2019. The expected interest payments do not reflect the effect of related interest rate swaps that we have used to hedge certain of our floating-rate debt.
(2)
Excludes imputed interest payments of $31.0 million (2020), $28.9 million (2021), $26.7 million (2022), $24.3 million (2023), $21.8 million (2024) and $54.3 million (thereafter).
(3)
Excludes payments required if we exercise all options to extend the terms of in-chartered leases signed as of December 31, 2018. If we exercise all options to extend the terms of signed in-chartered leases, we expect total payments of $37.1 million (2020), $25.5 million (2021) and $4.8 million (2022).
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.
Critical Accounting Estimates
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP, which requires us to make estimates in the application of our accounting policies based on our best assumptions, judgments and opinions. On a regular basis, management reviews the accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our consolidated financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with GAAP. However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such differences could be material. Accounting estimates and assumptions discussed in this section are those that we consider to be the most critical to an understanding of our financial statements because they inherently involve significant judgments and uncertainties. For a further description of our material accounting policies, please read Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report.
Revenue Recognition
Description. We recognize voyage revenue on either a load-to-discharge or discharge-to-discharge basis. Voyage revenues are recognized ratably from the beginning of when product is loaded to when it is discharged if using a load-to-discharge basis, or from when product is discharged (unloaded) at the end of the prior voyage to when it is discharged after the current voyage, if using a discharge-to-discharge basis. However, we do not begin recognizing revenue for any of our vessels until a charter has been agreed to by the customer and us, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port on its next voyage. A portion of our revenues is also generated from the offshore STS transfer of commodities, primarily crude oil and refined oil products, but also liquid gases and various other products. We also generate revenues from other technical activities such as terminal management, consultancy, procurement and equipment rental. Short-term contracts for these services are recognized as services are completed based on a percentage of completion method. Long-term contracts are recognized over the duration of the contract period.

Judgments and Uncertainties. Whether to use the load-to-discharge basis or the discharge-to-discharge basis depends on whether the customer directs the use of the vessel throughout the period of use, pursuant to the terms of the voyage charter. This is a matter of judgement. However, we believe that if the customer has the right to direct the vessel to different load and discharge ports, among other things, a voyage charter contract contains a lease, and the lease term begins on the later of the vessel’s last discharge or inception of the voyage charter




contract. As such, in this case revenue is recognized on a discharge-to-discharge basis. Otherwise, it is recognized on a load-to-discharge basis.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions. If our assessment of whether the customer directs the use of the vessel through-out the period of use is not consistent with actual results, then the period over which voyage revenue is recognized would be different and as such our revenues could be overstated or understated for any given period by the amount of such difference.
Vessel Lives and Impairment
Description. Acquisitions of vessels from Teekay were deemed to be business acquisitions between entities under common control. Accordingly, the carrying value of each such vessel represents Teekay’s carrying value at the date we acquired the vessel, less subsequent depreciation and impairment charges. Vessels acquired from third parties are initially recorded at their acquisition value. We depreciate the original cost, less an estimated residual value, of these vessels on a straight-line basis over each vessel’s estimated useful life. The carrying values of our vessels may not represent their market value at any point in time because the market prices of second-hand vessels tend to fluctuate with changes in charter rates and the cost of newbuildings. Both charter rates and newbuilding costs tend to be cyclical in nature.

We review vessels and equipment for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset, including the carrying value of the charter contract, if any, under which the vessel is employed, may not be recoverable. This occurs when the asset’s carrying value is greater than the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate over its remaining useful life. If the estimated future undiscounted cash flows of an asset exceed the asset’s carrying value, no impairment is recognized even though the fair value of the asset may be lower than its carrying value. If the estimated future undiscounted cash flows of an asset are less than the asset’s carrying value and the fair value of the asset is less than its carrying value, the asset is written down to its fair value. Fair value is calculated as the net present value of estimated future cash flows, which, in certain circumstances, will approximate the estimated market value of the vessel. For a vessel under charter, the discounted cash flows from that vessel may exceed its market value, as market values may assume the vessel is not employed on an existing charter.

Consistent with our methodology and disclosures in prior years, the table below presents the aggregate market values and carrying values of our vessels that we have determined have a market value that is less than their carrying value as of January 1, 2020. While the market values of these vessels are below their carrying values, no impairment has been recognized on any of these vessels in 2019 as the estimated future undiscounted cash flows relating to such vessels are greater than their carrying values.

We consider the vessels reflected in the following table to be at a higher risk of future impairment as compared to other vessels in our fleet. This table is disaggregated for vessels which have estimated future undiscounted cash flows that are marginally or significantly greater than their respective carrying values. Vessels with estimated future cash flows significantly greater than their respective carrying values do not necessarily represent vessels that would likely be impaired in the next twelve months. The recognition of an impairment in the future for those vessels may primarily depend upon our deciding to dispose of the vessel instead of continuing to operate it. In deciding whether to dispose of a vessel, we determine whether it is economically preferable to sell the vessel or continue to operate it. This assessment includes an estimation of the net proceeds expected to be received if the vessel is sold in its existing condition compared to the present value of the vessel’s estimated future revenue, net of operating costs. Such estimates are based on the charter market outlook and estimated operating costs, given a vessel’s type, condition and age. In addition, we typically do not dispose of a vessel that is servicing an existing customer contract. The recognition of an impairment in the future may be more likely for vessels that have estimated future undiscounted cash only marginally greater than their respective carrying values.
 
Aframax, Suezmax and Product Tankers
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except number of vessels)
# Vessels
 
Market
Values
 (1)
 
Carrying
Values
Tankers (2)
1

 
13,300

 
22,501

Tankers (3)
34

 
933,950

 
1,255,327

Total
35


947,250


1,277,828

(1)
Market values are determined using reference to second-hand market comparables. Since vessel values can be volatile, our estimates of market value shown above may not be indicative of either the current or future prices we could obtain if we sold any of the vessels.
(2)
Undiscounted cash flows are marginally greater than the carrying values.
(3)
Undiscounted cash flows are significantly greater than the carrying values.

Judgments and Uncertainties. Depreciation is calculated using an estimated useful life of 25 years for crude oil and product tankers, commencing at the date the vessel was originally delivered from the shipyard. However, the actual life of a vessel may be different than the estimated useful life, with a shorter actual useful life resulting in an increase in quarterly depreciation and potentially resulting in an impairment loss. The estimated useful life of our vessels takes into account design life, commercial considerations and regulatory restrictions. Our estimates of future cash flows involve assumptions about future charter rates, vessel utilization, operating expenses, dry-docking expenditures, vessel residual values, the probability of the vessel being sold and the remaining estimated life of our vessels. Our estimated charter rates are based on rates under existing vessel contracts and market rates at which we expect we can re-charter our vessels. Our estimates of vessel utilization, including estimated off-hire time, are based on historical experience and our projections of the number of future tanker voyages. Our estimates of operating expenses and dry-docking expenditures are based on historical operating and dry-docking costs and our expectations of future inflation and operating requirements. Vessel residual values are a product of a vessel’s lightweight tonnage and an estimated scrap rate. The




remaining estimated lives of our vessels used in our estimates of future cash flows are consistent with those used in the calculations of depreciation.

In our experience, certain assumptions relating to our estimates of future cash flows are more predictable by their nature, including estimated revenue under existing contract terms, on-going operating costs and remaining vessel life. Certain assumptions relating to our estimates of future cash flows require more discretion and are inherently less predictable, such as future charter rates beyond the firm period of existing contracts and vessel residual values, due to factors such as the volatility in vessel charter rates and vessel values. We believe that the assumptions used to estimate future cash flows of our vessels are reasonable at the time they are made. We can make no assurances, however, as to whether our estimates of future cash flows, particularly future vessel charter rates or vessel values, will be accurate.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions. If we conclude that a vessel or equipment is impaired, we recognize a loss in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying value of the asset over its fair value at the date of impairment. The written-down amount becomes the new lower cost basis and will result in a lower annual depreciation expense than for periods before the vessel impairment. Consequently, any changes in our estimates of future undiscounted cash flows may result in a different impairment amount, including no impairment, and a different future annual depreciation expense.
Valuation of Derivative Instruments
Description. Our risk management policies permit the use of derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk. Changes in fair value of derivative financial instruments that are not designated as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes are recognized in earnings in the consolidated statements of income.

Judgments and Uncertainties. The fair value of our derivative instruments and the change in fair value of our derivative instruments from period to period result from our use of interest rate swap agreements.

The fair value of our interest rate swap agreements is the estimated amount that we would receive or pay to terminate the agreements in an arm’s length transaction under normal business conditions at the reporting date, taking into account current interest rates and the current credit worthiness of ourselves and the interest rate swap counterparties. The estimated amount for interest rate swap agreements is the present value of estimated future cash flows, being equal to the difference between the benchmark interest rate and the fixed rate in the interest rate swap agreement, multiplied by the notional principal amount of the interest rate swap agreement at each interest reset date.

The fair value of our interest rate swap agreements at the end of each period is most significantly impacted by the interest rate implied by the benchmark interest rate yield curve, including its relative steepness. Interest rates have experienced significant volatility in recent years in both the short and long term. While the fair value of our interest rate swap agreements is typically more sensitive to changes in short-term rates, significant changes in the long-term benchmark interest rate also materially impact our interest rate swap agreements.

The fair value of our interest rate swap agreements is also impacted by changes in our specific credit risk included in the discount factor. We discount our interest rate swap agreements with reference to the credit default swap spreads of global industrial companies with a similar credit rating and by considering any underlying collateral. The process of determining credit worthiness requires significant judgment in determining which source of credit risk information most closely matches our risk profile.

The benchmark interest rate yield curve and our specific credit risk are expected to vary over the life of the interest rate swap agreements. The larger the notional amount of the interest rate swap agreements outstanding and the longer the remaining duration of the interest rate swap agreements, the larger the impact of any variability in these factors will be on the fair value of our interest rate swaps. We economically hedge the interest rate exposure on a significant amount of our long-term debt and for long durations. As such, we have historically experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, material variations in the period-to-period fair value of our derivative instruments.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions. Although we measure the fair value of our derivative instruments utilizing the inputs and assumptions described above, if we were to terminate the interest rate swap agreements at the reporting date, the amount we would pay or receive to terminate the interest rate swap agreements may differ from our estimate of fair value. If the estimated fair value differs from the actual termination amount, an adjustment to the carrying amount of the applicable derivative asset or liability would be recognized in earnings for the current period. Such adjustments could be material. See Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 13 – Derivative Instruments for the effects on the change in fair value of our derivative instruments on our consolidated statements of income (loss).
Taxes
Description. The expenses we recognize relating to taxes are based on our income, statutory tax rates and our interpretations of the tax regulations in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. We review our tax positions quarterly and adjust the balances as new information becomes available.

Judgments and Uncertainties. We recognize the tax benefits of uncertain tax positions only if it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. Tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and respective governmental taxing authorities. Significant judgment is required in evaluating uncertainties.




Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions. If we determined that an uncertain tax position was sustained upon examination, and such amount was in excess of the net amount previously recognized, we would increase our net income in the period such determination was made. Likewise, if we determined that an uncertain tax position was not sustained upon examination, we would typically decrease our net income in the period such determination was made. See “Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 22 - Income Tax Expenses”.
Item 6.
Directors, Senior Management and Employees
Our Board of Directors and executive officers oversee and supervise our operations. Subject to this oversight and supervision, our operations are managed generally by our Manager.

Our President and Chief Executive Officer, Kevin Mackay, and our Chief Financial Officer, Stewart Andrade, allocate their time between managing our business and affairs as such officers and the business and affairs of Teekay Corporation. Mr. Mackay is a member of the senior leadership team of Teekay Corporation, while Mr. Andrade is employed by a subsidiary of Teekay Corporation. The amount of time Messrs. Mackay and Andrade allocate among our business and the businesses of Teekay Corporation and other subsidiaries of Teekay Corporation varies from time to time depending on the various circumstances and needs of the businesses, such as the relative levels of strategic activities of the businesses.

Our officers and certain individuals providing services to us or our subsidiaries may face a conflict regarding the allocation of their time between our business and the other business interests of Teekay Corporation or its affiliates. We intend to seek to cause our officers to devote as much time to the management of our business and affairs as is necessary for the proper conduct thereof.

Please also read Item 7 – Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions - Related Party Transactions.
Directors and Executive Officers of Teekay Tankers Ltd.
The following table lists the directors and executive officers of Teekay Tankers Ltd and their ages as of December 31, 2019.
Name
 
Age
 
Position
Stewart Andrade
 
47
 
Chief Financial Officer
Arthur Bensler
 
62
 
Director and Secretary
Sai W. Chu
 
53
 
Director (1)(2)(3)
Richard T. du Moulin
 
73
 
Director (4)(5)
Kenneth Hvid
 
51
 
Chair (6)
 
Kevin Mackay
 
51
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
David Schellenberg
 
56
 
Director (4)(7)
(1)
Appointed on May 29, 2019.
(2)
Member of Conflicts Committee, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.
(3)
Chair of Audit Committee.
(4)
Member of Audit Committee.
(5)
Chair of Conflicts Committee, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
(6)
Appointed Chair on June 12, 2019
(7)
Appointed on June 12, 2019.

Certain biographical information about each of these individuals included in the table above is set forth below.

Stewart Andrade was appointed Chief Financial Officer of Teekay Tankers in 2017. He joined Teekay in 2002 and has worked in a variety of roles at Teekay and has been responsible for executing a number of strategic transactions, including acquisitions and the establishment of joint ventures, to grow Teekay Tankers into one of the world’s leading tanker companies. Mr. Andrade is also responsible for Strategy and Business Development for Teekay’s tanker business, a role he has held since 2015. Prior to joining Teekay, Mr. Andrade worked in Ernst and Young’s consulting practice providing advisory services to a variety of Canadian and international organizations. Mr. Andrade is a member of the Institute of Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada (CPA, CA).

Arthur Bensler joined the Board of Teekay Tankers in 2013 and served as Chair from 2013 to June 2019. He has served as Corporate Secretary of Teekay Tankers from 2007 to 2014 and was reappointed in July 2019. Mr. Bensler is Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Teekay Corporation and President of Teekay Shipping (Canada) Ltd. He has more than 20 years of experience in the shipping industry, joining Teekay Corporation in 1998 as General Counsel. He was promoted to the position of Vice President and General Counsel in 2002, became the Corporate Secretary of Teekay Corporation in 2003 and was further promoted to Executive Vice President and General Counsel in 2006. He has served as General Counsel to the Company since its inception. In addition to his role as General Counsel, he serves as Assistant Corporate Secretary of Teekay GP L.L.C., the general partner of Teekay LNG Partners L.P. Mr. Bensler served as Committee




Director of the Britannia Steamship Insurance Association Limited from 2005 to 2010 and has served as a Committee Director of The Standard Club Ltd., a mutual insurance association, since 2010, where he is also a member of the Nominating & Governance Committee and the Strategy Committee.

Sai W. Chu joined the Board of Teekay Tankers Ltd. in May 2019. Mr. Chu brings extensive financial experience to the Company with over 30 years of finance, operations and strategy experience primarily with public companies in shipping, specialty finance, utilities and technology. From 2007 to 2015, he was Chief Financial Officer of Seaspan Corporation (NYSE:SSW), a containership lessor, and from 2004 to 2007 he served in various financial roles within its related companies. From 1994 to 2004, he held financial roles with other companies, including BC Gas Inc. (now Fortis Inc.). Since 2017, he has been Chief Financial Officer of UrtheCast Corporation, a TSX-listed (TS: UR) big data company specialized in satellite imaging, data services and geo-analytics with global operations. Mr. Chu is a member of the Advisory Board of Maritime Partners LLC, a Jones Act focused leasing platform and a founding Board member of Canada's Digital Technology Supercluster. He is currently an advisor to Canada's Digital Technology Supercluster and to A2Z Capital Inc., a private equity firm. Mr. Chu is a member of the Institute of Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada.

Richard T. du Moulin joined the Board of Teekay Tankers in 2007. Mr. du Moulin is currently the President of Intrepid Shipping L.L.C., a position he has held since he founded Intrepid Shipping in 2002. From 1998 to 2002, Mr. du Moulin served as Chair and Chief Executive Officer of Marine Transport Corporation. Mr. du Moulin is a member of the Board of Trustees and Chair Emeritus of the Seamen’s Church Institute of New York and New Jersey. Mr. du Moulin currently serves as an advisor to Hudson Structured Capital Management, a private equity firm and is on the Board of Pangaea Logistics Solutions, Ltd., a dry bulk shipping company. Mr. du Moulin served as Chair of Intertanko, the leading trade organization for the tanker industry, from 1996 to 1999 and served as a director of Globe Wireless L.L.C. and Tidewater, Inc.

Kenneth Hvid joined the Board of Teekay Tankers in 2017 and was appointed Chair of the Board in June 2019. Mr. Hvid joined the Board of Teekay Corporation in June 2019 and has served as President and CEO since 2017. Mr. Hvid has served as a director of Altera Infrastructure GP L.L.C. (formerly known as Teekay Offshore GP L.L.C.) since 2011 and was reappointed as a director of Teekay GP L.L.C. in 2018, having previously served as a director from 2011 to 2015. Mr. Hvid was appointed Chair of Teekay GP L.L.C. in May 2019. He joined Teekay Corporation in 2000 and was responsible for leading its global procurement activities until he was promoted in 2004 to Senior Vice President, Teekay Gas Services. During that time, Mr. Hvid was involved in leading Teekay Corporation through its entry and growth in the liquefied natural gas business. He held that position until the beginning of 2006, when he was appointed President of the Teekay Navion Shuttle Tankers and Offshore division. In that role, Mr. Hvid was responsible for Teekay Corporation’s global shuttle tanker business as well as initiatives in the floating storage and offtake business and related offshore activities. Mr. Hvid served as Teekay Corporation's Chief Strategy Officer and Executive Vice President from 2011 to 2015, and as President and CEO of Teekay Offshore Group Ltd., from 2015 to 2016. Mr. Hvid has 30 years of global shipping experience, 12 of which were spent with A.P. Moller in Copenhagen, San Francisco and Hong Kong. In 2007, Mr. Hvid joined the Board of Gard P.& I. (Bermuda) Ltd.

Kevin Mackay was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of Teekay Tankers in 2014 and leads a global network of commercial offices in Asia, Europe and North America, with the responsibility of marketing Teekay's fleet of tankers. Mr. Mackay joined Teekay from Phillips 66, where he headed the global marine business unit, responsible for all aspects of marine transportation, including chartering, operations, demurrage, strategy and freight trading, business improvement and marine risk management. He held a similar role as the General Manager, Commercial Marine at ConocoPhillips from 2009 to 2012 before the formation of Phillips 66. Mr. Mackay started his career working for Neptune Orient Lines in Singapore from 1991 to 1995. He then joined AET Inc. Limited (AET) (formerly American Eagle Tankers Inc.) in Houston, where he ultimately was the Regional Director - Americas, Senior Vice President, responsible for AET's business in the Americas. Mr. Mackay holds a B.Sc. (Econ) Honours from the London School of Economics & Political Science.

David Schellenberg joined the Board of Teekay Tankers Ltd. in June 2019. Mr. Schellenberg has been a member of the Teekay Corporation Board of directors since 2017 and was appointed as Chair of the Board in June 2019. He also joined the Board of Teekay GP L.L.C. in May 2019. Mr. Schellenberg brings over 25 years of financial and operating leadership to the Teekay Tankers Board and is currently a Managing Director and Principal with Highland West Capital, a private equity firm in Vancouver. Prior to that, he was with Conair Group and its subsidiary Cascade Aerospace, specialty aviation and aerospace business, from 2000 to 2013 and was President and CEO from 2007 to 2013. Mr. Schellenberg also acted as a Managing Director in the Corporate Office of the Jim Pattison Group, Canada’s second largest private company, from 1991 to 2000. Mr. Schellenberg is a member of the Young Presidents’ Organization, holds an MBA and is a Fellow of the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada (FCPA, FCA).
Compensation of Directors and Senior Management
Executive Compensation
The compensation of our executive officers that are employees of Teekay Corporation or other subsidiaries thereof (other than any awards under our long-term incentive plan described below) is set and paid by Teekay Corporation or its subsidiaries. In addition to any awards to our executive officers under our long-term incentive plan, we reimburse Teekay Corporation for time spent by our executive officers on our management matters. This reimbursement is a component of the management fee we pay our Manager, pursuant to the Management Agreement. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the aggregate amount of executive officers compensation was $2.3 million (2018: $2.3 million; 2017: $1.8 million), a majority of which is paid by us to Teekay. Teekay Corporation’s annual bonus plan, in which each of our executive officers participates, considers both company performance and team performance.
Compensation of Directors




Officers of Teekay Corporation who serve as our directors do not receive additional compensation for their service as directors. Each of our non-employee directors receives compensation for attending meetings of the Board of Directors, as well as committee meetings. Non-employee directors receive an annual cash fee of $60,000 and an annual award of $75,000 paid by way of a grant of restricted stock units or stock options, at the director's choice. In addition, members of the Audit Committee each receive a committee cash fee of $7,500 per year, and the chair of the Audit Committee receives a fee of $17,000 per year for serving in that role. Members of the Conflicts Committee each receive a committee fee of $7,500 per year, and the chair of the Conflicts Committee receives a fee of $12,500 per year for serving in that role. Members of the Nominating and Governance Committee receive a committee fee of $5,000 per year, and the chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee receives a fee of $10,000 per year for serving in that role. In addition, each director is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Directors and committees. Each director is fully indemnified by us for actions associated with being a director to the extent permitted under Marshall Islands law.

During 2019, our three non-employee directors and the four individuals who served as non-employee directors and resigned or retired in 2019 received an aggregate of $397,870 in cash fees for their services as directors (2018: $799,500; 2017: $303,125). In addition, each non-employee director received a $75,000 annual award for 2019 to be paid by way of a grant of, at the director’s choice, restricted stock units or stock options, granted under our 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan pursuant to this annual retainer. During 2019, we granted 58,843 options (2018: 504,097; 2017: 396,412) and 19,918 restricted stock units (2018: 168,029; 2017: nil) to non-employee directors. The stock options and restricted stock units vest immediately. On November 25, 2019, the one for eight reverse stock split for our Class A and Class B common stock took effect. The 2018 and 2017 stock option and restricted stock unit figures reported above are presented pre-reverse split. Please refer to Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.
Long-Term Incentive Program
In the year ended December 31, 2019, we granted under our 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan options to acquire up to 218,223 shares of Class A common stock (2018: 736,327; 2017: 486,329) and 99,056 restricted stock units (2018: 762,640; 2017: 382,437) to officers of the Company and certain employees of Teekay Corporation’s subsidiaries that provide services to us. The 2018 and 2017 stock option and restricted stock unit figures reported above are pre-reverse split. Each option under the plans has a 10-year term and vests equally over three years from the grant date. Each restricted stock unit is equal in value to one share of our Class A common stock plus reinvested dividends from the grant date to the vesting date. Upon vesting, the value of the restricted stock unit awards is paid to each recipient in the form of shares of Class A common stock. We intend to satisfy these grants by issuing shares from authorized capital. Please read Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 15 – Capital Stock.
Board Practices
Our Board consists of five members. Directors are appointed to serve for a one-year term and until their successors are appointed or until they resign or are removed.

There are no service contracts between us and any of our directors providing for benefits upon termination of their employment or service.

The Board has determined that each of our directors, other than Arthur Bensler, the Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Teekay Corporation, and Kenneth Hvid, the President and Chief Executive Officer of Teekay Corporation, has no material relationship with us (either directly or as a partner, shareholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with us) and is independent within the meaning of our director independence standards, which reflect the NYSE director independence standards, as currently in effect and as they may be changed from time to time.

The Board has adopted Corporate Governance Guidelines that address, among other things, director qualification standards, director functions and responsibilities, director access to management, director compensation and management succession. This document is available under “Investors - Teekay Tankers Ltd. - Governance” from the home page of our website at www.teekay.com.

NYSE does not require a company like ours, which is a “foreign private issuer” and of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another company, to have a majority of independent directors on the Board of Directors or to establish compensation or nominating/corporate governance committees composed of independent directors.

The Board has the following three committees: Audit Committee, Conflicts Committee, and Nominating and Governance Committee. The membership of these committees and the function of each of the committees are described below. Each of the committees is currently comprised of independent members and operates under a written charter adopted by the Board. All of the committee charters are available under “Investors - Teekay Tankers Ltd. - Governance” from the home page of our website at www.teekay.com. During 2019, the Board held six meetings. Each director attended all Board meetings, with the exception of one director who was absent from one meeting. The members of the Audit Committee, Conflicts Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee attended all meetings, except for one director who was absent from one Audit Committee meeting.

Our Audit Committee is composed entirely of directors who satisfy applicable NYSE and SEC audit committee independence standards. Our Audit Committee is comprised of Sai W. Chu (Chair), Richard du Moulin and David Schellenberg. All members of the committee are financially-literate and the Board has determined that Mr. Chu qualifies as an audit committee financial expert.

The Audit Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities for general oversight of:





the integrity of our consolidated financial statements;
our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;
the independent auditors’ qualifications and independence; and
the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors.

Our Conflicts Committee is composed entirely of directors who satisfy the heightened NYSE and SEC independence standards applicable to Audit Committee membership. The Conflicts Committee is comprised of Richard du Moulin (Chair) and Sai W. Chu. The Conflicts Committee:

reviews specific matters that the Board believes may involve conflicts of interest between us and our controlling shareholder Teekay Corporation or its affiliates (other than us) or represent material related-party transactions, including transactions between us and our or Teekay Corporation’s officers or directors or their affiliates; and

determines if the resolution of the conflict of interest is fair and reasonable to us and recommends to the Board action to be taken with respect to any such matter.

The Board is not obligated to seek approval of the Conflicts Committee on any matter and may determine the resolution of any conflict of interest itself.

Our Nominating and Governance Committee is comprised entirely of directors who satisfy the general NYSE independence standards. Our Nominating and Governance Committee is comprised of Richard du Moulin (Chair) and Sai W. Chu.

The Nominating and Governance Committee:

identifies individuals qualified to become Board members and recommends to the Board nominees for election as directors;
maintains oversight of the operation and effectiveness of the Board and our corporate governance;
develops, updates and recommends to the Board corporate governance principles and policies applicable to us, monitors compliance with these principles and policies;
discharges responsibilities of the Board relating to its compensation;
exercises overall responsibility for approving and evaluating our incentive compensation and equity-based plans; and
oversees the evaluation of the Board and its committees.

Crewing and Staff
Our Manager provides us with some of our staff, while others are employed directly by our subsidiaries. Our executive officers have the authority to hire additional staff as they deem necessary.

As of December 31, 2019, approximately 2,200 seagoing staff served on our vessels. The majority of our subsidiaries employ seagoing staff directly. These crews serve on the vessels pursuant to service agreements between our Manager, acting on our behalf, and those subsidiaries.

Teekay Corporation and its affiliates regard attracting and retaining motivated seagoing personnel as a top priority. Teekay Corporation has entered into a Collective Bargaining Agreement with the Philippine Seafarers’ Union, an affiliate of the International Transport Workers’ Federation (or ITF), and a Special Agreement with ITF London, which covers substantially all of the officers and seafarers that operate our vessels. We believe that Teekay Corporation’s relationships with these labor unions are good.

We believe that Teekay Corporation’s commitment to training is fundamental to the development of the highest caliber of seafarers for marine operations. Teekay Corporation’s cadet training approach is designed to balance academic learning with hands-on training at sea. Teekay Corporation has relationships with training institutions in Australia, Canada, Croatia, India, Latvia, Norway, the Philippines, South Africa and the United Kingdom. After receiving formal instruction at one of these institutions, a cadet’s training continues on-board vessels. Teekay Corporation also has a career development plan that was devised to ensure a continuous flow of qualified officers who are trained on its vessels and familiarized with its operational standards, systems and policies. We believe that high-quality crewing and training policies will play an increasingly important role in distinguishing larger independent shipping companies that have in-house or affiliate capabilities from smaller companies that must rely on outside ship managers and crewing agents on the basis of customer service and safety.
Share Ownership
The following table sets forth certain information regarding beneficial ownership, as of December 31, 2019, of our Class A common stock by our directors and executive officers as a group. None of these persons beneficially owns any of our Class B common stock. The information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under SEC rules a person or entity beneficially owns any shares that the person or entity (a) has or shares voting or investment power or (b) has the right to acquire as of February 29, 2020 (60 days after December 31, 2019) through the exercise of any stock option or other right. Unless otherwise indicated, each person has sole voting and




investment power (or shares such powers with his or her spouse) with respect to the shares set forth in the following table. Information for all persons listed below is based on information delivered to us.

Identity of Person or Group
Class A
Common
Stock
 
Percent of Class A
Common Stock
Owned
 
Percent of Total
Class A and Class B
Common Stock
Owned
All directors and executive officers as a group (7 persons) (1)
378,467

 
1.3
%
 
1.1
%
_______________________________
(1)
Excludes shares of Class A and Class B common stock beneficially owned by Teekay Corporation. Please read Item 7 - Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.




Item 7.
Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
A.
Major Shareholders
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership, as of March 1, 2020, of our Class A and Class B common stock by each entity or group we know to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock or our Class B common stock. Information for certain holders is based on their latest filings with the SEC or information delivered to us. The number of shares beneficially owned by each entity or group is determined under SEC rules and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under SEC rules a person or entity beneficially owns any shares as to which the person or entity has or shares voting or investment power. In addition, an entity or group beneficially owns any shares that the entity or group has the right to acquire as of April 30, 2020 (60 days after March 1, 2020) through the exercise of any stock option or other right. Unless otherwise indicated, each entity or group listed below has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares set forth in the following table.

 
Identity of Person or Group

Class A
Common
Stock
 
Percent of Class A
Common Stock
Owned
 
Class B
Common
Stock
 
Percent of Class B
Common Stock
Owned
 
Percent of
Total Class A
and Class B
Common
Stock Owned
Teekay Corporation (1)
5,036,306

 
17.3
%
 
4,625,997

 
100.0
%
 
28.7
%
_______________________________
(1)
The voting power represented by shares beneficially owned by Teekay Corporation is 9.7% for its Class A common stock, 44.5% for its Class B common stock and 54.0% for its total Class A and Class B common stock.

Our Class B common stock entitles the holder thereof to five votes per share, subject to a 49% aggregate Class B common stock voting power maximum, while our Class A common stock entitles the holder thereof to one vote per share. Except as otherwise provided by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, including the election of directors. Teekay Corporation currently controls all of our outstanding Class B common stock and 5,036,306 shares of our Class A common stock. Because of our dual-class structure, Teekay Corporation may continue to control all matters submitted to our shareholders for approval even if it and its affiliates come to own significantly less than 50% of our outstanding shares of capital stock. Shares of our Class B common stock will convert into shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis upon certain transfers thereof or if the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock beneficially owned by Teekay Corporation and its affiliates falls below 15% of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of our common stock.

We are controlled by Teekay Corporation. We are not aware of any arrangements, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of us.
B.
Related Party Transactions
Please read "Item 18 – Financial statements: Note 16 – Related Party Transactions" for additional information about these and various other related-party transactions.
Relationship with Teekay Corporation
Control
Through its ownership of our capital stock, Teekay Corporation controls us. Please read “—Major Shareholders” above.
Business Opportunities
Under a contribution, conveyance and assumption agreement entered into in connection with our initial public offering in December 2007, Teekay Corporation and we agreed that Teekay Corporation and its other affiliates may pursue any Business Opportunity (as defined below) of which it, they or we become aware. Business Opportunities may include, among other things, opportunities to charter-out, charter-in or acquire oil tankers or to acquire tanker businesses.

Pursuant to the contribution, conveyance and assumption agreement, we agreed that:

Teekay Corporation and its other affiliates may engage in the same or similar activities or lines of business as us, and that we will not be deemed to have an interest or expectancy in any business opportunity, transaction or other matter (each a Business Opportunity) in which Teekay Corporation or any of its other affiliates engages or seeks to engage merely because we engage in the same or similar activities or lines of business as that related to such Business Opportunity;




if Teekay Corporation or any of its other affiliates acquires knowledge of a potential Business Opportunity that may be deemed to constitute a corporate opportunity of both Teekay Corporation and us, then (i) none of Teekay Corporation, our Manager or any of their officers or directors will have any duty to communicate or offer such Business Opportunity to us and (ii) Teekay Corporation may pursue or acquire such Business Opportunity for itself or direct such Business Opportunity to another person or entity; and
any Business Opportunity of which our Manager or any person who is an officer or director of Teekay Corporation (or any of its other affiliates) and of us becomes aware shall be a Business Opportunity of Teekay Corporation.

If Teekay Corporation or its other affiliates no longer beneficially own shares representing at least 20% of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock, and no person who is an officer or director of us is also an officer or director of Teekay Corporation or its other affiliates, then the business opportunity provisions of the contribution, conveyance and assumption agreement will terminate.

Our articles of incorporation also renounce in favor of Teekay Corporation business opportunities that may be attractive to both Teekay Corporation and us. This provision likewise effectively limits the fiduciary duties we or our shareholders otherwise may be owed regarding these business opportunities by our directors and officers who also serve as directors or officers of Teekay Corporation or its other affiliates.
Teekay Tankers’ Executive Officers and Certain of its Directors
Kevin Mackay, who has served since June 2014 as our President and Chief Executive Officer, is also a member of the executive team of Teekay Corporation.

Stewart Andrade, our Chief Financial Officer, is also the Vice President, Strategy and Business Development of Teekay Corporation.

Arthur Bensler, our Secretary and a director of our Board, is also Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Teekay Corporation.

Kenneth Hvid, our Chair of the Board, is President and Chief Executive Officer of Teekay Corporation and a member of its Board of Directors. Mr. Hvid is also a Director of the general partner of Altera (with announced retirement from that board in June 2020) and the Chair of the Board of Directors of Teekay GP L.L.C.

David Schellenberg, Director of our Board, is the Chair of the Board of Directors of Teekay Corporation and is also a Director of Teekay GP L.L.C.

Because our executive officers are employees of Teekay Corporation subsidiaries other than us, their compensation (other than any awards under our long-term incentive plan) is set and paid by Teekay Corporation or such other applicable subsidiaries. Pursuant to an agreement with Teekay Corporation, we have agreed to reimburse Teekay Corporation or its applicable subsidiaries for time spent by our executive officers on our management matters.
Acquisitions
In May 2017, we completed the acquisition from a subsidiary of Teekay Corporation of the remaining 50% interest in Teekay Tanker Operations Ltd. (or TTOL), which owns tanker commercial management and technical management operations and directly administers four commercially managed tanker RSAs. Please read “Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 7 - Investments in and advances to Equity-Accounted for Investment.”

In July 2015, we acquired the ship-to-ship transfer business (or TMS) from a company jointly owned by Teekay Corporation and a Norway-based marine transportation company, I.M. Skaugen SE. In addition to full-service lightering and lightering support, TMS also provides consultancy and LNG terminal management services.

In January 2014, we and Teekay Corporation jointly created TIL, for it to opportunistically acquire, operate, and sell modern second-hand tankers, and TIL completed a private equity placement in which we and Teekay Corporation co-invested. In addition, we each received a stock purchase warrant to acquire up to an additional 750,000 shares of TIL’s common stock. In November 2017 we completed a merger with TIL by acquiring all of the remaining 27.0 million issued and outstanding common shares of TIL, by way of a share-for-share exchange resulting in TIL becoming our wholly-owned subsidiary. The warrant was canceled upon the completion of such transaction. Please read “Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 24 - Acquisition of Tanker Investments Ltd.”
Registration Rights Agreement
In connection with our initial public offering, we entered into a registration rights agreement with Teekay Corporation pursuant to which we granted Teekay Corporation and its affiliates certain registration rights with respect to shares of our Class A and Class B common stock owned by them. Pursuant to the agreement, Teekay Corporation has the right, subject to certain terms and conditions, to require us, on up to three separate occasions, to register under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shares of Class A common stock, including Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of Class B common stock, held by Teekay Corporation and its affiliates for offer and sale to the public (including by way of underwritten public offering) and incidental or “piggyback” rights permitting participation in certain registrations of our common stock. We have agreed to pay all registration expenses, including the reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel on behalf of the holders of the securities to be registered, but excluding any underwriting discounts or commissions attributable to the sale of shares of Class A common stock.




Management Agreement
In connection with our initial public offering in December 2007, we entered into the long-term Management Agreement with our Manager, which currently is Teekay Corporation's subsidiary Teekay Shipping Ltd., as successor by merger to the initial manager, Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd.

Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Manager has agreed to provide the following types of services to us: commercial (primarily vessel chartering), technical (primarily vessel maintenance and crewing), administrative (primarily accounting, legal and financial) and strategic (primarily advising on acquisitions, strategic planning and general management of the business). Since commencement of the Management Agreement, the Manager subcontracted to subsidiaries of TTOL to provide to us, through its subsidiaries or affiliates, commercial management and technical services for most of our fleet. In August 2014, we purchased from Teekay Corporation a 50% interest in TTOL and in May 2017 we acquired the remaining 50% interest in TTOL.

The following discussion describes certain provisions of the Management Agreement, as it has been amended.
Compensation of the Manager
Management Fees. In return for services under the Management Agreement, we pay our Manager the following management fees:

Commercial services fee. Prior to October 1, 2018, we paid a commercial services fee equal to 1.25% of the gross revenue attributable to the vessels our Manager commercially managed for us and which operated under time charters or were spot traded (excluding vessels participating in the RSAs). Subsequent to our acquisition of the remaining 50% interest in TTOL in May 2017, our share of the Manager's commercial management fees has been eliminated. Commencing October 1, 2018, we elected to provide our own commercial services, effectively eliminating the prior subcontracting arrangement between our Manager and TTOL.
Technical services fee. Prior to October 1, 2018, we paid an annual fee per vessel for technical services our Manager provided to us. Commencing October 1, 2018, we elected to provide our own technical services, effectively eliminating the prior subcontracting arrangement between our Manager and TTOL.
Administrative and strategic services fees. We pay fees that reimburse our Manager for its related direct and indirect expenses in providing administrative and strategic services and which include a profit margin based on the most recent transfer pricing study performed by an independent, nationally recognized accounting firm with respect to similar services.

For additional information about these services and fee, please see Item 18 – Financial Statements: "Note 4 – Acquisition of Entities under Common Control" and "Item 18 – Financial Statements: Note 16d – Related Party Transactions – Management fee – Related and Other", in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report.

Performance Fee. In order to provide our Manager with an incentive to improve the results of our operations and financial condition, the Management Agreement also provides for payment of a performance fee in certain circumstances, in addition to the basic fees described above. Our Manager generally is entitled to payment of a performance fee equal to 20% of the Gross Cash Available for Distribution (as defined in the Management Agreement) if in a given fiscal year this figure exceeds $3.20 per share of our common stock (subject to adjustment for stock dividends, splits, combinations and similar events, and based on the weighted-average number of shares outstanding for the year) (or the Incentive Threshold).

We maintain an internal account (or the Cumulative Dividend Account) that reflects, on an aggregate basis, the amount by which our dividends for a fiscal year are greater or less than the $2.65 per share (pre-reverse stock split) annual incentive baseline. The Cumulative Dividend Account is intended to ensure that our shareholders receive an equivalent of at least $2.65 per share in annualized dividends before any performance fee is paid. If Gross Cash Available for Distribution per share exceeds the Incentive Threshold in a particular fiscal year, we will only pay our Manager a performance fee if the Cumulative Dividend Account is zero or positive; if there is a deficit in the Cumulative Dividend Account, the performance fee may be reduced. Following the end of each five-year period, commencing January 1, 2013, the Cumulative Dividend Account balance is reset to zero. We paid no performance fees to our Manager in 2019, 2018 or 2017.

Term and Termination Rights. Subject to certain termination rights, the initial term of the Management Agreement will expire on December 31, 2022. If not terminated, the Management Agreement will automatically renew for a five-year period and thereafter be extended in additional five-year increments if we do not provide notice of termination in the fourth quarter of the year immediately preceding the end of the respective term.

If we or the Manager elects to terminate the Management Agreement under certain circumstances, our Manager will receive a payment (the Termination Payment) in an amount equal to the aggregate performance fees payable for the immediately preceding five fiscal years. Any such Termination Payment will be paid to our Manager in four quarterly installments over the course of the fiscal year following termination.

The Management Agreement will terminate automatically if we experience any of certain changes of control. Upon any such termination, we will be required to pay our Manager the Termination Payment in a single installment.
TIL Management Agreement





In January 2014, TIL entered into a long-term management agreement with our Manager, pursuant to which our Manager agreed to provide to TIL commercial, technical, administrative and corporate services and personnel, including TIL’s executive officers, in exchange for management services fees and reimbursement of expenses. In connection with our acquisition of TIL in November 2017, our Manager waived the management services fees payable under the TIL management agreement to the extent such fees exceed the fees payable under the existing Management Agreement between us and the Manager, but the Manager did not waive the transaction fee that is payable in the event of any sale of vessels owned by TIL subsidiaries as of date of the TIL merger, which fee is equal to 1.0% of the aggregate consideration payable to us, TIL or its subsidiaries pursuant to a sale contract.

Item 8.
Financial Information
Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes
Please see "Item 18 – Financial Statements" for additional information required to be disclosed under this Item.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time we have been, and we expect to continue to be, subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. Such claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. We are not aware of any legal proceedings or claims that we believe will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Dividend Policy
In November 2019, we revised our previous formulaic dividend policy, which was based on a payout of 30 to 50 percent of our quarterly adjusted net income, to primarily focus on building net asset value through balance sheet delevering and reducing our cost of capital. As a result, dividend payments are now subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors. The timing and amount of dividends, if any, will depend, among other things, on our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, the requirements of Marshall Islands law, restrictions in financing agreements and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.
Significant Changes
Please read "Item 5 – Operating and Financial Review and Prospects: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Significant Developments in 2019 and 2020” and “Item 18 - Financial Statements: Note 25 - Subsequent Events” for descriptions of significant changes that have occurred since December 31, 2019.
Item 9.
The Offer and Listing
Our Class A common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (or NYSE) under the symbol “TNK”. Our Class B common stock is held entirely by Teekay and is not listed on any stock exchange.





Item 10.
Additional Information
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended on November 27, 2017, July 6, 2018 and November 20, 2019 (or our Articles of Incorporation), have been filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Annual Report on Form 20-F, and our Amended and Restated Bylaws (or our Bylaws) have been filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Amendment No. 1 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-147798), filed with the SEC on December 11, 2007, and are each hereby incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

The rights, preferences and restrictions attaching to each class of our capital stock are described in the Exhibit 2.1 to this Annual Report on Form 20-F entitled "Description of Securities Registered Under Section 12 of the Exchange Act", and hereby incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

There are no limitations on the rights to own securities, including the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on the securities imposed by the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands or by our Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws.
Material Contracts
The following is a summary of each material contract, other than material contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party, for the two years immediately preceding the date of this Annual Report, each of which is included in the list of exhibits in Item 19:

a)
Management Agreement dated December 18, 2007 between Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd., as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of May 7, 2009, Amendment No. 2 dated as of September 21, 2010, Amendment No. 3 dated as of January 1, 2011 and Amendment No. 4 dated as of March 31, 2019. Please read Item 4. – Information on the Company – B. Business Overview for a description of this Management Agreement.
b)
Addendum to Management Agreement dated March 23, 2016 between Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd. This Addendum allows Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd. to sub-contract commercial management of vessels to certain parties, subject to certain terms.
c)
Technical Services Agreement dated December 18, 2007 between Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd. and Teekay Shipping Limited.
d)
Commercial Management Services Agreement dated February 29, 2008 between Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd. and Teekay Chartering Limited.
e)
Teekay Tankers Ltd. 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
f)
Registration Rights Agreement between Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Teekay Corporation.
g)
Shareholders Agreement dated September 30, 2010 for a U.S. $98,000,000 shipbuilding contract among Teekay Tankers Holding Ltd., Kriss Investment Company and High-Q Investment Ltd.
h)
Master Ship Management Agreement dated August 31, 2012 between Teekay Shipping Limited and Teekay Marine Ltd.
i)
Secured Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated January 8, 2016 between Teekay Tankers Ltd., Nordea Bank Finland PLC and various other banks, for a $894.4 million long-term debt facility, consisting of both a term loan and a revolving credit facility, which is scheduled to mature in January 2021 (canceled in January 2020).
j)
Equity Distribution Agreement, dated November 18, 2015, between Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Evercore Group L.L.C. Under this Agreement, we implemented a continuous offering program through which we may, from time to time, issue Class A common stock with an aggregate offering price of up to $80.0 million, through Evercore, as sale agent.
k)
Equity Distribution Agreement, dated June 4, 2015, between Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Evercore Group L.L.C. Under this Agreement, we implemented a continuous offering program through which we may, from time to time, issue Class A common stock with an aggregate offering price of up to $80.0 million, through Evercore, as sale agent. In September 2015, we concluded this COP after selling approximately 11.3 million shares for net proceeds of $78.2 million.
l)
Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 4, 2015, by and among Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Veritable Maritime Holdings, LLC. Under this Agreement, we agreed to prepare and file a shelf registration statement to register offers and sales of certain shares of our Class A Common Stock that we issued to Veritable Maritime Holdings, LLC and certain of its affiliates as partial consideration for our purchase of certain vessels from certain wholly-owned indirect subsidiaries of Veritable Maritime Holdings, LLC.
m)
Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated August 4, 2015, by and among Teekay Tankers Ltd. and the purchasers named therein. Under this Agreement, we issued 9,118,797 shares of our Class A Common Stock to a group of institutional investors for $6.65 per share.
n)
Secured Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated December 18, 2017 between Teekay Tankers Ltd., Nordea Bank AB and various other banks, for a $270.0 million long-term debt facility which is scheduled to mature in December 2022 (canceled in January 2020).
o)
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 31, 2017, by and among Teekay Tankers Ltd., Royal 2017 Ltd. and Tanker Investments Ltd. (or TIL) under which we completed a merger with TIL by acquiring all of the remaining 27.0 million issued and outstanding common




shares of TIL, by way of a share-for-share exchange of 3.3 shares of our Class A common stock for each share of TIL common stock, and as a result, TIL became a wholly-owned subsidiary.
p)
Voting and Support Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2017, between Teekay Corporation, Teekay Holdings Limited, Teekay Finance Limited, Tanker Investments Ltd. and Teekay Tankers Ltd., providing, among other things, that Teekay Corporation will support the Merger with TIL (no longer in effect).
q)
Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2017, between Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Teekay Holdings Limited (or THL), under which we purchased the remaining 50% of the issued and outstanding shares of Teekay Tanker Operations Ltd. from THL.
r)
Voting and Support Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2017, by and among Teekay Tankers Ltd., Huber Capital Management, LLC and Joseph R. Huber, providing, among other things, that Huber Capital Management, LLC and Joseph R. Huber would vote certain shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock in favor of a charter amendment in connection with our merger with TIL.
s)
Share Subscription Agreement, dated January 13, 2017, between Teekay Tankers Ltd. and THL, under which we agreed to issue a total of 2,155,172 shares of our Class A common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $5,000,000.
t)
Secured Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated January 28, 2020 between Teekay Tankers Ltd., Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch and various other banks, for a $532.8 million long-term debt facility which is scheduled to mature in December 2024.
Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting Security Holders
We are not aware of any governmental laws, decrees or regulations, including foreign exchange controls, in the Republic of the Marshall Islands that restrict the export or import of capital or that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to holders of our securities that are non-resident and not citizens and otherwise not conducting business or transactions in the Marshall Islands.

We are not aware of any limitations on the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote our securities imposed by the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws.
Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations
The following is a discussion of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to shareholders. This discussion is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or the Code), legislative history, applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations (or Treasury Regulations), judicial authority and administrative interpretations, all as in effect on the date of this Annual Report, and which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or are subject to different interpretations. Changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we,” “our” or “us” are references to Teekay Tankers Ltd.

This discussion is limited to shareholders who hold their common stock as a capital asset for tax purposes. This discussion does not address all tax considerations that may be important to a particular shareholder in light of the shareholder’s circumstances, or to certain categories of shareholders that may be subject to special tax rules, such as:

dealers in securities or currencies,
traders in securities that have elected the mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities,
persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar,
persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion or other “synthetic security” or integrated transaction,
certain U.S. expatriates,
financial institutions,
insurance companies,
persons subject to the alternative minimum tax,
persons that actually or under applicable constructive ownership rules own 10% or more of our stock (by vote or value), and
entities that are tax-exempt for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners in partnerships holding our common stock should consult their tax advisors to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the partnership’s ownership of our common stock.

This discussion does not address any U.S. estate tax considerations or tax considerations arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction. Each shareholder is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local, non-U.S. and other tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our common stock.
United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders




As used herein, the term U.S. Holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes: (i) a U.S. citizen or U.S. resident alien (or a U.S. Individual Holder), (ii) a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation, that was created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust that either is subject to the supervision of a court within the United States and has one or more U.S. persons with authority to control all of its substantial decisions or has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
Distributions
We are taxed as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Subject to the discussion of passive foreign investment companies (or PFICs) below, any distributions made by us with respect to our common stock to a U.S. Holder generally will constitute dividends, which may be taxable as ordinary income or “qualified dividend income” as described in more detail below, to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits allocated to the U.S. Holder's common stock, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits allocated to the U.S. Holder's common stock will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in our common stock and thereafter as capital gain, which will be either long-term or short-term capital gain depending upon whether the U.S. Holder has held the common stock for more than one year. U.S. Holders that are corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally will not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from us. For purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for U.S. federal income tax purposes, dividends received with respect to our common stock will be treated as foreign source income and generally will be treated as “passive category income.”

Subject to holding period requirements and certain other limitations, dividends received with respect to our common stock by a U.S. Holder who is an individual, trust or estate (or a Non-Corporate U.S. Holder) will be treated as “qualified dividend income” that is taxable to such Non-Corporate U.S. Holder at preferential capital gain tax rates provided that we are not classified as a PFIC for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (we intend to take the position that we are not now and have never been classified as a PFIC, as discussed below). Any dividends received with respect to our common stock not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a Non-Corporate U.S. Holder.

Special rules may apply to any “extraordinary dividend” paid by us. Generally, an extraordinary dividend is a dividend with respect to a share of common stock if the amount of the dividend is equal to or in excess of 10% of a common stockholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value in certain circumstances) in such common stock. In addition, extraordinary dividends include dividends received within a one-year period that, in the aggregate, equal or exceed 20% of a stockholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value in certain circumstances). If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our common stock that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss recognized by a Non-Corporate U.S. Holder from the sale or exchange of such common stock will be treated as long–term capital loss to the extent of the amount of such dividend.

Certain Non-Corporate U.S. Holders are subject to a 3.8% tax on certain investment income, including dividends. Non-Corporate U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this tax on their ownership of our common stock.
Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock
Subject to the discussion of PFICs below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such stock. Subject to the discussion of extraordinary dividends above, such gain or loss generally will be treated as (i) long–term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition, or short term capital gain or loss otherwise and (ii) U.S. source gain or loss, as applicable, for foreign tax credit purposes. Non-Corporate U.S. Holders may be eligible for preferential rates of U.S. federal income tax in respect of long-term capital gains. A U.S. Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

Certain Non-Corporate U.S. Holders are subject to a 3.8% tax on certain investment income, including capital gains from the sale or other disposition of stock. Non-Corporate U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this tax on their disposition of our common stock.
Consequences of Possible PFIC Classification
A non-U.S. entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be treated as a PFIC in any taxable year in which, after taking into account the income and assets of the corporation and certain subsidiaries pursuant to a “look through” rule, either: (i) at least 75% of its gross income is “passive” income; or (ii) at least 50% of the average value of its assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties that are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. By contrast, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income.”

There are legal uncertainties involved in determining whether the income derived from our time-chartering activities constitutes rental income or income derived from the performance of services, including legal uncertainties arising from the decision in Tidewater Inc. v. United States , 565 F.3d 299 (5th Cir. 2009), which held that income derived from certain time-chartering activities should be treated as rental income rather than services income for purposes of a foreign sales corporation provision of the Code. However, the Internal Revenue Service (or IRS) stated




in an Action on Decision (AOD 2010-01) that it disagrees with, and will not acquiesce to, the way that the rental versus services framework was applied to the facts in the Tidewater decision, and in its discussion stated that the time charters at issue in Tidewater would be treated as producing services income for PFIC purposes. The IRS’s statement with respect to Tidewater cannot be relied upon or otherwise cited as precedent by taxpayers. Consequently, in the absence of any binding legal authority specifically relating to the statutory provisions governing PFICs, there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court would not follow the Tidewater decision in interpreting the PFIC provisions of the Code. Moreover, the market value of our stock may be treated as reflecting the value of our assets at any given time. Therefore, a decline in the market value of our stock, which is not within our control, may impact the determination of whether we are a PFIC. Nevertheless, based on our and our subsidiaries’ current assets and operations, we intend to take the position that we are not now and have never been a PFIC. No assurance can be given, however, that the IRS, or a court of law, will accept our position or that we would not constitute a PFIC for any future taxable year if there were to be changes in our or our subsidiaries’ assets, income or operations.

As discussed more fully below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder generally would be subject to different taxation rules depending on whether the U.S. Holder makes a timely and effective election to treat us as a “qualified electing fund” (or a QEF election). As an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder should be able to make a “mark–to–market” election with respect to our common stock, as discussed below.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a Timely QEF Election. A U.S. Holder who makes a timely QEF election (or an Electing Holder) must report the Electing Holder’s pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain, if any, for each taxable year for which we are a PFIC that ends with or within the Electing Holder’s taxable year, regardless of whether or not the Electing Holder received distributions from us in that year. Such income inclusions would not be eligible for the preferential tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income. The Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock will be increased to reflect taxed but undistributed earnings and profits. Distributions of earnings and profits that were previously taxed will result in a corresponding reduction in the Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock and will not be taxed again once distributed. An Electing Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock. A U.S. Holder makes a QEF election with respect to any year that we are a PFIC by filing IRS Form 8621 with the U.S. Holder’s timely filed U.S. federal income tax return (including extensions).

If a U.S. Holder has not made a timely QEF election with respect to the first year in the U.S. Holder’s holding period of our common stock during which we qualified as a PFIC, the U.S. Holder may be treated as having made a timely QEF election by filing a QEF election with the U.S. Holder’s timely filed U.S. federal income tax return (including extensions) and, under the rules of Section 1291 of the Code, a “deemed sale election” to include in income as an “excess distribution” (described below) the amount of any gain that the U.S. Holder would otherwise recognize if the U.S. Holder sold the U.S. Holder’s common stock on the “qualification date.” The qualification date is the first day of our taxable year in which we qualified as a “qualified electing fund” with respect to such U.S. Holder. In addition to the above rules, under very limited circumstances, a U.S. Holder may make a retroactive QEF election if the U.S. Holder failed to file the QEF election documents in a timely manner. If a U.S. Holder makes a timely QEF election for one of our taxable years, but did not make such election with respect to the first year in the U.S. Holder’s holding period of our common stock during which we qualified as a PFIC and the U.S. Holder did not make the deemed sale election described above, the U.S. Holder also will be subject to the more adverse rules described below.

A U.S. Holder’s QEF election will not be effective unless we annually provide the U.S. Holder with certain information concerning our income and gain, calculated in accordance with the Code, to be included with the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax return. We have not provided our U.S. Holders with such information in prior taxable years and do not intend to provide such information in the current taxable year. Accordingly, U.S. Holders will not be able to make an effective QEF election at this time. If, contrary to our expectations, we determine that we are or will be a PFIC for any taxable year, we will provide U.S. Holders with the information necessary to make an effective QEF election with respect to our common stock.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a “Mark–to–Market” Election. If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as we anticipate, our Class A common stock were treated as “marketable stock,” then, as an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder would be allowed to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our Class A common stock, provided the U.S. Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury Regulations. If that election is made for the first year a U.S. Holder holds or is deemed to hold our Class A common stock and for which we are a PFIC, the U.S. Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year that we are a PFIC the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the U.S. Holder’s Class A common stock at the end of the taxable year over the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Class A common stock. The U.S. Holder also would be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Class A common stock over the fair market value thereof at the end of the taxable year that we are a PFIC, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in our Class A common stock would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss recognized. Gain recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our Class A common stock in taxable years that we are a PFIC would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our Class A common stock in taxable years that we are a PFIC would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included in income by the U.S. Holder. Because the mark-to-market election only applies to marketable stock, however, it would not apply to a U.S. Holder’s indirect interest in any of our subsidiaries that were also determined to be PFICs.

If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election for one of our taxable years and we were a PFIC for a prior taxable year during which such U.S. Holder held our Class A common stock and for which (i) we were not a QEF with respect to such U.S. Holder and (ii) such U.S. Holder did not make a timely mark-to-market election, such U.S. Holder would also be subject to the more adverse rules described below in the first taxable year for which the mark-to-market election is in effect and also to the extent the fair market value of the U.S. Holder’s Class A common stock exceeds the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Class A common stock at the end of the first taxable year for which the mark-to-market election is in effect.





Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely QEF or Mark–to–Market Election. If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder who does not make either a QEF election or a “mark–to–market” election for that year (or a Non-Electing Holder) would be subject to special rules resulting in increased tax liability with respect to (i) any “excess distribution” (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non–Electing Holder on our common stock in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions received by the Non–Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non–Electing Holder’s holding period for our common stock), and (ii) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock. Under these special rules:

the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder’s aggregate holding period for our common stock;
the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable year prior to the taxable year we were first treated as a PFIC with respect to the Non-Electing Holder would be taxed as ordinary income in the current taxable year;
the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year; and
an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

Additionally, for each year during which a U.S. Holder owns our common stock, we are a PFIC, and the total value of all PFIC stock that such U.S. Holder directly or indirectly owns exceeds certain thresholds, such U.S. Holder will be required to file IRS Form 8621 with its annual U.S. federal income tax return to report its ownership of our common stock. In addition, if a Non–Electing Holder who is an individual, dies while owning our common stock, such Non-Electing Holder’s successor generally would not receive a step–up in tax basis with respect to such common stock.
U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the PFIC rules, including the PFIC annual reporting requirements, as well as the applicability, availability and advisability of, and procedure for, making QEF, Mark-to-Market and other available elections with respect to us, and the U.S. federal income tax consequences of making such elections.
U.S. Return Disclosure Requirements for U.S. Individual Holders
U.S. Individual Holders who hold certain specified foreign financial assets, including stock in a foreign corporation that is not held in an account maintained by a financial institution with an aggregate value in excess of $50,000 on the last day of a taxable year, or $75,000 at any time during that taxable year, may be required to report such assets on IRS Form 8938 with their U.S. federal income tax return for that taxable year. This reporting requirement does not apply to U.S. Individual Holders who report their ownership of our common stock under the PFIC annual reporting rules described above. Penalties apply for failure to properly complete and file IRS Form 8938. U.S. Individual Holders are encouraged to consult with their tax advisors regarding the possible application of this disclosure requirement to their investment in our common stock.
United States Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders
A beneficial owner of our common stock (other than a partnership, including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not a U.S. Holder is a Non-U.S. Holder.
Distributions
In general, a Non–U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on distributions received from us with respect to our common stock unless the distributions are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment that the Non-U.S. Holder maintains in the United States). If a Non–U.S. Holder is engaged in a trade or business within the United States and the distributions are deemed to be effectively connected to that trade or business, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on those distributions in the same manner as if it were a U.S. Holder.
Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock
In general, a Non-U.S. Holder is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain resulting from the disposition of our common stock unless (i) such gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment that the Non-U.S. Holder maintains in the United States) or (ii) the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year in which such disposition occurs and meets certain other requirements. If a Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a trade or business within the United States and the disposition of our common stock is deemed to be effectively connected to that trade or business, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the resulting gain in the same manner as if it were a U.S. Holder.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
In general, distributions taxable as dividends with respect to, or the proceeds from a sale, redemption or other taxable disposition of, our common stock to a Non–Corporate U.S. Holder will be subject to information reporting requirements, unless such distribution taxable as a




dividend is paid and received outside the United States by a non-U.S. payor or non-U.S. middleman (within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulations), or such proceeds are effected through an office outside the U.S. of a broker that is considered a non-U.S. payor or non-U.S. middleman (within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulations). These amounts also generally will be subject to backup withholding if the Non–Corporate U.S. Holder:

fails to timely provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;
is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report all interest or distributions required to be shown on its U.S. federal income tax returns; or
in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

Information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to distributions taxable as dividends on our units to a Non-U.S. Holder if such dividend is paid and received outside the United States by a non-U.S. payor or non-U.S. middleman (within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulations) or the Non-U.S. Holder properly certifies under penalties of perjury as to its non-U.S. status (generally on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI or W-8EXP, as applicable) and certain other conditions are met or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Payment of proceeds to a Non-U.S. Holder from a sale, redemption or other taxable disposition of our units to or through the U.S. office of a broker, or through a broker that is considered a U.S. payor or U.S. middleman (within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulations), generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding, unless the Non-U.S. Holder properly certifies under penalties of perjury as to its non-U.S. status (generally on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI or W-8EXP, as applicable) and certain other conditions are met or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, a Non-Corporate U.S. Holder or Non-U.S. Holder generally may obtain a credit for any amount withheld against its liability for U.S. federal income tax (and obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of such liability) by accurately completing and timely filing a U.S. federal income tax return with the IRS.
Non-United States Tax Considerations
Marshall Islands Tax Considerations
Because we and our subsidiaries do not, and do not expect that we or they will, conduct business, transactions or operations in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and because all documentation related to issuance of shares of our common stock was executed outside of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, under current Marshall Islands law, holders of our common stock that are not citizens of and do not reside in, maintain offices in, or engage in business, operations, or transactions in the Republic of the Marshall Islands will not be subject to Marshall Islands taxation or withholding on dividends that we make to our shareholders. In addition, such shareholders will not be subject to Marshall Islands stamp, capital gains or other taxes on the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock, and they will not be required by the Republic of the Marshall Islands to file a tax return relating to the common stock.

It is the responsibility of each shareholder to investigate the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent jurisdictions, including the Marshall Islands, of such shareholder's investment in us. Accordingly, each shareholder is urged to consult a tax counsel or other advisor with regard to those matters. Further, it is the responsibility of each shareholder to file all state, local and non-U.S., as well as U.S. federal tax returns that may be required of such shareholder.
Documents on Display
Documents concerning us that are referred to herein may be accessed on our website under "Investors - Teekay Tankers Ltd. - Financials & Presentations" from the home page of our website at www.teekay.com or may be inspected at our principal executive offices at Suite 2000, 550 Burrard Street, Bentall 5, Vancouver, BC, V6C 2K2 Canada. Those documents electronically filed via the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (or EDGAR) system may also be obtained from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, free of charge.
Item 11.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
We are exposed to market risk from foreign currency fluctuations, changes in interest rates and changes in spot tanker market rates. We have not used foreign currency forward contracts to manage foreign currency fluctuation, but we may do so in the future. We use interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risks. We do not use these financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
Foreign Currency Fluctuation Risk
Our primary economic environment is the international shipping market. Transactions in this market generally utilize the U.S. Dollars. Consequently, virtually all our revenues and the majority of our operating costs are in U.S. Dollars. We incur certain voyage expenses, vessel operating expenses, dry-docking expenditures and general and administrative expenses in foreign currencies, the most significant of which are Euro, Singaporean Dollar and British Pound. There is a risk that currency fluctuations will have a negative effect on the value of cash flows. We did not enter into forward contracts as a hedge against changes in certain foreign exchange rates during 2019, 2018 or 2017.

Interest Rate Risk




We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes primarily through our floating-rate borrowings that require us to make interest payments based on LIBOR. Significant increases in interest rates could adversely affect operating margins, results of operations and our ability to service our debt. From time to time, we use interest rate swaps to reduce our exposure to market risk from changes in interest rates. The principal objective of these contracts is to minimize the risks and costs associated with our floating-rate debt.

We are exposed to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the counterparties to the interest rate swap agreements. In order to minimize counterparty risk, we only enter into derivative transactions with counterparties that are rated A- or better by Standard & Poor’s or A3 or better by Moody’s at the time of the transactions. In addition, to the extent possible and practical, interest rate swaps are entered into with different counterparties to reduce concentration risk.

The table below provides information about financial instruments as at December 31, 2019, that are sensitive to changes in interest rates, including our debt, obligations related to finance leases and interest rate swaps. For long-term debt and obligations related to finance leases, the table presents principal cash flows and related weighted-average interest rates by expected maturity dates. For interest rate swaps, the table presents notional amounts and weighted-average interest rates by expected contractual maturity dates.

 
2020
 
2021
 
2022
 
2023
 
2024
 
Thereafter
 
Total
 
Fair Value
Asset /
(Liability)
 
Rate (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Variable rate
(108.6
)
 
(392.8
)
 
(86.6
)
 

 

 

 
(588.0
)
 
(511.5
)
 
4.5
%
Fixed-rate
(10.0
)
 
(37.3
)
 

 

 

 

 
(47.3
)
 
(47.5
)
 
5.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligation related to finance leases
(25.4
)
 
(27.3
)
 
(29.5
)
 
(31.9
)
 
(34.6
)
 
(266.1
)
 
(414.8
)
 
(442.6
)
 
7.6
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate Swaps:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Dollar-denominated interest rate swaps(2)
46.3

 

 

 

 

 

 
46.3

 
0.1

 
1.5
%
U.S. Dollar-denominated interest rate swaps(2)

 
150.0

 

 

 

 

 
150.0

 
0.3

 
1.6
%
U.S. Dollar-denominated interest rate swap(2)

 
50.0

 

 

 

 

 
50.0

 
0.3

 
1.2
%
(1)
Rate refers to the weighted-average interest rate for our long-term debt as at December 31, 2019, including the margin we pay on our variable-rate and fixed-rate debt, and the average imputed interest rate we pay for our finance lease obligations.
(2)
Interest payments on U.S. Dollar-denominated debt and interest rate swaps are based on LIBOR. The average variable rate paid to us under our interest rate swaps is set quarterly at the three-month LIBOR.
Spot Tanker Market Rate Risk
The cyclical nature of the tanker industry causes significant increases or decreases in the revenue that we earn from our vessels, particularly those that trade in the spot tanker market. From time to time we may use forward freight agreements as a tool to protect against changes in spot tanker market rates. Forward freight agreements are contracts used to buy or sell a fixed volume of freight on specified trade routes. Forward freight agreements settle in cash based on the difference between the contracted charter rate and the average rate of an identified index.
Item 12.
Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities
Not applicable.
Part II
Item 13.
Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
None.
Item 14.
Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
In November 2019, our Board of Directors approved a one-for-eight reverse stock split of our Class A common shares, par value $0.01 per share, and Class B common shares, par value $0.01 per share, which was effective as of the opening of trading on November 25, 2019. The result of the reverse stock split was that every eight of our outstanding common shares were combined into one common share, without a




change to the par value per share. This reduced the number of issued and outstanding Class A and Class B common shares as at December 31, 2019, from approximately 232.0 million and 37.0 million to approximately 29.0 million and 4.6 million, respectively.
Item 15.
Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or the Exchange Act)) that are designed to ensure that (i) information required to be disclosed in our reports that are filed or submitted under the Exchange Act, are recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and (ii) information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

We conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures under the supervision and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Based on the evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of December 31, 2019.

The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer do not expect that our disclosure controls or internal controls will prevent all errors and all fraud. Although our disclosure controls and procedures were designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives, a control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within us have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any system of controls also is based partly on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for us.

Our internal controls are designed to provide reasonable assurance as to the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation and presentation of the consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Our internal control over financial reporting include those policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made in accordance with authorizations of management and the directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

We conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. This evaluation included review of the documentation of controls, evaluation of the design effectiveness of controls, testing of the operating effectiveness of controls and a conclusion on this evaluation.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements even when determined to be effective and can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate. However, based on the evaluation, management determined that internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2019.

Our independent auditors, KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements and our internal control over financial reporting. Their attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting can be found on page F-2 of this Annual Report.

There were no changes in our internal controls that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a – 15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2019.
Item 16A.
Audit Committee Financial Expert
The Board of Directors has determined that Director and Chair of the Audit Committee, Sai W. Chu, qualifies as an audit committee financial expert and is independent under applicable NYSE and SEC standards.




Item 16B.
Code of Ethics
We have adopted a Standards of Business Conduct Policy for all our employees and directors. This document is available under “Investors – Teekay Tankers Ltd. - Governance” from the home page of our website (www.teekay.com). We also intend to disclose, under the “Investors – Teekay Tankers Ltd. - Governance” section of our website (www.teekay.com), any waivers to or amendments of our Standards of Business Conduct Policy that benefit our directors and executive officers.
Item 16C.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Our principal accountant for 2019 and 2018 was KPMG LLP, Chartered Accountants. The following table shows the fees we paid or accrued for audit services provided by KPMG LLP.

Fees (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
2019
 
2018
Audit Fees (1)
588

 
517

Tax Fees (2)
11

 
9

 
599

 
526

(1)
Audit fees represent fees for professional services provided in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements, review of our quarterly consolidated financial statements, as well as other professional services in connection with the review of our regulatory filings.
(2)
For 2019 and 2018, tax fees principally included corporate tax compliance fees.

No other services were provided to us by the auditors during 2019 or 2018.

The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors has the authority to pre-approve permissible audit-related and non-audit services not prohibited by law to be performed by our independent auditors and any associated fees. Engagements for proposed services either may be separately pre-approved by the Audit Committee or entered into pursuant to detailed pre-approval policies and procedures established by the Audit Committee, as long as the Audit Committee is informed on a timely basis of any engagement entered into on that basis. The Audit Committee separately pre-approved all engagements and fees paid to our principal accountants in 2019 and 2018.




Item 16D.
Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
Not applicable.
Item 16E.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
Not applicable.
Item 16F.
Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant
Not applicable.
Item 16G.
Corporate Governance
As a foreign private issuer and “controlled company” under SEC rules, we are not required to comply with certain corporate governance practices followed by other U.S. companies that are not controlled companies under the New York Stock Exchange (or NYSE) listing standards. The following is the significant way in which our corporate governance practices differ from those followed by U.S. controlled companies listed on the NYSE:

As a foreign private issuer, we are not required to obtain shareholder approval prior to the adoption of equity compensation plans or certain equity issuances, including, among others, issuing 20% or more of our outstanding common shares or voting power in a transaction.

There are no other significant ways in which our corporate governance practices differ from those followed by controlled domestic companies under the listing requirements of the NYSE.
Item 16H.
Mine Safety Disclosure
Not applicable
Part III
Item 17.
Financial Statements
Not applicable.
Item 18.
Financial Statements
The following financial statements, together with the related reports of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, thereon are filed as part of this Annual Report:


All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required, are inapplicable or have been disclosed in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements and therefore have been omitted.




Item 19.
Exhibits
The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report:
1.1
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Teekay Tankers Ltd., as amended
1.2
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Teekay Tankers Ltd.
2.1
Description of Securities Registered Under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.
4.1
Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement (1)
4.2
Management Agreement, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of May 7, 2009, Amendment No. 2 dated as of September 21, 2010 and Amendment No. 3 dated as of January 1, 2011 (2)
4.3
Addendum to Management Agreement dated March 23, 2016 (3)
4.4
Amendment No. 4 to Management Agreement dated as of March 31, 2019 (4)
4.5
Gross Revenue Sharing Pool Agreement (1)
4.6
Teekay Tankers Ltd. 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan (5)
4.7
Technical Services Agreement dated as of December 18, 2007, between Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd. and Teekay Shipping Limited. (6)
4.8
Registration Rights Agreement between Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Teekay Corporation. (1)
4.9
Commercial Management Services Agreement dated as of February 29, 2008, between Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd. and Teekay Chartering Limited. (6)
Shareholders Agreement dated September 30, 2010 for a U.S. $98,000,000 shipbuilding contract among Teekay Tankers Holding Ltd., Kriss Investments Company and High-Q Investment Ltd. (7)
Master Ship Management Agreement dated August 31, 2012, between Teekay Shipping Limited and Teekay Marine Ltd.(6)
Secured Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated January 8, 2016 between Teekay Tankers Ltd., Nordea Bank Finland PLC and various other banks, for a $894.4 million long-term debt facility. (8)
Secured Term Loan Facility Agreement dated August 28, 2015 between Teekay Tankers Ltd., ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC and various other banks for the principal amount of $397.2 million. (8)
Secured Term Loan Facility Agreement dated January 30, 2015 between Teekay Tankers Ltd., ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC, DNB Capital LLC and DNB Markets, Inc., for the principal amount of approximately $126.6 million. (8)
Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 4, 2015, by and among Teekay Tankers Ltd. and the persons set forth on Schedule I thereto. (9)
Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated August 4, 2015, by and among Teekay Tankers Ltd. and the purchasers named therein. (10)
Share Subscription Agreement, dated January 13, 2017, between Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Teekay Holdings Limited.(6)
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 31, 2017, by and among Teekay Tankers Ltd., Royal 2017 Ltd. and Tanker Investments Ltd. (11)
Voting and Support Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2017, between Teekay Corporation, Teekay Holdings Limited, Teekay Finance Limited, Tanker Investments Ltd. and Teekay Tankers Ltd. (11)
Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2017, between Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Teekay Holdings Limited (11)
Voting and Support Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2017, by and among Teekay Tankers Ltd., Huber Capital Management LLC and Joseph R. Huber (12)
Secured Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated December 18, 2017 between Teekay Tankers Ltd., Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch and various other banks, for the principal amount of $270.0 million.(6)
Secured Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated January 28, 2020 between Teekay Tankers Ltd., Nordea Bank AB and various other banks, for a $532.8 million long-term debt facility.
8.1
List of Subsidiaries of Teekay Tankers Ltd.
Equity Distribution Agreement, dated November 18, 2015, between Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Evercore Group L.L.C. (13)
Equity Distribution Agreement, dated June 4, 2015, between Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Evercore Group L.L.C. (14)
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Teekay Tankers Ltd.’s Chief Executive Officer.
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Teekay Tankers Ltd.’s Chief Financial Officer.
Teekay Tankers Ltd. Certification of Kevin Mackay, Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Teekay Tankers Ltd. Certification of Stewart Andrade, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.




Consent of KPMG LLP, as independent registered public accounting firm.
101
The following materials for the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 formatted in XBRL:
 
101.INS   XBRL Instance Document
 
101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
 
101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
 
101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
 
101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
 
101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
___________________________
(1)
Previously filed as Exhibits 10.1, 10.3 and 4.1 to the Company’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (Registration No. 33-147798), filed with the SEC on December 11, 2007, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement.
(2)
Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on April 12, 2011 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.
(3)
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on April 27, 2016 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.
(4)
Previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the Company's Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on April 10, 2019 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.
(5)
Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form, S-8 filed with the SEC on March 21, 2018 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Registration Statement.
(6)
Previously filed as Exhibits 4.5, 4.7, 4.19, 4.25 and 4.30 to the Company Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on April 24, 2018 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.
(7)
Previously filed as Exhibit 4.11 to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K furnished to the SEC on November 30, 2010 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.
(8)
Previously filed as Exhibit 4.19, 4.20 and 4.21 to the Company’s Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on April 27, 2016 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.
(9)
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K filed with the SEC on November 18, 2015 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.
(10)
Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K furnished to the SEC on August 7, 2015 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.
(11)
Previously filed as Exhibits 1.1, 1.2, and 1.3 to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K filed with the SEC on June 1, 2017 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.
(12)
Previously filed as Appendix D to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company's Report on Form 6-K filed with the SEC on October 25, 2017 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.
(13)
Previously filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K filed with the SEC on November 18, 2015 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.
(14)
Previously filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K filed with the SEC on June 4, 2015 and hereby incorporated by reference to such Report.




SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 
 
 
 
TEEKAY TANKERS LTD.
 
 
 
 
Date: April 14, 2020
 
 
 
By:
 
/s/ Stewart Andrade
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stewart Andrade
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)




Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
Teekay Tankers Ltd.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Teekay Tankers Ltd. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of income (loss), cash flows, and changes in equity for each of the years in the three‑year period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three‑year period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated April 14, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Change in Accounting Principles
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its accounting policies as of January 1, 2018 for revenue recognition due to the adoption of ASU 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and has changed its accounting policies as of January 1, 2019 for leases due to the adoption of ASU 2016-02 Leases.    
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.



/s/ KPMG LLP
Chartered Professional Accountants
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2011.
Vancouver, Canada
April 14, 2020



1

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
Teekay Tankers Ltd.:

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited Teekay Tankers Ltd. and subsidiaries (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of income (loss), cash flows and changes in equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2019 and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated April 14, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
An entity’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. An entity’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the entity; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the entity are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the entity; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the entity’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.


/s/ KPMG LLP
Chartered Professional Accountants

Vancouver, Canada
April 14, 2020

2

Table of Contents



TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS) (notes 1, 2 and 4)
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2019
$
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2018
$
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2017
$
REVENUES
 
 
 
 
 
Voyage charter revenues (note 3)
881,603

 
671,928

 
125,774

Time charter revenues (note 3)
17,495

 
59,976

 
112,100

Other revenues (notes 3 and 16e)
44,819

 
44,589

 
53,368

Net pool revenues (notes 3, 16e and 16h)

 

 
139,936

Total revenues
943,917

 
776,493


431,178

 
 
 
 
 
 
Voyage expenses
(402,294
)
 
(381,306
)
 
(77,368
)
Vessel operating expenses (notes 16e and 16f)
(208,601
)
 
(209,131
)
 
(175,389
)
Time-charter hire expense (note 12)
(43,189
)
 
(19,538
)
 
(30,661
)
Depreciation and amortization
(124,002
)
 
(118,514
)
 
(100,481
)
General and administrative expenses (note 16e)
(36,404
)
 
(39,775
)
 
(32,879
)
(Loss) gain and write-down on sale of vessels (note 21)
(5,544
)
 
170

 
(12,984
)
Restructuring charges

 
(1,195
)
 

Income from operations
123,883

 
7,204


1,416

 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense
(65,362
)
 
(58,653
)
 
(31,294
)
Interest income
871

 
879

 
907

Realized and unrealized (loss) gain on derivative instruments (note 13)
(967
)
 
3,032

 
1,319

Equity income (loss) (note 7)
2,345


1,220

 
(25,370
)
Other income (note 17)
695

 
3,182

 
329

Net income (loss) before income taxes
61,465

 
(43,136
)

(52,693
)
Income tax expenses (note 22)
(20,103
)
 
(9,412
)
 
(5,330
)
Net income (loss)
41,362

 
(52,548
)
 
(58,023
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Per common share amounts (note 20)
 
 
 
 
 
   • Basic earnings (loss) per share

$1.23

 

($1.57
)
 

($2.48
)
   • Diluted earnings (loss) per share

$1.23

 

($1.57
)
 

($2.48
)
   • Cash dividends declared

 

$0.24

 

$0.96

 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average number of Class A and Class B common stock outstanding (note 20)
 
 
 
 
 
• Basic
33,617,635

 
33,561,615

 
23,404,422

• Diluted
33,731,171

 
33,561,615

 
23,404,422

Related party transactions (note 16)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

3

Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (notes 1 and 2)
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
 
As at
December 31, 2019
$
 
As at
December 31, 2018
$
ASSETS
 
 
 
Current
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
88,824

 
54,917

Restricted cash (note 18)
3,071

 
2,153

Pool receivables from affiliates, net (note 16h)

 
56,549

Accounts receivable, including affiliate balances of $nil (2018 - $2.1 million) (notes 1 and 2)
95,648

 
17,365

Assets held for sale (note 21)
65,458

 

Due from affiliates (note 16f)
697

 
39,663

Current portion of derivative assets (note 13)
577

 
2,905

Bunker and lube oil inventory (note 1)
49,790

 
23,179

Prepaid expenses
10,288

 
10,917

Accrued revenue (notes 2 and 3)
106,872

 
17,943

Total current assets
421,225


225,591

Restricted cash - long-term (note 18)
3,437

 
3,437

Vessels and equipment
At cost, less accumulated depreciation of $537.1 million (2018 - $494.4 million)
(notes 11 and 21)
1,223,085

 
1,401,551

Vessels related to finance leases
At cost, less accumulated depreciation of $143.7 million (2018 - $111.3
 million) (notes 12 and 21)
527,081

 
482,010

Operating lease right-of-use asset (notes 2 and 12)
19,560

 

Total vessels and equipment
1,769,726

 
1,883,561

Investment in and advances to equity-accounted for investment (note 7)
28,112

 
25,766

Derivative assets (note 13)
82

 
2,973

Other non-current assets
1,923

 
74

Intangible assets
At cost, less accumulated depreciation of $13.1 million (2018 - $10.9 million)
(note 8)
2,545

 
11,625

Goodwill (note 8)
2,426

 
8,059

Total assets
2,229,476


2,161,086

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
Current
 
 
 
Accounts payable, including affiliate balances of $nil (2018 - $0.6 million)
70,978

 
11,146

Accrued liabilities (notes 9, 13 and 16f)
59,735

 
40,856

Short-term debt (note 10)
50,000

 

Current portion of long-term debt (note 11)
43,573

 
106,236

Current portion of derivative liabilities (note 13)
86

 
57

Current obligation related to finance leases (note 12)
25,357

 
20,896

Current obligation of operating lease liabilities (notes 2 and 12)
16,290

 

Due to affiliates (note 16f)
2,139

 
18,570

Liabilities associated with assets held for sale (note 21)
2,980

 

Other current liabilities
8,567

 

Total current liabilities
279,705


197,761

Long-term debt (note 11)
516,106

 
629,170

Long-term obligation related to finance leases (note 12)
389,431

 
354,393

Long-term operating lease liabilities (notes 2 and 12)
3,270

 

Other long-term liabilities (note 22)
51,044

 
32,829

Total liabilities
1,239,556


1,214,153

Commitments and contingencies (notes 7, 10, 11, 12 and 13)
 
 

Equity
 
 
 
Common stock and additional paid-in capital (585.0 million shares authorized, 29.0 million Class A and 4.6 million class B shares issued and outstanding as at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018) (notes 5 and 15)
1,297,555

 
1,295,929

Accumulated deficit
(307,635
)
 
(348,996
)
Total equity
989,920


946,933

Total liabilities and equity
2,229,476


2,161,086

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

4

Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (notes 1 and 4)
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2019
$
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2018
$
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2017
$
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash (used for) provided by
 
 
 
 
 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
41,362

 
(52,548
)
 
(58,023
)
Non-cash items:
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
124,002

 
118,514

 
100,481

Loss (gain) and write-down on sale of vessels (note 21)
5,544

 
(170
)
 
12,984

Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments (note 13)
5,247

 
(579
)
 
(937
)
Equity (income) loss (note 7)
(2,345
)
 
(1,220
)
 
25,370

Income tax expense (note 22)
18,489

 
6,005

 
4,644

Other
4,044

 
5,659

 
3,449

Change in operating assets and liabilities (note 18)
(30,432
)
 
(54,952
)
 
6,590

Expenditures for dry docking
(48,250
)
 
(27,972
)
 
(14,069
)
Net operating cash flow
117,661


(7,263
)

80,489

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from short-term debt (note 10)
200,000

 

 

Proceeds from long-term debt, net of issuance costs
57,086

 
81,397

 
232,825

Repayments of long-term debt
(101,107
)
 
(165,365
)
 
(109,006
)
Prepayment of long-term debt
(135,110
)
 
(137,717
)
 
(443,796
)
Prepayment of short-term debt (note 10)
(150,000
)
 

 

Proceeds from financing related to sales and leasebacks of vessels (note 12)
63,720

 
241,339

 
153,000

Scheduled repayments of obligations related to finance leases (note 12)
(24,221
)
 
(14,958
)
 
(4,090
)
Cash dividends paid

 
(8,052
)
 
(20,679
)
Proceeds from equity offerings, net of offering costs (note 5)

 

 
8,521

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of share issuance costs (note 5)

 

 
5,000

Other
(126
)
 
(92
)
 
(241
)
Net financing cash flow
(89,758
)

(3,448
)

(178,466
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from the sales of vessels and equipment (note 21)
20,008

 
589

 
52,131

Expenditures for vessels and equipment
(11,628
)
 
(5,827
)
 
(4,732
)
Loan repayments from equity-accounted for investment (note 7)

 

 
550

Return of capital from equity-accounted for investments

 
746

 

Cash acquired in TIL acquisition, net of transaction fees (note 24)

 

 
30,831

Net investing cash flow
8,380


(4,492
)

78,780

Increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
36,283

 
(15,203
)
 
(19,197
)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of the year
60,507

 
75,710

 
94,907

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of the year (note 18d)
96,790

 
60,507

 
75,710

Supplemental cash flow information (note 18)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

5

Table of Contents

TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (notes 1 and 4)
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)
 
EQUITY
 
Equity of Entities under Common Control
$
 
Common Stock and Paid-in Capital
 
 
 
 
 
Thousands of Common Stock
#
 
Class A
$
 
Class B
$
 
Accumulated Deficit
$
 
Total
$
Balance as at December 31, 2016
12,116

 
19,913

 
1,040,669

 
62,635

 
(182,680
)
 
932,740

Net income (loss)
1,304

 

 

 

 
(59,327
)
 
(58,023
)
Proceeds from issuance of Class A common stock, net of offering costs (note 5)

 
744

 
13,521

 

 

 
13,521

Acquisition of the remaining 50% of TTOL (note 5)
(13,420
)
 
1,722

 

 
25,897

 
(25,711
)
 
(13,234
)
Acquisition of TIL (note 5)

 
11,122

 
151,262

 

 

 
151,262

Dividends declared ($0.96 per share)

 

 

 

 
(20,679
)
 
(20,679
)
Equity-based compensation (note 15)

 
24

 
1,014

 

 

 
1,014

Balance as at December 31, 2017

 
33,525

 
1,206,466

 
88,532

 
(288,397
)
 
1,006,601

Net loss

 

 

 

 
(52,548
)
 
(52,548
)
Dividends declared ($0.24 per share)

 

 

 

 
(8,052
)
 
(8,052
)
Equity-based compensation (note 15)

 
45

 
1,220

 

 

 
1,220

Other

 

 
(289
)
 

 
1

 
(288
)
Balance as at December 31, 2018

 
33,570

 
1,207,397

 
88,532

 
(348,996
)
 
946,933

Net income

 

 

 

 
41,362

 
41,362

Equity-based compensation (note 15)

 
85

 
1,660

 

 

 
1,660

Other

 

 
(34
)
 

 
(1
)
 
(35
)
Balance as at December 31, 2019

 
33,655

 
1,209,023

 
88,532

 
(307,635
)
 
989,920

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

6


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)



1.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of presentation and consolidation principles
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). They include the accounts of Teekay Tankers Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation, its wholly-owned subsidiaries and the Entities under Common Control, as described in note 4, and any variable interest entities (or VIEs) of which it is the primary beneficiary (collectively, the Company).

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results may differ from those estimates. In addition, estimates have been made when allocating expenses from Teekay Corporation (Teekay) to the Entities under Common Control and such estimates may not be reflective of what actual results would have been if the Entities under Common Control had operated independently. Significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

Prior to the Company's adoption of Accounting Standards Update 2017-01, Clarifying the Definition of a Business, (or ASU 2017-01) on October 1, 2017, the Company accounted for the acquisition of vessels from Teekay as a transfer of a business between entities under common control. The method of accounting for such transfers, as well as the acquisition of other businesses from Teekay, was similar to the pooling of interests method of accounting. Under this method, the carrying amount of net assets recognized in the balance sheets of each combining entity are carried forward to the balance sheet of the combined entity. The amount by which the proceeds paid by the Company differs from Teekay's historical carrying value of the acquired business is accounted for as a return of capital to, or contribution of capital from, Teekay. In addition, transfers of net assets between entities under common control were accounted for as if the transfer occurred from the date that the Company and the acquired business were both under the common control of Teekay and had begun operations.

On May 31, 2017, the Company acquired from Teekay Holdings Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Teekay, the remaining 50% interest in Teekay Tanker Operations Ltd. (or TTOL). As a result of the acquisition, the Company's consolidated financial statements prior to the date the Company acquired a controlling interest in TTOL have been retroactively adjusted to eliminate the use of the equity method of accounting for the original 50% interest in TTOL and to include 100% of the assets and liabilities and results of TTOL during the periods they were under common control of Teekay and had begun operations. All intercorporate transactions between the Company and TTOL that occurred prior to the acquisition of a controlling interest in TTOL by the Company have been eliminated upon consolidation (note 4).
During 2017 and 2018, the Company completed sales-leaseback financing arrangements with 14 lessor entities established by financial institutions. The Company is considered to be the primary beneficiary of the lessor entities under the arrangements and has since consolidated these VIEs (note 12).
On November 27, 2017, the Company completed a merger with Tanker Investments Ltd. (TIL), as a result of which TIL became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Prior to the merger, the Company accounted for its 11.3% interest in TIL using the equity method (notes 7 and 24).
Foreign currency
The consolidated financial statements are stated in U.S. Dollars and the functional currency of the Company is the U.S. Dollar. Transactions involving other currencies during the year are converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the transactions. At the balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar are translated to reflect the year-end exchange rates. Resulting gains or losses are reflected in other expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income (loss).
Revenues
The Company's time charters and voyage charters include both a lease component, consisting of the lease of the vessel, and a non-lease component, consisting of the operation of the vessel for the customer. The Company has elected to not separate the non-lease component from the lease component for all such charters, where the lease component is classified as an operating lease, and to account for the combined component as an operating lease.

Voyage charters

Revenues from voyage charters are recognized on a proportionate performance method. The Company uses a discharge-to-discharge basis in determining proportionate performance for all spot voyages that contain a lease and a load-to-discharge basis in determining proportionate performance for all spot voyages that do not contain a lease. The Company does not begin recognizing revenue until a charter has been agreed to by the customer and the Company, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port on its next voyage. Revenues from the Company’s vessels performing voyage charters subject to revenue sharing agreements (or RSAs) follow the same revenue recognition policy as voyage charters not subject to RSAs. The difference between the net revenue earned by a vessel of the

7


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)


Company performing voyage charters subject to RSAs and its allocated share of the aggregate net contribution is reflected within voyage expenses. The consolidated balance sheets reflect in accrued revenue the accrued portion of revenues for those voyages that commence prior to the balance sheet date and complete after the balance sheet date.

Prior to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (or ASU 2014-09) on January 1, 2018, the Company accounted for the net allocation from the RSAs as revenue and amounts due from the RSAs as pool receivables from affiliates, net (note 2).

Voyage expenses incurred that are recoverable from the Company’s customers in connection with its voyage charter contracts are reflected in voyage charter revenues and voyage expenses. The Company recast prior periods to reflect this presentation. This had the impact of increasing both voyage charter revenues and voyage expenses by $20.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.
Time charters

The Company recognizes revenues from time charters accounted for as operating leases on a straight-line basis over the term of the charter as the applicable vessel operates under the charter. The Company does not recognize revenues during days that the vessel is off hire. When the time charter contains a profit-sharing agreement or other variable consideration, the Company recognizes the profit-sharing or contingent revenues in the period in which the changes in facts and circumstances on which the variable charter hire payments are based occur. The consolidated balance sheets reflect in accrued receivables, any accrued revenue and in deferred revenue, the deferred portion of revenues which will be earned in subsequent periods.

If collectability of the time-charter hire receipts from time-charters accounted for as operating leases is not probable, revenue that would have otherwise been recognized is limited to the amount collected from the charterer.

Other revenues

Other revenues are earned from the offshore ship-to-ship transfer of commodities, primarily crude oil and refined oil products, but also liquid gases and various other products which are referred to as support operations. In addition, other revenues are also earned from other activities such as management of terminals and vessels, consultancy, procurement and equipment rental. Other revenues from short-term contracts are recognized as services are completed based on percentage of completion or in the case of long-term contracts, are recognized over the duration of the contract period.
Operating expenses
Voyage expenses are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls, agency fees and commissions. In addition, the difference between the net revenue earned by a vessel of the Company performing voyage charters subject to an RSA and its allocated share of the aggregate net contribution is reflected within voyage expenses. The Company, as shipowner, pays voyage expenses under voyage charters. The Company’s customers pay voyage expenses under time charters, except when the vessel is off-hire during the term of a time charter, in which case the Company pays voyage expenses. Voyage expenses are recognized when incurred.

Vessel operating expenses include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication expenses. The Company pays vessel operating expenses under both voyage and time charters. Vessel operating expenses are recognized when incurred.
Equity-based compensation
The Company grants stock options and restricted stock units as incentive-based compensation to certain employees of the Company and to certain employees of Teekay who support the operations of the Company. The Company measures the cost of such awards using the grant date fair value of the award and recognizes that cost, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period. The requisite service period consists of the period from grant date of the award to the earlier of the date of vesting or the date the recipient becomes eligible for retirement. For equity-based compensation awards subject to graded vesting, the Company calculates the value for the award as if it is a single award with one expected life and amortizes the calculated expense for the entire award on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award. The Company also grants common stock and fully vested stock options as incentive-based compensation to non-management directors, which are expensed immediately (note 15).
Cash and cash equivalents
The Company classifies all highly liquid investments with an original maturity date of three months or less as cash and cash equivalents.

Restricted cash

The Company maintains restricted cash deposits relating to certain contracts of the ship-to-ship transfer business, LNG terminal management and for certain freight forward agreements (notes 13 and 18d). Attached to these contracts are certain performance guarantees required by the Company.

8


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)



Restricted cash - long-term

The Company maintains restricted cash deposits for the purposes of the margin requirements of the Company's obligations related to certain finance leases (notes 12 and 18d).
Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts
Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in existing accounts receivable. The Company determines the allowance based on historical write-off experience and customer economic data. The Company reviews the allowance for doubtful accounts regularly and past due balances are reviewed for collectability. Account balances are written off against the allowance when the Company believes that the receivable will not be recovered. There are no significant amounts recorded as an allowance for doubtful accounts as at December 31, 2019 and 2018. The consolidated balance sheets reflect, in accounts receivable, any amounts where the right to consideration is conditioned upon the passage of time, and in other current assets, any accrued revenue where the right to consideration is conditioned upon something other than the passage of time. Accounts receivable increased significantly as of the first quarter of 2019, as a result of changes to the RSAs whereby the Company now has legal title to the accounts receivable for all vessels subject to the RSAs.

Other loan receivables

The Company’s advances to equity-accounted for investments are recorded at cost. The Company analyzes its loans for collectability during each reporting period. A loan loss provision is recognized, based on current information and events, if it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors the Company considers in determining that a loan loss provision is required include, among other things, an assessment of the financial condition of the debtor, payment history of the debtor, general economic conditions, the credit rating of the debtor (when available), any information provided by the debtor regarding their ability to repay the loan, and the fair value of the underlying collateral. When a loan loss provision is recognized, the Company measures the amount of the loss provision based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate and recognizes the resulting loss in the consolidated statements of income (loss). The carrying value of the loans is adjusted each subsequent period to reflect any changes in the present value of the expected future cash flows, which may result in increases or decreases to the loan loss provision.

The following table reflects the carrying value of the Company’s financing receivables by type of borrower, the method by which the Company monitors the credit quality of its financing receivables on a quarterly basis and the grade as of December 31, 2019.
Class of Financing Receivable
 
Credit Quality Indicator
 
Grade
 
December 31, 2019
$
 
December 31, 2018
$
Advances to equity-accounted for investments
 
Other internal metrics
 
Performing
 
9,930
 
9,930

 
 
 
 
 
 
9,930
 
9,930


Bunker and lube oil inventory

The Company separately presents bunker and lube oil inventory on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Bunker and lube oil inventory increased significantly as of the first quarter of 2019, as a result of changes to the RSAs whereby the Company now directly procures and has legal title to the bunker fuel for all the vessels subject to the RSAs. Bunker and lube oil inventory is stated at cost, which is determined on a first-in, first-out basis. Comparative figures have been reclassified to conform to the presentation adopted in the current period.
Equity-accounted for investments
The Company’s investments in joint ventures, in which the Company does not control but has the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the entity, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method of accounting, investments are stated at initial cost and are adjusted for subsequent additional investments and the Company’s proportionate share of earnings or losses and distributions. The Company evaluates its equity-accounted for investments for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such investment may have experienced an other-than-temporary decline in value below its carrying value. If an equity-accounted for investment is impaired and if its estimated fair value is less than its carrying value, the carrying value is written down to its estimated fair value and the resulting impairment is recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss). The Company’s maximum exposure to loss is the amount it has invested in its equity-accounted for investments and its proportionate share of guaranteed debt of the joint venture.
Vessels and equipment
All pre-delivery costs incurred during the construction of newbuildings, including interest, supervision and technical costs, are capitalized. The acquisition cost and all costs incurred to restore used vessels purchased by the Company to the standard required to properly service the Company’s customers are capitalized.


9


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)


Vessel capital modifications include the addition of new equipment or certain modifications to the vessel that are aimed at improving or increasing the operational efficiency and functionality of the asset. This type of expenditure is capitalized and depreciated over the estimated useful life of the modification. Expenditures covering recurring routine repairs or maintenance are expensed as incurred.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over a vessel’s estimated useful life, less an estimated residual value. Depreciation for vessels is calculated using an estimated useful life of 25 years from the date the vessel is delivered from the shipyard, or a shorter period if regulations prevent the Company from operating the vessels for 25 years. Depreciation of vessels and equipment (including depreciation attributable to the Entities under Common Control and excluding amortization of dry-docking costs and intangible assets) for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 totaled $95.1 million, $95.2 million, and $80.1 million, respectively.

Generally, the Company dry docks each vessel every two and a half to five years. The Company capitalizes certain costs incurred during dry docking and amortizes those costs on a straight-line basis from the completion of a dry docking to the estimated completion of the next dry docking. The Company includes in capitalized dry docking those costs incurred as part of the dry dock to meet classification and regulatory requirements. The Company expenses costs related to routine repairs and maintenance performed during dry docking that do not improve or extend the useful lives of the assets. When significant dry-docking expenditures occur prior to the expiration of the original amortization period, the remaining unamortized balance of the original dry-docking cost is expensed in the month of the subsequent dry docking.

The following table summarizes the change in the Company’s capitalized dry-docking costs, from January 1, 2017 to December 31, 2019:

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
$
 
2018
$
 
2017
$
Balance at the beginning of the year
56,019

 
48,460

 
49,298

Cost incurred for dry docking
45,371

 
27,896

 
16,239

Dry-dock amortization
(26,682
)
 
(20,326
)
 
(17,077
)
Write-down / sale of vessels
(2,901
)
 
(11
)
 

Balance at the end of the year
71,807


56,019


48,460


Vessels and equipment that are intended to be “held and used” in the Company's business are assessed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If the asset’s net carrying value exceeds the net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated over its remaining useful life, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its estimated fair value. The estimated fair value for the Company's impaired vessels is determined using discounted cash flows or appraised values. In cases where an active second-hand sale and purchase market does not exist, the Company uses a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of an impaired vessel. In cases where an active second-hand sale and purchase market exists, an appraised value is used to estimate the fair value of an impaired vessel. An appraised value is generally the amount the Company would expect to receive if it were to sell the vessel. Such appraisal is normally completed by the Company and is based on second-hand sale and purchase data.

Vessels and equipment that are "held for sale" are measured at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell and are not depreciated while classified as held for sale. Interest and other expenses and related liabilities attributable to vessels and equipment classified as held for sale continue to be recognized as incurred.

Lease obligations and right-of-use assets

For its vessels and office leases as of the lease commencement date, the Company recognizes a liability for its lease obligation, initially measured at the present value of lease payments not yet paid, and an asset for its right to use the underlying asset, initially measured equal to the lease liability and adjusted for lease payments made at or before lease commencement, lease incentives, and any initial direct costs. The discount rate used to determine the present value of the lease payments is the rate of interest that the Company would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term for an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment. The initial recognition of the lease obligation and right-of-use asset excludes short-term leases for the Company's chartered-in vessels and office leases. Short-term leases are leases with an original term of one year or less, excluding those leases with an option to extend the lease for greater than one year or an option to purchase the underlying asset that the lessee is deemed reasonably certain to exercise. The initial recognition of this lease obligation and right-of-use asset excludes variable lease payments that are based on the usage or performance of the underlying asset and the portion of payments related to non-lease elements of vessel charters.

The Company uses the effective interest rate method to subsequently account for the lease liability, whereby interest is recognized in interest expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of income. For those leases classified as operating leases, lease interest and right-of-use asset amortization in aggregate result in a straight-line expense profile that is presented in time-charter hire expense for vessels and general and administrative expense for office leases, unless the right-of-use asset becomes impaired. For those leases classified as finance leases, the right-of-use asset is amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining life of the vessel, with such amortization included in depreciation and amortization in the Company’s consolidated statements of income. Variable lease payments that are based on the usage or performance of the underlying asset are recognized as an expense when incurred, unless achievement of a specified target triggers the lease payment, in which case an expense is recognized in the period achievement of the target is considered probable.


10


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)


The Company recognizes the expense from short-term leases and any non-lease components of vessels time-chartered from other owners, on a straight-line basis over the firm period of the charters. The expense is included in time-charter hire expense for vessel charters and general and administrative expenses for office leases.

The Company has determined that its time charter-in contracts contain both a lease component (lease of the vessel) and a non-lease component (technical operation of the vessel). The Company has allocated the contract consideration between the lease component and non-lease component on a relative standalone selling price basis. The standalone selling price of the non-lease component has been determined using a cost-plus approach, whereby the Company estimates the cost to technically operate the vessel using cost benchmarking studies prepared by a third party, when available, or internal estimates when not available, plus a profit margin. The standalone selling price of the lease component has been determined using an adjusted market approach, whereby the Company calculates a rate excluding the operating component based on a market time-charter rate information from published broker estimates, when available, or internal estimates when not available. Given that there are no observable standalone selling prices for either of these two components, judgment is required in determining the standalone selling price of each component.
The right-of-use asset is assessed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If the right-of-use asset’s net carrying value exceeds the net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated over its remaining useful life, the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset is reduced to its estimated fair value. The estimated fair value for the Company's impaired right-of-use assets from in-chartered vessels is determined using a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value. Subsequent to an impairment, a right-of-use asset related to an operating lease is amortized on a straight-line basis over its remaining life.

Vessels sold and leased back by the Company, where the Company has a fixed price repurchase obligation or other situations where the leaseback would be classified as a finance lease are accounted for as a failed sale of the vessel. The Company does not derecognize the vessel sold and continues to depreciate the vessel as if it was the legal owner. Proceeds received from the sale of the vessel are recognized as an obligation related to finance lease and bareboat charter hire payments made by the Company to the lessor are allocated between interest expense and principal repayments on the obligation related to finance lease.

In periods prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-02 (see note 2), the Company's accounting policy was to recognize the expense from vessels time-chartered from other owners, which was included in time-charter hire expense, on a straight-line basis over the firm period of the charters.
Goodwill and intangible assets
Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. A reporting unit is a component of the Company that constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and regularly reviewed by management. When goodwill is reviewed for impairment, the Company may elect to assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. Alternatively, the Company may bypass this step and use a fair value approach to identify potential goodwill impairment and, when necessary, measure the amount of impairment. The Company uses a discounted cash flow model to determine the fair value of reporting units, unless there is a readily determinable fair market value. Goodwill impairment is measured as the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying value of goodwill.

Customer-related intangible assets are amortized over the expected life of a customer contract or the expected duration that the customer relationships are estimated to contribute to the cash flows of the Company. The amount amortized each year is weighted based on the projected revenue to be earned under the contracts or projected revenue to be earned as a result of the customer relationships. Intangible assets are assessed for impairment when and if impairment indicators exist. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an intangible asset is not recoverable and its carrying amount exceeds its fair value.
Debt issuance costs
Debt issuance costs related to recognized debt liabilities, including fees, commissions and legal expenses, are deferred and presented as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the debt liability. Debt issuance costs which are not attributable to a specific debt liability or where the debt issuance costs exceed the carrying value of the related debt liability (primarily undrawn revolving credit facilities) are deferred and presented as other non-current assets in the Company's consolidated balance sheets. Debt issuance costs are amortized using the effective interest rate method over the term of the relevant loan. Amortization of debt issuance costs is included in interest expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss).

Fees paid to substantially amend a non-revolving credit facility are associated with the extinguishment of the old debt instrument, if applicable, and included in determining the debt extinguishment gain or loss to be recognized. Other related costs incurred with third parties directly related to the extinguishment are deferred and presented as a direct reduction to the carrying amount of the replacement debt instrument and amortized using the effective interest rate method. In addition, any unamortized debt issuance costs are written off. If the amendment is considered not to be a substantial amendment, then the fees would be associated with the replacement or modified debt instrument and, along with any existing unamortized premium, discount and unamortized debt issuance costs, would be amortized as an adjustment of interest expense over the remaining term of the replacement or modified debt instrument using the effective interest method. Other costs incurred with third parties directly related to the modification, other than the loan amendment fee, are expensed as incurred.


11


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)


Fees paid to amend a revolving credit facility are deferred and amortized over the term of the modified revolving credit facility. If the borrowing capacity of the revolving credit facility increases as a result of the amendment, unamortized debt issuance costs of the original revolving credit facility are amortized over the remaining term of the modified revolving credit facility. If the borrowing capacity of the revolving credit facility decreases as a result of the amendment, a proportionate amount (based on the reduction in borrowing capacity) of the unamortized debt issuance costs of the original revolving credit facility are written off and the remaining amount is amortized over the remaining term of the modified revolving credit facility.
Income taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method. Under the liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the anticipated future tax effects of temporary differences between the consolidated financial statement basis and the tax basis of the Company's assets and liabilities using the applicable jurisdictional tax rates. A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is recorded when it is determined that it is more likely than not that some or all of the benefit from the deferred tax asset will not be realized.
The Company recognizes the tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only if it is more likely than not that the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from such positions are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense in the Company's consolidated statements of income (loss).

The Company believes that it and its subsidiaries are not subject to income taxation under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands or that distributions by its subsidiaries to the Company will not be subject to any income taxes under the laws of such countries, and that it qualifies for the Section 883 exemption under U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Derivative instruments
All derivative instruments are initially recorded at fair value as either assets or liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and subsequently remeasured to fair value each period end, regardless of the purpose or intent of holding the derivative. The method of recognizing the resulting gains or losses is dependent on whether the derivative contracts are designed to hedge a specific risk and whether the contracts qualify for hedge accounting. The Company does not apply hedge accounting to its derivative instruments, however it could for certain types of interest rate swaps that it may enter into in the future.

When a derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the Company formally documents the relationship between the derivative and the hedged item. This documentation includes the strategy and risk management objective for undertaking the hedge and the method that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedge. Any gains and losses on the derivative that are excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness are recognized immediately in earnings. The Company does not apply hedge accounting if it is determined that the hedge was not effective or will no longer be effective, the derivative was sold or exercised, or the hedged item was sold, repaid or no longer probable of occurring.

For derivative financial instruments designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges, changes in the fair value of the derivative financial instruments are initially recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in total equity. In the periods when the hedged items affect earnings, the associated fair value changes on the hedging derivatives are transferred from total equity to the corresponding earnings line item in the Company's consolidated statements of income (loss). If a cash flow hedge is terminated and the originally hedged item is still considered probable of occurring, the gains and losses initially recognized in total equity remain there until the hedged item impacts earnings, at which point they are transferred to the corresponding earnings line item in the Company's consolidated statements of income (loss). If the hedged items are no longer probable of occurring, amounts recognized in total equity are immediately transferred to the earnings item in the Company's consolidated statements of income (loss).

For derivative financial instruments that are not designated or that do not qualify as hedges under Financial Accounting Standards Board (or FASB) ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, the changes in the fair value of the derivative financial instruments are recognized in earnings. Gains and losses from the Company’s non-designated derivatives are recorded in realized and unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments in the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss).
Earnings (loss) per share
Earnings (loss) per share is determined by dividing (a) net income (loss) of the Company after deducting the amount of net income (loss) attributable to the Entities under Common Control which were purchased solely with cash by (b) the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the applicable period and the equivalent shares outstanding that are attributable to the Entities under Common Control. The calculation of weighted-average number of shares includes the total Class A and total Class B shares outstanding during the applicable period. The computation of diluted earnings per share assumes the exercise of all dilutive stock options and restricted stock units using the treasury stock method. The computation of diluted loss per share does not assume such exercises. The weighted-average number of shares is retroactively adjusted for stock splits and reverse stock splits.

Capital stock


12


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)


The number of shares and per share amounts in these consolidated financial statements, including comparative figures, have been adjusted to reflect the changes resulting from a 1 for 8 reverse stock split which took effect on November 25, 2019. This reduced the number of issued and outstanding Class A and B common shares as at December 31, 2019, from approximately 232.0 million and 37.0 million to approximately 29.0 million and 4.6 million, respectively.

2.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or FASB) issued ASU 2014-09 which requires an entity to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This update creates a five-step model that requires entities to exercise judgment when considering the terms of the contract(s) which include (i) identifying the contract(s) with the customer, (ii) identifying the separate performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determining the transaction price, (iv) allocating the transaction price to the separate performance obligations, and (v) recognizing revenue as each performance obligation is satisfied. ASU 2014-09 became effective for the Company as of January 1, 2018 and may be applied, at the Company’s option, retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of such date. The Company has elected to apply ASU 2014-09 only to those contracts that were not completed as of January 1, 2018. The Company has adopted ASU 2014-09 as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. The Company has identified the following differences on adoption of ASU 2014-09:
Prior to January 1, 2018, the Company previously presented the net allocation for its vessels participating in RSAs in existence at that time as net pool revenues. Effective January 1, 2018, the Company has determined, for accounting purpose, that it is the principal in voyages its vessels perform that are subject to the RSAs. As such, the revenue from those voyages is presented in voyage charter revenues and the difference between this amount and the Company's net allocation from the RSA is presented as voyage expenses. This had the effect of increasing voyage charter revenues and voyage expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 by $292.6 million. There was no cumulative impact to opening equity as at January 1, 2018.
The Company previously presented all accrued revenue as a component of accounts receivable. The Company has determined that if the right to such consideration is conditioned upon something other than the passage of time, such accrued revenue should be presented apart from accounts receivable. This had the effect of increasing accrued revenue and decreasing accounts receivable by $17.9 million at December 31, 2018.
In February 2016, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-02, Leases (or ASU 2016-02). ASU 2016-02 establishes a right-of-use model that requires a lessee to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. For lessees, leases are classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. ASU 2016-02 requires lessors to classify leases as a sales-type, direct financing, or operating lease. A lease is a sales-type lease if any one of five criteria are met, each of which indicate that the lease, in effect, transfers control of the underlying asset to the lessee. If none of those five criteria are met, but two additional criteria are both met, indicating that the lessor has transferred substantially all of the risks and benefits of the underlying asset to the lessee and a third party, the lease is a direct financing lease. All leases that are not sales-type leases or direct financing leases are operating leases. The Company adopted ASU 2016-02 on January 1, 2019. FASB issued an additional accounting standards update in July 2018 that made further amendments to accounting for leases, including allowing the use of a transition approach whereby a cumulative effect adjustment is made as of the effective date, with no retrospective effect and providing an optional practical expedient to lessors to not separate lease and non-lease components of a contract if certain criteria are met. The Company has elected to use this new optional transition approach and the optional practical expedient. To determine the cumulative effect adjustment, the Company did not reassess lease classification, initial direct costs for any existing leases and whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases. The Company identified the following differences:
The adoption of ASU 2016-02 resulted in a change in the accounting method for the lease portion of the daily charter hire for the chartered in vessels by the Company accounted for as operating leases with firm periods of greater than one year. Under ASU 2016-02, the Company recognized an operating lease right-of-use asset and an operating lease liability. This resulted in an increase of the Company's assets and liabilities. The right-of-use asset and lease liability recognized at December 31, 2019 was $19.6 million (January 1, 2019 - $11.0 million). The pattern of expense recognition of chartered-in vessels in 2019 remained substantially unchanged.
The adoption of ASU 2016-02 resulted in sale and leaseback transactions where the seller lessee has a fixed price repurchase option, or other situations where the leaseback would be classified as a finance lease, being accounted for as a failed sale of the vessel and a failed purchase of the vessel by the buyer lessor. Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-02, such transactions were accounted for as a completed sale and a completed purchase. Consequently, for such transactions, the Company does not derecognize the vessel sold and continues to depreciate the vessel as if it was the legal owner. Proceeds received from the sale of the vessel are recognized as an obligation related to finance lease, and bareboat charter hire payments made by the Company to the lessor are allocated between interest expense and principal repayments on the obligation related to finance lease. The adoption of ASU 2016-02 has resulted in the sale and leaseback of the Aspen Spirit and Cascade Spirit during the second quarter of 2019 being accounted for as a failed sale and unlike the 14 sale-leaseback transactions entered into in prior years, the Company is not considered as holding a variable interest in the buyer lessor entity and, thus, does not consolidate the buyer lessor entities (see note 12).
In June 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. This update replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. This update is effective for the Company as of January 1, 2020, with a modified-retrospective approach. The Company is currently evaluating the effect of adopting this new guidance. Based on the Company's preliminary assessment, adoption of ASU 2016-13 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

13


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)


In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12 - Income Taxes (Topic 740) Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, as part of its initiative to reduce complexity in the accounting standards. The amendments in ASU 2019-12 eliminate certain exceptions related to the approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences, among other changes. The guidance becomes effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020 and interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effect of adopting this new guidance.
3.
Revenue
The Company’s primary source of revenue is from chartering its vessels (Aframax tankers, Suezmax tankers and Long Range 2 (or LR2) tankers) to its customers. The Company utilizes two primary forms of contracts, consisting of voyage charters and time charters.

The extent to which the Company employs its vessels on voyage charters versus time charters is dependent upon the Company’s chartering strategy and the availability of time charters. Spot market rates for voyage charters, including voyages and lightering voyages, are volatile from period to period, whereas time charters provide a stable source of monthly revenue. The Company also provides ship-to-ship support services, which includes managing the process of transferring cargo between seagoing ships positioned alongside each other, either stationary or underway, as well as commercial management services to third-party owners of vessels. Finally, the Company has managed liquefied natural gas (or LNG) terminals and procured LNG-related goods for terminal owners and other customers.

Voyage Charters

Voyage charters are charters for a specific voyage that are usually priced on a current or "spot" market rate. Voyage charters for full service lightering voyages may also be priced based on pre-agreed terms. The performance obligations within a voyage charter contract, which will typically include the lease of the vessel to the charterer as well as the operation of the vessel, are satisfied as services are rendered over the duration of the voyage, as measured using the time that has elapsed from commencement of performance. In addition, any expenses that are unique to a particular voyage, including fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls, agency fees and commissions, are the responsibility of the vessel owner. The Company’s voyage charters will normally contain a lease; however, judgment is necessary to determine whether this is the case based upon the decision-making rights the charterer has under the contract. Consideration for such contracts are considered either fixed or variable, depending on certain conditions. Delays caused by the charterer result in additional consideration. Payment for the voyage is not due until the voyage is completed. The duration of a single voyage will typically be less than three months. As such, accrued revenue at the end of a period will be invoiced and paid in the subsequent period. The amount of accrued revenue at any point in time will depend on the percent completed of each voyage in progress as well as the freight rate agreed for those specific voyages. The amount of accrued revenue increased significantly in 2019 as a result of changes to the RSAs in 2019 whereby the Company is now a counterparty to the voyage charters for all the vessels subject to an RSA. The Company does not engage in any specific tactics to minimize vessel residual value risk due to the short-term nature of the contracts.

Time Charters

Pursuant to a time charter, the Company charters a vessel to a customer for a fixed period of time, generally one year or more. The performance obligations within a time-charter contract, which will include the lease of the vessel to the charterer as well as the operation of the vessel, are satisfied as services are rendered over the duration of such contract, as measured using the time that has elapsed from commencement of performance. In addition, any expenses that are unique to a particular voyage, including any fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls, agency fees and commissions, are the responsibility of the customer, as long as the vessel is not off-hire. Hire is typically invoiced monthly in advance for time-charter contracts, based on a fixed daily hire amount. However, certain sources of variability exist, including off-hire and sometimes profit share revenue. If the vessel is off-hire due to mechanical breakdown or for any other reason, the charterer does not pay charter hire for this time. For contracts including a profit share component, the profit share consideration occurs when actual spot tanker rates earned by the vessel exceed certain thresholds for a period of time. Variable consideration of the Company’s contracts is typically recognized as incurred. The Company does not engage in any specific tactics to minimize vessel residual value risk.

As at December 31, 2019, five of the Company’s vessels operated under time-charter contracts with the Company’s customers, all of which are scheduled to expire in 2020. As at December 31, 2019, the future hire payments expected to be received by the Company under time charters then in place were approximately $40.0 million. The hire payments should not be construed to reflect a forecast of total charter hire revenues for any of the periods. Future hire payments do not include hire payments generated from new contracts entered into after December 31, 2019, from unexercised option periods of contracts that existed on December 31, 2019 or from variable consideration, if any. In addition, future hire payments presented above have been reduced by estimated off-hire time for required period maintenance. Actual amounts may vary given future events such as unplanned vessel maintenance.

The carrying amount of the Company's owned and leased vessels employed on time charters as at December 31, 2019, was $173.8 million (2018 - $58.3 million). The cost and accumulated depreciation of the vessels employed on these time charters as at December 31, 2019 were $213.8 million (2018 - $88.2 million) and $40.0 million (2018 - $29.9 million), respectively. As at December 31, 2019, the Company had $7.5 million (2018 - nil) advanced payments recognized as contract liabilities that are expected to be recognized as time-charter revenues in the following periods which are included in other current liabilities on the Company's consolidated balance sheets.

Other Revenues


14


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)


Ship-to-ship support services include managing the process of transferring cargo between seagoing ships positioned alongside each other. Each operation is typically completed in less than 48 hours. The performance obligations within LNG terminal and vessel management contracts are satisfied as services are rendered over the duration of such contracts. The management fee, consisting of a fixed component based on the period of management and in certain cases a variable component based on the asset earnings, is invoiced monthly in arrears. Substantially all of the Company’s performance obligations are satisfied over the duration of the associated contract, and the Company uses the proportion of elapsed time as its method to recognize revenue over the contract duration. The variable consideration of the Company’s contracts is typically recognized as incurred as such consideration is allocated to distinct periods within a contract.

Revenue Table

The following table contains a breakdown of the Company's revenue by contract type for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. All revenue is part of the Company's tanker segment, except for revenue for ship-to-ship support services and LNG terminal management, consultancy, procurement and other related services, which are part of the Company's ship-to-ship transfer segment.

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
$
 
2018
$
 
2017
$
Voyage charters (1)
 
 
 
 
 
     Suezmax
424,578

 
371,463

 
6,696

     Aframax
255,702

 
125,390

 
26,250

     LR2
119,486

 
67,345

 

     Full service lightering
81,837

 
107,730

 
92,828

     Total
881,603

 
671,928

 
125,774

 
 
 
 
 
 
Time-charters
 
 
 
 
 
     Suezmax
15,658

 
17,088

 
45,745

     Aframax
1,837

 
35,531

 
50,964

     LR2

 
7,357

 
15,391

     Total
17,495

 
59,976

 
112,100

 
 
 
 
 
 
Other revenue
 
 
 
 
 
     Ship-to-ship support services
24,015

 
28,629

 
33,436

     Vessel management
8,461

 
8,829

 
12,946

     LNG terminal management, consultancy, procurement and other
12,343

 
7,131

 
6,986

     Total
44,819

 
44,589

 
53,368

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net pool revenues (1)
 
 
 
 
 
     Suezmax

 

 
91,854

     Aframax

 

 
22,718

     LR2

 

 
25,353

     MR

 

 
11

     Total

 

 
139,936

Total revenues
943,917

 
776,493

 
431,178


(1)
Prior to the January 1, 2018 adoption of ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, (or ASU 2014-09), the Company presented the net allocation for its vessels subject to RSAs as net pool revenues. Effective January 1, 2018, the Company has determined, for accounting purposes, that it is the principal in voyages performed by its vessels subject to the RSAs. As such, the revenue from those voyages is presented in voyage charter revenues and the difference between this amount and the Company's net allocation from the RSA is presented as voyage expenses. The adoption of ASU 2014-09 had the impact of increasing voyage charter revenues and voyage expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 by $321.2 million (2018 - $292.6 million). The comparative periods do not include the impact of the January 1, 2018 adoption of ASU 2014-09.
4.
Acquisition of Entities under Common Control
From time to time, the Company has acquired vessels or interests in businesses from Teekay or other entities controlled by Teekay. These acquisitions (including, among others, the remaining 50% interest in TTOL in May 2017) were deemed to be vessel or business acquisitions between entities under common control. Accordingly, for transactions prior to the Company's adoption of ASU 2017-01 on October 1, 2017, the Company accounted for these transactions in a manner similar to the pooling of interests method. Under this method of accounting, the Company’s consolidated financial statements, for periods prior to the respective dates the interests in the vessels or applicable businesses

15


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)


were actually acquired by the Company, were retroactively adjusted to include the results of the acquired vessels and businesses. The periods retroactively adjusted include all periods that the Company and the acquired vessels or businesses were both under common control of Teekay and had begun operations. All financial or operational information contained in these consolidated financial statements for the periods prior to the respective dates the interests in the vessels and businesses were actually acquired by the Company, and during which the Company and the applicable vessels or businesses were under common control of Teekay, were retroactively adjusted to include the results of these acquired vessels and businesses and are collectively referred to as the “Entities under Common Control”.

TTOL Transactions

On May 31, 2017, the Company acquired from Teekay Holdings Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Teekay, the remaining 50% interest in TTOL for $39.0 million, which included $13.1 million for working capital. TTOL owns tanker commercial management and technical management operations. The Company issued approximately 1.7 million shares of the Company's Class B common stock to Teekay as consideration in addition to the working capital consideration of $13.1 million. In August 2014, the Company purchased from Teekay its initial 50% interest in TTOL for an aggregate price of approximately $23.7 million, including net working capital. As consideration for the 2014 acquisition, the Company issued to Teekay 0.5 million Class B common shares. The 0.5 million Class B common shares had an approximate value of $15.6 million, or $29.60 per share, when the purchase price was agreed to between the parties and a value of $17.0 million, or $32.24 per share, on the acquisition closing date. The purchase price, for accounting purposes, was based upon the value of the Class B common shares on the acquisition closing date. In addition, the Company reimbursed Teekay for $6.7 million of working capital it assumed from Teekay in connection with the 2014 purchase.
As a result of the Company's acquisition of a controlling interest in TTOL in May 2017, the Company's consolidated financial statements prior to the date the Company acquired the controlling interest have been retroactively adjusted to eliminate the equity method of accounting previously used for the original 50% interest owned and to include 100% of the assets and liabilities and results of TTOL on a consolidated basis during the periods TTOL and the Company were under common control of Teekay and had begun operations. The effect of adjusting such information in periods prior to the Company's acquisition of the remaining 50% thereof is included in the Entities under Common Control. All intercorporate transactions between the Company and TTOL that occurred prior to the acquisition by the Company have been eliminated upon consolidation.
Assets and liabilities of TTOL are reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at TTOL’s historical carrying values. The amount of the net consideration of $39.0 million that was in excess of TTOL’s historical carrying value of the net assets acquired of $13.3 million has been accounted for as a $25.7 million return of capital to Teekay.
The effect of adjusting the Company’s consolidated financial statements to account for the TTOL common control transaction decreased the Company’s net loss for the year ended December 31, 2017 by $1.3 million. The adjustments for the Entities under Common Control related to the TTOL transaction increased the Company’s revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017 by $8.6 million.
5.
Public Offerings and Private Placements
The following table summarizes the issuances of common shares over the three years ended December 31, 2019:
Date
Number of Common Stock Issued (1)
 
Offering Price
(Per Share)
(1)
 
Gross Proceeds
 
Net Proceeds
 
Teekay's Ownership After the Offering
 
Use of Proceeds
January 2017
269,397

(2) 

$18.56

 
5,000

 
5,000

 
25.7
%
 
General corporate purposes
May 2017
1,721,903

(3) 

$15.04

 
25,897

 
25,897

 
31.4
%
 
Acquisition of controlling interest in TTOL
November 2017
11,122,193

(4) 

$13.60

 
151,262

 
151,262

 
24.1
%
 
TIL Merger
Continuous offering program during 2017
475,000

(5) 
$18.08 - $19.28

 
8,826

 
8,521

 
(5 
) 
 
General corporate purposes
(1)
Refer to note 1 for information regarding the Company's 2019 reverse stock split.
(2)
Represents Class A common shares issued in a private placement to Teekay. The gross proceeds were used for general corporate purposes, including to strengthen the Company's liquidity position and to delever its balance sheet.
(3)
Represents Class B common shares issued to Teekay as consideration for the Company's acquisition of the remaining 50% interest in TTOL, which shares had an approximate value of $25.9 million, or $15.04 per share, on the closing date of the transaction (note 4).
(4)
Represents Class A common shares issued to the shareholders of TIL as consideration for the Company's acquisition of the remaining 88.7% interest in TIL. The shares had an approximate value of $151.3 million, or $13.60 per share, on the closing date of the transaction (notes 7 and 24).
(5)
In January 2017, the Company re-opened its $80.0 million Continuous Offering Program. The portion of the Company's voting power and ownership held by Teekay at December 31, 2017 was 54.1% and 28.8% respectively.


16


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)


6.
Segment Reporting
The Company has two reportable segments, its tanker segment and its ship-to-ship transfer segment. The Company’s tanker segment consists of the operation of all of its tankers, including the operations from TTOL and TIL, which were acquired in 2017 (notes 7 and 24) and those tankers employed on full service lightering contracts. The Company’s ship-to-ship transfer segment consists of the Company’s lightering support services, including those provided to the Company’s tanker segment as part of full service lightering operations and LNG terminal management, consultancy, procurement and other related services. Segment results are evaluated based on income (loss) from operations. The accounting policies applied to the reportable segments are the same as those used in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The following tables include results for the Company’s revenue and income (loss) from operations by segment for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

Year Ended December 31, 2019
Tanker
Segment
$
 
Ship-to-Ship
Transfer
Segment
$
 
Inter-segment
Adjustment
(1)
$
 
Total
$
Revenues (2)
908,778

 
46,641

 
(11,502
)
 
943,917

Voyage expenses
(413,796
)
 

 
11,502

 
(402,294
)
Vessel operating expenses
(174,779
)
 
(33,822
)
 

 
(208,601
)
Time-charter hire expense
(37,225
)
 
(5,964
)
 

 
(43,189
)
Depreciation and amortization
(120,468
)
 
(3,534
)
 

 
(124,002
)
General and administrative expenses (4)
(32,938
)
 
(3,466
)
 

 
(36,404
)
Loss and write-down on sale of vessels
(5,534
)
 
(10
)
 

 
(5,544
)
Income (loss) from operations
124,038

 
(155
)
 

 
123,883

Equity income
2,345

 

 

 
2,345


 
Year Ended December 31, 2018
Tanker
Segment
$
 
Ship-to-Ship
Transfer
Segment
$
 
Inter-segment
Adjustment
(1)
$
 
Total
$
Revenues (2)
740,806

 
48,175

 
(12,488
)
 
776,493

Voyage expenses
(393,794
)
 

 
12,488

 
(381,306
)
Vessel operating expenses
(174,278
)
 
(34,853
)
 

 
(209,131
)
Time-charter hire expense
(13,537
)
 
(6,001
)
 

 
(19,538
)
Depreciation and amortization
(114,062
)
 
(4,452
)
 

 
(118,514
)
General and administrative expenses (4)
(36,481
)
 
(3,294
)
 

 
(39,775
)
Gain on sale of vessel

 
170

 

 
170

Restructuring charges
(152
)
 
(1,043
)
 

 
(1,195
)
Income (loss) from operations
8,502


(1,298
)
 

 
7,204

Equity income
1,220

 

 

 
1,220



17


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)


Year Ended December 31, 2017
Tanker
Segment
$
 
Ship-to-Ship
Transfer
Segment
$
 
Inter-segment
Adjustment
(1)
$
 
Total
$
Revenues (2)(3)
391,267

 
50,422

 
(10,511
)
 
431,178

Voyage expenses (3)
(87,879
)
 

 
10,511

 
(77,368
)
Vessel operating expenses
(135,740
)
 
(39,649
)
 

 
(175,389
)
Time-charter hire expense
(25,666
)
 
(4,995
)
 

 
(30,661
)
Depreciation and amortization
(95,433
)
 
(5,048
)
 

 
(100,481
)
General and administrative expenses (4)
(29,539
)
 
(3,340
)
 

 
(32,879
)
(Loss) gain and write-down on sale of vessel
(13,034
)
 
50

 

 
(12,984
)
Income (loss) from operations
3,976

 
(2,560
)
 

 
1,416

Equity loss
(25,370
)
 

 

 
(25,370
)
(1)
The ship-to-ship transfer segment provides lightering support services to the tanker segment for full service lightering operations and the pricing for such services is based on actual costs incurred during 2019, 2018 and 2017.
(2)
Revenues, net of the inter-segment adjustment, earned from the ship-to-ship transfer segment are reflected in other revenues in the Company's consolidated statements of income (loss).
(3)
The year ended December 31, 2017 does not include the impact of the January 1, 2018 adoption of ASU 2014-09.
(4)
Includes direct general and administrative expenses and indirect general and administrative expenses (allocated to each segment based on estimated use of corporate resources) (note 16e). 

A reconciliation of total segment assets to total assets presented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:
 
As at
December 31, 2019
$
 
As at
December 31, 2018
$
Tanker
2,106,943

 
2,069,854

Ship-to-Ship Transfer
33,709

 
36,315

Cash and cash equivalents
88,824

 
54,917

Total assets (notes 21 and 25)
2,229,476

 
2,161,086

7.
Investment in and advances to Equity-Accounted for Investment
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
$
 
2018
$
High-Q Joint Venture
28,112

 
25,766

Total
28,112

 
25,766


a.
The Company has a joint venture arrangement with Wah Kwong Maritime Transport Holdings Limited (or Wah Kwong), whereby the Company has a 50% economic interest in the High-Q joint venture, which is jointly controlled by the Company and Wah Kwong. The High-Q joint venture owns one 2013-built VLCC, which traded on a fixed time charter-out contract that expired in May 2018. Under the fixed contract, the vessel earned a daily rate and an additional amount if the daily rate of sub-charter earnings exceeded a certain threshold. The VLCC completed its dry dock in July 2018 and subsequently began trading on spot voyage charters in a pool managed by a third party.

As at December 31, 2019, the High-Q joint venture had a loan outstanding with a financial institution with a balance of $31.9 million (December 31, 2018 - $37.5 million). The loan is secured by a first-priority mortgage on the VLCC owned by the High-Q joint venture and 50% of the outstanding loan balance is guaranteed by the Company.

b.
On May 31, 2017, the Company entered into a Merger Agreement to acquire the remaining 27.0 million issued and outstanding common shares of TIL, by way of a share-for-share exchange of 0.4 shares of Class A common stock of the Company for each of TIL common stock not owned by the Company. Prior to the completion of the merger, the Company accounted for its 11.3% investment in TIL using the equity method. On November 27, 2017, the Company completed the merger with TIL, and the Company remeasured its equity investment in TIL to fair value based on the relative share exchange value at the date of the acquisition, which resulted in the recognition of a net write-down of $26.7 million presented in equity income (loss) on the consolidated statements of income (loss) (note 24).

18


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)


c.
On May 31, 2017, the Company acquired from Teekay Holdings Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Teekay, the remaining 50% interest in TTOL for $39.0 million, which included $13.1 million for assumed working capital (note 4). The Company issued approximately 1.7 million shares of the Company's Class B common stock to Teekay as consideration in addition to the working capital consideration of $13.1 million. As a result, the Company now consolidates TTOL and thus, all comparative periods have been retroactively adjusted to include TTOL on a consolidated basis (note 4) and TTOL's results are not included in the summary of equity-accounted for investment results below. Prior to the May 31, 2017 purchase, the Company equity-accounted for its initial 50% interest in TTOL.
A condensed summary of the Company’s financial information for equity-accounted for investments (11.3% to 50.0% owned) shown on a 100% basis are as follows:
 
As at December 31,
 
2019
$
 
2018
$
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
3,285

 
1,697

Other current assets
2,026

 
2,488

Vessels and equipment
77,984

 
81,789

 
 
 
 
Current portion of long-term debt
6,091

 
5,378

Other current liabilities
500

 
452

Long-term debt
25,651

 
31,742

Other non-current liabilities
18,398

 
20,436


 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
$
 
2018
$
 
2017
$
Revenues
12,282

 
9,601

 
107,691

Income from operations
6,329

 
4,159

 
11,640

Realized and unrealized (loss) gain on derivative instruments

 
(104
)
 
26

Net income (loss)
4,689

 
2,441

 
(8,967
)

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded equity income (loss) of $2.3 million (2018 - $1.2 million and 2017$(25.4) million). Equity income for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 is comprised of the Company's share of net income from the High-Q joint venture. Equity income for the year ended December 31, 2017 is comprised of the Company’s share of net income from the High-Q joint venture, Gemini Tankers L.L.C. and from TIL for the period from January 1, 2017 until November 27, 2017, which includes an other than temporary impairment write-down of the investment in TIL (note 24).
8.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill

The carrying amount of goodwill for the tanker segment was $1.9 million as at December 31, 2019 and 2018. In 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company conducted its annual goodwill impairment review of its tanker segment and concluded that no impairment had occurred.

The carrying amount of goodwill for the ship-to-ship transfer segment was $0.5 million and $6.2 million as at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. In 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company conducted its annual goodwill impairment review of its ship-to-ship transfer segment and concluded that no impairment had occurred.

Intangible Assets

The carrying amounts of intangible assets are as follows:
 
As at
 
December 31, 2019

 
December 31, 2018

 
$
 
$
Customer relationships
At cost, less accumulated amortization of $0.7 million (2018 - $8.2 million)
 (1)
2,545

 
9,724

Customer contracts
At cost, less accumulated amortization of $nil (2018 - $2.7 million)
 (1)

 
1,901

 
2,545

 
11,625


19


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)


(1)
The customer relationships and customer contracts are being amortized over weighted average amortization periods of 10 years and 7.6 years, respectively. Amortization of intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $2.2 million (2018 - $2.9 million, 2017 - $3.3 million). Amortization of intangible assets for the five years subsequent to 2019 is expected to be, $0.6 million (2020), $0.5 million (2021), $0.4 million (2022), $0.4 million (2023), $0.3 million (2024) and $0.3 million (thereafter).

In 2015, the Company acquired a ship-to-ship transfer business (previously referred to as SPT and now known as Teekay Marine Solutions or TMS) from a company jointly owned by Teekay Corporation and a Norway-based marine transportation company, I.M. Skaugen SE and recognized goodwill and intangible assets relating to customer relationships at the time of acquisition.

In January 2020, the Company reached an agreement to sell the non-US portion of its ship-to-ship support services business and its LNG terminal management business for $26 million, subject to adjustment for the final amounts of cash and other working capital present on the closing date. The sale is expected to close in the second quarter of 2020. The proportionate share of goodwill of $5.6 million and intangible assets of $6.9 million attributable to the business to be sold has been reclassified to assets held for sale as at December 31, 2019 (notes 21 and 25).
9.
Accrued Liabilities
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
$
 
2018
$
Voyage and vessel
48,526

 
23,922

Corporate accruals
463

 
1,587

Interest and dividends
2,610

 
6,678

Payroll and benefits (note 16f)
8,136

 
8,669

Accrued liabilities
59,735

 
40,856

10. Short-Term Debt
In November 2018, Teekay Tankers Chartering Pte. Ltd. (or TTCL) a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a working capital loan facility agreement (or the Working Capital Loan), which initially provided available aggregate borrowings of up to $40.0 million for TTCL, and which was subsequently increased to $80.0 million, effective December 2019. Proceeds of the Working Capital Loan are used to provide working capital in relation to certain vessels subject to the RSAs. The Working Capital Loan had an initial maturity date in August 2019 but is continually extended for further periods of six months thereafter until the lender gives notice in writing that no further extensions shall occur. Interest payments are based on LIBOR plus a margin of 3.5%. The Working Capital Loan is collateralized by the assets of TTCL. The Working Capital Loan requires the Company to maintain its paid-in capital contribution under the RSAs and the retained distributions of the RSA counterparties in an amount equal to the greater of (a) an amount equal to the minimum average capital contributed by the RSA counterparties per vessel in respect of the RSA (including cash, bunkers or other working capital contributions and amounts accrued to the RSA counterparties but unpaid) and (b) a minimum capital contribution ranging from $20.0 million to $30.0 million based on the amount borrowed. As at December 31, 2019, $50.0 million (December 31, 2018 - nil) was owing under this facility, and the interest rate on the facility was 5.0% (December 31, 2018 - nil). As of the date these consolidated financial statements were issued, the Company was in compliance with all covenants in respect of this facility.


20


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)


11.
Long-Term Debt
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
$
 
2018
$
Revolving credit facilities due through 2022
341,132

 
417,997

Term loans due through 2021
221,729

 
323,995

Total principal
562,861


741,992

Less: unamortized discount and debt issuance costs
(3,182
)
 
(6,586
)
Total debt
559,679


735,406

Less: current portion
(43,573
)
 
(106,236
)
Non-current portion of long-term debt
516,106


629,170


As at December 31, 2019, the Company had two revolving credit facilities (or the Revolvers), which, as at such date, provided for available aggregate borrowings of up to $371.5 million, of which $30.4 million was undrawn (December 31, 2018 - $429.8 million, of which $11.8 million was undrawn). Interest payments are based on LIBOR plus margins, which at December 31, 2019 ranged between 2.00% and 2.75% (December 31, 2018 - 2.00% and 2.75%). The total amount available under the Revolvers reduces by $12.1 million (2020), $297.0 million (2021) and $62.4 million (2022). As at December 31, 2019 the Company also had three term loans outstanding, which totaled $221.7 million (December 31, 2018 - $324.0 million). Interest payments on the term loans are based on a combination of a fixed rate of 5.40% (December 31, 2018 - 5.40%) and variable rates based on LIBOR plus margins. As at December 31, 2019, the margin ranged from 0.30% to 2.00% (December 31, 2018 - 0.30% to 2.00%). The term loan repayments are made in quarterly or semi-annual payments. Two of the term loans also have a balloon or bullet repayment due at maturity in 2021. The Company's debt facilities are further described below.

In May 2019, the Company completed a $63.7 million sale-leaseback financing transaction related to two of the Company's vessels (note 12). The Company used the proceeds from the sale-leaseback transaction to prepay a portion of the Company's 2017 Revolver (as defined below). In November 2018, the Company completed an $84.7 million sale-leaseback financing transaction relating to four of the Company's vessels (note 12). Proceeds from the sale-leaseback transaction were used to refinance one of the Company's corporate revolvers, which matured in November 2018 and to prepay a portion of the Company's 2017 Revolver. In September 2018, the Company completed a $156.6 million sale-leaseback financing transaction relating to six of the Company's vessels (note 12). Proceeds from the sale-leaseback transaction were used to prepay a portion of the Company's 2017 Revolver. In July 2017, the Company completed a $153.0 million sale-leaseback financing transaction relating to four of the Company's vessels (note 12). Proceeds from the sale-leaseback transaction were used to prepay a portion of the Company's 2016 Debt Facility, described below.

In December 2017, the Company entered into a $270.0 million long-term debt facility (or the 2017 Revolver), which is scheduled to mature in December 2022, and which had an outstanding balance of $61.2 million as at December 31, 2019 (December 31, 2018 - $125.3 million). In December 2017, $215.8 million of the 2017 Revolver was used to refinance two of the Company's debt facilities that were assumed in the merger with TIL (note 24). As at December 31, 2019, the 2017 Revolver is collateralized by five of the Company's vessels (2018 - seven), together with other related security. The total net book value for the five vessels as at December 31, 2019 was $139.1 million (December 31, 2018 - $192.6 million). The 2017 Revolver also requires that the Company maintain a minimum hull coverage ratio of 125% of the total outstanding drawn balance for the facility period. Such requirement is assessed on a semi-annual basis with reference to vessel valuations compiled by two or more agreed upon third parties. Should the ratio drop below the required amount, the lender may request the Company either prepay a portion of the loan in the amount of the shortfall or provide additional collateral in the amount of the shortfall, at the Company's option. As of December 31, 2019, this ratio was 281% (December 31, 2018 - 163%). The vessel values used in this ratio are appraised values provided by third parties where available or prepared by the Company based on second-hand sale and purchase market data. A decline in the tanker market could negatively affect the ratio. In addition, the Company is required to maintain a minimum liquidity (cash, cash equivalents and undrawn committed revolving credit lines with at least six months to maturity) of $35.0 million and at least 5% of the Company's total consolidated debt.

In January 2016, the Company entered into a $894.4 million long-term debt facility (or the 2016 Debt Facility), consisting of both a term loan of $76.7 million (December 31, 2018 - $292.7 million) and a revolving credit component of $279.9 million (December 31, 2018 - $157.6 million), which is scheduled to mature in December 2020, and a revolving credit component, which is scheduled to mature in January 2021. The 2016 Debt Facility is collateralized by 28 of the Company's vessels (2018 - 29), together with other related security. The total net book value for the 28 vessels as at December 31, 2019 was $892.0 million (December 31, 2018 - $972.5 million). The 2016 Debt Facility also requires that the Company maintain a minimum hull coverage ratio of 125% of the total outstanding drawn balance for the facility period. Such requirement is assessed on a semi-annual basis with reference to vessel valuations compiled by two or more agreed upon third parties. Should the ratio drop below the required amount, the lender may request the Company either prepay a portion of the loan in the amount of the shortfall or provide additional collateral in the amount of the shortfall, at the Company's option. As at December 31, 2019, this ratio was 211% (December 31, 2018 - 137%). The vessel values used in this ratio are appraised values provided by third parties where available or prepared by the Company based on second-hand sale and purchase market data. A decline in the tanker market could negatively affect the ratio. In addition, the Company is required to maintain a minimum liquidity (cash, cash equivalents and undrawn committed revolving credit lines with at least six months to maturity) of $35.0 million and at least 5% of the Company's total consolidated debt.


21


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)


The Company's remaining two term loans, with a total outstanding balance of $145.0 million as at December 31, 2019 (December 31, 2018 - $166.4 million), which are scheduled to mature in 2021, are guaranteed by Teekay and are collateralized by six of the Company’s vessels, together with certain other related security. One of the term loans contain covenants that require Teekay to maintain the greater of (a) free cash (cash and cash equivalents) and undrawn committed revolving credit lines with at least six months to maturity of at least $50.0 million and (b) an aggregate of free cash and undrawn committed revolving credit lines with at least six months to maturity of at least 5.0% of Teekay’s total consolidated debt (excluding the debt of Teekay LNG Partners L.P., (or TGP) and its subsidiaries and the Company and its subsidiaries that are non-recourse to Teekay). The other term loan requires Teekay and the Company collectively to maintain the greater of (a) free cash (cash and cash equivalents) of at least $100.0 million and (b) an aggregate of free cash and undrawn committed revolving credit lines with at least six months to maturity of at least 7.5% of Teekay's total consolidated debt (excluding the debt of TGP and its subsidiaries).

As of the date these consolidated financial statements were issued, the Company was in compliance with all covenants with respect to the Revolvers and term loans. Teekay has also advised the Company that Teekay is in compliance with all covenants relating to the revolving credit facilities and term loans to which the Company is a party.

The weighted-average interest rate on the Company’s long-term debt as at December 31, 2019 was 3.7% (December 31, 20184.6%). This rate does not reflect the effect of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements (note 13).

In January 2020, the Company entered into a new $532.8 million long-term debt facility which is scheduled to mature in December 2024 of which $455 million was used to repay the Company's two revolving facilities, the 2016 Debt Facility and the 2017 Revolver, which were scheduled to mature between 2020 and 2022, and one of the Company's term loan facilities, which was scheduled to mature in 2021.

The aggregate annual long-term principal repayments required to be made by the Company under the Revolvers and term loans subsequent to December 31, 2019, including the impact of the debt refinancing completed in January 2020 and the use of borrowings thereunder, are $44.0 million (2020), $171.9 million (2021), $80.4 million (2022), $65.3 million (2023) and $201.3 million (2024).

12.
Operating Leases and Obligations Related to Finance Leases
Operating Leases
The Company charters-in vessels from other vessel owners on time-charter contracts, whereby the vessel owner provides use and technical operation of the vessel for the Company. A time charter-in contract is typically for a fixed period of time, although in certain cases, the Company may have the option to extend the charter. The Company typically pays the owner a daily hire rate that is fixed over the duration of the charter. The Company is generally not required to pay the daily hire rate during periods the vessel is not able to operate.
With respect to time charter-in contracts with an original term of more than one year, for the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company incurred $25.2 million of time-charter hire expense related to four time charter-in contracts, of which $14.1 million was allocable to the lease component and $11.1 million was allocable to the non-lease component. The $14.1 million allocable to the lease component approximate the cash paid for the amounts included in lease liabilities and reflected as a reduction in operating cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2019. Three of these time charter-in contracts include an option to extend the charter for an additional one-year term. Since it is not reasonably certain that the Company will exercise the options, the lease components of the options are not recognized as part of the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities. As at December 31, 2019, the weighted-average remaining lease term and weighted-average discount rate for these time charter-in contracts were 1.2 years and 5.55%, respectively.
The Company has elected to recognize the lease payments of short-term leases in the statement of income (loss) on a straight-line basis over the lease term and variable lease payments in the period in which the obligation for those payments is incurred, which is consistent with the recognition of payment for the non-lease component. Short-term leases are leases with an original term of one year or less, excluding those leases with an option to extend the lease for greater than one year or an option to purchase the underlying asset that the lessee is deemed reasonably certain to exercise. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company incurred $18.0 million of time-charter hire expense related to time charter-in contracts classified as short-term leases.
During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company chartered in two LR2 vessels and one Aframax vessel for periods of 24 months, which resulted in the Company recognizing right-of-use assets of $14.7 million and $7.8 million on the lease commencement dates for the LR2 vessels and Aframax vessel respectively.

A maturity analysis of the Company's operating lease liabilities from time charter-in contracts (excluding short-term leases) as at December 31, 2019 is as follows:
 
Lease Commitment
$
 
Non-Lease Commitment
$
 
Total Commitment
$
As at December 31, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
Payments:
 
 
 
 
 
2020
16,956

 
13,406

 
30,362

2021
3,315

 
2,585

 
5,900

Total payments
20,271

 
15,991

 
36,262

Less: imputed interest
(711
)
 
 
 
 
Carrying value of operating lease liabilities
19,560

 
 
 
 

As at December 31, 2019, minimum commitments to be incurred by the Company under short-term time charter-in contracts, were approximately $4.3 million (2020). As at December 31, 2018, minimum commitments to be incurred by the Company relating to eight chartered-in vessels accounted for as operating leases, including three workboats for the Company's lightering support services, were approximately $36.9 million (2019), $23.5 million (2020) and $2.0 million (2021).

Obligations Related to Finance Leases
 
As at
 
As at
 
December 31, 2019
 
December 31, 2018
 
$
 
$
Total obligations related to finance leases
414,788
 
375,289

Less: current portion
(25,357)
 
(20,896
)
Long-term obligations related to finance leases
389,431
 
354,393

In May 2019, the Company completed a $63.7 million sale-leaseback financing transaction with a financial institution relating to two of the Company's Suezmax tankers, Aspen Spirit and Cascade Spirit.
In November 2018, the Company completed an $84.7 million sale-leaseback financing transaction with a financial institution relating to four of the Company's tankers, consisting of two Aframax tankers, one Suezmax tanker and one LR2 product tanker, the Explorer Spirit, Navigator Spirit, Pinnacle Spirit and Trysil Spirit.
In September 2018, the Company completed a $156.6 million sale-leaseback financing transaction with a financial institution relating to six of the Company's Aframax tankers, the Blackcomb Spirit, Emerald Spirit, Garibaldi Spirit, Peak Spirit, Tarbet Spirit and Whistler Spirit.
In July 2017, the Company completed a $153.0 million sale-leaseback financing transaction with a financial institution relating to four of the Company's Suezmax tankers, the Athens Spirit, Beijing Spirit, Moscow Spirit and Sydney Spirit.
Under these arrangements, the Company transferred the vessels to subsidiaries of the financial institutions (or collectively, the Lessors) and leased the vessels back from the Lessors on bareboat charters ranging from 9- to 12-year terms. The Company is also obligated to purchase six of the Aframax vessels upon maturity of their respective bareboat charters and two of the Suezmax vessels upon maturity of their respective bareboat charters. The Company has the option to purchase each of the 16 tankers at various times starting between July 2020 and November 2021 until the end of their respective lease terms.
The Company consolidates 14 of the 16 Lessors for financial reporting purposes as VIEs. The Company understands that these vessels and lease operations are the only assets and operations of the Lessors. The Company operates the vessels during the lease terms, and as a result, is considered to be the Lessors' primary beneficiary.
The liabilities of the 14 Lessors are loans and are non-recourse to the Company. The amounts funded to the 14 Lessors in order to purchase the vessels materially match the funding to be paid by the Company's subsidiaries under these lease-back transactions. As a result, the amounts due by the Company's subsidiaries to the 14 Lessors considered as VIEs have been included in obligations related to finance leases as representing the Lessors' loans.
Subsequent to the adoption of ASU 2016-02 on January 1, 2019, sale and leaseback transactions where the lessee has a purchase obligation are treated as a failed sale. Consequently, the Company has not derecognized the Aspen Spirit and Cascade Spirit and continues to depreciate the assets as if it was the legal owner. Proceeds received from the sale are set up as an obligation related to finance lease and bareboat charter hire payments made by the Company to the Lessor and which are allocated between interest expense and principal repayments on the obligation related to finance lease.
The bareboat charters related to each of these vessels require that the Company maintain a minimum liquidity (cash, cash equivalents and undrawn committed revolving credit lines with at least 6 months to maturity) of $35.0 million and at least 5.0% of the Company's consolidated debt and obligations related to finance leases (excluding applicable security deposits reflected in restricted cash - long-term on the Company's consolidated balance sheets).

22


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)


Four of the bareboat charters require the Company to maintain, for each vessel, a minimum hull coverage ratio of 90% of the total outstanding principal balance during the first three years of the lease period and 100% of the total outstanding principal balance thereafter. As at December 31, 2019, this ratio was approximately 122% (December 31, 2018 - 101%).
Six of the bareboat charters require the Company to maintain, for each vessel, a minimum hull coverage ratio of 78% of the total outstanding principal balance during the first two years of the lease period and 80% for the following two years and 90% of the total outstanding principal balance thereafter. As at December 31, 2019, this ratio was approximately 115% (December 31, 2018 - 91%).
Four bareboat charters require the Company to maintain, for each vessel, a minimum hull coverage ratio of 100% of the total outstanding principal balance. As at December 31, 2019, this ratio was approximately 158% (December 31, 2018 - 122%).
The remaining two bareboat charters require the Company to maintain, for each vessel, a minimum hull coverage ratio of 75% of the total outstanding principal balance during the first year of the lease term, 78% for the second year, 80% for the following two years and 90% of the total outstanding principal balance thereafter. As at December 31, 2019, this ratio was approximately 109% (December 31, 2018 - n/a).
Such requirements are assessed annually with reference to vessel valuations compiled by one or more agreed upon third parties. As of the date these consolidated financial statements were issued, the Company was in compliance with all covenants in respect of the obligations related to finance leases.
The weighted-average interest rate on the Company's obligations related to finance leases as at December 31, 2019 was 7.6% (December 31, 2018 - 7.5%)
As at December 31, 2019, the total remaining commitments under the 16 finance leases for Suezmax, Aframax and LR2 product tankers were approximately $601.7 million (December 31, 2018 - $557.1 million), including imputed interest of $186.9 million (December 31, 2018 - $181.8 million), repayable from 2020 through 2030, as indicated below:
 
 
Commitments
 
 
December 31, 2019
Year
 
            $
2020
 
56,364

2021
 
56,202

2022
 
56,193

2023
 
56,184

2024
 
56,328

Thereafter
 
320,388

13.
Derivative Instruments
Interest rate swaps

The Company uses interest rate swaps in accordance with its overall risk management policies. The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements which exchange a receipt of floating interest for a payment of fixed interest to reduce the Company’s exposure to interest rate variability on its outstanding floating-rate debt. The Company has not designated, for accounting purposes, its interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges of its U.S. Dollar denominated LIBOR borrowings.

In February 2016, in connection with the Company’s long-term debt facility entered into at that time, the Company entered into nine interest rate swaps. Four of the interest rate swaps commenced in October 2016, are scheduled to terminate in December 2020 and have notional amounts of $50.0 million each, at inception, with fixed rates of 1.462%. The remaining five interest rate swaps commenced in the first quarter of 2016 and are scheduled to terminate in January 2021, of which one swap has a notional amount of $75.0 million, one swap has a notional amount of $50.0 million, and three swaps have notional amounts of $25.0 million each with fixed rates of 1.549%, 1.155% and 1.549%, respectively.


23


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)


As at December 31, 2019, the Company was committed to the following interest rate swap agreements:
 
Interest Rate Index
 
Notional Amount
$
 
Fair Value /
Carrying Amount of
Asset
$
 
Remaining
Term
(years)
 
Fixed Interest
Rate
(1)
LIBOR-Based Debt:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Dollar-denominated interest rate swaps (2)
LIBOR
 
46,281

 
97

 
1.0
 
1.46%
U.S. Dollar-denominated interest rate swaps
LIBOR
 
150,000

 
268

 
1.0
 
1.55%
U.S. Dollar-denominated interest rate swaps
LIBOR
 
50,000

 
294

 
1.0
 
1.16%
(1)
Excludes the margin the Company pays on its variable-rate debt, which, as of December 31, 2019 ranged from 0.30% to 3.50%.
(2)
Notional amount reduces quarterly.

The Company is potentially exposed to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the counterparty to the interest rate swap agreements in the event that the fair value results in an asset being recorded. In order to minimize counterparty risk, the Company only enters into interest rate swap agreements with counterparties that are rated A- or better by Standard & Poor’s or A3 or better by Moody’s at the time transactions are entered into.

Forward freight agreements

The Company uses forward freight agreements (or FFAs) in non-hedge-related transactions to increase or decrease its exposure to spot market rates, within defined limits. Net gains and losses from FFAs are recorded within realized and unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments in the Company's consolidated statements of income (loss).

The following table presents the location and fair value amounts of derivative instruments, segregated by type of contract, on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
 
Current portion of derivative assets
$
 
Derivative assets
$
 
Accounts Receivable /(Accrued liabilities)
$
 
Current portion of derivative liabilities
$
 
As at December 31, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     Interest rate swap agreements
577

 
82

 
230

 

 
     Forward freight agreements

 

 

 
(86
)
 
 
577

 
82

 
230

 
(86
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at December 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     Interest rate swap agreements
2,905

 
2,973

 
422



 
     Forward freight agreements

 

 
(3
)
 
(57
)
 
 
2,905


2,973


419


(57
)
 

Realized and unrealized (losses) gains relating to interest rate swaps and FFAs are recognized in earnings and reported in realized and unrealized (loss) gain on derivative instruments in the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss) as follows:

24


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)


 
Year Ended
December 31, 2019
$
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2018
$
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2017
$
Realized gains (losses) relating to:
 
 
 
 
 
     Interest rate swaps agreements
2,791

 
2,316

 
(994
)
     Forward freight agreements
1,489

 
137

 
270

     Others

 

 
1,106

 
4,280

 
2,453

 
382

 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized (losses) gains relating to:
 
 
 
 
 
     Interest rate swaps agreements
(5,218
)
 
636

 
2,099

     Forward freight agreements
(29
)
 
(57
)
 

     Other

 

 
(1,162
)
 
(5,247
)
 
579

 
937

Total realized and unrealized (loss) gain on derivatives
(967
)
 
3,032

 
1,319

14.
Fair Value Measurements
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument:

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash – The fair value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash approximates its carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets.

Long-term debt – The fair value of the Company’s fixed-rate and variable-rate long-term debt is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on rates currently available for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities and the current credit worthiness of the Company.

Long-term obligation related to finance leases - The fair value of the Company's long-term obligation related to finance leases is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on rates currently available for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities and the current credit worthiness of the Company.

Derivative instruments

The fair value of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements is the estimated amount that the Company would receive or pay to terminate the agreements at the reporting date, taking into account current interest rates, and if the swap is not collateralized, the current credit worthiness of either the Company or the swap counterparties. The estimated amount is the present value of future cash flows. The inputs used to determine the future cash flows include the fixed interest rate of the swaps and market interest rates. Given the current volatility in the credit markets, it is reasonably possible that the amounts recorded as derivative assets and liabilities could vary by material amounts in the near term.

The Company categorizes its fair value estimates using a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to measure fair value. The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of the inputs used to determine fair value as follows:

Level 1.
Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;
Level 2.
Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and
Level 3.
Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

The following table includes the estimated fair value, carrying value and categorization using the fair value hierarchy of those assets and liabilities that are measured at their estimated fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis, as well as certain financial instruments that are not measured at fair value.

25


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)


 
December 31, 2019
 
December 31, 2018
 
Fair Value Hierarchy Level
 
Carrying Amount Asset/ (Liability)
$
 
Fair Value Asset/ (Liability)
$
 
Carrying Amount Asset/ (Liability)
$
 
Fair Value Asset/ (Liability)
$
Recurring:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash (note 18d)
Level 1
 
95,332

 
95,332

 
60,507

 
60,507

Derivative instruments (note 13)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swap agreements (1)
Level 2
 
659

 
659

 
5,878

 
5,878

Freight forward agreements (1)
Level 2
 
(86
)
 
(86
)
 
(57
)
 
(57
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-term debt (note 10)
Level 2
 
(50,000
)
 
(50,000
)
 

 

Advances to equity-accounted for investments
Note (2)
 
9,930

 
Note (2)

 
9,930

 
Note (2)

Long-term debt, including current portion (note 11)
Level 2
 
(559,679
)
 
(558,657
)
 
(735,406
)
 
(723,031
)
Obligations related to finance leases, including current portion (note 12)
Level 2
 
(414,788
)
 
(442,648
)
 
(375,289
)
 
(377,652
)
Assets held for sale (note 21)
Level 2

37,240

 
37,240

 

 

(1)
The fair values of the Company's interest rate swap agreements and FFAs at December 31, 2019 and 2018 exclude accrued interest income and expenses, which are recorded in accounts receivables and accrued liabilities, respectively, in these consolidated financial statements.
(2)
The advances to equity-accounted for investments, together with the Company’s investments in the equity-accounted for investments, form the net aggregate carrying value of the Company’s interests in the equity-accounted for investments in these consolidated financial statements. The fair values of the individual components of such aggregate interests as at December 31, 2019 and 2018 were not determinable.
15.
Capital Stock
The authorized capital stock of Teekay Tankers Ltd. at December 31, 2019 was 100.0 million shares of Preferred Stock (2018 - 100.0 million shares of Preferred Stock), with a par value of $0.01 per share (2018 - $0.01 per share), 485.0 million shares of Class A common stock (2018 - 485.0 million shares of Class A common stock), with a par value of $0.01 per share (2018 - $0.01 per share), and 100.0 million shares of Class B common stock (2018 - 100.0 million shares of Class B common stock), with a par value of $0.01 per share (2018 - $0.01 per share). The shares of Class A common stock entitle the holder to one vote per share while the shares of Class B common stock entitle the holder to five votes per share, subject to a 49% aggregate Class B common stock voting power maximum. As at December 31, 2019, the Company had 29.0 million shares of Class A common stock (201829.0 million), 4.6 million shares of Class B common stock (20184.6 million) and no shares of Preferred Stock issued and outstanding (2018nil).

Commencing in December 2015, the Company adopted a dividend policy under which quarterly dividends were set to range from 30% to 50% of its quarterly adjusted net income, subject to the discretion of its Board of Directors, with a minimum quarterly dividend of $0.24 per share under the Company's policy, which was subject to change. Effective May 2018, the Company eliminated the payment of its minimum quarterly dividend of $0.24 per share in order to preserve liquidity during the cyclical downturn of the tanker spot market. Under the revised dividend policy, quarterly dividends were expected to range from 30% to 50% of the Company's quarterly adjusted net income, subject to reserves its Board of Directors may determine are necessary for the prudent operations of the Company. In November 2019, the Company eliminated its previous dividend policy. Going forward dividend payments are subject to the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors, and the policy remains subject to change. Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to share equally in any dividends that the Board of Directors declares from time to time out of funds legally available for dividends.

Upon the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock shall be entitled to share equally in all assets remaining after the payment of any liabilities and the liquidation preferences on any outstanding preferred stock. Shares of the Company’s Class A common stock are not convertible into any other shares of the Company’s capital stock. Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder thereof into one share of Class A common stock. Upon any transfer of shares of Class B common stock to a holder other than Teekay (or any of its affiliates or any successor to Teekay’s business or to all or substantially all of its assets), such shares of Class B common stock shall automatically convert into Class A common stock upon such transfer. In addition, all shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock if the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock beneficially owned by Teekay and its affiliates falls below 15% of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of common stock. All such conversions will be effected on a one-for-one basis.
Stock-based compensation

26


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)


As at December 31, 2019, the Company had reserved under its 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan a total of 1,250,000 shares of Class A common stock for issuance pursuant to awards granted under the plan (20181,250,000 Class A common stock). For the year ended December 31, 2019, a total of 19.9 thousand shares (201821.0 thousand shares, 2017nil shares) of Class A common stock were granted and issued to the Company’s non-management directors as part of their annual compensation. The compensation relating to the granting of such stock has been included in general and administrative expenses in the amounts of $0.2 million, $0.2 million, and nil for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

The Company also grants options and restricted stock units as incentive-based compensation under the Teekay Tankers Ltd. 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan to certain eligible officers, employees and non-management directors of the Company or Teekay subsidiaries that provide services to the Company. The number of options and restricted stock units information included in these financial statements has been retroactively adjusted for the November 2019 reverse stock split (note 1). The compensation cost of the Company‘s stock-based compensation awards is reflected in general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss).

During 2019, the Company granted 58.8 thousand (2018 - 63.0 thousand; 2017 - 49.6 thousand) stock options with an exercise price of $8.00 per share (2018 - $9.76; 2017 - $17.84) to the Company’s non-management directors. These stock options have a ten-year term and vest immediately. The Company also granted 218.2 thousand (2018 - 92.0 thousand; 2017 - 60.8 thousand) stock options with an exercise price of $8.00 per share (2018 - $9.76; 2017 - $17.84) to the officers and employees of the Company and to certain employees of Teekay subsidiaries that provide services to the Company. Each stock option granted has a ten-year term and vests equally over three years from the grant date.

The weighted-average fair value of the stock options granted during 2019 was $2.79 per option (2018 - $2.77 per option; 2017 - $5.36 per option), estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following assumptions were used in computing the fair value of the stock options granted: expected volatility of 48.7% (2018 - 48.7%; 2017 - 50.2%); expected life of five years (2018 - five years; 2017 - five years); dividend yield of 3.0% (2018 - 5.5%; 2017 - 5.0%); and risk-free interest rate of 2.4% (2018 - 2.6%; 2017 - 2.1%). The expected life of the stock options granted was estimated using the historical exercise behavior of employees of Teekay that receive stock options from Teekay. The expected volatility was based on historical volatility as calculated using historical data during the five years prior to the grant date.

A summary of the Company’s stock option information for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 is as follows:

 
December 31, 2019
 
December 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
 
Options (#)
 
Weighted-Average Exercise Price ($)
 
Options (#)
 
Weighted-Average Exercise Price ($)
 
Options (#)
 
Weighted-Average Exercise Price ($)
Outstanding - beginning of year
359,496

 
18.45

 
208,788

 
24.78

 
102,793

 
31.94
Granted
277,066

 
8.00

 
155,053

 
9.76

 
110,343

 
17.84
Exercised
(30,968
)
 
8.96

 

 

 

 
Forfeited / expired

 

 
(4,345
)
 
12.45

 
(4,348
)
 
17.84
Outstanding - end of year
605,594

 
14.16

 
359,496

 
18.45

 
208,788

 
24.78
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercisable - end of year
309,609

 
19.12

 
224,687

 
21.54

 
131,906

 
26.71

A summary of the Company’s non-vested stock option activity and related information for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 is as follows:
 
December 31, 2019
 
December 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
 
Options (#)
 
Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value ($)
 
Options (#)
 
Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value ($)
 
Options (#)
 
Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value ($)
Outstanding non-vested stock options - beginning of year
134,809

 
13.30

 
76,881

 
21.47

 
36,539

 
32.20
Granted
218,223

 
8.00

 
92,041

 
9.76

 
60,791

 
17.84
Vested
(57,048
)
 
15.54

 
(29,768
)
 
23.56

 
(16,101
)
 
33.10
Forfeited / expired

 

 
(4,345
)
 
12.45

 
(4,348
)
 
17.84
Outstanding non-vested stock options - end of year
295,984

 
8.96

 
134,809

 
13.30

 
76,881

 
21.47

As of December 31, 2019, there was $0.5 million (2018 - $0.3 million, 2017 - $0.3 million) of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options granted. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized $0.4 million (2018 - $0.2 million, 2017 - $0.2 million) of expenses related to the stock options granted to the officers of the Company and to certain employees of Teekay subsidiaries that provide services to the Company.

27


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)



As at December 31, 2019, the intrinsic value of the outstanding in-the-money stock options was $7.2 million (2018 - $nil; 2017 - $nil) and the intrinsic value of the exercisable stock options was $2.3 million (2018 - $nil; 2017 - $nil). As at December 31, 2019, the weighted-average remaining life of options vested and expected to vest was 8.0 years (2018 - 8.1 years; 2017 - 8.3 years) and the weighted-average remaining life of the exercisable stock options was 7.1 years (2018 - 7.7 years; 2017 - 8.0 years).

During 2019, the Company granted 99.1 thousand (2018 - 95.3 thousand; 2017 - 47.8 thousand) restricted stock units to the officers and employees of the Company and to certain employees of Teekay subsidiaries that provide services to the Company, with an aggregate fair value of $0.8 million (2018 - $0.9 million; 2017 - $0.8 million). Each restricted stock unit is equal in value to one share of the Company’s common shares plus reinvested dividends from the grant date to the vesting date. The restricted stock units vest equally over three years from the grant date. Any portion of a restricted stock unit award that is not vested on the date of a recipient’s termination of service is canceled, unless their termination arises as a result of the recipient’s retirement and, in that case, the restricted stock unit award will continue to vest in accordance with the vesting schedule. Upon vesting, the value of the restricted stock unit awards, net of withholding taxes, is paid to each recipient in the form of common shares.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded an expense of $0.8 million (2018 - $0.7 million, 2017 - $0.8 million) related to the restricted stock units in general and administrative expenses. During the year ended December 31, 2019, 53.8 thousand restricted stock units (2018 - 34.2 thousand; 2017 - 29.8 thousand) with a market value of $0.5 million (2018 - $0.3 million; 2017 - $0.6 million) vested and that amount, net of withholding taxes, was paid to the grantees by issuing 34.1 thousand shares (2018 - 23.6 thousand shares; 2017 - 23.7 thousand shares) of Class A common stock.
16.
Related Party Transactions
a.
On November 27, 2017, the Company completed its merger with TIL. As consideration for the merger, the Company issued 11,122,193 Class A common shares to the TIL shareholders (other than the Company and its subsidiaries), including 1,031,250 shares to Teekay, for $151.3 million, or $13.6 per share (notes 5 and 24).
b.
On May 31, 2017, the Company acquired from Teekay Holdings Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Teekay, the remaining 50% of TTOL, which owns vessel management operations.
c.
In January 2017, the Company issued 269,397 shares of Class A common stock in a private placement to Teekay at a price of $18.6 per share for gross proceeds of $5.0 million (note 5).
Management Fee – Related and Other
d.
The Company's operations are conducted in part by its subsidiaries who receive services from Teekay's wholly-owned subsidiary, Teekay Shipping Ltd. (or the Manager), and its affiliates. The Manager provides various services under a long-term management agreement (the Management Agreement). Commencing October 1, 2018, the Company elected to receive vessel management services for its owned and leased vessels (other than certain former TIL vessels, which are technically managed by a third party) from its wholly-owned subsidiaries and will no longer contract these services from the Manager. Prior to this date, the Manager was required to provide these services to the Company, which it did by subcontracting such services from the Company's subsidiary TTOL and its affiliates.
e.
Amounts received and paid by the Company for such related party transactions for the periods indicated were as follows:

28


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)


 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
$
 
2018
$
 
2017
$
RSA management fees and commissions (i)

 

 
(2,799
)
Commercial management fees (ii)

 

 
(1,187
)
Vessel operating expenses - technical management fee (iii)
(1,202
)
 
(10,400
)
 
(8,775
)
Strategic and administrative service fees (iv)
(31,422
)
 
(32,918
)
 
(21,185
)
Secondment fees (v)
(185
)
 
(679
)
 
(382
)
Lay-up services revenues

 

 
33

LNG terminal services revenues (vi)
1,979

 
1,689

 
388

Technical management fee recoveries (vii)
765

 
13,811

 
7,666

Service revenues (viii)
320

 
1,019

 
1,939

Entities under Common Control (note 4)
 
 
 
 
 
     RSA management fees and commissions (i)

 

 
2,799

     Commercial management fees (ii)

 

 
1,187

     Strategic and administrative service fees (iv)

 

 
(7,026
)
     Secondment fees (v)

 

 
(248
)
     Technical management fee revenues (vii)

 

 
4,890

     Service revenues (viii)

 

 
1,772


i
The Company’s share of TTOL’s fees related to revenue sharing agreements are reflected as a reduction to net pool revenues from affiliates on the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss). The Company acquired the remaining 50% interest in TTOL on May 31, 2017 (notes 4 and note 7c). Subsequent to the acquisition, the Company's share of TTOL's fees has been eliminated.
ii.
The Manager’s commercial management fees for vessels on time-charter out contracts and spot-traded vessels, which are not included in the RSAs. These fees are reflected in voyage expenses on the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss). Subsequent to the Company's acquisition of the remaining 50% interest in TTOL, the Company's share of the Manager's commercial management fees has been eliminated.
iii.
The cost of ship management services provided by the Manager has been presented as vessel operating expenses on the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss). Commencing October 1, 2018, the Company has elected to receive ship management services for its own vessels from its wholly-owned subsidiaries and no longer subcontracts these services from the Manager.
iv.
The Manager’s strategic and administrative service fees have been presented in general and administrative fees, except for fees related to technical management services, which have been presented in vessel operating expenses, on the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss). The Company’s executive officers are employees of Teekay or subsidiaries thereof, and their compensation (other than any awards under the Company’s long-term incentive plan described in note 15) is set and paid by Teekay or such other subsidiaries. The Company compensates Teekay for time spent by its executive officers on the Company’s management matters through the strategic portion of the management fee.
v.
The Company pays secondment fees for services provided by some employees of Teekay. Secondment fees have been presented in general and administrative expenses, except for fees related to technical management services, which have been presented in vessel operating expenses on the Company's consolidated statements of income (loss).
vi.
In November 2016, the Company's ship-to-ship transfer business signed an operational and maintenance subcontract with Teekay LNG Bahrain Operations L.L.C., an entity wholly-owned by TGP, for the Bahrain LNG Import Terminal. The terminal is owned by Bahrain LNG W.I.L., a joint venture for which Teekay LNG Operating L.L.C., an entity wholly-owned by TGP, has a 30% interest. The sub-contract ended in April 2019.
vii.
The Company receives reimbursements from Teekay, for the provision of technical management services. These reimbursements have been presented in general and administrative expenses on the Company's consolidated statements of income (loss). Commencing October 1, 2018, the Company has elected to receive technical management services for its own vessels from its wholly-owned subsidiaries and no longer subcontracts these services from the Manager.
viii.
The Company recorded service revenues, relating to TTOL's administration of certain revenue sharing agreements and provision of certain commercial services to participants in the arrangements. Commencing October 1, 2018, the Company has elected to receive certain commercial services from its wholly-owned subsidiaries and will no longer subcontract these services from the Manager.

f.
The Manager and other subsidiaries of Teekay collect revenues and remit payments for expenses incurred by the Company’s vessels. Such amounts, which are presented in the consolidated balance sheets in due from affiliates or due to affiliates, are without interest or stated terms of repayment. In addition, $7.9 million and $7.6 million were payable to the Manager as at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, for reimbursement of the Manager’s crewing and manning costs to operate the Company’s vessels and such amounts are included in accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
g.
The Management Agreement provides for payment to the Manager of a performance fee in certain circumstances. If Gross Cash Available for Distribution for a given fiscal year exceeds $25.60 per share of the Company’s weighted average outstanding common stock (or the Incentive Threshold), the Company is generally required to pay a performance fee equal to 20% of all Gross Cash Available for Distribution for such year in excess of the Incentive Threshold. The Company did not incur any performance fees for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. Cash Available for Distribution represents net income plus depreciation and amortization, unrealized losses from derivatives, non-cash items and any write-offs or other non-recurring items, less unrealized gains from derivatives and net income

29


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)


attributable to the historical results of vessels acquired by the Company from Teekay, prior to their acquisition by us, for the period when these vessels were owned and operated by Teekay. Gross Cash Available for Distribution represents Cash Available for Distribution without giving effect to any deductions for performance fees and reduced by the amount of any reserves the Company’s Board of Directors may establish during the applicable fiscal period that have not already reduced the Cash Available for Distribution.
h.
Prior to 2019, pursuant to certain RSAs, TTOL provided management services in relation to the RSAs in exchange for a fee consisting of a fixed component based on the period of management and a variable component based on the vessel's monthly earnings. Voyage revenues and voyage expenses of all vessels which operated under these RSAs were shared based on the actual earning days each vessel was available and the relative performance capabilities of each vessel. The pool receivable from affiliates as at December 31, 2019 and 2018 was nil and $56.5 million, respectively.

i.
Pursuant to a service agreement with the Teekay Aframax RSA, from time to time, the Company may hire vessels to perform full service lightering services. During 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company recognized $8.8 million, $28.4 million and $14.1 million, respectively, related to vessels which were chartered-in from the RSA to assist with full service lightering operations. These amounts have been presented in voyage expenses on the Company's consolidated statements of income (loss).
17.
Other Income
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
$
 
2018
$
 
2017
$
Foreign exchange gain
486

 
3,133

 
79

Other income
209

 
49

 
250

Total
695


3,182


329

18.
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
a.
The changes in non-cash working capital items related to operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
 
2018
 
2017
Accounts receivable, including other current assets
(171,342
)
 
(16,020
)
 
14,603

Pool receivables from affiliates
56,549

 
(40,999
)
 
16,193

Due from affiliates
38,966

 
9,440

 
17,562

Bunker and lube oil inventory
(28,628
)
 
(15,564
)
 
8,322

Prepaid expenses
119

 
57

 
445

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
83,244

 
9,778

 
(13,996
)
Due to affiliates
(16,431
)
 
(1,147
)
 
(32,641
)
Deferred revenue
7,485

 
(557
)
 
(3,898
)
Other
(394
)
 
60

 

Change in operating assets and liabilities
(30,432
)
 
(54,952
)

6,590


b.
Cash interest paid (including interest paid by the Entities under Common Control) during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 totaled $61.8 million, $47.6 million, and $26.4 million, respectively.
c.
In November 2017, the Company acquired the outstanding shares of TIL through issuing 11.1 million Class A common shares, which was treated as a non-cash transaction in the Company's consolidated statement of cash flows. As a result of this transaction, the Company acquired $37.6 million in cash and paid $6.9 million in transaction costs (note 24).
d.
The Company maintains restricted cash deposits relating to certain contracts which were assumed as part of the acquisition of the ship-to-ship transfer business in 2015, LNG terminal management and for certain freight forward agreements (note 13). Attached to these contracts are certain performance guarantees required by the Company. The Company also maintains restricted cash deposits for the purposes of the margin requirements of the Company's obligations related to certain finance leases (note 12). Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, including cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash held for sale are as follows:

30


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)


    
 
As at December 31, 2019
 
As at December 31, 2018
 
As at December 31, 2017
 
As at December 31, 2016
 
$
 
$
 
$
 
$
Cash and cash equivalents
88,824

 
54,917

 
71,439

 
94,157

Restricted cash - current
3,071

 
2,153

 
1,599

 
750

Restricted cash - long-term
3,437

 
3,437

 
2,672

 

Cash and cash equivalents held for sale
1,121

 

 

 

Restricted cash held for sale - current
337

 

 

 

 
96,790

 
60,507

 
75,710

 
94,907


Non-cash items related to operating lease right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities are as follows:
 
As at December 31, 2019
As at December 31, 2018
 
$
$
Leased assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities
23,725



19.
Liquidity
Accounting standard ASC-205-40, Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern, requires management to assess if the Company will have sufficient liquidity to continue as a going concern for the one -year period following the issuance of its consolidated financial statements.
As at December 31, 2019, two of the Company's term loans, with an aggregate outstanding balance of $145.0 million, were guaranteed by Teekay and contain certain covenants (see note 11). As part of the Company's assessment of its liquidity, it has considered Teekay's ability to comply with the covenants of these term loans for the one-year period following the issuance of the Company's consolidated financial statements. Teekay has informed the Company that it expects it will comply with all required covenants and have sufficient liquidity to continue as a going concern for at least the one-year period following the issuance of Teekay's consolidated financial statements. Consequently, the Company does not expect any negative impact on its liquidity as a result of Teekay's obligations under the two term loans. The new debt facility entered into in January 2020 was used to repay one of these term loan facilities, which was scheduled to mature in 2021.
Based on the Company’s liquidity as at the date these consolidated financial statements were issued, including the liquidity it had recently generated from the increase in the Working Capital Loan (note 10), recent asset sales, the new debt facility completed in January 2020 and operations over the following year assuming no significant decline in spot tanker rates, the Company estimates that it will have sufficient liquidity to continue as a going concern for at least the one-year period following the issuance of these consolidated financial statements.
20.
Earnings (Loss) Per Share
The net income (loss) available for common shareholders and earnings (loss) per common share presented in the table below excludes the
results of operations of the Entities under Common Control which were purchased solely with cash (note 4).

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
$
 
2018
$
 
2017
$
Net income (loss)
41,362

 
(52,548
)
 
(58,023
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average number of common shares - basic (1)
33,617,635

 
33,561,615

 
23,404,422

Dilutive effect of stock-based awards
113,536

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares - diluted (1)
33,731,171


33,561,615


23,404,422

Earnings (loss) per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
- Basic
1.23

 
(1.57
)
 
(2.48
)
- Diluted
1.23

 
(1.57
)
 
(2.48
)
(1)
The weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for periods prior to May 2017 has been retroactively adjusted to include the approximately 1.7 million shares of the Company's Class B common stock issued to Teekay as consideration for the acquisition of 50% of TTOL in May 2017.

31


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)



Stock-based awards, that have an anti-dilutive effect on the calculation of diluted earnings per common share, are excluded from this calculation. In the years where a loss attributable to shareholders has been incurred, all stock-based awards are anti-dilutive. For the year ended December 31, 2019, 7 thousand restricted stock units had an anti-dilutive effect on the calculation of diluted earnings per common share. For the year ended December 31, 2019, options to acquire 0.5 million shares of the Company’s Class A common stock had an anti-dilutive effect on the calculation of diluted earnings per common share.
21.
Sale of Vessels and Other Assets
The Company's consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2019 includes a net loss on sale of a vessel of $2.3 million relating to one Suezmax vessel, which was sold and delivered to its buyer in the fourth quarter of 2019.

The Company agreed a further sale of two Suezmax tankers, for an aggregate sales price of $38.0 million. Both tankers were delivered to their new owners in February 2020 and therefore, both vessels and the related bunkers, as the vessel disposal group, are classified as held for sale as at December 31, 2019 and were written down to their agreed sales price. The Company recognized a write-down on these vessels of $3.2 million in 2019.

The Company's consolidated statement of loss for the year ended December 31, 2018 includes a net gain on sale of vessel of $0.2 million relating to one lightering support vessel, which was sold and delivered to its buyer in the second quarter of 2018.

During 2017, the Company completed the sales of two Suezmax and three Aframax tankers which were delivered to their respective buyers. The Company recognized losses on sale of these vessels of $1.8 million and $11.2 million, respectively.

During 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company completed certain sale-leaseback financing transactions (see note 12).

In January 2020, the Company entered into an agreement to sell its non-US portion of the ship-to-ship support services business, as well as its LNG terminal management business for $26 million, with an adjustment for the final amounts of cash and other working capital present on the closing date. The sale is expected to close in the second quarter of 2020.The sale of the ship-to-ship support services business, which is in the ship-to-ship transfer segment, is classified as held for sale as at December 31, 2019.

The following table summarizes the two Suezmax tankers and the ship-to-ship transfer assets and liabilities classified as held for sale as at December 31, 2019;

As at December 31, 2019
Tanker Segment
$
 
Ship-to-Ship Transfer Segment
$
 
Total
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents

 
1,121

 
1,121

Restricted cash - current

 
337

 
337

Accounts receivable

 
4,129

 
4,129

Bunker and lube oil inventory
2,017

 

 
2,017

Prepaid expenses

 
510

 
510

Vessel and equipment
37,240

 
7,562

 
44,802

Intangibles (i)

 
6,880

 
6,880

Goodwill (i)

 
5,633

 
5,633

Other non current assets

 
29

 
29

Total assets held for sale
39,257

 
26,201

 
65,458

Current liabilities

 
2,650

 
2,650

Other long term liabilities

 
330

 
330

Total liabilities associated with assets held for sale

 
2,980

 
2,980

Net assets held for sale
39,257

 
23,221

 
62,478

Net assets to be sold
39,257

 
23,221

 
62,478


i.
91% of the intangible assets and goodwill relating to support services and 100% of the LNG business intangibles and goodwill have been allocated as held for sale.
22.
Income Tax Expenses
The following is a roll-forward of the Company’s freight tax liabilities which are recorded in its consolidated balance sheets in other long-term liabilities, from January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2019:


32


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)


 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2019
$
 
2018
$
Balance of unrecognized tax benefits as at January 1
32,059

 
26,054

     Increases for positions related to the current year
3,385

 
5,399

     Changes for positions taken in prior years
15,781

 
1,701

     Decreases related to statute of limitations
(1,646
)
 
(1,095
)
Balance of unrecognized tax benefits as at December 31
49,579

 
32,059


The Company also recognized a $1.2 million tax accrual, which is recoverable from one of its customers as at December 31, 2019. This amount is recorded in the Company's consolidated balance sheet in accrued liabilities and accounts receivable.
The Company does not presently anticipate its uncertain tax positions will significantly increase in the next 12 months; however, this is dependent on the jurisdictions of the trading activity of its vessels. The Company reviews its freight tax obligations on a regular basis and may update its assessment of its tax positions based on available information at that time. Such information may include legal advice as to applicability of freight taxes in relevant jurisdictions. Freight tax regulations are subject to change and interpretation; therefore, the amounts recorded by the Company may change accordingly.
The Company recognizes freight tax expenses and recoveries in its consolidated statements of income (loss). Interest and penalties on freight tax expenses are included in the roll-forward schedule above, and are approximately $8.4 million and $5.4 million, for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Net foreign exchange gains on freight tax expenses are also included in the roll-forward schedule above and reductions are approximately $0.6 million and $3.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
23.
Shipbuilding Contracts
In April 2013, four special purpose subsidiary companies of the Company entered into agreements with STX Offshore & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd (or STX) of South Korea to construct four LR2 product tanker newbuildings. At the same time, the Company entered an Option Agreement with STX allowing the Company to order up to an additional 12 vessels. In February and March 2014, the Company and its subsidiaries commenced legal proceedings against STX for having repudiated the four firm shipbuilding contracts and the Option Agreement in London, U.K. In the same year, STX issued proceedings in Korea.

On February 15, 2016, each of the Company’s four subsidiaries successfully obtained an English Court Order requiring STX to pay a total of $8.9 million per subsidiary in respect of the four firm shipbuilding contracts.

STX filed for bankruptcy protection and as of December 31, 2016, all Korean enforcement actions were stayed. STX has had its bankruptcy protection recognized in England and Wales. The Company was not in a position to take any further action on enforcement and recognition of its award in the U.K. or Korea while the bankruptcy protection remained in place.

In March 2017, the Korean courts upheld the Company's subsidiaries' claims for the firm contracts in the bankruptcy proceedings. In November 2017, STX underwent a rehabilitation plan, which resulted in the Company's subsidiaries being entitled to receive 7% of the $8.9 million award in cash to be paid annually through 2026, and 93% of the award in equity of STX.

In June 2018, the Company's subsidiaries, under their entitlement as part of the STX rehabilitation plan, received a total of 315,856 shares of STX, representing a minor percentage ownership interest.

As at December 31, 2019, the STX shares had been de-listed. No amounts have been recorded due to uncertainty of their value. In addition, the Company has not recognized a receivable in respect to the non-interest-bearing cash award due to uncertainty of collection.
24. Acquisition of Tanker Investments Ltd.
On May 31, 2017, the Company entered into a merger agreement to acquire the remaining 27.0 million issued and outstanding common shares of TIL, by way of a share-for-share exchange of 0.4 shares of Class A common stock of the Company for each TIL common stock. On November 17, 2017, the Company's shareholders voted in favor of increasing the authorized number of its Class A common shares to permit the issuance of Class A common shares as consideration for the merger with TIL. Concurrently, the merger was approved by the shareholders of TIL. The Company amended its amended and restated articles of incorporation and completed the merger on November 27, 2017, as a result of which TIL became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. As consideration for the merger, the Company issued 11,122,193 Class A common shares to the TIL shareholders (other than the Company and its subsidiaries) for $151.3 million, or $13.60 per share (note 5).

Pursuant to this acquisition, the Company acquired a modern fleet of 10 Suezmax tankers, six Aframax tankers and two LR2 product tankers with an average age of 7.3 years, assumed $47.1 million of net working capital and other long-term liabilities and assumed long-term debt with a principal balance outstanding of $338.9 million. The merger with TIL was accounted for as an acquisition of assets. The purchase price of the acquisition consisted of the fair value of the Company's shares issued on the merger date ($151.3 million), the transaction costs associated with the merger ($6.9 million) and the fair value of the Company's 11.3% pre-existing ownership in TIL at the close of the merger

33


TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or per share data)


($19.2 million), for a total acquisition cost of $177.4 million. Net working capital and other long-term liabilities of $47.1 million and $337.1 million of long-term debt assumed were recognized at their fair values on November 27, 2017. The remaining amount of the purchase price was allocated to vessels ($467.2 million) and existing time-charter contracts ($0.2 million), on a relative fair value basis.
25. Subsequent Events
a.
On January 28, 2020, the Company entered into an agreement to sell the non-U.S. portion of its ship-to-ship support services business, as well its LNG terminal management business for $26 million, subject to adjustment for the final amounts of cash and other working capital present on the closing date. The sale is expected to close in the second quarter of 2020.

b.
On January 28, 2020 the Company entered into a new five-year, $532.8 million revolving credit facility to refinance 31 vessels which is scheduled to mature in late 2024, of which approximately $455 million which was used to repay the Company's two revolving facilities and the Company's term loan facility which was scheduled to mature in 2021.

c.
In January 2020, the Company entered into agreements to sell two Suezmax tankers for an aggregate price of $40.8 million. One vessel and the related bunkers was classified as held for sale on the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2019 (note 21) and the net book value was written down to it sales price less closing costs. The vessel was then delivered in February 2020. The other vessel was delivered to its new owner in March 2020 and the Company expects to recognize a loss on sale of $2.7 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2020.

d.
In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of a novel coronavirus (COVID-19) as a pandemic. The Company has not yet experienced a material negative impact to its business, results of operations, or financial position as a result of COVID-19. The future financial effects to the Company, if any, of COVID-19 cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.


34


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. (the “Corporation”) As adopted March 15, 2018 ARTICLE I. OFFICES AND RECORD 1.1 Address; Registered Agent The registered address of the Corporation in the Marshall Islands is Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc. 1.2 Other Offices The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the Marshall Islands, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) may designate or as the business of the Corporation may from time to time require. ARTICLE II. SHAREHOLDERS 2.1 Annual Meeting The annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held on such day and at such time and place within or without the Marshall Islands as the Board may determine for the purpose of electing directors and transacting such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. The Chairman of the Board or, in the Chairman’s absence, another person designated by the Board shall act as the Chairman of all annual meetings of shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is a failure to hold the annual meeting within a period of ninety (90) days after the date designated therefor, or if no date has been designated for a period of thirteen (13) months after the Corporation’s last annual meeting, holders of not less than 10% of the total voting power of all classes of the then-outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Voting Stock”) may, in writing, demand the calling of a special meeting in lieu of the annual meeting specifying the time thereof, which shall not be less than two (2) nor more than three (3) months from the date of such call. The Secretary of the Corporation upon receiving the written demand shall promptly give notice of such meeting, or if the Secretary fails to do so within five (5) business days thereafter, any shareholder signing such demand may give such notice. Such notice shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed special meeting. The shares of stock represented at such meeting, either in person or by proxy, and entitled to vote thereat, shall constitute a quorum notwithstanding any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws to the contrary. 2.2 Nature of Business at Annual Meetings of Shareholders, etc. (a) No business may be transacted at an annual meeting of shareholders, other than business that is either (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or, if applicable, an authorized shareholder pursuant to Section 2.1 above, (ii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the


 
Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by any shareholder or shareholders of the Corporation (A) who own beneficially or of record, in the aggregate, not less than one-fifth of the voting power of all Voting Stock on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2.2 of this Article II and have remained shareholders of record of at least such voting power of all Voting Stock through the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (B) who comply with the notice procedures set forth in Section 2.2(b) of this Article II. (b) In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder or shareholders, such shareholder or shareholders must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, such notice to the Secretary of the Corporation must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one-hundred twenty (120) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual general meeting. In the event the annual general meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the shareholder or shareholders must be given not later than ten (10) days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual general meeting was mailed to shareholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the annual general meeting was made. (c) To be in proper written form, a notice of a shareholder or shareholders to the Secretary of the Corporation must set forth, as to each matter such shareholder or shareholders propose to bring before the annual meeting, (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and record address of each such shareholder, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by each such shareholder, and a representation that the shareholder or shareholders own beneficially or of record, in the aggregate, not less than one-fifth of the voting power of all Voting Stock, (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder or shareholders and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such shareholder or shareholders and any material interest of any such shareholder in such business and (v) a representation that such shareholder or shareholders intend to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting. In addition, notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.2 of this Article II to the contrary, a shareholder or shareholders intending to nominate one or more persons for election as a director at an annual meeting must comply with Article III of these Bylaws for such nomination or nominations to be properly brought before such meeting. (d) No business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of shareholders except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article II; provided, however, that, once business has been properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Article II shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any shareholder of any such business. If the chairman of an annual meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman of the meeting shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted. 2


 
2.3 Special Meeting Except as otherwise required by law and the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose or purposes may be called only by (a) the Chairman of the Board or the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer, at the direction of the Board as set forth in a resolution stating the purpose or purposes thereof approved by a majority of the entire Board, or (b) so long as Teekay Corporation and its affiliates (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries) beneficially own at least a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock, Teekay Corporation. Only such business as is specified in the notice of any special meeting of the shareholders shall come before such meeting. 2.4 Notice of Meetings Notice of every annual and special meeting of shareholders, other than any meeting the giving of notice of which is otherwise provided by law, stating the date, time, and place thereof, and in the case of special meetings, the purposes thereof and the name of the person or persons at whose direction the notice is being issued, shall be given personally or sent by mail or electronic transmission at least fifteen (15) but not more than sixty (60) days before such meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote thereat and to each shareholder of record who, by reason of any action proposed at such meeting would be entitled to have such shareholder’s shares appraised if such action were taken, and the notice shall include a statement of that purpose and to that effect. If mailed, notice shall be deemed to have been given when deposited in the mail, directed to the shareholder at such shareholder’s address as the same appears on the record of shareholders of the Corporation or at such address as to which the shareholder has given notice to the Secretary of the Corporation. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any shareholder who signs a written waiver, or waives by electronic transmission, whether before or after the meeting. Attendance of a shareholder at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the shareholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. 2.5 Organization; Place of Meeting; Order of Business (a) At every meeting of shareholders, the Chairman of the Board, or in such person’s absence, the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of both of them, any vice president, shall act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a vice president to act as chairman of the meeting, the Board, or if the Board fails to act, the shareholders may appoint any shareholder, director or officer of the Corporation to act as chairman of any meeting. (b) Either the Board or the Chairman of the Board may designate the place, if any, of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting of the shareholders. If no designation is so made, the place of meeting shall be the principal executive offices of the Corporation. (c) The order of business at all meetings of the shareholders shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting. 2.6 Adjournments Any meeting of shareholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and except as provided in this Section 2.6 notice need not be given of any such 3


 
adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the meeting is adjourned for lack of quorum, notice of the new meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after an adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record on the new record date entitled to notice in Section 2.4 of this Article II. 2.7 Quorum Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the total voting power of all Voting Stock, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum of such class or series for the transaction of such business. If less than a quorum is present, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the total voting power of all Voting Stock, represented in person or by proxy, shall have power to adjourn any meeting until a quorum shall be present. 2.8 Shareholder Action; Voting Any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the shareholders or, as described below, by the consent of the shareholders. If a quorum is present, and except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the Articles of Incorporation or applicable stock exchange rules, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total voting power of all Voting Stock represented at the meeting shall be the act of the shareholders; provided, however, that directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote thereat. At any meeting of shareholders, with respect to a matter for which a shareholder is entitled to vote, each such shareholder may exercise such voting right either in person or by proxy; provided, however, that no proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven months from the date such proxy was authorized unless otherwise provided in the proxy. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in the law of the Marshall Islands to support an irrevocable power. 2.9 Fixing of Record Date The Board may fix a time not more than sixty (60) nor less than fifteen (15) days prior to the date of any meeting of shareholders as the time as of which shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such a meeting shall be determined, and all persons who were holders of record of voting shares at such time and no others shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting. The Board may fix a time not exceeding sixty (60) days preceding the date fixed for the payment of any dividend, the making of any distribution, the allotment of any rights or the taking of any other action, as a record time for the determination of the shareholders entitled to receive any such dividend, distribution, or allotment or for the purpose of such other action. ARTICLE III. DIRECTORS 4


 
3.1 General Powers; Number The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, which shall consist of such number of directors as shall be determined from time to time pursuant to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. The directors need not be residents of the Marshall Islands or shareholders of the Corporation. As used in these Bylaws, the phrase “entire Board” means the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies or unfilled newly created directorships. 3.2 How Elected Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Articles of Incorporation or in Section 3.5 of this Article III, the directors of the Corporation shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders. Each director shall be elected to serve until the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. 3.3 Nomination of Directors (a) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation at any meeting of shareholders, except as may be otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation with respect to the right, if any, of holders of Preferred Stock of the Corporation to nominate and elect a specified number of directors in certain circumstances. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at any annual meeting of shareholders (i) by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (ii) by any shareholder or shareholders of the Corporation (A) who own beneficially or of record, in the aggregate, not less than one- fifth of the voting power of all Voting Stock on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 3.3 of this Article III and on the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting and (B) who comply with the notice procedures set forth in Section 3.3(b) of this Article III. (b) In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a shareholder or shareholders, such shareholder or shareholders must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely with respect to an annual meeting, such notice to the Secretary of the Corporation must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one-hundred twenty (120) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders. In the event the annual general meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the shareholder or shareholders must be given not later than ten (10) days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual general meeting was mailed to shareholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the annual general meeting was made. In the case of a special general meeting called for the purpose of electing directors, notice by the shareholder or shareholders must be given not later than ten (10) days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the special general meeting was mailed to shareholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the special general meeting was made. (c) To be in proper written form, a notice of a shareholder or shareholders to the Secretary of the Corporation must set forth: (i) as to each person whom the shareholder or shareholders propose to 5


 
nominate for election as a director (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (C) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (D) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to issuers that are not “foreign private issuers” (as defined in the Exchange Act and the rules and regulation promulgated thereunder), and (ii) as to each shareholder giving the notice (A) the name and record address of such shareholder, (B) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such shareholder and a representation that the shareholder or shareholders giving such notice own beneficially or of record, in the aggregate, not less than one-fifth of the voting power of all Voting Stock, (C) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder and each proposed nominee and any other person and persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such shareholder, (D) a representation that such shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons named in its notice and (E) any other information relating to such shareholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder that is applicable to issuers that are not “foreign private issuers.” Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected. (d) No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation at a meeting of shareholders unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.3 of this Article III. If the chairman of the meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded. 3.4 Removal Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, directors may only be removed in accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation. 3.5 Vacancies Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, vacancies in the Board shall be filled as provided for in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation. 3.6 Regular meetings Regular meetings of the Board shall be held at such place and on such day as may be determined by resolution of the Board and no notice shall be required for any regular meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, any business may be transacted at any regular meeting. 3.7 Special meetings 6


 
Special meetings of the Board may, unless otherwise provided by law, be called from time to time by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, or, until such time as Teekay Corporation and its affiliates (excluding the Corporation and its subsidiaries) cease to beneficially own shares representing a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock, Teekay Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer or the Chairman of the Board shall call a special meeting of the Board upon written request directed to either of them by any two directors stating the time, place and purpose of such special meeting. Special meetings of the Board shall be held at such place and on such date and at such time as may be designated in the notice thereof. 3.8 Notice of Special Meeting Notice of the date, time and place of each special meeting of the Board shall be given to each director at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to such meeting. For the purpose of this Section 3.8, notice shall be deemed to be duly given to a director if given to him personally (including by telephone) or if such notice be delivered to such director by mail, facsimile, email, or other electric transmission or communication to his last known address. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board need be specified in the notice of such meeting. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director who signs a written waiver, or waives by electronic transmission, whether before or after the meeting. Attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. 3.9 Quorum; Voting A majority of the directors at the time in office, present in person or by proxy or conference telephone, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If at any meeting of the Board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board. Any director may be represented and vote at a meeting or unanimously consent to action without a meeting by a proxy or proxies given to another director appointed by instrument in writing, or by electronic transmission. 3.10 Action By Consent of the Board of Directors Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in accordance with applicable law. Consents may be given in writing or by electronic transmission. 3.11 Meetings by Conference Telephone Members of the Board or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. 3.12 Records The Board shall cause to be kept a record containing the minutes of the proceedings of the meetings of the Board and of the shareholders, appropriate stock books and registers and such books of records and 7


 
accounts as may be necessary of the proper conduct of the business of the Corporation. The books and records of the Corporation may be kept outside the Marshall Islands at such place or places as may from time to time be designated by the Board or as the business of the Corporation may from time to time require. 3.13 Interested Directors No contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, firm, association or other entity in which one or more of its directors are directors or officers, or have a substantial financial interest, shall be either void or voidable for this reason alone or by reason alone that such director or directors are present at the meeting of the Board, or of a committee thereof, which approves such contract or transaction, or that his or their votes are counted for such purpose: (a) if the material facts as to such director’s interest in such contract or transaction and as to any such common directorship, officership or financial interest are disclosed in good faith or known to the Board or committee, and the Board or committee approves such contract or transaction by a vote sufficient for such purpose without counting the vote of such interested director, or, if the votes of the disinterested directors are insufficient to constitute an act of the Board as defined in Section 55 of the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act (“BCA”), by unanimous vote of the disinterested directors; or (b) if the material facts as to such director’s interest in such contract or transaction and as to any such common directorship, officership or financial interest are disclosed in good faith or known to the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and such contract or transaction is approved by vote of such shareholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction. 3.14 Compensation of Directors and Members of Committees The Board may from time to time, in its discretion, fix the amounts which shall be payable to members of the Board and to members of any committee, for attendance at the meetings of the Board or of such committee and for services rendered to the Corporation. 3.15 Chairman of the Board The Board may from time to time select amongst its members a Chairman of the Board, which person shall, except as otherwise described in these Bylaws, have identical rights, duties, and responsibilities as the other directors. ARTICLE IV. COMMITTEES 4.1 Committees The Board may, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the entire Board, designate from among its members one or more committees; provided, however, that no committee shall have the power or authority to (i) fill a vacancy in the Board or in a committee thereof, (ii) amend or repeal any Bylaw or adopt any new Bylaw, (iii) amend or repeal any resolution of the Board which by its terms shall not be so amendable or repealable, (iv) submit to shareholders any action that requires shareholders’ authorization under the BCA; or (v) fix the compensation of the directors for serving on the Board or on any committee thereof. Members of any committee shall hold office for such period as may be prescribed by the vote of the entire Board, subject, however, to removal at any time by the vote of the entire Board. Vacancies in 8


 
membership of such committees shall be filled by vote of the entire Board. Committees may adopt their own rules of procedures and may meet at stated times or on such notice as they may determine. Each committee shall keep a record of its proceedings and report the same to the Board when required. Unless the Board determines otherwise, a majority of the committee members shall be the act of the committee of the Board. ARTICLE V. OFFICERS 5.1 Number and Designation The Board shall appoint a Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary and such other officers as it may deem necessary. Officers may be of any nationality. The salaries of officers and any other compensation paid to them shall be fixed from time to time by the Board. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly appointed and qualified except in the event of the earlier termination of his term of office through death, resignation, removal or otherwise. Any officer may be removed by the Board at any time with or without cause. Any vacancy in an office may be filled for the unexpired position of the term of such office by the Board at any regular or special meeting. 5.2 Chief Executive Officer In the absence of the Chairman of the Board or an appointee of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall preside at all meetings of the Board and of the shareholders at which he or she shall be present. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer of a corporation and such other duties as may, from time to time, be assigned to him or her by the Board or as may be provided by law. 5.3 Chief Financial Officer The Chief Financial Officer shall have general supervision over the care and custody of the funds and securities of the Corporation and shall deposit the same or cause the same to be deposited in the name of the Corporation in such depositories as the Board may designate, shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board, shall have supervision over the accounts of all receipts and disbursements of the Corporation, shall, whenever required by the Board, render or cause to be rendered financial statements of the Corporation, shall have the power and perform the duties usually incident to the office of Chief Financial Officer and shall have such powers and perform other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board or Chief Executive Officer. 5.4 Secretary The Secretary may, in his or her discretion, act as secretary of all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board at which he or she is present, shall have supervision over the giving and serving of notices of the Corporation, shall be the custodian of the corporate records and of the corporate seal, if any, of the Corporation, shall be empowered to affix the corporate seal to those documents, the execution of which, on behalf of the Corporation under its seal, is duly authorized and when so affixed may attest the same, and shall exercise the powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer. 5.5 Other Officers 9


 
Any officers other than those described in Sections 5.2 through 5.4 of this Article V shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer. ARTICLE VI. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES 6.1 Form and Issuance (a) The shares of the Corporation’s capital stock may be certificated or uncertificated shares, as provided under the BCA, and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation and registered as they are issued. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate in form meeting the requirements of law and approved by the Board that certifies the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation. Any certificates shall be signed by an officer(s) and/or a director, however designated, of the Corporation. The signatures upon a certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent other than the Corporation itself or its employees. In case any person who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer or director before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he/she were such officer or director at the date of issue. As used in these Bylaws, the term “uncertificated shares” refers to shares of the Corporation that: (x) are not represented by an instrument; (y) the transfer of which is registered upon books maintained for that purpose by or on behalf of the Corporation; and (z) are of a type commonly dealt in upon securities exchanges or markets. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated representing shares and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing shares of the same class and series shall be identical. (b) For each class or series of stock that the Corporation shall be authorized to issue, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of any certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent each class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by the BCA, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of any certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each shareholder that so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation or its transfer agent shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information, described above, that is required to be set forth or stated on the Corporation’s stock certificates, together with any additional information required to be provided to such registered owners pursuant to Section 42(5) of the BCA. 6.2 Transfer Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate or evidence of the issuance of uncertificated shares to the shareholder entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, if any, and record the transaction upon the Corporation’s books. 10


 
Upon the receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated shares, such uncertificated shares shall be cancelled, issuance of new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares shall be made to the shareholder entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the Corporation. The Board shall have power and authority to make such additional rules and regulations as they may deem expedient concerning the issuance, registration and transfer of shares of the Corporation’s stock, and may appoint transfer agents and registrars thereof. 6.3 Loss of Stock Certificates The Board may direct a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares, the Board may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed. Nothing in this Section 6.3 shall preclude officers and/or directors from replacing a purported lost, stolen or destroyed certificate without Board approval. ARTICLE VII. DIVIDENDS 7.1 Declaration and Form Dividends may be declared in conformity with law by, and at the discretion of, the Board at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be declared and paid in cash, stock or other property of the Corporation. ARTICLE VIII. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS, CONTRACTS, ETC. 8.1 Execution of Contracts The Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or any vice president or any other officer or officers that the Board may designate shall have full authority in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instruments or notes, or other evidences of indebtedness unless such authority shall be limited by the Board to specific instances. 8.2 Bank Accounts All funds of the Corporation shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board may select or as may be selected by any officer or agent of the Corporation to whom such power may from time to time be delegated by the Board. 11


 
ARTICLE IX. GENERAL PROVISIONS 9.1 Form of Corporate Seal The seal of the Corporation, if any, shall be circular in form, with the name of the Corporation in the circumference and such other appropriate legend as the Board may from time to time determine. 9.2 Resignation of Officers and Directors Any director or officer of the Corporation may resign as such at any time by giving written notice to the Board or to the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation, and any member of any committee may resign by giving notice either as aforesaid or to the committee of which he or she is a member or to the chairman thereof. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time be not specified, upon receipt thereof, and unless otherwise specified therein, acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. 9.3 Fiscal Year The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be such period of twelve consecutive months as the Board may by resolution designate. Initially, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year. 9.4 Amendments These Bylaws may be amended or repealed, or new Bylaws may be adopted, solely at any regular or special meeting of the Board by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board; provided, however, that any bylaw amended or adopted by the directors may be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the Voting Stock; provided, further, that from and after the date that Teekay Corporation and its affiliates (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries) cease to beneficially own shares representing a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock, at least 80% of the voting power of all the Voting Stock shall be required to amend or repeal Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.7, 2.8, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.13 or 9.4 of these Bylaws, and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Voting Stock, shall be required to amend or repeal any other provision of these Bylaws. 9.5 Savings Clause These Bylaws are subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation and applicable law. If any provision of these Bylaws is inconsistent with the BCA or the Articles of Incorporation, such provision shall be invalid only to the extent of such conflict, and such conflict shall not affect the validity of any other provision of these Bylaws. 12


 
EXHIBIT 2.1

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
REGISTERED UNDER SECTION 12 OF THE EXCHANGE ACT
The following description of the equity securities of Teekay Tankers Ltd. (the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our”) does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended (the “Articles”) and the Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “Bylaws”), which are incorporated herein by reference.
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
General
We may issue common stock or preferred stock in one or more distinct series, from time to time. This description summarizes the material terms of our common stock and material terms that would be common to all series of our preferred stock.
Authorized Capitalization     
Our authorized capital stock consists of 685,000,000 shares, of which:
485,000,000 shares are designated as Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share;
100,000,000 shares are designated as Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share; and
100,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.
Exchange Listing
Shares of our Class A common stock are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, where they trade under the symbol “TNK”.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The registrar and transfer agent for our common stock is Computershare Inc.
Common Stock
Voting Rights
Holders of our Class A and Class B common stock have identical rights, except that holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to five votes per share. However, the voting power of the Class B common stock is limited such that the aggregate voting power of all shares of outstanding Class B common stock can at no time exceed 49% of the voting power of our outstanding Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting together as a single class. Except as otherwise provided by the Business Corporations Act of the Republic of The Marshall Islands (the “Marshall Islands Act”), holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, including the election of directors. Marshall Islands law generally provides that the holders of a class of stock are entitled to a separate class vote on any proposed amendment to our Articles that would change the aggregate number of authorized shares or the par value of that class of shares or alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of that class so as to affect it adversely.
Dividends
Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock shall be entitled to share equally in any dividends that our board of directors (the “Board”) may declare from time to time out of funds legally available for dividends. Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding shares of preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on shares of common stock. In the event a dividend is paid in the form of shares of common stock or rights to acquire shares of common stock, the holders of Class A common stock shall receive Class A common stock, or rights to acquire Class A common stock, as the case may be, and the holders of Class B common stock shall receive Class B common stock, or rights to acquire Class B common stock, as the case may be.
Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of a dividend when a company is insolvent or would be rendered insolvent by the payment of such a dividend or when the declaration or payment would be contrary to any restrictions contained in the company’s articles of incorporation. Dividends may be declared and paid out of surplus only, but if there is no surplus, dividends may be declared or paid out of the net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and for the preceding fiscal year.
Liquidation Rights
Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock shall be entitled to receive the same amount per share of common stock of all our assets remaining after the payment of any liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preferences on any outstanding preferred stock.
Conversion
Shares of our Class A common stock are not convertible into any other shares of our capital stock.
Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder thereof into one share of Class A common stock. In addition:
upon any transfer of shares of Class B common stock to a holder other than Teekay Corporation (or any of its affiliates (not including us and our subsidiaries) or any successor to Teekay Corporation’s business or to all or substantially all of its assets), each of such transferred shares of Class B common stock shall automatically convert into one share of Class A common stock upon such transfer; and

each share of our Class B common stock will automatically convert into one share of our Class A common stock on the date, if any, that the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock beneficially owned by Teekay Corporation and its affiliates (not including us and our subsidiaries) or any successor to Teekay Corporation’s business or all or substantially all of its assets represents less than 15% of the aggregate number of shares of our then outstanding common stock.
Once converted into Class A common stock, shares of Class B common stock shall not be reissued or resold, the rights of the holders of the applicable shares of Class B common stock will cease and such holders will be treated for all purposes as record owners of the shares of the Class A common stock issuable upon such conversion.
Holders of Class B common stock that is converted as described above will be entitled to any dividends declared on such Class B common stock as of a record date preceding the time of conversion and unpaid at the time of conversion. If the record date for any dividend payable in shares of Class B common stock that may have been declared on shares of Class B common stock precedes a conversion described above, but the payment date is subsequent to the conversion, such dividend will be deemed to be declared and will be payable in shares of Class A common stock.
Shares of our common stock may not be reclassified, subdivided or combined unless such reclassification, subdivision or combination occurs simultaneously and in the same proportion for each such class.
Other Rights
Our common stock has no sinking fund, redemption provisions or preemptive rights to subscribe for any of our securities. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of preferred stock that we may issue in the future.
Transferability
There are no restrictions on the transfer of our common stock, except as may be required by law. If uncertificated shares are surrendered to us and we receive proper transfer instructions from the registered owner, we will cancel such shares, issue to the shareholder entitled thereto new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares, as applicable, and the transaction will be recorded upon our books.
Preferred Stock
Our Articles authorize our Board to establish one or more series of preferred stock and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series, including:
the designation of the series;
the number of shares of the series;
the preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such series; and
the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.
The voting, dividend, liquidation, redemption, conversion or other rights of any preferred stock we may issue could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of our common stock and may have the effect of decreasing the market price of our common stock.
Anti-Takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Our Articles and Bylaws
Several provisions of our Articles and Bylaws, which are summarized below, may have anti-takeover effects. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, lessen our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our Board to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these anti-takeover provisions, which are summarized below, could also discourage, delay or prevent (1) the merger or acquisition of us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise that a shareholder may consider in its best interest and (2) the removal of incumbent officers and directors.
Dual-Class Structure
As discussed above, our Class B common stock has five votes per share, subject to a 49% aggregate Class B common stock voting power maximum, while our Class A common stock has one vote per share. Teekay Corporation controls all of our outstanding Class B common stock, in addition to the shares of Class A common stock it controls. Because of our dual-class structure, Teekay Corporation is able to continue to control all matters submitted to our shareholders for approval even though it and its affiliates own significantly less than 50% of the total shares of our outstanding common stock. This concentrated control could discourage others from initiating any potential merger, takeover or other change of control transaction that other shareholders may view as beneficial.
Blank Check Preferred Stock
As noted above, under the terms of our Articles, our Board has authority, without any further vote or action by our shareholders, to issue up to 100 million shares of “blank check” preferred stock. Our board could authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could dilute the voting power or rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us or the removal of our management and might harm the market price of our Class A common stock.
Election and Removal of Directors
Our Bylaws and procedures for electing and removing directors and filling vacancies generally make it more difficult for certain shareholders to remove incumbent directors and to replace a majority of the Board, which may discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to gain control of us.
Our shareholders may not call special meetings to elect directors except in lieu of an annual meeting as discussed below under Ability to Call Shareholder Meetings. Our Articles provide that any director or our entire Board may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock or by directors constituting at least two-thirds of the entire Board. However, from and after the date that Teekay Corporation and its affiliates (other than us and our subsidiaries) cease to beneficially own shares representing a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock, directors may only be removed for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 80% of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock.
Limited Actions by Shareholders
Our Bylaws provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by our shareholders must be effected at an annual or special meeting of shareholders or by the unanimous written consent of our shareholders, provided that if the Marshall Islands Act permits action to be taken by less than unanimous written consent of our shareholders, the holders of voting power sufficient to take such specified action at a meeting at which all voting stock was present and voted, or as otherwise set forth in the Marshall Islands Act, may do so by written consent so long as Teekay Corporation and its affiliates (other than us and our subsidiaries) beneficially own shares representing a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock.
Ability to Call Shareholder Meetings
Under our Bylaws, annual general meetings will be held at a time and place selected by our Board. The meetings may be held in or outside of the Marshall Islands. If we fail to hold an annual meeting within 90 days of the designated date or if no date has been designated for a period of 13 months after our last annual meeting, a special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting may be called by shareholders holding not less than 10% of the voting power of all outstanding shares entitled to vote at such meeting.
Our Bylaws provide that, subject to certain limited exceptions, only (a) our Chairman or Chief Executive Officer, at the direction of the Board, or (b) Teekay Corporation, so long as Teekay Corporation and its affiliates (other than us and our subsidiaries) beneficially own at least a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock, may call special meetings of our shareholders, and the business transacted at the special meeting is limited to the purposes stated in the notice. Accordingly, a shareholder may be prevented from calling a special meeting for shareholder consideration of a proposal over the opposition of our Board and shareholder consideration of a proposal may be delayed until the next annual general meeting.
Notice of Shareholder Proposals
To nominate persons for election to our Board or to bring other business before an annual meeting of shareholders, a shareholder or shareholders must own beneficially or of record, in the aggregate, not less than one-fifth of the voting power of all classes of our then-outstanding capital stock on the date of giving such notice and on the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting and must comply with the advance notice requirements set forth in our Bylaws.

Other Matters
Sales of Assets, Mergers and Dissolution.
Under the Marshall Islands Act, the sale of all or substantially all of our assets not made in the usual or regular course of our business or the non-judicial dissolution and liquidation of the Company are required to be approved by the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote on such matter or by a unanimous written consent of all holders of capital stock entitled to vote on the matter. In addition, the holders of one-half of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote may institute judicial dissolution proceedings in specified circumstances in accordance with the Marshall Islands Act.
Under the Marshall Islands Act, a merger or consolidation involving us (other than with subsidiaries at least 90% of whose shares we own) is required to be approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote on the matter.
A class of shares may be entitled to vote separately as a class on various corporate activities. The vote for such class will be determined by the Marshall Islands Act and, if applicable, our Articles and Bylaws.
Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment
Under the Marshall Islands Act, our shareholders have the right to dissent from various corporate actions, including certain mergers or sales of all or substantially all of our assets not made in the usual course of our business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares. The right of a dissenting shareholder to receive payment of the fair value of such shareholder’s shares is not available for the shares of any class or series of stock, which shares, at the record date fixed to determine the shareholders entitled to receive notice of and to vote at the meeting of shareholders to act upon the agreement of merger or consolidation, were either (i) listed on a securities exchange or admitted for trading on an interdealer quotation system or (ii) held of record by more than 2,000 holders. In the event of any further amendment of our Articles, a shareholder also has the right to dissent and receive payment for his or her shares if the amendment alters certain rights in respect of those shares. A condition for such payment is that the dissenting shareholder must follow the procedures set forth in the Marshall Islands Act. In the event that we fail to agree with any dissenting shareholder on a price for the shares, such procedures involve, among other things, the institution of court proceedings in either the Republic of the Marshall Islands or the country where our shares are primarily traded, which is the United States. The value of the shares of a dissenting shareholder is fixed by the court after reference, if the court so elects, to the recommendations of a court-appointed appraiser.
Board of Directors
Our Articles prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors. This may discourage, delay or prevent the removal of incumbent officers and directors. Our directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote. Our Articles provide that our Board must consist of at least three members and not more than twelve. Our Board may change the number of directors within a range of three to twelve directors pursuant to resolution approved by a majority of the total number of directors that we would have if there were no vacancies or unfilled newly created directorships. Shareholders may change the number of directors within a range of three to twelve only by the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of our capital stock. However, from and after the date that Teekay Corporation and its subsidiaries (other than us and our subsidiaries) cease to beneficially own shares representing a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock, shareholders may change the number of directors only by the affirmative vote of not less than 80% of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock.
Amendment of Articles or Bylaws
Under the Marshall Islands Act and our Articles, amendments to our Articles generally may be authorized by a vote of the holders of a majority of all of our outstanding shares entitled to vote. The approval of the holders of a majority of our outstanding shares of an adversely affected class or series of stock is also required for certain amendments, as noted above. In addition, in the event that Teekay Corporation and its subsidiaries (other than us and our subsidiaries) cease to beneficially own shares representing a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock, the vote of the holders of not less than 80% of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock shall be required to amend or repeal certain provisions of our Articles as set forth therein.
Our Bylaws may be amended or repealed, or new Bylaws may be adopted, at any regular or special meeting of the Board by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board or by unanimous written consent of the entire Board in lieu of a meeting. Our shareholders may amend or repeal any Bylaw by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote. However, from and after the date, if any, that Teekay Corporation and its affiliates (other than us and our subsidiaries) cease to beneficially own shares representing a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock, at least 80% of the voting power of all our outstanding capital stock shall be required for our shareholders to amend or repeal certain sections of our Bylaws by vote. Our shareholders may also amend or repeal any Bylaw by written consent in lieu of a meeting as described above.
Limitations on Ownership.
Neither our Articles nor our Bylaws limit the right to own our securities, including the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our securities.
Corporate Opportunities
Our Articles renounce in favor of Teekay Corporation business opportunities that may be attractive to both Teekay Corporation and us. This provision effectively limits the fiduciary duties we or our shareholders otherwise may be owed regarding these business opportunities by our directors and officers who also serve as directors or officers of Teekay Corporation or its other affiliates. If Teekay Corporation or its affiliates (other than us and our subsidiaries) no longer beneficially own shares representing at least 20% of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock, and no person who is an officer or director of us is also an officer or director of Teekay Corporation or its other affiliates (other than us and our subsidiaries), then this business opportunity provision of our Articles will terminate.


147622094.4
Execution version US$532,800,000 Secured Revolving Credit Facility Agreement Dated 28 January 2020 (1) Teekay Tankers Ltd. (as Borrower) (2) The Financial Institutions listed in Schedule 1, Part I (as Lenders) (3) The Financial Institutions listed in Schedule 1, Part III (as Mandated Lead Arrangers) (4) The Financial Institutions listed in Schedule 1, Part IV (as Bookrunners) (5) Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch (as Coordinator) (6) The Financial Institutions listed in Schedule 1, Part II (as Swap Providers) (7) Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch (as Agent) (8) Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) (Co-Arranger)


 
Contents Page 1 Definitions and Interpretation .................................................................. 1 2 The Loan and its Purposes ...................................................................... 24 3 Conditions of Utilisation ......................................................................... 26 4 Advance .............................................................................................. 27 5 Repayment .......................................................................................... 28 6 Prepayment ......................................................................................... 28 7 Interest ............................................................................................... 32 8 Indemnities .......................................................................................... 34 9 Fees .................................................................................................... 42 10 Security and Application of Moneys .......................................................... 43 11 Representations and Warranties .............................................................. 45 12 Undertakings and Covenants .................................................................. 50 13 Events of Default .................................................................................. 59 14 Assignment and Sub-Participation ........................................................... 63 15 The Agent and the Lenders ..................................................................... 67 16 Set-Off ................................................................................................ 80 17 Payments ............................................................................................ 80 18 Notices ................................................................................................ 83 19 Partial Invalidity ................................................................................... 84 20 Remedies and Waivers ........................................................................... 84 21 Miscellaneous ....................................................................................... 84 22 Confidentiality ...................................................................................... 86 23 Law and Jurisdiction .............................................................................. 89 24 PATRIOT Act Notice ............................................................................... 89 Schedule 1 Part I The Lenders and the Commitments ................................................. 91 Part II The Swap Providers ..................................................................... 99 Part III MLAs ...................................................................................... 103 Part IV Bookrunners ............................................................................ 110 LONLIVE\37980466.10


 
Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent and Subsequent .................................................... 114 Part I: Conditions precedent to service of Drawdown Notice ...................... 114 Part II(A): Conditions precedent to First Drawdown Date .......................... 116 Part II(B): Conditions precedent to subsequent Drawdown Dates ............... 120 Part III: Conditions subsequent to First Drawdown Date ........................... 121 Part IV: Conditions precedent to a Vessel Replacement Date ..................... 122 Part V: Conditions subsequent to Vessel Replacement Date ....................... 125 Part VI: Conditions precedent to an Upsize Amount Drawdown Date ........... 126 Part VII: Conditions subsequent to an Upsize Amount Drawdown Date ....... 129 Schedule 3 The Collateral Vessels .......................................................................... 130 Schedule 4 Form of Drawdown Notice .................................................................... 132 Schedule 5 Form of Transfer Certificate .................................................................. 133 Schedule 6 Form of Compliance Certificate ............................................................. 136 Schedule 7 Reduction Schedule ............................................................................. 138 Schedule 8 Form of Upsize Notice .......................................................................... 149 LONLIVE\37980466.10


 
Loan Agreement Dated 28 January 2020 Between: (1) Teekay Tankers Ltd., a corporation existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered address is at The Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, the Marshall Islands, MH96960 (the "Borrower"); and (2) The Banks, Financial Institutions and other Institutional Lenders listed in Schedule 1, Part I, each acting through its office at the address indicated against its name in Schedule 1, Part I (together the "Lenders" and each a "Lender"); and (3) The Financial Institutions listed in Schedule 1, Part III as mandated lead arrangers (in that capacity the "MLAs" and each an "MLA"); and (4) The Financial Institutions listed in Schedule 1, Part IV as bookrunners (in that capacity the "Bookrunners" and each a "Bookrunner"); and (5) Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch acting through its office at 1211 Avenue of the Americas, 23rd Floor, New York, NY 10036, United States of America as coordinator (in that capacity the "Coordinator"); and (6) The Banks listed in Schedule 1, Part II, each acting through its office at the address indicated against its name in Schedule 1, Part II as swap providers (the "Swap Providers" and each a "Swap Provider"); and (7) Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch acting as agent and security trustee through its office at 1211 Avenue of the Americas, 23rd Floor, New York, NY 10036, United States of America (in those capacities the "Agent"); and (8) Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) acting through its office at Kungsträdgårdsgatan 8, SE-10640 Stockholm, Sweden as co-arranger (the “Co- Arranger”). Whereas: Each of the Lenders has agreed to advance to the Borrower its Commitment (aggregating, with all the other Commitments, a revolving credit facility of up to five hundred and thirty two million eight hundred thousand Dollars ($532,800,000) as increased from time to time pursuant to the provisions of Clause 2.1.2) to assist the Borrower and the Collateral Owners (i) to refinance the Existing Indebtedness, (ii) to refinance certain other existing indebtedness of the Borrower Group, (iii) to finance the purchase of vessels and (iv) with their general corporate and working capital requirements. It is agreed as follows: 1 Definitions and Interpretation 1.1 In this Agreement: "Acceptable Bank" means a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its long-term unsecured and non-credit-enhanced debt originations of A+ or higher by LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 1


 
Standard & Poor's Ranking Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd or A1 or higher by Moody's Investors Services Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency. "Account Holder" means Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch acting through its office at 1211 Avenue of the Americas, 23rd Floor, New York, NY 10036, United States of America or any other bank or financial institution which at any time, with the prior written consent of the Lenders, holds the Earnings Account. "Account Security Deed" means the account security deed referred to in Clause 10.1.5. "Accounts" means, in relation to the Borrower, the consolidated financial accounts of the Borrower, to be provided to the Agent pursuant to Clause 12.1.1 and Clause 12.1.4. "Additional Collateral Owner" means any member of the Borrower Group that purchases or already owns an Additional Collateral Vessel. "Additional Collateral Vessel" means any vessel delivered no earlier than 2008, of a type and value acceptable to the Lenders and either to be purchased or already owned by a member of the Borrower Group (which will become an Additional Collateral Owner) in respect of which an Upsize Amount is requested by the Borrower, each of which shall be designated a Collateral Vessel with effect from the relevant Upsize Trigger Date and together the “Additional Collateral Vessels”. "Administration" has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1.3 of the ISM Code. "Affiliate" means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person, a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company. "Annex VI" means Annex VI of the Protocol of 1997 (as subsequently amended from time to time) to amend the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1973 (Marpol), as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto. "Approved Broker" means each of Fearnleys, Clarkson Platou, Simpson Spence & Young Shipbrokers Ltd and Braemar ACM Valuations Limited or such other reputable and independent consultancy or ship broker firm approved by the Agent. "Approved Managers" means (i) the Commercial Manager and (ii) the Technical Manager. "Article 55 BRRD" means Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms. "Assignments" means all the forms of assignment (if relevant) referred to in Clause 10.1.2 and "Assignment" means any one of them. "Authorisation" means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration. "Available Credit Lines" means any undrawn committed revolving credit lines, other than committed revolving credit lines with less than six (6) months to maturity, available to be drawn by any member of the Borrower Group, as reflected in the LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 2


 
Borrower's most recent quarterly management accounts forming part of the Borrower's Accounts; "Available Loan Amount" means, in respect of each Collateral Vessel, that part of the Loan set out in Schedule 7 available for drawing in respect of that Collateral Vessel at any one time. "Bail-In Action" means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers. "Bail-In Legislation" means: (a) in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 BRRD, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and (b) in relation to any state other than such an EEA Member Country or (to the extent that the United Kingdom is not such an EEA Member Country) the United Kingdom, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers. "Borrower Group" means the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries. "Break Costs" means all sums payable by the Borrower from time to time under Clause 8.3. "Business Day" means a day on which banks are open for business of a nature contemplated by this Agreement (and not authorised by law to close) in New York, London, Stockholm, Paris, Singapore, Frankfurt and Oslo. "Change of Control" means: (a) in relation to the Borrower, where any person or any two or more persons acting together (excluding any member of the Teekay Group) acquires the right or ability to control, either directly or indirectly, the affairs or the composition of the majority of the board of directors (or equivalent thereof) of the Borrower; and (b) in relation to any other Security Party, where there is a change in the legal or beneficial ownership of any such company from that previously advised to the Agent (other than where such company remains owned by members of the Borrower Group or the Teekay Group), in each case unless the Borrower has requested the prior consent of the Majority Lenders to a change of control and the Majority Lenders have consented to such request within thirty (30) days of such request being made. "Charged Property" means all of the assets of the Security Parties which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Security Documents. "Charter" means any time charter or other contract of employment in respect of a Collateral Vessel, whether or not already in existence, which is for a period, in excess of, or capable of exceeding, thirty six (36) months entered into between a Collateral Owner and a Charterer. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 3


 
"Charter Rights" means all rights and benefits accruing to a Collateral Owner under or pursuant to any relevant Charter and not forming part of the Earnings. "Charterer" means any entity that is a charterer under a Charter. "Code" means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986. “Collateral Owners” means: (a) each company (being a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower) shown as an owner of a Collateral Vessel in Schedule 3; (b) following any Upsize Trigger Date, any Additional Collateral Owner; and (c) following a Collateral Substitution, any Replacement Vessel Owner, in each case whilst such company remains party to any Security Documents (each a “Collateral Owner”). "Collateral Substitution" means the replacement of a Collateral Vessel by a Replacement Vessel in accordance with Clause 6.4.2 and Clause 6.5.2. “Collateral Vessels” means: (a) the vessels listed in Schedule 3; (b) following any Upsize Trigger Date, any Additional Collateral Vessel; and (c) following a Collateral Substitution, any Replacement Vessel, in each case whilst such vessel is (or is about to be) subject to a Mortgage or other Security Documents (each a “Collateral Vessel”). "Collateral Vessel Tranche" means, in relation to each Collateral Vessel, that part of the Loan, up to the Maximum Amount for that Collateral Vessel Tranche, to be advanced to the Borrower, or when the context permits, the amount of the Collateral Vessel Tranche advanced and for the time being outstanding, and together the "Collateral Vessel Tranches". "Commercial Manager" means (i) the Borrower, (ii) Teekay, (iii) any other member of the Borrower Group or the Teekay Group or (iv) any other commercial manager approved by the Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld). "Commitment" means, in relation to each Lender, the aggregate amount of the Loan which that Lender agrees to advance to the Borrower as its several liability as indicated against the name of that Lender in Schedule 1, Part I and/or, where the context permits, the amount of the Loan advanced by that Lender and, to the extent not cancelled or reduced under this Agreement, remaining outstanding and "Commitments" means more than one of them. "Commitment Commission" means the commitment commission to be paid by the Borrower to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders pursuant to Clause 9. "Compliance Certificate" means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 4


 
"Confidential Information" means all information relating to any Security Party, any other member of the Borrower Group, the Finance Documents or the Loan of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Loan from either: (a) any Security Party, any other member of the Borrower Group or any of its advisers; or (b) another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any Security Party, any other member of the Borrower Group or any of its advisers, in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that: (i) is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 22; or (ii) is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any Security Party, any other member of the Borrower Group or any of its advisers; or (iii) is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with (a) or (b) or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with any Security Party or any other member of the Borrower Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality. "Confidentiality Undertaking" means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the Loan Market Association at the relevant time. "Confirmation" means a Confirmation exchanged or deemed to be exchanged between a Swap Provider and the Borrower as contemplated by a Master Agreement. "Credit Support Document" means any document described as such in a Master Agreement and any other document referred to in any such document which has the effect of creating security in favour of any of the Swap Providers. "Credit Support Provider" means any person (other than the Borrower) described as such in a Credit Support Document. "Currency of Account" means, in relation to any payment to be made to a Finance Party under a Finance Document, the currency in which that payment is required to be made by the terms of that Finance Document. "Deeds of Covenants" means the deeds of covenants referred to in Clause 10.1.1, if relevant, and "Deed of Covenant" means any one of them. "Default" means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 13.1 which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 5


 
of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default. "Defaulting Lender" means any Lender: (a) which has failed to make its participation in a Drawing available (or has notified the Agent or the Borrower (which has notified the Agent) that it will not make its participation in a Drawing available) by the relevant Drawdown Date in accordance with Clause 4.2; or (b) which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or (c) with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, unless, in the case of (a): (i) its failure to pay is caused by: (A) administrative or technical error; or (B) a Disruption Event; and payment is made within three (3) Business Days of its due date; or (ii) the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question. "Disruption Event" means either or both of: (a) a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Loan (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or (b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party: (i) from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or (ii) from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents, and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted. "Dollars", "US$" and "$" each means available and freely transferable and convertible funds in lawful currency of the United States of America. "Drawdown Date" means the date on which a Drawing is advanced under Clause 4.1. "Drawdown Notice" means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 6


 
"Drawing" means any one amount advanced or to be advanced pursuant to a Drawdown Notice or, where the context permits, the amount advanced and for the time being outstanding and “Drawings” means more than one of them. "EEA Member Country" means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway. "Earnings" means all hires, freights, pool income and other sums payable to the account of a Collateral Owner in respect of a Collateral Vessel including (without limitation) all remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys, contributions in general average, compensation in respect of any requisition for hire, and damages and other payments (whether awarded by any court or arbitral tribunal or by agreement or otherwise) for breach, termination or variation of any contract for the operation, employment or use of a Collateral Vessel. "Earnings Account" means the bank account opened in the name of the Borrower with the Account Holder and designated "TNK – Earnings Account". "Encumbrance" means a mortgage, charge, assignment, pledge, lien, or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect. "Environmental Approvals" means any present or future permit, licence, approval, ruling, variance, exemption or other authorisation required under the applicable Environmental Laws. "Environmental Claim" means any and all enforcement, clean-up, removal, administrative, governmental, regulatory or judicial actions, orders, demands or investigations instituted or completed pursuant to any Environmental Laws or Environmental Approvals. "Environmental Incident" means: (a) any release, emission, spill or discharge from a Collateral Vessel or into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water of Environmentally Sensitive Material within or from a Collateral Vessel; or (b) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water from a vessel other than a Collateral Vessel and which involves a collision between a Collateral Vessel and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which a Collateral Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or a Collateral Vessel and/or any Security Party and/or any operator or manager of a Collateral Vessel is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or (c) any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water otherwise than from a Collateral Vessel and in connection with which a Collateral Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where any Security Party and/or any operator or manager of a Collateral Vessel is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 7


 
legal or administrative action, other than in accordance with an Environmental Approval. "Environmental Laws" means any present and future laws, regulations, treaties and conventions of any applicable jurisdiction which: (a) have as a purpose or effect the protection of, and/or prevention of harm or damage to, the environment; (b) relate to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material; (c) provide remedies or compensation for harm or damage to the environment; or (d) relate to Environmentally Sensitive Materials or health or safety matters. "Environmentally Sensitive Material" means (i) oil and oil products and (ii) any other waste, pollutant, contaminant or other substance (including any liquid, solid, gas, ion, living organism or noise) that may be harmful to human health or other life or the environment or a nuisance to any person or that may make the enjoyment, ownership or other territorial control of any affected land, property or waters more costly for such person to a material degree. "EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule" means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time. "Event of Default" means any of the events or circumstances set out in Clause 13.1. "Execution Date" means the date on which this Agreement is executed by each of the parties hereto. "Existing Indebtedness" means the aggregate amount advanced and outstanding under the Existing Loan Agreements. "Existing Loan Agreements" means: (a) the $894,375,000 secured term loan and revolving credit facility agreement dated 8 January 2016 made between (1) Teekay Tankers Ltd. as borrower, (2) the banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders listed in Schedule 1, Part I thereto as lenders, (3) the financial institutions listed in Schedule 1, Part III thereto as mandated lead arrangers, (4) the financial institutions listed in Schedule 1, Part IV thereto as bookrunners, (5) Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch (formerly known as Nordea Bank AB (publ), New York Branch and Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch) and ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC as coordinators, (6) the banks listed in Schedule 1, Part II thereto as swap providers and (7) Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch (formerly known as Nordea Bank AB (publ), New York Branch and Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch) as agent and security trustee; (b) the $270,000,000 secured revolving credit facility agreement dated 18 December 2017 made between (1) Teekay Tankers Ltd. as borrower, (2) the banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders listed in Schedule 1, Part I thereto as lenders, (3) the financial institutions listed in LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 8


 
Schedule 1, Part III thereto as mandated lead arrangers, (4) the financial institutions listed in Schedule 1, Part IV thereto as bookrunners, (5) the banks listed in Schedule 1, Part II thereto as swap providers, (6) Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch (formerly known as Nordea Bank AB (publ), New York Branch) as agent and security trustee and (7) the banks listed in Schedule 1, Part V thereto as co-arrangers; and (c) the $255,528,228.43 senior loan and $80,000,000 junior loan secured loan agreement dated 15 December 2006 (as amended and supplemented from time to time) made between (1) Summit Spirit L.L.C. (formerly known as Great East Hull No. 1717 L.L.C.) and Zenith Spirit L.L.C. (formerly known as Great East Hull No.1718 L.L.C.) as joint and several borrowers, (2) the banks listed in Schedule 1, Part 1 thereto as senior lenders, (3) the banks listed in Schedule 1, Part 2 thereto as junior lenders, (4) Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank (formerly known as Calyon) as agent, (5) Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank (formerly known as Calyon) as security trustee, (6) Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank (formerly known as Calyon) as swap provider and (7) Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank (formerly known as Calyon) as KEIC agent. "Facility Office" means: (a) in respect of a Lender, the office or offices notified by that Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five (5) Business Days' written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement; or (b) in respect of any other Finance Party, the office in the jurisdiction in which it is resident for tax purposes. "Facility Period" means the period beginning on the Execution Date and ending on the date when the whole of the Indebtedness has been repaid in full, all Commitments have been terminated and the Security Parties have ceased to be under any further actual or contingent liability to the Finance Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents. "Fair Market Value" means the average of two (2) Valuations of the fair market value of a Collateral Vessel obtained from two (2) Approved Brokers. If such Valuations differ by a margin of more than ten per cent (10%) then a further Valuation shall be obtained from a third Approved Broker appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Borrower on the same basis and the fair market value of that Collateral Vessel shall be the average of all three (3) Valuations. "FATCA" means: (a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations; (b) any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 9


 
(c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction. "FATCA Application Date" means: (a) in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014; or (b) in relation to a "passthru payment" described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraph (a) above, the date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA. "FATCA Deduction" means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA. "FATCA Exempt Party" means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction. "FATCA FFI" means a foreign financial institution as defined in section 1471(d)(4) of the Code which, if any Finance Party is not a FATCA Exempt Party, could be required to make a FATCA Deduction. "Fee Letter" means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Agent and the Borrower (or the MLAs and the Borrower) setting out any fees referred to in Clause 9. "Final Availability Date" means any date up to, but not including, the Maturity Date. "Finance Documents" means this Agreement, the Master Agreements, the Security Documents, the Fee Letter, any Transfer Certificate and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Borrower and "Finance Document" means any one of them. "Finance Parties" means the Agent, the MLAs, the Bookrunners, the Coordinator, the Swap Providers, the Co-Arranger and the Lenders and "Finance Party" means any one of them. "Financial Indebtedness" means any indebtedness for or in respect of: (a) moneys borrowed; (b) any acceptance credit; (c) any bond, note, debenture, loan stock or other similar instrument; (d) any redeemable preference share to the extent such shares can be redeemed before the Maturity Date; (e) any finance or capital lease; (f) receivables sold or discounted (otherwise than on a non-recourse basis); LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 10


 
(g) any derivative transaction protecting against or benefiting from fluctuations in any rate or price (and, except for non-payment of an amount, the then mark to market value of the derivative transaction will be used to calculate its amount); (h) any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) which has the commercial effect of a borrowing; (i) any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of any guarantee, indemnity, bond, letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; or (j) any guarantee, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss of any person in respect of any item referred to in paragraphs (a) to (i) above. "First Drawdown Date" means the date on which the first Drawing is advanced under Clause 4. "Free Liquidity" means cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of maturities less than one (1) year to which members of the Borrower Group shall have free, immediate and direct access each as reflected in the Borrower's most recent quarterly management accounts forming part of the Borrower's Accounts. "GAAP" means generally acceptable accounting principles in the United States of America. "Guarantee" means the guarantee and indemnity of each Collateral Owner and the Pledgor referred to in Clause 10.1.3. "Holding Company" means, in relation to any entity, any other entity in respect of which it is a Subsidiary. "IAPPC" means a valid international air pollution prevention certificate for a Collateral Vessel issued under Annex VI. "Impaired Agent" means the Agent at any time when: (a) it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment; (b) the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document; (c) (if the Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under (a) or (b) of the definition of "Defaulting Lender"; or (d) an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Agent; unless, in the case of (a): (i) its failure to pay is caused by: (A) administrative or technical error; or (B) a Disruption Event; and LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 11


 
payment is made within three (3) Business Days of its due date; or (ii) the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question. "Indebtedness" means the aggregate from time to time of: the amount of the Loan Outstanding; all accrued and unpaid interest on the Loan; and all other sums of any nature (together with all accrued and unpaid interest on any of those sums) which from time to time may be payable by the Borrower to any of the Finance Parties under all or any of the Finance Documents. “Initial Maximum Amount” means, as at the First Drawdown Date: (a) in relation to a Collateral Vessel Tranche, the amount set out in Schedule 3 for the relevant Collateral Vessel; (b) in relation to the Loan as a whole, the lesser of (i) an amount of five hundred and thirty two million eight hundred thousand Dollars ($532,800,000) and (ii) an amount equal to sixty per cent (60%) of the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Collateral Vessels calculated on or before the First Drawdown Date on the basis of Valuations issued no earlier than seventy five (75) days prior to the First Drawdown Date. "Insolvency Event" in relation to an entity means that the entity: (a) is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (b) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due and, in each case, as regards a Finance Party that Finance Party is under a public insolvency, bankruptcy or governmental proceeding or process that is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within thirty (30) days of the institution or presentation thereof; (c) makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; (d) institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors' rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official; (e) has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors' rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in (d) and: LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 12


 
(i) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or (ii) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within thirty (30) days of the institution or presentation thereof; (f) has exercised in respect of it one or more of the stabilisation powers pursuant to Part 1 of the Banking Act 2009 and/or has instituted against it a bank insolvency proceeding pursuant to Part 2 of the Banking Act 2009 or a bank administration proceeding pursuant to Part 3 of the Banking Act 2009; (g) has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (h) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets (other than, for so long as it is required by law or regulation not to be publicly disclosed, any such appointment which is to be made, or is made, by a person or entity described in (d)); (i) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter; (j) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in (a) to (i); or (k) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts. "Insurances" means all policies and contracts of insurance (including all entries in protection and indemnity or war risks associations) which are from time to time taken out or entered into in respect of or in connection with a Collateral Vessel or her increased value or her Earnings and (where the context permits) all benefits under such contracts and policies, including all claims of any nature and returns of premium. "Interest Payment Date" means each date for the payment of interest in accordance with Clause 7.7. "Interest Period" means each period for the payment of interest selected by the Borrower or agreed by the Agent pursuant to Clause 7. "Interpolated Screen Rate" means, in relation to LIBOR for any Drawing, the rate which results from interpolating on a linear basis between: (a) the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the relevant Interest Period of that Drawing; and LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 13


 
(b) the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the relevant Interest Period of that Drawing, each as of 11.00 a.m. London time on the Quotation Day. "ISM Code" means the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention. "ISM Company" means, at any given time, the company responsible for a Collateral Vessel's compliance with the ISM Code under paragraph 1.1.2 of the ISM Code. "ISPS Code" means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code. "ISPS Company" means, at any given time, the company responsible for a Collateral Vessel's compliance with the ISPS Code. "ISSC" means a valid international ship security certificate for a Collateral Vessel issued under the ISPS Code. "law" or "Law" means any law, statute, treaty, convention, regulation, instrument or other subordinate legislation or other legislative or quasi-legislative rule or measure, or any order or decree of any government, judicial or public or other body or authority, or any directive, code of practice, circular, guidance note or other direction issued by any competent authority or agency (whether or not having the force of law). "LIBOR" means, in relation to any Drawing: (a) the applicable Screen Rate; or (b) (if no Screen Rate is available for the relevant Interest Period) the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Drawing; or (c) (if (i) no Screen Rate is available for the currency of that Drawing or (ii) no Screen Rate is available for the relevant Interest Period and it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate for that Drawing) the Reference Bank Rate, as of 11.00 a.m. London time on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in Dollars and for a period equal in length to the relevant Interest Period and, if that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero. "Loan" means the aggregate amount of the reducing revolving credit facility advanced or to be advanced by the Lenders to the Borrower under Clause 2 (being the aggregate of the Collateral Vessel Tranches) or, where the context permits, the amount advanced and for the time being out-standing. "Loan Outstanding" means the total of all Drawings made at that time, to the extent not reduced by repayments, prepayments, cancellations and voluntary reductions. "Majority Lenders" means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate equal to or greater than sixty-six and two thirds per cent (66 2/3%) of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 66 2/3% of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction). LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 14


 
"Management Agreements" means the agreement(s) for the commercial and/or technical management of the Collateral Vessels entered into between (i) the Collateral Owners and (ii) the Approved Managers (unless the Approved Manager is the Borrower, Teekay, Teekay Marine (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. or any other member of the Borrower Group or the Teekay Group). "Managers' Confirmations" means the written confirmations of the Approved Managers (unless the Approved Managers are the Borrower, Teekay Corporation, Teekay Marine Limited or any other member of the Teekay Group) that throughout the Facility Period unless otherwise agreed by the Agent: (a) they will not, without the prior written consent of the Agent, subcontract or delegate the commercial or technical management of the Collateral Vessels (as the case may be) to any third party; and (b) following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied and unwaived, all claims of the Approved Managers against the Collateral Owners (less any agreed reasonable deductible) shall be subordinated to the claims of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents. "Margin" means (a) in relation to the Initial Maximum Amount, two point four zero per cent (2.40%) per annum and (b) in relation to any Upsize Amount, such rate as specified in the relevant Upsize Notice. "Master Agreement Proceeds" means any and all sums due and payable to the Borrower under each Master Agreement following an Early Termination Date (subject always to all rights of netting and set-off contained in that Master agreement) and all right to require and enforce the payment of those sums. "Master Agreement Proceeds Charges" means the deeds of charge referred to in Clause 10.1.7. "Master Agreements" means each ISDA Master Agreement entered into between a Swap Provider and the Borrower before or during the Facility Period, including each Schedule to any Master Agreement and each Confirmation exchanged under such Master Agreement, evidencing any non-speculative interest or currency exchange transaction in relation to the Loan. "Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect on: (a) the financial condition, assets, prospects or business of any Security Party or on the consolidated financial condition, assets, prospects or business of the Borrower Group; (b) the ability of any Security Party to perform and comply with its obligations under any Security Document or to avoid any Event of Default; (c) the validity, legality or enforceability of any Security Document; or LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 15


 
(d) the validity, legality or enforceability of any security expressed to be created pursuant to any Security Document or the priority and ranking of any such security, provided that, in determining whether any of the forgoing circumstances shall constitute such a material adverse change or material adverse effect for the purposes of this definition, the Finance Parties shall consider such circumstance in the context of (x) the Borrower Group taken as a whole and (y) the ability of the Borrower and the Collateral Owners to perform each of their obligations under the Security Documents. "Maturity Date" means the earlier of (i) the date falling five (5) years after the First Drawdown Date and (ii) 31 December 2024. "Maximum Amount" means: (a) the Initial Maximum Amount for the period from the Execution Date until the first Upsize Trigger Date; and (b) the relevant Upsize Increased Maximum Amount from each Upsize Trigger Date until the Maturity Date, as the same may reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. "Month" means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that: (a) (subject to (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day; (b) if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and (c) if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end. The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period. "Mortgages" means the first priority statutory or first preferred mortgages (as the case may be) referred to in Clause 10.1.1 together with the Deeds of Covenants (if applicable) and "Mortgage" means any one of them. "Necessary Authorisations" means all Authorisations of any person including any government or other regulatory authority required by applicable Law to enable it to: (a) lawfully enter into and perform its obligations under the Security Documents to which it is party; (b) ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in England and, if different, its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, of such Security Documents to which it is party; and LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 16


 
(c) carry on its business from time to time. "Participating Lenders" means any Lenders participating in an Upsize Amount in accordance with Clause 2.1.2. "Party" means a party to this Agreement. "PATRIOT Act" means the United States Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Improvement and Reauthorization Act of 2005 (H.R. 3199). "Permitted Encumbrance" means (i) any Encumbrance which has the prior written approval of the Agent acting on the instructions of all the Lenders or (ii) from the Execution Date until the First Drawdown Date, any Encumbrance created pursuant to an Existing Loan Agreement or (iii) any liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of trading and/or operating a Collateral Vessel up to an aggregate amount at any time not exceeding five million Dollars (US$5,000,000) in respect of each Collateral Vessel and not more than thirty (30) days overdue. "Permitted Upsize Lending Ratio" means sixty per cent (60%) of the Fair Market Value of the relevant Additional Collateral Vessel(s) as at the relevant Upsize Trigger Date. "Pledgor" means T.I.L. Holdings Limited, a corporation incorporated under the law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered address is at the Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, P.O. Box 1405, Majuro, the Marshall Islands MH96960. "Poseidon Principles" means the financial industry framework for assessing and disclosing the climate alignment of ship finance portfolios published on 18 June 2019 as the same may be amended or replaced (to reflect changes in applicable law or regulation or the introduction of, or changes to, mandatory requirements of the International Maritime Organization) from time to time. "Pre-Approved Classification Society" means any of DNV GL, Lloyds Register, America Bureau of Shipping (ABS) or Bureau Veritas or such other classification society that is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies and is approved by the Majority Lenders, acting reasonably. "Pre-Approved Flag" means Marshall Islands, Norwegian International Ship Registry, Liberia, Cayman Islands, Panama, Isle of Man, Bermuda, Bahamas, Malta or Singapore. "Proportionate Share" means, at any time, the proportion which a Lender's Commitment (whether or not advanced) then bears to the aggregate Commitments of all the Lenders (whether or not advanced) being on the Execution Date the percentage indicated against the name of that Lender in Schedule 1. "Protected Party" means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability or required to make any payment for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum required or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purpose of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 17


 
"Quotation Day" means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined two (2) Business Days before the first day of that period, unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market, in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days). “Reduction Date” means, in relation to each Collateral Vessel Tranche, each date on which the Maximum Amount of that Collateral Vessel Tranche shall be reduced in accordance with Clause 3.7. "Reference Bank Rate" means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference Banks as either: (a) if: (i) the Reference Bank is a contributor to the applicable Screen Rate; and (ii) it consists of a single figure, the rate (applied to the relevant Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the applicable Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator; or (b) in any other case, the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could fund itself in the relevant currency for the relevant period with reference to the unsecured wholesale funding market. "Reference Banks" means, in relation to LIBOR, Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch, Swedbank AB (publ) and Citibank N.A., London Branch or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Borrower. "Related Fund" in relation to a fund (the "first fund"), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund. "Relevant Documents" means the Finance Documents, any Charters and the Management Agreements (if any). "Relevant Interbank Market" means the London interbank market. "Relevant Lender" means a Lender which has, at any time during the Facility Period, become a signatory to the Poseidon Principles. "Replacement Owner" means the owner (which shall be a member of the Borrower Group) of a Replacement Vessel; "Replacement Vessel" means (i) any VLCC, Suezmax, Aframax, MR, LR1 or LR2 tanker vessel that is no older than, and whose Fair Market Value is no less than that LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 18


 
of, the Collateral Vessel it is replacing, classed with a Pre-Approved Classification Society and registered in the name of the relevant Replacement Owner under a Pre- Approved Flag and (ii) any other vessel acceptable to the Lenders. "Representative" means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian. "Requisition Compensation" means all compensation or other money which may from time to time be payable to a Collateral Owner as a result of a Collateral Vessel being requisitioned for title or in any other way compulsorily acquired (other than by way of requisition for hire). "Resolution Authority" means any body which has authority to exercise any Write- down and Conversion Powers. "Restricted Party" means a person (i) that is listed on any Sanctions List or is otherwise the target of any Sanctions, (ii) that is located, registered as located or resident in, or incorporated or organised under the laws of, a Sanctioned Country, (iii) that is at least 50% or more owned or controlled, directly or indirectly by, or acting on behalf of, a person referred to in (i) and/or (ii) above or (iv) with whom any Finance Party would be prohibited or restricted by law from engaging in trade, business or other activities as a result of Sanctions. "Sanctioned Country" means a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions. "Sanctions" means the economic, financial or trade sanctions laws, orders, regulations, decisions, executive orders, notices, embargoes or restrictive measures implemented, adopted, imposed, administered, enacted or enforced by (i) the Norwegian Government, (ii) the United States Government, (iii) the United Nations, (iv) the European Union, (v) any member state of the European Union in which the Borrower, any Security Party or any Finance Party operates, (vi) the United Kingdom, (vii) the Republic of Singapore, (viii) France, (ix) Canada, (x) Australia or (xi) Japan and with regard to (i) - (xi) above, the respective governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of Treasury ("OFAC"), the United States Department of State and Her Majesty's Treasury ("HMT") (together the "Sanctions Authorities"). "Sanctions List" means the "Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons" list, the "Sectoral Sanctions Identifications List" and the "List of Foreign Sanctions Evaders" each maintained by OFAC and the "Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets" list and the "Investment Ban List" each maintained by HMT or any similar list maintained by, or public announcement of Sanctions designation made by, any of the Sanctions Authorities, including, but not limited to, the Norwegian Government, the European Union, the United Nations, the Government of Singapore, the Government of Canada or the Government of Australia. "Screen Rate" means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 19


 
Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or the service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrower. "Security Documents" means the Guarantees, the Mortgages, the Deeds of Covenants (if relevant), the Assignments, the Share Pledges, the Account Security Deed, the Master Agreement Proceeds Charges, the Managers' Confirmations (if any) or (where the context permits) any one or more of them and any other agreement or document which may at any time be executed by any person as security for the payment of all or any part of the Indebtedness and "Security Document" means any one of them. "Security Parties" means the Borrower, each Collateral Owner, the Pledgor and any other person who may at any time during the Facility Period be liable for, or provide security for, all or any part of the Indebtedness (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not any Approved Manager), and "Security Party" means any one of them. "Share Pledges" means the pledge or pledges of the issued share capital or membership interests (as the case may be) of the Collateral Owners referred to in Clause 10.1.4 and "Share Pledge" means any one of them. "SMC" means a valid safety management certificate issued for a Collateral Vessel by or on behalf of the Administration under paragraph 13.7 of the ISM Code. "Statement of Compliance" means a statement of compliance related to fuel oil consumption pursuant to regulations 6.6 and 6.7 of Annex VI. "Subsidiary" means a subsidiary undertaking as defined in section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006. "Tax" means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same) and "Taxation" shall be interpreted accordingly. "Technical Manager" means (i) the Borrower, (ii) Teekay, (iii) Teekay Marine (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., (iv) any other member of the Borrower Group or the Teekay Group, (v) Anglo-Eastern Shipmanagement (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. or any other technical manager approved by the Majority Lenders. "Teekay" means Teekay Corporation, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered address is at The Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, P.O. Box 1405, Majuro, the Marshall Islands MH96960. "Teekay Group" means Teekay and each of its Subsidiaries. "Total Commitments" means the aggregate of the Commitments. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 20


 
"Total Debt" means the aggregate of: (a) the amount calculated in accordance with GAAP shown as each of "long term debt", "short term debt" and "current portion of long term debt" on the latest consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower but excluding debt which is non- recourse to the Borrower, and (b) the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital lease (excluding any amounts applicable to leases to the extent that the lease obligations are secured by a security deposit which is held on the balance sheet under "Restricted Cash"); "Total Loss" means: (a) an actual, constructive, arranged, agreed or compromised total loss of a Collateral Vessel; or (b) the requisition for title or compulsory acquisition of a Collateral Vessel by any government or other competent authority (other than by way of requisition for hire); or (c) the capture, seizure, arrest, detention, hijacking, theft, condemnation as prize, confiscation or forfeiture of a Collateral Vessel (not falling within (b)), unless that Collateral Vessel is released and returned to the possession of the relevant Collateral Owner within 180 days after the capture, seizure, arrest, detention, hijacking, theft, condemnation as prize, confiscation or forfeiture in question. "Transfer Certificate" means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Borrower. "Transfer Date" means, in relation to any Transfer Certificate, the date for the making of the transfer specified in the schedule to such Transfer Certificate. "Trust Property" means: (a) all benefits derived by the Agent from Clause 10; and (b) all benefits arising under (including, without limitation, all proceeds of the enforcement of) each of the Security Documents, with the exception of any benefits arising solely for the benefit of the Agent. "UK Bail-In Legislation" means (to the extent that the United Kingdom is not an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or implements, Article 55 BRRD) Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 and any other law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (otherwise than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings). "Upsize Amount" means the amount set out in an Upsize Notice not to exceed the lesser of (i) such amount as can be lent without breaching the Permitted Upsize LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 21


 
Lending Ratio and (ii) (when aggregated with all previous Upsize Amounts) one hundred and thirty four million Dollars ($134,000,000). "Upsize Increased Maximum Amount" means the Initial Maximum Amount as increased by the relevant Upsize Amount with effect from each Upsize Trigger Date being a total maximum amount of up to six hundred and sixty six million eight hundred thousand Dollars ($666,800,000). "Upsize Notice" means a notice substantially in the form of Schedule 8. "Upsize Trigger Date" means the date specified in an Upsize Notice (being (i) no later than the date falling eighteen (18) months after the Execution Date and (ii) not less than thirty (30) days following the date of such Upsize Notice) on which the Borrower requests and the Lenders agree an increase in the Maximum Amount pursuant to Clause 2.1.2. "US" means the United States of America. "US Tax Obligor" means: (a) a Security Party which is resident for tax purposes in the US; or (b) a Security Party some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the US for US federal income tax purposes. "Valuation" means, in relation to a Collateral Vessel, the written valuation of that Collateral Vessel addressed to the Agent, expressed in Dollars and prepared by one of the Approved Brokers to be nominated by the Borrower. Such valuation shall be prepared at the Borrower's expense, without a physical inspection, on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash at arm's length on normal commercial terms as between a willing buyer and a willing seller without the benefit of any charterparty or other engagement. "VAT" means: (a) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and (b) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or listed in addition to, such tax referred to in (a), or imposed elsewhere. "Vessel Replacements" means the replacement of one or more Collateral Vessels with one or more Replacement Vessels pursuant to Clause 6.4.2 and Clause 6.5.2 and each a "Vessel Replacement". "Vessel Replacement Date" means in respect of each Vessel Replacement, the date on which the Agent confirms that all of the conditions precedent set out in Part IV of Schedule 2 have been satisfied which confirmation the Agent shall be under no obligation to give if the VTL Coverage (as defined in Clause 10.9) following such Vessel Replacement would be less than the VTL Coverage immediately prior to such Vessel Replacement. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 22


 
“Vessel Retirement and Release Date” means the date on which a Collateral Vessel is released pursuant to Clause 6.7. "Write-down and Conversion Powers" means: (a) in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule; and (b) in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation: (i) any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and (ii) any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation; and (c) in relation to any UK Bail-In Legislation: (i) any powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and (ii) any similar or analogous powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation. 1.2 In this Agreement: 1.2.1 words denoting the plural number include the singular and vice versa; 1.2.2 words denoting persons include corporations, companies, partnerships, associations of persons (whether incorporated or not) or governmental or quasi-governmental bodies or authorities and vice versa; 1.2.3 references to Recitals, Clauses and Schedules are references to recitals, clauses and schedules to or of this Agreement; LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 23


 
1.2.4 references to this Agreement include the Recitals and the Schedules; 1.2.5 the headings and contents page(s) are for the purpose of reference only, have no legal or other significance, and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement; 1.2.6 references to any document (including, without limitation, to all or any of the Relevant Documents) are, unless the context otherwise requires, references to that document as amended, supplemented, novated or replaced from time to time; 1.2.7 references to statutes or provisions of statutes are references to those statutes, or those provisions, as from time to time amended, replaced or re- enacted; 1.2.8 references to any Finance Party include its successors, transferees and assignees; 1.2.9 a time of day (unless otherwise specified) is a reference to New York time; 1.2.10 words and expressions defined in the Master Agreements, unless the context otherwise requires, have the same meaning; 1.2.11 a "person" includes any individual firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality); and 1.2.12 a "regulation" includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation. 1.3 Offer letter This Agreement supersedes the terms and conditions contained in any correspondence relating to the subject matter of this Agreement exchanged between any Finance Party and the Borrower or their respective representatives prior to the date of this Agreement. 2 The Loan and its Purposes 2.1 Amount 2.1.1 Subject to the terms of this Agreement (and Clause 2.1.2 in particular), the Lenders agree to make available to the Borrower a revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount not exceeding the Maximum Amount of the Loan at any one time. 2.1.2 The Borrower shall have the right (provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing unremedied or unwaived) to issue one or more Upsize Notices requesting an Upsize Amount and specifying the Upsize Trigger Date, the relevant Additional Collateral Owners and the Additional Collateral Vessels to be charged as security, following receipt of which Upsize Notice the LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 24


 
Lenders shall have the right (but not the obligation) to subscribe in the Upsize Amount pro rata to their Commitments at that time. The availability of the Upsize Amount shall be subject (inter alia) to the participating Lenders agreeing to the proposed fee and Margin payable, each as specified in the relevant Upsize Notice. If any Lender does not take up this option within twenty (20) days of receipt of an Upsize Notice, its portion of the Upsize Amount shall be made available to be taken up by the Participating Lenders for a further ten (10) days. If at the end of such ten (10) day period not all of the Upsize Amount has been subscribed, then the Upsize Amount shall be reduced to the amount subscribed, and the reduced Upsize Amount shall take effect from the Upsize Trigger Date. Following each Upsize Trigger Date, the Participating Lenders agree to make their Commitments in the Maximum Amount as increased by the relevant Upsize Amount available to the Borrower on the same terms and conditions as the Initial Maximum Amount except where expressly stated otherwise. The aggregate amount of the Loan following each Upsize Trigger Date shall not exceed the Upsize Increased Maximum Amount. The Upsize Amount may be used for the same purposes as the initial Loan. At or around each Upsize Trigger Date, the Agent shall circulate to each of the parties an amended Schedule 7 to reflect the Additional Collateral Vessel Tranches and the increased Maximum Amount, which shall be calculated on the same basis as the initial Schedule 7 and amended Schedules 1 and 3 to reflect the amended Commitments and the Additional Collateral Vessels and the Additional Collateral Owners. Save in the case of manifest error, such amended Schedules shall be binding on all the parties with effect from the relevant Upsize Trigger Date. 2.2 Finance Parties' rights and obligations 2.2.1 The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other party to the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents. 2.2.2 The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from a Security Party shall be a separate and independent debt in accordance with which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with Clause 2.2.3. The rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of the Loan or any other amount owed by a Security Party which relates to a Finance Party's participation in the Loan or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by that Security Party. 2.2.3 A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under or in connection with the Finance Documents. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 25


 
2.3 Purposes The Borrower shall apply the Loan for the purposes referred to in the Recital. 2.4 Monitoring No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed under this Agreement. 3 Conditions of Utilisation 3.1 Conditions precedent to service of Drawdown Notice Before any Lender shall have any obligation to accept any Drawdown Notice under this Agreement the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to or to the order of the Agent all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part I of Schedule 2. 3.2 Further conditions precedent to service of Drawdown Notice The Lenders will only be obliged to accept any Drawdown Notice if on the date of the Drawdown Notice: 3.2.1 no Default is continuing or would result from the advance of the relevant Drawing; and 3.2.2 the representations made by the Borrower under Clause 11 (other than that at Clause 11.7 for Drawdown Dates other than the First Drawdown Date and those at Clauses 11.2, 11.6 and 11.22) are true in all material respects. 3.3 Conditions precedent to Drawdown Date The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 4.2 in relation to the advance of (a) the first Drawing under the Loan if on or before the First Drawdown Date, the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part II(A) of Schedule 2 and (b) any subsequent Drawing under the Loan if on or before the proposed Drawdown Date the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part II(B) of Schedule 2. 3.4 Conditions precedent of Upsize Amount Drawdown Date Before any Lender shall have an obligation to advance any Drawing in respect of an Upsize Amount, the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to or to the order of the Agent all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part VI of Schedule 2. 3.5 Further conditions precedent to Drawdown Date The Lenders will only be obliged to advance a Drawing if on the proposed Drawdown Date: 3.5.1 no Default is continuing or would result from the advance of the relevant Drawing; and 3.5.2 the representations made by the Borrower under Clause 11 (other than that at Clause 11.7 for Drawdown Dates other than the First Drawdown Date and those at Clauses 11.2, 11.6 and 11.22) are true in all material respects. 3.6 Drawing limit The Lenders will only be obliged to advance a Drawing if: 3.6.1 that Drawing will not result in there being more than ten (10) Drawings outstanding at any one time; 3.6.2 that Drawing is not less than $1,000,000; and LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 26


 
3.6.3 that Drawing will not increase the outstanding amount of the Loan as a whole to a sum in excess of the Maximum Amount of the Loan at that time. 3.7 Reduction of Maximum Amount The Maximum Amount of each Collateral Vessel Tranche shall be reduced in accordance with the reduction schedule set out in Schedule 7 which is based on a profile whereby the Maximum Amount of that Collateral Vessel Tranche is reduced to zero when the Collateral Vessel to which it relates is seventeen and a half (17 ½ ) years of age. 3.8 Conditions subsequent The Borrower undertakes to deliver or to cause to be delivered to the Agent: 3.8.1 on, or as soon as practicable after, (or within any time period specified in Part III of Schedule 2 and where no time period is specified, within thirty (30) days of) the First Drawdown Date the additional documents and other evidence listed in Part III of Schedule 2; and 3.8.2 on, or as soon as practicable after, (or within any time period specified in Part VII of Schedule 2 and where no time period is specified, within thirty (30) days of) an Upsize Trigger Date, the additional documents and other evidence listed in Part VII of Schedule 2. 3.9 No Waiver If the Lenders in their sole discretion agree to advance a Drawing to the Borrower before all of the documents and evidence required by Clause 3.3 or 3.4 have been delivered to or to the order of the Agent, the Borrower undertakes to deliver all outstanding documents and evidence to or to the order of the Agent no later than thirty (30) days after the First Drawdown Date or the relevant Upsize Amount Drawdown Date such other date specified by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders). The advance of a Drawing under this Clause 3.9 shall not be taken as a waiver of the Lenders' right to require production of all the documents and evidence required by Clause 3.3 or Clause 3.4 as the case may be. 3.10 Form and content All documents and evidence delivered to the Agent under this Clause 3 shall: 3.10.1 be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders); and 3.10.2 if reasonably required by the Agent, be certified, notarised, legalised or attested in a manner acceptable to the Agent. 4 Advance 4.1 Drawdown Request The Borrower may request a Drawing to be advanced on any Business Day prior to, in the case of the First Drawdown Date, 14 February 2020 and, in the case of any subsequent Drawing, the Final Availability Date, by delivering to the Agent a duly completed Drawdown Notice not more than ten (10) Business Days and not later than 10:00 a.m. (New York time) three (3) Business Days before the proposed Drawdown Date. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 27


 
4.2 Lenders' participation 4.2.1 Subject to Clause 2 and Clause 3, the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the receipt of a Drawdown Notice, following which each Lender shall advance its participation in the relevant Drawing to the Borrower through the Agent not later than 11:00am (New York time) on the relevant Drawdown Date. 4.2.2 The amount of each Lender's participation in any Drawing will be equal to the proportion borne by its Commitment to the Total Commitments. 4.3 Cancellation of Commitments The Total Commitments shall be cancelled on the Final Availability Date to the extent that they are unutilised at that time. 5 Repayment 5.1 Repayment 5.1.1 Repayment of each Drawing The Borrower agrees to repay each Drawing to the Agent for the account of the Lenders on the last day of the Interest Period in respect of that Drawing save where a further Interest Period is to apply in respect of such Drawing, in which case such Interest Period shall (unless otherwise notified by the Borrower to the Agent) be deemed to be based on an Interest Period of three months provided that no such Interest Period shall apply if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing unremedied and unwaived in which case the Borrower shall be obliged to repay such Drawing on the last day of its then current Interest Period. The Borrower shall on the Maturity Date repay to the Agent as agent for the Lenders the amount of any Drawings made and outstanding at that time, to the extent not reduced by repayments, prepayments, cancellations or voluntary reductions. 5.1.2 Reborrowing Amounts of the Loan which are repaid or prepaid shall be available for reborrowing in accordance with Clause 3 prior to the Final Availability Date. 6 Prepayment 6.1 Illegality If it becomes unlawful in any jurisdiction for a Lender to fund or maintain its Commitment as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in the Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so: 6.1.1 that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of that event; 6.1.2 upon the Agent notifying the Borrower, the Commitment of that Lender (to the extent not already advanced) will be immediately cancelled; and 6.1.3 the Borrower shall repay that Lender's participation in any Drawing on the last day of its current Interest Period or, if earlier, the date specified by that Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent and notified by the Agent to the Borrower (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and the Maximum Amount of the Loan shall be reduced by LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 28


 
the amount of that Lender's Commitment in the Loan. Any reduction in the Maximum Amount of the Loan as a result of this Clause 6.1, shall be applied against the remaining mandatory reductions on a pro rata basis and shall not be reversed. Prior to the date on which repayment is required to be made under this Clause 6.1.3 the affected Lender shall negotiate in good faith with the Borrower to find an alternative method or lending base in order to maintain the Loan. 6.2 Voluntary Cancellation 6.2.1 The Borrower may voluntarily cancel the whole or any part of the Loan in an amount of not less than five million Dollars ($5,000,000) (or as otherwise may be agreed by the Agent), provided that it has first given to the Agent not fewer than three (3) Business Days' prior written notice expiring on a Business Day (the "Cancellation Date") of its desire to cancel the Loan; such notice once received by the Agent shall be irrevocable. Any such cancellation of the Loan shall be applied as against the remaining mandatory reductions in respect of the Loan on a pro rata basis. Any cancellation under this Clause 6.2.1 shall not be reversed. If, as a result of any such cancellation, the Loan Outstanding would exceed the Maximum Amount of the Loan, the Borrower shall, on the Cancellation Date, prepay such amount of the Loan as will ensure that the Loan Outstanding is not greater than the relevant Maximum Amount. 6.2.2 Simultaneously with each reduction of the Loan in accordance with this Clause 6.2, the Commitment of each Lender will reduce so that the Commitments of the Lenders in respect of the reduced Loan remains in accordance with their respective Proportionate Shares. 6.3 Voluntary Prepayment of Drawings The Borrower may prepay the whole or any part of a Drawing (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces that Drawing by a minimum amount of one million Dollars ($1,000,000)) provided that it gives the Agent not less than three (3) Business Days' (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice. 6.4 Sale or release of Collateral Vessels 6.4.1 In the event of a sale or disposal of a Collateral Vessel or the Agent having received not less than five (5) Business Days' notice from the Borrower requesting that the security relating to a Collateral Vessel be released and discharged, the Maximum Amount of the Loan shall, subject to the provisions of Clause 6.4.2 and Clause 6.4.3, on the date of such sale, disposal or release be reduced by an amount equivalent to the Available Loan Amount applicable to that Collateral Vessel at that time. If, as a result of any reduction in the Maximum Amount of the Loan pursuant to this Clause 6.4.1, the Loan Outstanding would exceed the Maximum Amount of the Loan, the Borrower shall, on the date of the sale, disposal or release prepay such amount of the Loan as will ensure that the Loan Outstanding is not greater than the Maximum Amount of the Loan. 6.4.2 The Borrower shall have the right to replace one or more Collateral Vessels that have been sold, disposed or released pursuant to Clause 6.4.1 with one or more Replacement Vessels within one hundred and twenty (120) days of LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 29


 
the sale, disposal or release of such Collateral Vessel or Collateral Vessels (the "Vessel Replacement Period") provided that (i) the Borrower fulfils, or shall procure the fulfilment of, the conditions precedent set out Part IV of Schedule 2 and (ii) the VTL Coverage (as defined in Clause 10.9) following such replacement would be no less than the VTL Coverage immediately prior to the sale, disposal or release of the Collateral Vessel or Collateral Vessels in question. 6.4.3 For the period from the date of the sale, disposal or release of the Collateral Vessel or Collateral Vessels in question to the earlier of (a) the provision of the Replacement Vessel or Replacement Vessels and the satisfaction of the conditions referred to in Clauses 6.4.2(i) and (ii) above and (b) the end of the Vessel Replacement Period, the relevant Available Loan Amount shall not be available for drawing. Thereafter, the relevant Available Loan Amount shall either be available for redrawing (if (a) above applies) in full and such reinstated Available Loan Amount shall have a replacement reduction profile calculated in accordance with Clause 3.7 based on the age of the Replacement Vessel or Replacement Vessels or shall be permanently cancelled (if no Replacement Vessel has been provided by the end of the period specified in (b) above). At or around the date of the Vessel Replacement or permanent cancellation of the relevant Available Loan Amount (as the case may be) the Agent shall circulate to each of the parties an amended Schedule 7 to reflect the reduction in the Maximum Loan Amount of the Loan or the Replacement Vessel Owner(s) and Replacement Vessel(s) (as the case may be). Any reduction in the Maximum Amount of the Loan pursuant to this Clause 6.4 shall not be reversed save in accordance with this Clause 6.4.3. In circumstances where the whole of the Available Loan Amount in respect of a Collateral Vessel is cancelled in full and any necessary prepayment of the Loan Outstanding is made, any security held by the Agent (whether directly or indirectly) for the relevant Collateral Owner with respect to the relevant Collateral Vessel and over the relevant Collateral Vessel (including its Guarantee, unless it owns more than one Collateral Vessel) shall be released and such Collateral Vessel and Collateral Owner (unless it owns more than one Collateral Vessel) shall no longer be considered relevant for the purposes of the Finance Documents. 6.5 Total Loss 6.5.1 In the event that a Collateral Vessel becomes a Total Loss, on the earlier to occur of (that date being the “Total Loss Payment Date”) (a) the date on which the proceeds of such Total Loss are realised and (b) on the earlier of (i) the Maturity Date and (ii) the one hundred and eightieth (180th) day after the date of such Total Loss occurring the Maximum Amount of the Loan shall, subject to Clause 6.5.2 and Clause 6.5.3, be reduced by an amount equivalent to the relevant Available Loan Amount applicable to that Collateral Vessel on the Total Loss Payment Date. If, as a result of any reduction in the Maximum Amount of the Loan pursuant to this Clause, the Loan Outstanding would exceed the Maximum Amount of the Loan, the Borrower shall, simultaneously LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 30


 
with that reduction prepay such amount of the Loan as will ensure that the Loan Outstanding is not greater than the Maximum Amount of the Loan. 6.5.2 The Borrower shall have the right to replace a Collateral Vessel which has become a Total Loss pursuant to Clause 6.5.1 in each case with one or more Replacement Vessels within one hundred and twenty (120) days of the Total Loss Payment Date (the “Total Loss Vessel Replacement Period”) provided that (i) the Borrower fulfils, or shall procure the fulfilment of, the conditions precedent set out in Part IV of Schedule 2 and (ii) the VTL Coverage (as defined in Clause 10.9) following such replacement would not be less than the VTL Coverage immediately prior to the Total Loss Payment Date of the Collateral Vessel in question. 6.5.3 For the period from the Total Loss Payment Date to the earlier of (a) the provision of the Replacement Vessel or Replacement Vessels and the satisfaction of the conditions referred to in Clauses 6.5.2(i) and (ii) above and (b) the end of the Total Loss Vessel Replacement Period, the relevant Available Loan Amount shall not be available for drawing. Thereafter, the relevant Available Loan Amount shall either be available for redrawing (if (a) above applies) in full and such reinstated Available Loan Amount shall have a replacement reduction profile calculated in accordance with Clause 3.7 based on the age of the Replacement Vessel or Replacement Vessels or shall be permanently cancelled (if no Replacement Vessel has been provided by the period specified in (b) above). At or around the date of the Vessel Replacement or permanent cancellation of the relevant Available Loan Amount (as the case may be) the Agent shall circulate to each of the parties an amended Schedule 7 to reflect the reduction in the Maximum Loan Amount of the Loan or the Replacement Vessel Owner(s) and Replacement Vessel(s) (as the case may be). Any reduction in the Maximum Amount of the Loan pursuant to this Clause 6.5 shall not be reversed save in accordance with this Clause 6.5.3. 6.6 Change of Control In the event that a Change of Control occurs with respect to any Security Party, the Maximum Amount of the Loan shall on the date falling thirty (30) days from such Change of Control be reduced (i) in the case of a Change of Control with respect to the Borrower, to zero, (ii) in the case of a Change of Control with respect to the Pledgor, in an amount equivalent to the aggregate of the Available Loan Amounts applicable to the Collateral Vessels of the Collateral Owners directly owned by the Pledgor and (iii) in the case of a Change of Control in respect of a Collateral Owner, in an amount equivalent to the relevant Available Loan Amount applicable to the Collateral Vessel owned by that Collateral Owner. Any reduction in the Maximum Amount pursuant to this Clause 6.6 shall not be reversed. If, as a result of any reduction in the Maximum Amount of the Loan pursuant to this Clause 6.6, the Loan Outstanding would exceed the Maximum Amount of the Loan, the Borrower shall simultaneously with that reduction prepay such amount of the Loan as will ensure that the Loan Outstanding is not greater than the Maximum Amount of the Loan. 6.7 Vessel Retirement and Release Date When a Collateral Vessel becomes 17 ½ years of age and the Maximum Amount of the applicable Collateral Vessel Tranche has been reduced to zero, the Borrower may request that any Security Documents or other Encumbrances held by the Agent (whether directly or indirectly) in relation to the LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 31


 
relevant Collateral Owner or with respect to the relevant Collateral Vessel (including the relevant Collateral Owner’s Guarantee, unless it owns more than one Collateral Vessel) shall be released and such Collateral Vessel and Collateral Owner (unless it owns more than one Collateral Vessel) shall no longer be considered relevant for the purposes of the Finance Documents, provided that on the proposed release date (the “Vessel Retirement and Release Date”), (a) no Event of Default is continuing and (b) the Borrower remains in compliance with the VTL Coverage (as defined in Clause 10.9) immediately following the release of the relevant Collateral Vessel (compliance with the VTL Coverage for the purposes of this Clause 6.7 to be tested by the Agent on the basis of the latest set of Valuations delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 12.1.39). 6.8 Mandatory prepayment on reduction of Maximum Amount If the Maximum Amount of the Loan is reduced in accordance with Clause 3.7 to an amount which is less than the amount outstanding under the Loan, the Borrower shall, simultaneously with that reduction, prepay such amount of the Loan to ensure that the amount of the Loan outstanding does not exceed the reduced Maximum Amount of the Loan. 6.9 Restrictions Any notice of prepayment or cancellation given under this Clause 6 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant prepayment or cancellation is to be made and the amount of that prepayment or cancellation. Any prepayment or cancellation under this Agreement shall be made together with all interest and Commitment Commission accrued on the amount so prepaid or reduced up to and including the date of prepayment or reduction together with any Break Costs in respect of such prepaid amount if the date of such prepayment is not the final day of an Interest Period and subject to Clauses 6.3, 6.5, 6.6 and 6.7, without premium or penalty. 6.10 If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 6 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to the Borrower or the Lenders, as appropriate. 7 Interest 7.1 Interest Periods The period during which each Drawing shall be outstanding under this Agreement shall be divided into consecutive Interest Periods of one or three or six months' duration, as selected by the Borrower by written notice to the Agent not later than 11:00 am on the third Business Day before the beginning of the Interest Period in question, or any other period which will coincide with the end of any other Interest Period then current, or such other duration as may be agreed by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) and provided that no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date. 7.2 Beginning and end of Interest Periods The first Interest Period in respect of each Drawing shall begin on the Drawdown Date in respect of that Drawing and shall end on the last day of the Interest Period selected in accordance with Clause 7.1. Any subsequent Interest Period selected in respect of a Drawing shall commence on the day following the last day of its previous Interest Period and shall end on the last day of its current Interest Period selected in accordance with Clause 7.1. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 32


 
7.3 Interest Periods to meet Reduction Dates If an Interest Period in respect of a Drawing would otherwise expire after the next Reduction Date, there shall be a separate Interest Period for that Drawing and that separate Interest Period shall expire on the next Reduction Date. 7.4 Non-Business Days If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). 7.5 Interest rate During each Interest Period interest shall accrue on the Loan at the percentage rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the aggregate of (a) the Margin and (b) LIBOR. 7.6 Failure to select Interest Period If the Borrower at any time fails to select or agree an Interest Period in respect of a Drawing in accordance with Clause 7.1, the interest rate applicable shall be based on an Interest Period of three months. 7.7 Accrual and payment of interest Interest shall accrue from day to day, shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and the actual number of days elapsed (or, in any circumstance where market practice differs, in accordance with the prevailing market practice) and shall be paid by the Borrower to the Agent for the account of the Lenders on the last day of each Interest Period and, if the Interest Period is longer than three months, on the dates falling at three monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period. 7.8 Default interest If the Borrower fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date, subject to any applicable grace period, up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which is one point five percentage points higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Drawing in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 7.8 shall be immediately payable by the Borrower on demand by the Agent. If unpaid, any such interest will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable. 7.9 Absence of quotations Subject to Clause 7.10, if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by 11.00 am on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks. 7.10 Market disruption If a Market Disruption Event occurs for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender's share of the relevant Drawing for that Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of: 7.10.1 the Margin; and 7.10.2 the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable, and in any event by close of business on the date falling 10 Business Days after the Quotation Day (or, if earlier, on the date falling 10 Business Days prior to the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period), to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 33


 
Lender of funding its participation in the relevant Drawing in the London Interbank Market or, if cheaper, from whatever source it may reasonably select. In this Agreement "Market Disruption Event" means: (a) at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine LIBOR for dollars and the relevant Interest Period; or (b) before close of business in New York on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the relevant Drawing equals or exceeds 50 per cent of that Drawing) that the cost to it of funding its participation in that Drawing from the London Interbank Market or, if cheaper, from whatever other source it may reasonably select, would be in excess of LIBOR. 7.11 Alternative basis of interest or funding 7.11.1 If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest. 7.11.2 Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to Clause 7.11.1 shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all Parties. 7.11.3 If an alternative basis is not agreed pursuant to Clause 7.11.1, the rate of interest shall continue to be determined in accordance with Clause 7.10. 7.12 Determinations conclusive The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Clause 7 and each such determination shall (save in the case of manifest error) be final and conclusive. 8 Indemnities 8.1 Transaction expenses The Borrower will, within fourteen (14) days of the Agent's written demand, pay the Agent (for the account of the Finance Parties) the amount of all reasonable and documented out of pocket costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Finance Parties or any of them in connection with: 8.1.1 the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and registration of the Finance Documents (whether or not any Finance Document is actually executed or registered and whether or not the Loan is advanced); 8.1.2 any amendment, addendum or supplement to any Finance Document (whether or not completed); and 8.1.3 any other document which may at any time be required by a Finance Party to give effect to any Finance Document (other than the Master Agreements) or LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 34


 
which a Finance Party is entitled to call for or obtain under any Finance Document. 8.2 Funding costs The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party, by payment to the Agent (for the account of that Finance Party) on the Agent's written demand, against all losses and costs incurred or sustained by that Finance Party if, for any reason due to a default or other action by the Borrower, a Drawing is not advanced to the Borrower after the relevant Drawdown Notice has been given to the Agent, or is advanced on a date other than that requested in the Drawdown Notice. 8.3 Break Costs The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party, by payment to the Agent (for the account of that Finance Party) on the Agent's written demand, against all documented costs, losses, premiums or penalties incurred by that Finance Party as a result of its receiving any prepayment of all or any part of a Drawing (whether pursuant to Clause 6 or otherwise) on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Drawing, or any other payment under or in relation to the Finance Documents on a day other than the due date for payment of the sum in question, excluding Margin but including (without limitation) any losses or costs incurred in liquidating or re-employing deposits from third parties acquired to effect or maintain all or any part of a Drawing, and any liabilities, expenses or losses incurred by any Swap Provider in terminating or reversing, or otherwise in connection with, any non- speculative interest or currency exchange transaction or arrangement entered into by that Swap Provider with any member of the Borrower Group to hedge any exposure arising under any Master Agreement, or in terminating or reversing, or otherwise in connection with, any open position arising under any Master Agreement. 8.4 Currency indemnity In the event of a Finance Party receiving or recovering any amount payable under a Finance Document in a currency other than the Currency of Account, and if the amount received or recovered is insufficient when converted into the Currency of Account at the date of receipt to satisfy in full the amount due, the Borrower shall promptly, on the Agent's written demand, pay to the Agent for the account of the relevant Finance Party such further amount in the Currency of Account as is sufficient to satisfy in full the amount due and that further amount shall be due to the Agent on behalf of the relevant Finance Party as a separate debt under this Agreement. 8.5 Other Indemnities 8.5.1 The Borrower shall (or shall procure that a Security Party will), within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability reasonably incurred by it as a result of: (a) a failure by a Security Party to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 15.23; (b) the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower. 8.6 General indemnity 8.6.1 The Borrower hereby agrees at all times to pay promptly or, as the case may be, indemnify and hold the Finance Parties and their respective officers, LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 35


 
directors, representatives, agents and employees (together the "Indemnified Parties") harmless on a full indemnity basis from and against each and every loss suffered or incurred by or imposed on any Indemnified Party related to or arising out of: (a) the use of proceeds of the Loan; (b) the execution and delivery of any commitment letter, engagement letter, fee letter, the Finance Documents or any other document connected therewith or the performance of the respective obligations thereunder, including without limitation environmental liabilities; or (c) any claim, action, suit, investigation or proceeding relating to the foregoing or the Security Parties, whether or not any Indemnified Party is a party thereto or target thereof, or the Indemnified Parties' roles in connection therewith, and will reimburse the Indemnified Parties, on demand, for all reasonable expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses and costs related to operating a secure website for Lenders' communication) as they are incurred by the Indemnified Parties in connection with investigating, preparing for or defending any such claim, action, suit or proceeding (including any security holder actions or proceeding, inquiry or investigation), whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation in which the Security Parties are a party. 8.6.2 The Borrower will not, however, be responsible for any claims, liabilities, losses, damages or expenses of an Indemnified Party that are finally judicially determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted principally from the wilful misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnified Party. 8.6.3 The foregoing shall be in addition to any rights that the Indemnified Parties may have at common law or otherwise and shall extend upon the same terms to and inure to the benefit of any Affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent or controlling person of an Indemnified Party. 8.7 Increased costs 8.7.1 Subject to Clause 8.9, the Borrower shall, within three (3) Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement or (iii) the implementation or application of or compliance with Basel III, CRR or CRD IV or any other law or regulation which implements Basel III, CRR or CRD IV (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, that Finance Party or any of that Finance Party's Affiliates). 8.7.2 In this Agreement: (a) "Basel III" means: LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 36


 
(i) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in "Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems", "Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring" and "Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated; (ii) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in "Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and (iii) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to "Basel III". (b) "CRD IV" means Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC, as amended, supplemented or restated. (c) "CRR" means Regulation EU No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation EU No 648/2012, as amended, supplemented or restated. (d) "Increased Costs" means: (i) a reduction in the rate of return from the Loan or on a Finance Party's (or its Affiliate's) overall capital; (ii) an additional or increased cost; or (iii) a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document, which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into any Finance Document or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document. 8.8 Increased cost claims 8.8.1 A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 8.7 shall promptly notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 37


 
8.8.2 Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs. 8.9 Exceptions to increased costs Clause 8.7 does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is: 8.9.1 compensated for by a payment made under Clause 8.12 (or would have been compensated for by a payment made under Clause 8.12 but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in Clause 8.12.2 applied); or 8.9.2 compensated for by a payment made under Clause 17.3; or 8.9.3 attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party; or 8.9.4 attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party (or an Affiliate of that Finance Party) of any law or regulation; or 8.9.5 attributable to the implementation or application of, or compliance with, the "International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (but excluding any amendment arising out of Basel III) ("Basel II") or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or of its Affiliates). 8.10 Events of Default The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party from time to time, by payment to the Agent (for the account of that Finance Party) on the Agent's written demand, against all losses and costs incurred or sustained by that Finance Party as a consequence of any Event of Default. 8.11 Enforcement costs The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Finance Party) on the Agent's written demand the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by a Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document including (without limitation) any losses, costs and expenses which that Finance Party may from time to time sustain, incur or become liable for by reason of that Finance Party or other Finance Party being a mortgagee of a Collateral Vessel and/or lender to the Borrower. No such indemnity will be given where any such loss or cost has occurred due to gross negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of that Finance Party; however, this shall not affect the right of any other Finance Party to receive such indemnity. 8.12 Taxes 8.12.1 The Borrower shall (within three (3) Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document. 8.12.2 Clause 8.12.1 above shall not apply: LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 38


 
(a) with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party: (i) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or (ii) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party's Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction, if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; (b) to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 17.3; or (c) to the extent a loss, liability or cost relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party. 8.12.3 A Protected Party making, or intending to make, a claim under Clause 8.12.1 above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Borrower. 8.12.4 A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from a Security Party under this Clause 8.12, notify the Agent. 8.13 Stamp taxes 8.13.1 The Borrower shall pay and, within three (3) Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document. 8.13.2 Provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Clause 8.13.1 shall not apply in respect of any stamp duty, registration or other similar Taxes which are payable in respect of an assignment, transfer or other alienation of any kind by a Finance Party of any of its rights and/or obligations under a Finance Document. 8.14 VAT 8.14.1 All amounts set out or expressed in a Finance Document to be payable by any Party or any Security Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly, subject to Clause 8.14.2, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party or to any Security Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party or Security Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 39


 
amount of such VAT (and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party). 8.14.2 If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the "Supplier") to any other Finance Party (the "Recipient") under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the "Relevant Party") is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration): (a) (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this Clause (a) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and (b) (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT. 8.14.3 Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority. 8.14.4 Any reference in this Clause 8.14 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to any member of such group at such time. 8.14.5 In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party's VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party's VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply. 8.15 FATCA Information 8.15.1 Subject to Clause 8.15.3, each Party shall, within ten (10) Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party: (a) confirm to that other Party whether it is: LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 40


 
(i) a FATCA Exempt Party; or (ii) not a FATCA Exempt Party; and (b) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with FATCA; and (c) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably request for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with any other law, regulation or exchange of information regime. 8.15.2 If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to Clause 8.15.1(a) that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly. 8.15.3 Clause 8.15.1 above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything, and Clause 8.15.1(c) shall not oblige any Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of: (a) any law or regulation; (b) any fiduciary duty; or (c) any duty of confidentiality. 8.15.4 If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with Clause 8.15.1 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where Clause 8.15.3 applies) then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information. 8.15.5 If the Borrower is a US Tax Obligor or the Agent reasonably believes that its obligations under FATCA or any other applicable law or regulation require it, each Lender shall, within ten (10) Business Days of: (a) where the Borrower is a US Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender is a Lender on the date of this Agreement, the date of this Agreement; (b) where the Borrower is a US Tax Obligor on a date on which any other Lender becomes a Party as a Lender, that date; or (c) where the Borrower is not a US Tax Obligor, the date of a request from the Agent, supply to the Agent: (i) a withholding certificate on Form W-8 or Form W-9 or any other relevant form; or LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 41


 
(ii) any withholding statement or other document, authorisation or waiver as the Agent may require to certify or establish the status of such Lender under FATCA or that other law or regulation. 8.15.6 The Agent shall provide any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to Clause 8.15.5 to the Borrower. 8.15.7 If any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver provided to the Agent by a Lender pursuant to Clause 8.15.5 is or becomes materially inaccurate or incomplete, that Lender shall promptly update it and provide such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the Agent unless it is unlawful for the Lender to do so (in which case the Lender shall promptly notify the Agent). The Agent shall provide any such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the Borrower. 8.15.8 The Agent may rely on any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to Clause 8.15.5 or 8.15.7 without further verification. The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with Clause 8.15.5, 8.15.6 or 8.15.7. 8.16 FATCA Deduction 8.16.1 Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required by FATCA to make, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction. 8.16.2 Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrower, the Agent and the other Finance Parties. 9 Fees 9.1 Commitment fee The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of the Lenders in proportion to their Commitments) a fee computed at the rate of thirty five per cent (35%) of the relevant Margin on the undrawn and uncancelled amount of the Maximum Amount of the Loan from time to time for the period beginning on the Execution Date until the Final Availability Date (including, for the avoidance of doubt, on the amount of any relevant Available Loan Amount reduced on account of a potential Collateral Substitution for the period from the sale or Total Loss Payment Date of the Collateral Vessel in question to the earlier of (i) the end of the Vessel Replacement Period or Total Loss Vessel Replacement Period (as the case may be) and (ii) the date on which the Borrower has effected such Collateral Substitution). The accrued commitment fees are payable on the last day of each successive period of three months commencing from the Execution Date which ends prior to the Final LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 42


 
Availability Date, on the Final Availability Date and (on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender's Commitment) at the time the cancellation is effective. 9.2 Other fees The Borrower shall pay to the Agent the fees in the amounts and at the times agreed in any Fee Letter. 9.3 Upsize Fees The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders the fees in the amount and at the times agreed in each Upsize Notice. 10 Security and Application of Moneys 10.1 Security Documents As security for the payment of the Indebtedness, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Agent or cause to be executed and delivered to the Agent at the relevant time, the following documents in such forms and containing such terms and conditions as the Agent shall require: 10.1.1 a first priority statutory or preferred mortgage (as the case may be) over each Collateral Vessel together with a collateral deed of covenants (if applicable), and if such mortgage shows the amount secured, such amount shall be no less than 110% of the Indebtedness (if allowed by applicable law); 10.1.2 a first priority deed of assignment of the Insurances, Earnings, Charter Rights (if applicable) and Requisition Compensation of each Collateral Vessel; 10.1.3 a guarantee and indemnity from each Collateral Owner and the Pledgor; 10.1.4 a first priority pledge of all the membership interests or shares (as the case may be) in each Collateral Owner from the Borrower or the Pledgor (as the case may be); 10.1.5 a first priority account security deed in respect of the Earnings Account and all amounts from time to time standing to the credit of the Earnings Account; 10.1.6 at any time when the Approved Managers of a Collateral Vessel are not the Borrower, Teekay, Teekay Marine (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. or any other member of the Borrower Group or the Teekay Group, a Managers' Confirmation; and 10.1.7 a first priority deed of charge over the Master Agreement Proceeds in respect of each Master Agreement. 10.2 Earnings Account The Borrower shall maintain the Earnings Account with the Account Holder for the duration of the Facility Period free of Encumbrances and rights of set off other than those created by or under the Finance Documents and, from the date of this Agreement until the First Drawdown Date, any Encumbrance created pursuant to any of the Existing Loan Agreements. 10.3 Earnings The Borrower shall procure that all Earnings and any Requisition Compensation are credited to the Earnings Account. 10.4 Withdrawals from Earnings Account Subject to no Event of Default being continuing, the Borrower may freely withdraw any sum standing to the credit of the Earnings Account. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 43


 
10.5 Relocation of Earnings Account On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Agent may without the consent of the Borrower instruct the Account Holder to relocate the Earnings Account to any other branch of the Account Holder, without prejudice to the continued application of this Clause 10 and the rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents. The Agent shall promptly notify the Finance Parties following a relocation of the Earnings Account pursuant to this Clause. 10.6 Access to information The Borrower agrees that the Agent (and its nominees) may from time to time during the Facility Period upon reasonable prior request review the records held by the Account Holder (whether in written or electronic form) in relation to the Earnings Account, and irrevocably waives any right of confidentiality which may exist in relation to those records. 10.7 Application after acceleration From and after the giving of notice to the Borrower by the Agent under Clause 13.2, the Borrower shall procure that all sums from time to time standing to the credit of the Earnings Account are immediately transferred to the Agent for application in accordance with Clause 10.8 and the Borrower irrevocably authorises the Agent to instruct the Account Holder to make those transfers. 10.8 General application of moneys Whilst an Event of Default is continuing unremedied or unwaived the Borrower irrevocably authorises the Agent to apply (and the Agent agrees to apply) all sums which it may receive under or in connection with any Security Document, in or towards satisfaction, or by way of retention on account, of the Indebtedness, as follows: 10.8.1 first in payment of all outstanding amounts (including, but not limited to, outstanding fees and expenses) payable to the Agent; 10.8.2 secondly in or towards payment of all outstanding interest hereunder; 10.8.3 thirdly in or towards payment of all outstanding principal hereunder; 10.8.4 fourthly in or towards payment of all other Indebtedness hereunder; 10.8.5 fifthly the balance, if any, shall be remitted to the Borrower or whoever may be entitled thereto, provided that any part of the Indebtedness arising out of the Master Agreements shall be satisfied only after every other part of the Indebtedness for the time being due and payable has been satisfied in full. 10.9 Additional security If at any time the aggregate of the Fair Market Value of the Collateral Vessels and the value of any additional security (such value to be the face amount of the deposit (in the case of cash), determined conclusively by appropriate advisers appointed by the Agent (in the case of other charged assets), and determined by the Agent, acting reasonably (in all other cases)) for the time being provided to the Agent under this Clause 10.9 is less than one hundred and twenty five per cent (125%) of the amount of the Loan then outstanding (the "VTL Coverage") the Borrower shall, within thirty (30) days of the Agent's request, at the Borrower's option: LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 44


 
10.9.1 pay to the Agent or to its nominee a cash deposit in the amount of the shortfall to be secured in favour of the Agent as additional security for the payment of the Indebtedness; or 10.9.2 give to the Agent other additional security in amount and form acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of all of the Lenders); or 10.9.3 prepay the Loan in the amount of the shortfall. Clause 6.9 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to any prepayment made under this Clause 10.9 and the value of any additional security provided shall be determined as stated above. If, at any time after the Borrower has provided additional security in accordance with the Agent's request under this Clause 10.9, the Agent shall determine when testing compliance with the VTL Coverage that all or any part of that additional security may be released without resulting in a shortfall in the VTL Coverage, then, provided that no Default is continuing, the Agent shall release all or any part of that additional security, but this shall be without prejudice to the Agent's right to make a further request under this Clause 10.9 should the value of the remaining security subsequently merit it. 11 Representations and Warranties The Borrower represents and warrants to each of the Finance Parties at the Execution Date and (by reference to the facts and circumstances then pertaining) at the date of each Drawdown Notice, at each Drawdown Date and at each Interest Payment Date as follows (except that the representation and warranty contained at Clause 11.7 shall only be made on the Execution Date and the First Drawdown Date and the representations and warranties at Clause 11.2, Clause 11.6 and Clause 11.22 shall only be made on the Execution Date): 11.1 Status and Due Authorisation Each of the Security Parties is a corporation or limited liability company duly incorporated or formed under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation (as the case may be) with power to enter into the Finance Documents and to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and all corporate and other action required to authorise its execution of the Finance Documents and its performance of its obligations thereunder has been duly taken. 11.2 No Deductions or Withholding Under the laws of the Security Parties' respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation in force at the date hereof, none of the Security Parties will be required to make any deduction or withholding from any payment it may make under any of the Finance Documents. 11.3 Claims Pari Passu Under the laws of the Security Parties' respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation in force at the date hereof, the Indebtedness will, to the extent that it exceeds the realised value of any security granted in respect of the Indebtedness, rank at least pari passu with all the Security Parties' other unsecured indebtedness save that which is preferred solely by any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 45


 
11.4 No Immunity In any proceedings taken in any of the Security Parties' respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation in relation to any of the Finance Documents, none of the Security Parties will be entitled to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process. 11.5 Governing Law and Judgments In any proceedings taken in any of the Security Parties' jurisdiction of incorporation or formation in relation to any of the Finance Documents in which there is an express choice of the law of a particular country as the governing law thereof, that choice of law and any judgment or (if applicable) arbitral award obtained in that country will be recognised and enforced. 11.6 Validity and Admissibility in Evidence As at the date hereof, all acts, conditions and things required to be done, fulfilled and performed in order (a) to enable each of the Security Parties lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights under and perform and comply with the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents, (b) to ensure that the obligations expressed to be assumed by each of the Security Parties in the Finance Documents are legal, valid and binding and (c) to make the Finance Documents admissible in evidence in the jurisdictions of incorporation or formation of each of the Security Parties, have been done, fulfilled and performed. 11.7 No Filing or Stamp Taxes Under the laws of the Security Parties' respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation in force at the date hereof, it is not necessary that any of the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation (other than the relevant maritime registry, to the extent applicable) or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to any of the Finance Documents. 11.8 Binding Obligations The obligations expressed to be assumed by each of the Security Parties in the Finance Documents are legal and valid obligations, binding on each of them in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents and no limit on any of their powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowings, granting of security or giving of guarantees contemplated by the Finance Documents or the performance by any of them of any of their obligations thereunder. 11.9 No misleading information To the best of its knowledge, any factual information provided by any Security Party to any Finance Party in connection with the Loan was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided and is not misleading in any respect. 11.10 No Winding-up None of the Security Parties has taken any corporate or limited liability company action nor have any other steps been taken or legal proceedings been started or (to the best of the Borrower's knowledge and belief) threatened against any Security Party for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation or for the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, trustee or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues which might have a Material Adverse Effect. 11.11 Solvency 11.11.1 None of the Security Parties nor the Borrower Group taken as a whole is unable, or admits or has admitted its inability, to pay its debts or has suspended making payments in respect of any of its debts. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 46


 
11.11.2 None of the Security Parties by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, has commenced, or intends to commence, negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness. 11.11.3 The value of the assets of each Security Party and the Borrower Group taken as a whole is not less than the liabilities of such entity or the Borrower Group taken as a whole (as the case may be) (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities). 11.11.4 No moratorium has been, or may, in the reasonably foreseeable future be, declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Security Party. 11.12 No Material Defaults 11.12.1 Without prejudice to Clause 11.12.2, none of the Security Parties are in breach of or in default under any agreement to which it is a party or which is binding on it or any of its assets to an extent or in a manner which might have a Material Adverse Effect. 11.12.2 No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the advance of the Loan. 11.13 No Material Proceedings No action or administrative proceeding of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which is not covered by adequate insurance or which might have a Material Adverse Effect has been started or is reasonably likely to be started. 11.14 Accounts All financial statements relating to the Borrower required to be delivered under Clause 12.1.1 and Clause 12.1.4, were each prepared in accordance with GAAP, give (in conjunction with the notes thereto) a true and fair view of (in the case of annual financial statements) or fairly represent (in the case of quarterly accounts) the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at the date as of which they were prepared and the results of their operations during the financial period then ended. 11.15 No Material Adverse Change Since the publication of the last financial statements relating to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Clause 12.1.1 and Clause 12.1.4, there has been no change that has a Material Adverse Effect. 11.16 No Undisclosed Liabilities As at the date to which the Accounts were prepared none of the Security Parties had any material liabilities (contingent or otherwise) which were not disclosed thereby (or by the notes thereto) or reserved against therein nor any unrealised or anticipated losses arising from commitments entered into by it which were not so disclosed or reserved against therein. 11.17 No Obligation to Create Security The execution of the Finance Documents by the Security Parties and their exercise of their rights and performance of their obligations thereunder will not result in the existence of nor oblige any Security Party to create any Encumbrance over all or any of their present or future revenues or assets, other than pursuant to the Security Documents. 11.18 No Breach The execution of the Finance Documents by each of the Security Parties and their exercise of their rights and performance of their obligations under any of the LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 47


 
Finance Documents do not constitute and will not result in any breach of any agreement or treaty to which any of them is a party. 11.19 Security Each of the Security Parties is the legal and beneficial owner of all assets and other property which it purports to charge, mortgage, pledge, assign or otherwise secure pursuant to each Security Document and those Security Documents to which it is a party create and give rise to valid and effective security having the ranking expressed in those Security Documents. 11.20 Necessary Authorisations The Necessary Authorisations required by each Security Party are in full force and effect, and each Security Party is in compliance with the material provisions of each such Necessary Authorisation relating to it and, to the best of its knowledge, none of the Necessary Authorisations relating to it are the subject of any pending or threatened proceedings or revocation. 11.21 Money Laundering Any amount borrowed hereunder, and the performance of the obligations of the Security Parties under the Finance Documents, will be for the account of members of the Borrower Group and will not involve any breach by any of them of any law or regulatory measure relating to "money laundering" as defined in Article 1 of the Directive ((EU) 2015/849) of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Communities. 11.22 Disclosure of material facts The Borrower is not aware of any material facts or circumstances which have not been disclosed to the Agent and which might, if disclosed, have reasonably been expected to adversely affect the decision of a person considering whether or not to make loan facilities of the nature contemplated by this Agreement available to the Borrower. 11.23 No breach of laws 11.23.1 None of the Security Parties has breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 11.23.2 No labour disputes are current or (to the best of the Borrower's knowledge and belief) threatened against any member of the Borrower Group which have or are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 11.24 Anti-money laundering, anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws None of the Security Parties nor any of their Subsidiaries, directors or officers, or, to the best knowledge of any Security Party, any Affiliate of it, has engaged in any activity or conduct which would violate any applicable anti-money laundering, anti-corruption or anti-bribery laws, regulations or rules in any applicable jurisdiction. 11.25 Environmental laws 11.25.1 Each member of the Borrower Group is in compliance with Clause 12.1.14 and (to the best of its knowledge and belief) no circumstances have occurred which would prevent such compliance in a manner or to an extent which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 11.25.2 No Environmental Claim has been commenced or (to the best of the Borrower's knowledge and belief) is threatened against any member of the Borrower Group where that claim has or is reasonably likely, if determined LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 48


 
against that member of the Borrower Group, to have a Material Adverse Effect. 11.26 Use of Facility The Loan will be used for the purposes specified in the Recital. 11.27 Taxation 11.27.1 The Borrower is not materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax of $5,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) or more, save in the case of Taxes which are being contested on bona fide grounds. 11.27.2 No claims or investigations are being made or conducted against the Borrower with respect to Taxes such that a liability of, or claim against, the Borrower of $5,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) or more is reasonably likely to arise. 11.28 Shares The shares or membership interests (as the case may be) of the Borrower and each Collateral Owner are fully paid and not subject to any option to purchase or similar rights. The constitutional documents of each Collateral Owner do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of those shares on creation or enforcement of the Security Documents. There are no agreements in force which provide for the issue or allotment of, or grant any person the right to call for the issue or allotment of, any share or loan capital of any member of the Borrower Group, the Borrower and the Collateral Owners (including any option or right of pre-emption or conversion). 11.29 Sanctions 11.29.1 No Security Party nor any of their respective directors, officers or employees: (a) is a Restricted Party; or (b) has received notice of or is aware of any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority. 11.29.2 No Collateral Vessel is a vessel with which any Finance Party is prohibited or restricted from dealing with under any Sanctions. 11.29.3 Each of the Security Parties is in compliance with all Sanctions. 11.29.4 Each Security Party has instituted and maintains policies and procedures designated to promote and achieve compliance by the Security Parties with Sanctions. 11.30 Representations Limited The representation and warranties of the Borrower in this Clause 11 are subject to: 11.30.1 the principle that equitable remedies are remedies which may be granted or refused at the discretion of the court; LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 49


 
11.30.2 the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganisation, court schemes, moratoria, administration and other laws generally affecting or limiting the rights of creditors; 11.30.3 the time barring of claims under any applicable limitation acts; 11.30.4 the possibility that a court may strike out provisions from a contract as being invalid for reasons of oppression, undue influence or similar; and 11.30.5 any other reservations or qualifications of law expressed in any legal opinions obtained by the Agent in connection with the Loan; and 11.31 Sanctions Exception The representations and warranties and covenants given in Clause 11.29 and Clause 12.1.12 respectively shall only be given, and be applicable to, a Lender incorporated in the Federal Republic of Germany insofar as the giving of and compliance with such representations and warranties and covenants do not result in a violation of or conflict with section 7 of the German Foreign Trade Regulation (Außenwirtschaftsverodnung) (in conjunction with section 4, paragraph 1a, no.3 foreign trade law (AWG) (Außenwirtschaftsgesetz)), any provision of Council Regulation (EC) 2271/1996 (in conjunction with Commission Delegated Regulation EU 2018/1100) or any similar applicable anti-boycott laws or regulation. 12 Undertakings and Covenants The undertakings and covenants in this Clause 12 remain in force for the duration of the Facility Period. 12.1 General Undertakings 12.1.1 Financial statements The Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event within one hundred and eighty (180) days after the end of each of its financial years, its audited consolidated financial statements for that financial year. 12.1.2 Cash Flow Projections The Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event prior to the start of each of its financial years, its cash flow projections for the coming financial year. 12.1.3 Requirements as to financial statements Each set of financial statements delivered by the Borrower under Clause 12.1.1: (a) shall be certified by an authorised signatory of the Borrower as fairly representing its financial condition as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up; and (b) shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP. 12.1.4 Interim financial statements The Borrower shall supply to the Agent as soon as the same become available, but in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of the first, second and third quarter during each of its financial years, its unaudited consolidated quarterly financial statements for that quarter. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 50


 
12.1.5 Compliance Certificates The Borrower shall supply to the Agent a Compliance Certificate, signed by a duly authorised representative of the Borrower, with each set of its annual financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 12.1.1 (the "Annual Statements") and with each set of its quarterly financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 12.1.4 (the "Quarterly Statements") which, in each case, shall contain computations as to compliance with Clause 12.2 as at the date the relevant financial statements were drawn up. 12.1.6 Information: miscellaneous The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, supply to the Agent: (a) promptly upon becoming aware of them, details of any material litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any Security Party, and which, if adversely determined, are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) promptly, details of any capture, seizure, arrest, confiscation or detention of any Collateral Vessel which remains in existence five (5) Business Days after the initial capture, seizure, arrest, confiscation or detention (as the case may be); and (c) promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of any Security Party as the Agent may reasonably request in writing. 12.1.7 Maintenance of Legal Validity The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, comply with the terms of and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect all Authorisations required in or by the laws and regulations of its jurisdiction of formation or incorporation and all other applicable jurisdictions, to enable it lawfully to enter into and perform its obligations under the Security Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of the Security Documents in its jurisdiction of incorporation, formation or organisation and all other applicable jurisdictions. 12.1.8 Notification of Default The Borrower shall promptly, upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Agent in writing of the occurrence of any Event of Default and, upon receipt of a written request to that effect from the Agent, confirm to the Agent that, save as previously notified to the Agent or as notified in such confirmation, no Event of Default has occurred. 12.1.9 Claims Pari Passu The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, ensure that at all times the claims of the Finance Parties against it under the Security Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured creditors save those whose claims are preferred by any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, winding-up or other similar laws of general application. 12.1.10 Necessary Authorisations Without prejudice to any specific provision of the Security Documents relating to an Authorisation, the Borrower shall, and LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 51


 
shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, (i) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect all Necessary Authorisations if a failure to do the same may cause a Material Adverse Effect; and (ii) promptly upon request, supply certified copies to the Agent of all Necessary Authorisations. 12.1.11 Compliance with Applicable Laws The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the other Security Parties shall, comply with all applicable laws, including Environmental Laws, to which it may be subject (except as regards Sanctions to which Clause 12.1.12 applies, and anti-money laundering, anti- corruption and anti-bribery laws to which Clause 12.1.13 applies) if a failure to do the same may have a Material Adverse Effect. 12.1.12 Sanctions (a) The Borrower shall not and shall procure that no Security Party will, directly or indirectly, make any proceeds of the Loan or other transaction(s) contemplated by any Finance Document available to, or for the benefit of, a Restricted Party or permit or otherwise authorise any such proceeds to be applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions or which would be reasonably expected to put any Finance Party in breach of any Sanctions to which it adheres. (b) The Borrower shall not, and shall procure that no Security Party shall: (i) become a Restricted Party; (ii) be subject to or the target of any action by any regulatory or enforcement authority or third party in relation to any Sanctions of any Sanctions Authority; (iii) become 50% or more owned, directly or indirectly, by, or act directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Restricted Party (it being understood that if a Security Party engages in a chartering activity with a charterer that is the target of any sectoral Sanctions, such chartering activity shall not constitute "acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Restricted Party", where such chartering activity is not in breach of sectoral Sanctions imposed by the Sanctions Authorities); (iv) own or control, directly or indirectly, a Restricted Party; or (v) be in breach of Sanctions. (c) The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each Collateral Owner shall, prevent its assets, the assets subject to the Security Documents or any Collateral Vessel from being used, directly or indirectly: LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 52


 
(i) by, or for the benefit of, any Restricted Party (including being sold, chartered, leased or otherwise provided directly or indirectly to any Restricted Party) if such use would be in breach of Sanctions; and/or (ii) in any trade which is prohibited under Sanctions or which could expose the relevant Collateral Vessel, any Finance Party or any Approved Manager to enforcement proceedings or any other consequences whatsoever arising from Sanctions. (d) Without prejudice to the rights of the Finance Parties under any other provisions of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, if the relevant Collateral Owner or the Borrower finds out that a Collateral Vessel, without its knowledge, has been sold, chartered, conferred, leased or otherwise provided directly or indirectly to any Restricted Party in breach of Sanctions, it shall as soon as possible and in any case within 30 days after the day it finds out that any of the events described in this clause has occurred terminate or procure the termination of that relationship with the Restricted Party. In this case the Borrower will also inform the Finance Parties promptly upon becoming so aware. (e) Neither the Loan nor any part thereof shall be repaid or prepaid (i) out of proceeds from funds or assets that constitute property of, or that are beneficially owned directly or indirectly by, any Restricted Party, are obtained or derived from transactions with or relating to any Restricted Party or transactions in violation of Sanctions (in each case, it being understood that any proceeds obtained or derived from, directly or indirectly, chartering activity with a charterer that is the target of any sectoral Sanctions shall not be subject to restrictions under this subclause 12.1.12(e) where such chartering activity is not in breach of sectoral Sanctions imposed by the Sanctions Authorities and provided that (ii) below is not breached) or (ii) otherwise in any manner that could be reasonably be expected to cause any Finance Party to be in violation of Sanctions. (f) The Borrower shall promptly, upon becoming aware of the same (and if permitted to do so by the relevant Sanctions), inform the Agent in writing if it or any Security Party is in breach of any Sanctions and/or of any proceedings or investigations initiated by any relevant Sanctions Authority against any Security Party. 12.1.13 Anti-money laundering, anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the Security Parties shall, conduct its business in compliance with applicable anti-money laundering, anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws. 12.1.14 Environmental compliance The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the Security Parties will: LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 53


 
(a) comply with all Environmental Laws; (b) obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Approvals; (c) implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Laws, where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 12.1.15 Sustainable vessel dismantling The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the Security Parties shall, ensure that any of the Collateral Vessels controlled by it or which is sold by it to an intermediary with the intention of being scrapped, is recycled at a recycling yard which conducts its recycling business in a socially and environmentally responsible manner in accordance with the Hong Kong International Convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships 2009 and/or the EU Ship Recycling Regulations 2013. 12.1.16 Environmental claims The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the Security Parties will, promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Agent in writing of: (a) any Environmental Claim against any member of the Borrower Group which is current, pending or threatened; and (b) any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any member of the Borrower Group, where the claim, if determined against that member of the Borrower Group, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 12.1.17 Taxation The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each Security Party will, pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that: (a) such payment is being contested in good faith; (b) adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them which have been disclosed in its latest financial statements; and (c) such payment can be lawfully withheld and failure to pay those Taxes does not have or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 12.1.18 Loans or other financial commitments The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner will make any loan or enter into any guarantee and indemnity or otherwise voluntarily assume any actual or contingent liability in LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 54


 
respect of any obligation of any other person except for the Loan, loans made in the ordinary course of business in connection with the chartering, operation or repair of its Collateral Vessel or loans made to other members of the Borrower Group on an unsecured and subordinated basis. 12.1.19 Further Assurance The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each of the Security Parties shall, at its own expense, promptly take all such action as the Agent may reasonably require for the purpose of perfecting or protecting any Finance Party's rights with respect to the security created or evidenced (or intended to be created or evidenced) by the Security Documents. 12.1.20 Other information The Borrower will, and will procure that each of the Security Parties will, promptly supply to the Agent such financial information and explanations as the Majority Lenders may from time to time reasonably require in connection with the Security Parties, including the unaudited consolidated annual financial statements of the Borrower as soon as such financial statements have been drawn up. 12.1.21 Inspection of records The Borrower will, and will procure that each other Security Party will, permit the inspection of its financial records and accounts on reasonable prior written notice from time to time during business hours by the Agent or its nominee. 12.1.22 Insurance The Borrower shall procure that all of the assets, operation and liability of the members of the Borrower Group are insured against such risks, liabilities and for amounts as normally adopted by the industry for similar assets and liabilities and, in the case of the Collateral Vessels, in accordance with the terms of the Security Documents. 12.1.23 Merger and Demerger The Borrower shall not, and shall ensure that no other Security Party will, enter into any amalgamation, merger, demerger or corporate restructuring without the prior written consent of all Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) save (in the case of the Borrower or the Pledgor) where the Borrower or the Pledgor is the surviving entity of any such amalgamation, merger, demerger or corporate restructuring. 12.1.24 Transfer of Assets The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner will sell or transfer any of its material assets other than: (a) on arm's length terms to third parties where the net proceeds of sale are used as a prepayment hereunder; or (b) on arm's length terms to its Affiliates, which are and remain members of the Borrower Group. 12.1.25 Change of Business The Borrower shall not, and shall procure that no other Security Party will, without the prior written consent of all Lenders, make any substantial change to the general nature of its shipping business from that carried on at the date of this Agreement. 12.1.26 Acquisitions The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner will make any acquisition or investment without the prior written consent of all Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) save for the LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 55


 
purchase of any Collateral Vessel or Replacement Vessel (provided that no Collateral Owner shall own more than one Collateral Vessel or Replacement Vessel (as the case may be) at any one time). 12.1.27 "Know your customer" checks If: (a) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement; (b) any change in the status of the Borrower after the date of this Agreement; or (c) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer, obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of (c) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender for itself (or, in the case of (c) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent or that Lender (or, in the case of (c) above, any prospective new Lender) to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents including, without limitation, obtaining, verifying and recording certain information and documentation that will allow the Agent and any Lender to identify each Security Party in accordance with the requirements of the PATRIOT Act. 12.1.28 No borrowings The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner shall incur any liability or obligation except (i) liabilities and obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party, (ii) liabilities or obligations reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of owning and chartering, repairing and maintaining its Collateral Vessel and (iii) Financial Indebtedness owing to Affiliates provided that such Financial Indebtedness is unsecured and subordinated and provided that so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would result from the making of any such payment, nothing in this Clause 12.1.28 shall prevent any Collateral Owner from repaying any such Financial Indebtedness or paying interest on any such Financial Indebtedness. 12.1.29 Dividends The Borrower is free to pay any dividends or make other distributions to its shareholders or buy back its own shares provided that (i) no Event of Default is continuing at the time of such payment, distributions or buy-back, or would result from such payment, distributions or buy-back and (ii) such payment, distributions or buy-back would not result in the Borrower being in breach of Clause 10.9 or Clause 12.2. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 56


 
12.1.30 Listing The Borrower or another member of the Teekay Group shall throughout the Facility Period maintain its listing as a publically traded company on the New York Stock Exchange or any other recognised stock exchange acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of all Lenders). 12.1.31 Negative Pledge The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner shall create, or permit to subsist, any Encumbrance (other than pursuant to the Security Documents) over all or any part of its assets or undertakings (other than Permitted Encumbrances) nor dispose of any of those assets or of all or part of that undertaking other than, in the case of a sale of a Collateral Vessel, where such sale complies with the requirements of Clause 6.4. 12.1.32 Management of Collateral Vessels The Borrower shall ensure that (a) each Collateral Vessel is at all times technically and commercially managed by Approved Managers and (b) at any time that the Approved Managers of the Collateral Vessels are not the Borrower, Teekay, Teekay Marine (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. or any other member of the Borrower Group or the Teekay Group, such Approved Managers provide a written confirmation confirming that, among other things, following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied and unwaived, all claims of the Approved Managers against a Collateral Owner shall be subordinated to the claims of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents. The Borrower shall promptly inform the Agent in writing of any proposed change of an Approved Manager. 12.1.33 Classification The Borrower shall ensure that each Collateral Vessel maintains the highest classification required for the purpose of the relevant trade of such Collateral Vessel which shall be with a Pre-Approved Classification Society, in each case, free from any material overdue recommendations and adverse notations affecting that Collateral Vessel's class. 12.1.34 Certificate of Financial Responsibility The Borrower shall procure that each Collateral Owner shall, if required, obtain and maintain a certificate of financial responsibility in relation to any Collateral Vessel which is to call at the United States of America. 12.1.35 Registration The Borrower shall not change or permit a change to the flag of a Collateral Vessel during the Facility Period other than to a Pre-Approved Flag or such other flag as may be approved by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Lenders, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. 12.1.36 ISM and ISPS Compliance The Borrower shall ensure that each ISM Company and ISPS Company complies in all material respects with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code, respectively, or any replacements thereof and in particular (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) shall ensure that such company holds (i) a valid and current Document of Compliance issued pursuant to the ISM Code, (ii) a valid and current SMC issued in respect of the relevant Collateral Vessel pursuant to the ISM Code, and (iii) an ISSC in respect of the relevant Collateral Vessel, and the Borrower shall promptly, upon request, supply the Agent with copies of the same. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 57


 
12.1.37 Maintenance The Borrower shall ensure that each of the Collateral Vessels shall be maintained in good and safe condition and with all registered surveys carried out when due. 12.1.38 Chartering The Borrower shall procure that no Collateral Owner shall, during the Facility Period, without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of all Lenders), take any vessel on charter or other contract of employment (or agree to do so) from any party outside the Borrower Group or the Teekay Group. 12.1.39 Valuations The Borrower will deliver to the Agent (at its own cost) Valuations (in accordance with the definition of, and sufficient to establish, Fair Market Value) of each Collateral Vessel for the purposes of testing compliance with Clause 10.9 (Additional Security) (a) prior to the First Drawdown Date for the purpose of Clause 3.3, (b) in April and October in each calendar year and (c) following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied and unwaived, on such other occasions as the Agent may request (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders). Such Valuations shall be dated no earlier than seventy five (75) days, in the case of (a) above, and no earlier than thirty (30) days, in every other case, prior to the date on which they are to be delivered to the Agent in accordance with this Clause and shall be at the cost of the Borrower. 12.1.40 No dealings with Master Agreements The Borrower shall not assign, novate or encumber or in any other way transfer any of its rights or obligations under any Master Agreement entered into in connection with the Loan, nor enter into any interest rate exchange or hedging agreement with anyone other than a Swap Provider. 12.1.41 Master Agreement Proceeds Charges Unless already signed and delivered pursuant to Clause 3.1 or Clause 3.3, upon execution and delivery of each Master Agreement, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Agent a Master Agreement Proceeds Charge in respect of that Master Agreement. 12.1.42 Green Passport The Borrower shall procure that each Collateral Vessel has and that each Collateral Owner provides the Agent with a copy of its Collateral Vessel's "Green Passport" (being a document listing all potentially hazardous materials on board a vessel) or any equivalent document for that Collateral Vessel in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and executed by a surveyor approved by the Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld). If such document is not available prior to the First Drawdown Date, Vessel Replacement Date or Upsize Amount Drawdown Date (as the case may be) it shall be obtained during the next dry docking of that Collateral Vessel and provided to the Agent within sixty (60) days of such dry docking. 12.1.43 Poseidon Principles The Borrower shall (and shall procure that each Collateral Owner will), upon the request of any Relevant Lender and at the cost of the Borrower, on or before 30 June in each calendar year, supply or procure the supply to the Agent (for transmission to each Relevant Lender) of such information as is reasonably requested in writing in order for any Relevant Lender to comply with its obligations under the Poseidon Principles LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 58


 
in respect of the preceding calendar year, including, without limitation, all ship fuel oil consumption data required to be collected and reported in accordance with regulation 22A of Annex VI and any Statement of Compliance, in each case relating to its Collateral Vessel for the preceding calendar year and hereby consents to each Relevant Lender obtaining such information directly from third parties, provided that no Relevant Lender shall publicly disclose such information with the identity of the relevant Collateral Vessel without the prior written consent of the Borrower and, for the avoidance of doubt, such information shall be "Confidential information" for the purposes of Clause 22 (Confidentiality) but the Borrower acknowledges that, in accordance with the Poseidon Principles, such information will form part of the information published regarding the applicable Relevant Lender's portfolio climate alignment. 12.2 Financial covenants Throughout the Facility Period the Borrower shall: 12.2.1 maintain Free Liquidity and Available Credit Lines of (in aggregate) not less than thirty five million Dollars ($35,000,000); and 12.2.2 ensure that the aggregate of Free Liquidity and Available Credit Lines will not be less than five per cent (5%) of the Total Debt; provided that following any change in the applicable accounting policies for the Borrower from GAAP the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders and in consultation with the Borrower) may require an amendment to this Clause 12.2 as the Agent deems logical and necessary having regard to the nature of such changes in policy and the intended substance of this Clause 12.2. 13 Events of Default 13.1 Events of Default Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 13.1 is an Event of Default. 13.1.1 Borrower's Failure to Pay under this Agreement The Borrower fails to pay any amount due from it under this Agreement at the time, in the currency and otherwise in the manner specified herein provided that, if the Borrower can demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent that all necessary instructions were given to effect such payment and the non-receipt thereof is attributable solely to an administrative or technical error by the Agent or an error in the banking system or a Disruption Event, such payment shall instead be deemed to be due, solely for the purposes of this paragraph, within three (3) Business Days of the date on which it actually fell due under this Agreement; or 13.1.2 Misrepresentation Any representation or statement made by any Security Party in any Finance Document to which it is a party or in any notice or other document, certificate or statement delivered by it pursuant thereto or in connection therewith is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect, where the circumstances causing the same give rise to a Material Adverse Effect; or 13.1.3 Specific Covenants A Security Party fails duly to perform or comply with any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by or procured by the LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 59


 
Borrower under Clauses 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 10.9, 12.1.7, 12.1.12, 12.1.22, 12.1.28, 12.1.30, 12.1.31, 12.1.35 and 12.2; or 13.1.4 Other Obligations A Security Party fails duly to perform or comply with any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in any Finance Document (other than those referred to in Clause 13.1.3) and such failure is not remedied within 30 days after the earlier of (i) the Agent having given notice thereof to the Borrower, and (ii) the Borrower becoming aware of such Default; or 13.1.5 Cross Default Any Financial Indebtedness of any Security Party is not paid when due (or within any applicable grace period) or any Financial Indebtedness of any Security Party is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity due to a default where (in either case) the aggregate of all such unpaid or accelerated indebtedness (i) of the Borrower is equal to or greater than fifty million Dollars ($50,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or (ii) of the Pledgor is equal to or greater than fifteen million Dollars ($15,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or (iii) of any Collateral Owner is equal to or greater than two million five hundred thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or 13.1.6 Insolvency and Rescheduling A Security Party is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, commences negotiations with any one or more of its creditors with a view to the general readjustment or rescheduling of its indebtedness or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or a composition with its creditors; or 13.1.7 Winding-up A Security Party files for initiation of formal restructuring proceedings, is wound up or declared bankrupt or takes any corporate action or other steps are taken or legal proceedings are started for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or re-organisation or for the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, conservator, custodian, trustee or similar officer of it or of any or all of its revenues or assets or any moratorium is declared or sought in respect of any of its indebtedness; or 13.1.8 Execution or Distress (a) Any Security Party fails to comply with or pay any sum due from it (within 30 days of such amount falling due) under any final judgment or any final order made or given by any court or other official body of a competent jurisdiction in an aggregate (i) in respect of the Borrower equal to or greater than fifty million Dollars ($50,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or (ii) in respect of the Pledgor equal to or greater that fifteen million Dollars ($15,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or (iii) in respect of any Collateral Owner equal to or greater than two million five hundred thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) or its equivalent in any other currency, being a judgment or order against which there is no right of appeal or if a right of appeal exists, where the time limit for making such appeal has expired. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 60


 
(b) Any execution or distress is levied against, or an encumbrancer takes possession of, the whole or any part of, the property, undertaking or assets of a Security Party in an aggregate amount (i) in respect of the Borrower equal to or greater than fifty million Dollars ($50,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or (ii) in respect of the Pledgor equal to or greater that fifteen million Dollars ($15,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or (iii) in respect of any Collateral Owner equal to or greater than two million five hundred thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) or its equivalent in any other currency, other than any execution or distress which is being contested in good faith and which is either discharged within 30 days or in respect of which adequate security has been provided within 30 days to the relevant court or other authority to enable the relevant execution or distress to be lifted or released; or 13.1.9 Similar Event Any event occurs which, under the laws of any jurisdiction, has a similar or analogous effect to any of those events mentioned in Clauses 13.1.6, 13.1.7 or 13.1.8; or 13.1.10 Repudiation Any Security Party repudiates any Finance Document to which it is a party or does or causes to be done any act or thing evidencing an intention to repudiate any such Finance Document; or 13.1.11 Validity and Admissibility At any time any act, condition or thing required to be done, fulfilled or performed in order: (a) to enable any Security Party lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights under and perform the respective obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents; (b) to ensure that the obligations expressed to be assumed by each of the Security Parties in the Finance Documents are legal, valid and binding; or (c) to make the Finance Documents admissible in evidence in any applicable jurisdiction is not done, fulfilled or performed within 30 days after notification from the Agent to the relevant Security Party requiring the same to be done, fulfilled or performed; or 13.1.12 Illegality At any time it is or becomes unlawful for any Security Party to perform or comply with any or all of its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party or any of the obligations of the Borrower hereunder are not or cease to be legal, valid and binding and such illegality is not remedied or mitigated to the satisfaction of the Agent within thirty (30) days after it has given notice thereof to the relevant Security Party; or 13.1.13 Material Adverse Change At any time there shall occur any event or change which has a Material Adverse Effect in respect of any Security Party and such event or change, if capable of remedy, is not so remedied within 30 days of the delivery of a notice confirming such event or change by the Agent to the relevant Security Party; or LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 61


 
13.1.14 Conditions Subsequent If any of the conditions set out in Clause 3.8 is not satisfied within the relevant timeframe or such other time period specified by the Agent in its discretion; or 13.1.15 Revocation or Modification of consents etc. If any Necessary Authorisation which is now or which at any time during the Facility Period becomes necessary to enable any of the Security Parties to comply with any of their obligations in or pursuant to any of the Finance Documents is revoked, withdrawn or withheld, or modified in a manner which the Agent reasonably considers is, or may be, prejudicial to the interests of a Finance Party in a material manner, or if such Necessary Authorisation ceases to remain in full force and effect; or 13.1.16 Cessation of Business The Borrower ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on all or a substantial part of its business; or 13.1.17 Curtailment of Business If the business of the Borrower is wholly or materially curtailed by any intervention by or under authority of any government, or if all or a substantial part of the undertaking, property or assets of the Borrower is seized, nationalised, expropriated or compulsorily acquired by or under authority of any government or the Borrower disposes or threatens to dispose of a substantial part of its business or assets; or 13.1.18 Notice of Termination If any Security Party (that has given a guarantee and indemnity pursuant to this Agreement) gives notice to the Agent to determine its obligations under its Guarantee; or 13.1.19 Environmental Matters (a) Any Environmental Claim is pending or made against a Collateral Owner or in connection with a Collateral Vessel, where such Environmental Claim has a Material Adverse Effect. (b) Any actual Environmental Incident occurs in connection with a Collateral Vessel, where such Environmental Incident has a Material Adverse Effect; or 13.1.20 Loss of Property All or a substantial part of the business or assets of any Security Party is destroyed, abandoned, seized, appropriated or forfeited for any reason, and such occurrence in the reasonable opinion of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 13.1.21 Master Agreement Termination A notice is given by a Swap Provider under section 6(a) of any Master Agreement for an Event of Default (as defined in such Master Agreement) that has not been remedied or waived under this Agreement, designating an Early Termination Date for the purpose of such Master Agreement, or a Master Agreement is for any other reason terminated, cancelled, suspended, rescinded, revoked or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect unless due to a close out of all Transactions or default by the relevant Swap Provider. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 62


 
13.2 Acceleration If an Event of Default is continuing unremedied or unwaived the Agent may (with the consent of the Majority Lenders) and shall (at the request of the Majority Lenders) by notice to the Borrower cancel any part of the Maximum Amount of the Loan not then advanced and: 13.2.1 declare that the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents are immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or 13.2.2 declare that the Loan is payable on demand, whereupon it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent; and/or 13.2.3 declare the Commitments terminated and the Maximum Amount of the Loan reduced to zero. 14 Assignment and Sub-Participation 14.1 Lenders' rights A Lender (the "Existing Lender") may assign any of its rights under this Agreement or transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (i) to any other branch or Affiliate of that Existing Lender or to any other Lender (or an Affiliate of another Lender), (ii) to a trust corporation, fund or another person which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets and which is, or the assets of which are, managed or serviced by an Existing Lender on a long term basis or (iii) (subject to the prior written consent of the Borrower, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld but not to be required at any time after an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied or unwaived) to any other bank, financial institution or institutional lender, or any trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in, or established for the purpose of, making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the "New Lender"), and may grant sub-participations in all or any part of its Commitment provided that where any such assignment, transfer or sub-participation relates to only part of a Lender's Commitment, (i) it shall be in an amount of no less than five million Dollars ($5,000,000) and (ii) such assignment, transfer or sub-participation of only part of a Lender's Commitment shall not result in such Lender holding a Commitment of less than five million Dollars ($5,000,000). Where the consent of the Borrower is required, the Borrower shall be deemed to have given its consent if no express refusal is given within five (5) Business Days. 14.2 Borrower's co-operation The Borrower will co-operate fully with an Existing Lender in connection with any assignment, transfer or sub-participation by that Existing Lender; will execute and procure the execution of such documents as that Existing Lender may require in that connection including, but not limited to, re-executing any Security Documents (if required); and irrevocably authorises any Finance Party to disclose to any proposed assignee, transferee or sub-participant (whether before or after any assignment, transfer or sub-participation and whether or not any assignment, transfer or sub-participation shall take place) all information relating to the Security Parties, the Loan and the Relevant Documents which any Finance Party may in its discretion consider necessary or desirable (subject to any duties of confidentiality applicable to the Lenders generally). LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 63


 
14.3 Rights of assignee Any assignee of an Existing Lender shall (unless limited by the express terms of the assignment) take the full benefit of every provision of the Finance Documents benefiting that Existing Lender provided that an assignment will only be effective on notification by the Agent to that Existing Lender and the assignee that the Agent is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "Know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to the assignee. 14.4 Transfer Certificates If an Existing Lender wishes to transfer any of its rights and obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement, it may do so by delivering to the Agent a duly completed Transfer Certificate, in which event on the Transfer Date: 14.4.1 to the extent that that Existing Lender seeks to transfer its rights and obligations, the Borrower (on the one hand) and that Existing Lender (on the other) shall be released from all further obligations towards the other; 14.4.2 the Borrower (on the one hand) and the transferee (on the other) shall assume obligations towards the other identical to those released pursuant to Clause 14.4.1; and 14.4.3 the Agent, each of the Lenders and the transferee shall have the same rights and obligations between themselves as they would have had if the transferee had been an original party to this Agreement as a Lender provided that the Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate once: (a) it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to the transferee; and (b) the transferee has paid to the Agent for its own account a transfer fee of five thousand Dollars ($5,000). The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, send to the Borrower and the Lenders a copy of that Transfer Certificate. 14.4.4 If: (a) a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and (b) as a result of circumstances, existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, the Borrower would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clauses 8.7 to 8.9 or Clause 8.12 or Clause 17.3, then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. This Clause 14.4.4 shall not apply in respect of an LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 64


 
assignment or transfer made in the ordinary course of the primary syndication of the Loan. 14.5 Finance Documents Unless otherwise expressly provided in any Finance Document or otherwise expressly agreed between an Existing Lender and any proposed transferee and notified by that Existing Lender to the Agent on or before the relevant Transfer Date, there shall automatically be assigned to the transferee with any transfer of an Existing Lender's rights and obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement the rights of that Existing Lender under or pursuant to the Finance Documents (other than this Agreement) which relate to the portion of that Existing Lender's rights and obligations transferred by the relevant Transfer Certificate. 14.6 No assignment or transfer by the Security Parties No Security Party may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents. 14.7 Security over Lenders' rights In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 14, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Security Party, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create an Encumbrance in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation: 14.7.1 any charge, assignment or other Encumbrance to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and 14.7.2 in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Encumbrance granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities, except that no such charge, assignment or Encumbrance shall: (a) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or other Encumbrance for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or (b) require any payments to be made by any Security Party or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents. 14.8 Acknowledgement regarding any Supported QFCs To the extent that the Finance Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for Master Agreements or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support” and each such QFC a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Finance Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 65


 
stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States): (a) In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFCor such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Finance Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Security Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support. (b) As used in this Clause 14.8, the following terms have the following meanings: “BHC Act Affiliate” of a party means an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party. “Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b). “Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable. “QFC” has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D). LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 66


 
15 The Agent and the Lenders 15.1 Appointment 15.1.1 Each Lender appoints the Agent to act as its agent and/or security trustee under and in connection with the Finance Documents and each Swap Provider appoints the Agent to act as its security trustee for the purposes of the Security Documents. 15.1.2 Each Lender and each Swap Provider authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents, in the case of the Lenders, and the Security Documents, in the case of the Swap Providers, together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions. 15.1.3 Except in Clause 15.28 or where the context otherwise requires or where expressly provided to the contrary, references in this Clause 15 to the “Finance Documents” or to any “Finance Document” shall not include the Master Agreements. 15.2 Authority Each Lender and each Swap Provider irrevocably authorises the Agent and the Agent hereby agrees (subject to Clauses 15.5.1, 15.25 and this Clause 15.2): 15.2.1 to execute any Finance Document (other than this Agreement) on its behalf; 15.2.2 to collect, receive, release or pay any money on its behalf; 15.2.3 acting on the instructions from time to time of the Majority Lenders (save where the terms of any Finance Document expressly provide otherwise) to give or withhold any waivers, consents or approvals under or pursuant to any Finance Document; 15.2.4 acting on the instructions from time to time of the Majority Lenders (save where the terms of any Finance Document expressly provide otherwise) to exercise, or refrain from exercising, any rights, powers, authorities or discretions under or pursuant to any Finance Document; and The Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities as agent or as security trustee other than those expressly conferred on it by the Finance Documents and shall not be obliged to act on any instructions from the Lenders or the Majority Lenders if to do so would, in the opinion of the Agent (in its sole discretion), be contrary to any provision of the Finance Documents or to any law, or would expose the Agent to any actual or potential liability to any third party. 15.3 Trust The Agent agrees and declares, and each of the other Finance Parties acknowledges, that, subject to the terms and conditions of this Clause 15.3, the Agent holds the Trust Property on trust for the Finance Parties absolutely. Each of the other Finance Parties agrees that the obligations, rights and benefits vested in the Agent shall be performed and exercised in accordance with this Clause 15.3. The Agent shall have the benefit of all of the provisions of this Agreement benefiting it in its capacity as Agent for the Finance Parties, and all the powers and discretions conferred on trustees by the Trustee Act 1925 (to the extent not inconsistent with this Agreement). In addition: LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 67


 
15.3.1 the Agent and any attorney, agent or delegate of the Agent may indemnify itself or himself out of the Trust Property against all liabilities, costs, fees, damages, charges, losses and expenses sustained or incurred by it or him in relation to the taking or holding of any of the Trust Property or in connection with the exercise or purported exercise of the rights, trusts, powers and discretions vested in the Agent or any other such person by or pursuant to the Security Documents or in respect of anything else done or omitted to be done in any way relating to the Security Documents other than as a result of its gross negligence or wilful misconduct; 15.3.2 the other Finance Parties acknowledge that the Agent shall be under no obligation to insure any property nor to require any other person to insure any property and shall not be responsible for any loss which may be suffered by any person as a result of the lack or insufficiency of any insurance; and 15.3.3 the Finance Parties agree that the perpetuity period applicable to the trusts declared by this Agreement shall be the period of 125 years from the date of this Agreement. 15.4 Required consents 15.4.1 Subject to Clause 15.5 any term of the Finance Documents (other than the Master Agreements) may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties. 15.4.2 The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 15. 15.4.3 Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 15.15.4, the Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the services of lawyers in determining the consent level required for and effecting any amendment, waiver or consent under this Agreement. 15.5 Exceptions 15.5.1 Subject to Clause 15.6 (Replacement of Screen Rate), an amendment, waiver or (in the case of a Security Document) a consent of, or in relation to, any term of any Finance Document (other than the Master Agreements) that has the effect of changing or which relates to: (a) the definitions of "Fair Market Value", "Majority Lenders", "Maximum Amount", "Proportionate Share", "Restricted Party", "Sanctions", "Sanctions Authority", "Sanctions List" and "Sanctioned Country" in Clause 1.1; (b) an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents; (c) a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable; LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 68


 
(d) a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents; (e) an increase in any Commitment, an extension of the Final Availability Date or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments of the Lenders rateably; (f) any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders; (g) Clause 2.2, Clause 14, this Clause 15, Clause 11.29, Clause 12.1.12 or Clause 23; (h) (other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document) the nature or scope of: (i) any Guarantee; (ii) the Charged Property; or (iii) the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Security Documents are distributed; (i) the release of any Guarantee or of any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents unless permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of any Encumbrance created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document; (j) the pro rata application of payments made by the Borrower under the Finance Documents or sharing of payments or Commitment reductions; or (k) agreement that documents tendered under Schedule 2, Part IV, paragraph 4(d) are satisfactory; shall not be made, or given, without the prior consent of all the Lenders. 15.5.2 An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent or the MLAs or the Bookrunners or the Co-Arranger (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent or, as the case may be, the MLAs or the Bookrunners or the Co-Arranger. 15.6 Replacement of Screen Rate 15.6.1 In this Clause 15.6: "Relevant Nominating Body" means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 69


 
"Replacement Benchmark" means a benchmark rate which is: (a) formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Screen Rate by: (i) the administrator of that Screen Rate (provided that the market or economic reality that such benchmark rate measures is the same as that measured by that Screen Rate); or (ii) any Relevant Nominating Body, and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the "Replacement Benchmark" will be the replacement under paragraph (ii) above; (b) in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to that Screen Rate; or (c) in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower, an appropriate successor to a Screen Rate. 15.6.2 Subject to Clause 15.5.2, any amendment or waiver which relates to: (a) providing for the use of a Replacement Benchmark in relation to that currency in place of that Screen Rate; and (b) (i) aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Benchmark; (ii) enabling that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the purposes of this Agreement); (iii) implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Benchmark; (iv) providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Benchmark; or (v) adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Benchmark (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 70


 
the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation), may be made with the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Borrower. 15.7 Excluded Commitments If: 15.7.1 any Defaulting Lender fails to respond to a request for a consent, waiver, amendment of or in relation to any term of any Finance Document or any other vote of Lenders under the terms of this Agreement within twenty (20) Business Days of that request being made; or 15.7.2 any Lender which is not a Defaulting Lender fails to respond to such a request (other than an amendment, waiver or consent referred to in Clauses 15.5.1(b), 15.5.1(c) and 15.5.1(e)) or other or such a vote within twenty (20) Business Days of that request being made, (unless, in either case, the Borrower and the Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request): (a) its Commitment(s) shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and (b) its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request. 15.8 Replacement of Lender 15.8.1 If: (a) any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in Clause 15.8.4); or (b) the Borrower or any other Security Party becomes obliged to repay any amount in accordance with Clause 6.1 or to pay additional amounts pursuant to Clause 8.7, Clause 8.12.1 or Clause 17.3 to any Lender, then the Borrower may, on ten (10) Business Days' prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 14 all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a "Replacement Lender") selected by the Borrower, which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 14 for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 71


 
of such Lender's participation in the outstanding Loan and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents. 15.8.2 The replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Clause 15.8 shall be subject to the following conditions: (a) the Borrower shall have no right to replace the Agent; (b) neither the Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a Replacement Lender; (c) in the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement must take place no later than thirty (30) Business Days after the date on which that Lender is deemed a Non-Consenting Lender; (d) in no event shall the Lender replaced under this Clause 15.8 be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and (e) the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to Clause 15.8.1 once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer. 15.8.3 A Lender shall perform the checks described in Clause 15.8.2(e) as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in Clause 15.8.1 and shall notify the Agent and the Borrower when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks. 15.8.4 In the event that: (a) the Borrower or the Agent (at the request of the Borrower) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents; (b) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all the Lenders; and (c) Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than seventy five per cent (75%) of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than seventy five per cent (75%) of the Total Commitments prior to that reduction) have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment, then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a "Non-Consenting Lender". LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 72


 
15.9 FATCA Mitigation Subject to Clause 14.4, if a FATCA Deduction is or will be required to be made by any Party under Clause 8.16 in respect of a payment to any Lender which is a FATCA FFI (a "FATCA Non-Exempt Lender"), the FATCA Non-Exempt Lender may either: (a) transfer its entire interest in the Loan to a U.S. branch or affiliate; or (b) (subject to the prior written consent of the Borrower in the case of a transferee which is not already a Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) nominate one or more transferee lenders who upon becoming a Lender would be a FATCA Exempt Party, by notice in writing to the Agent and the Borrower specifying the terms of the proposed transfer, and cause such transferee lender(s) to purchase all of the FATCA Non-Exempt Lender's interest in the Loan. 15.10 Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders 15.10.1 For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Commitment in ascertaining: (a) the Majority Lenders; or (b) whether: (i) any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments; or (ii) the agreement of any specified group of Lenders, has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote of Lenders under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender's Commitment will be reduced by the amount of its participation in the Loan it has failed to make available and, to the extent that that reduction results in that Defaulting Lender's Commitment being zero, that Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of (i) and (ii). 15.10.2 For the purposes of this Clause 15.10, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders: (a) any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender; (b) any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of "Defaulting Lender" has occurred, unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender. 15.11 Replacement of a Defaulting Lender 15.11.1 The Borrower may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving ten (10) Business Days' prior written notice to LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 73


 
the Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 14 all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a "Replacement Lender") selected by the Borrower which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations, or all the relevant obligations, of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 14 for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer which is either: (a) in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's participation in the outstanding Loan and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents; or (b) in an amount agreed between that Defaulting Lender, the Replacement Lender and the Borrower and which does not exceed the amount described in (a). 15.11.2 Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Clause 15.11 shall be subject to the following conditions: (a) the Borrower shall have no right to replace the Agent; (b) neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a Replacement Lender; (c) the transfer must take place no later than thirty (30) Business Days after the notice referred to in Clause 15.11.1; (d) in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and (e) the Defaulting Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to 15.11.1 once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer to the Replacement Lender. 15.11.3 The Defaulting Lender shall perform the checks described in Clause 15.11.2(e) as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in Clause 15.11.1 and shall notify the Agent and the Borrower when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks. 15.12 Liability Neither the Agent nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be liable to the Lenders for anything done or omitted to be done by the Agent under or in connection with any of the Relevant Documents unless as a result of the Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct. 15.13 Acknowledgement Each Lender and Swap Provider acknowledges that: 15.13.1 it has not relied on any representation made by the Agent or any of the Agent's directors, officers, employees or agents or by any other person acting LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 74


 
or purporting to act on behalf of the Agent to induce it to enter into any Finance Document; 15.13.2 it has made and will continue to make without reliance on the Agent, and based on such documents and other evidence as it considers appropriate, its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the Security Parties in connection with the making and continuation of the Loan; 15.13.3 it has made its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Security Parties; and 15.13.4 the Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility at any time to provide it with any credit or other information relating to any Security Party unless that information is received by the Agent pursuant to the express terms of a Finance Document. Each Lender and Swap Provider agrees that it will not assert nor seek to assert against any director, officer, employee or agent of the Agent or against any other person acting or purporting to act on behalf of the Agent any claim which it might have against them in respect of any of the matters referred to in this Clause 15.13. 15.14 Limitations on responsibility The Agent shall have no responsibility to any Security Party or to any Finance Party on account of: 15.14.1 the failure of a Finance Party or of any Security Party to perform any of its obligations under a Finance Document; nor 15.14.2 the financial condition of any Security Party; nor 15.14.3 the completeness or accuracy of any statements, representations or warranties made in or pursuant to any Finance Document, or in or pursuant to any document delivered pursuant to or in connection with any Finance Document; nor 15.14.4 the negotiation, execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, admissibility in evidence or sufficiency of any Finance Document or of any document executed or delivered pursuant to or in connection with any Finance Document. 15.15 The Agent's rights The Agent may: 15.15.1 assume that all representations or warranties made or deemed repeated by any Security Party in or pursuant to any Finance Document are true and complete, unless, in its capacity as the Agent, it has acquired actual knowledge to the contrary; 15.15.2 assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as Agent) that no Default has occurred unless, in the case of Clause 13.1.1 only, it, in its capacity as the Agent, has acquired actual knowledge to the contrary; 15.15.3 rely on any document or notice believed by it to be genuine; 15.15.4 rely as to legal or other professional matters on opinions and statements of any legal or other professional advisers selected or approved by it; LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 75


 
15.15.5 rely as to any factual matters which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of any Security Party on a certificate signed by or on behalf of that Security Party; and 15.15.6 refrain from exercising any right, power, discretion or remedy unless and until instructed to exercise that right, power, discretion or remedy and as to the manner of its exercise by the Lenders (or, where applicable, by the Majority Lenders) and unless and until the Agent has received from the Lenders any payment which the Agent may require on account of, or any security which the Agent may require for, any costs, claims, expenses (including legal and other professional fees) and liabilities which it considers it may incur or sustain in complying with those instructions. 15.16 The Agent's duties The Agent shall inform the Lenders promptly of any Event of Default under Clause 13.1.1 of which the Agent has actual knowledge. 15.17 No deemed knowledge The Agent shall not be deemed to have actual knowledge of the falsehood or incompleteness of any representation or warranty made or deemed repeated by any Security Party or actual knowledge of the occurrence of any Default (other than a Default under Clause 13.1.1) unless a Lender, a Swap Provider or a Security Party shall have given written notice thereof to the Agent in its capacity as the Agent. Any information acquired by the Agent other than specifically in its capacity as the Agent shall not be deemed to be information acquired by the Agent in its capacity as the Agent. 15.18 Other business The Agent may, without any liability to account to the Lenders or the Swap Providers, generally engage in any kind of banking or trust business with a Security Party or with a Security Party's subsidiaries or associated companies or with a Lender as if it were not the Agent. 15.19 Indemnity The Lenders shall, promptly on the Agent's request, reimburse the Agent in their respective Proportionate Share, for, and keep the Agent fully indemnified in respect of all liabilities, damages, costs and claims sustained or incurred by the Agent in connection with the Finance Documents, or the performance of its duties and obligations, or the exercise of its rights, powers, discretions or remedies under or pursuant to any Finance Document, to the extent not paid by the Security Parties and not arising from the Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct. 15.20 Employment of agents In performing its duties and exercising its rights, powers, discretions and remedies under or pursuant to the Finance Documents, the Agent shall be entitled to employ and pay agents to do anything which the Agent is empowered to do under or pursuant to the Finance Documents (including the receipt of money and documents and the payment of money) and to act or refrain from taking action in reliance on the opinion of, or advice or information obtained from, any lawyer, banker, broker, accountant, valuer or any other person believed by the Agent in good faith to be competent to give such opinion, advice or information. 15.21 Distribution of payments The Agent shall pay promptly to the order of each Lender that Lender's Proportionate Share of every sum of money received by the Agent pursuant to the Finance Documents (with the exception of the Master Agreements, any amounts payable pursuant to Clause 9 and/or any Fee Letter and any amounts which, by the terms of the Finance Documents, are paid to the Agent for the account of the LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 76


 
Agent alone or specifically for the account of one or more Lenders) and until so paid such amount shall be held by the Agent on trust absolutely for that Lender. 15.22 Reimbursement The Agent shall have no liability to pay any sum to a Lender until it has itself received payment of that sum. If, however, the Agent does pay any sum to a Lender on account of any amount prospectively due to that Lender pursuant to Clause 15.21 before it has itself received payment of that amount, and the Agent does not in fact receive payment within five (5) Business Days after the date on which that payment was required to be made by the terms of the Finance Documents, that Lender will, on demand by the Agent, refund to the Agent an amount equal to the amount received by it, together with an amount sufficient to reimburse the Agent for any amount which the Agent may certify that it has been required to pay by way of interest on money borrowed to fund the amount in question during the period beginning on the date on which that amount was required to be paid by the terms of the Finance Documents and ending on the date on which the Agent receives reimbursement. 15.23 Redistribution of payments Unless otherwise agreed between the Lenders and the Agent, if at any time a Lender receives or recovers by way of set-off, the exercise of any lien or otherwise from any Security Party, an amount greater than that Lender's Proportionate Share of any sum due from that Security Party to the Lenders under the Finance Documents (the amount of the excess being referred to in this Clause 15.23 and in Clause 15.24 as the "Excess Amount") then: 15.23.1 that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent (which shall promptly notify each other Lender); 15.23.2 that Lender shall pay to the Agent an amount equal to the Excess Amount within ten (10) days of its receipt or recovery of the Excess Amount; and 15.23.3 the Agent shall treat that payment as if it were a payment by the Security Party in question on account of the sum due from that Security Party to the Lenders and shall account to the Lenders in respect of the Excess Amount in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 15.23. However, if a Lender has commenced any legal proceedings to recover sums owing to it under the Finance Documents and, as a result of, or in connection with, those proceedings has received an Excess Amount, the Agent shall not distribute any of that Excess Amount to any other Lender which had been notified of the proceedings and had the legal right to, but did not, join those proceedings or commence and diligently prosecute separate proceedings to enforce its rights in the same or another court. 15.24 Rescission of Excess Amount If all or any part of any Excess Amount is rescinded or must otherwise be restored to any Security Party or to any other third party, the Lenders which have received any part of that Excess Amount by way of distribution from the Agent pursuant to Clause 15.23 shall repay to the Agent for the account of the Lender which originally received or recovered the Excess Amount, the amount which shall be necessary to ensure that the Lenders share rateably in accordance with their Proportionate Shares in the amount of the receipt or payment retained, together with interest on that amount at a rate equivalent to that (if any) paid by the Lender receiving or recovering the Excess Amount to the person to whom that Lender is liable to make payment in respect of such amount, and Clause 15.23.3 shall apply only to the retained amount. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 77


 
15.25 Instructions Where the Agent is authorised or directed to act or refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Lenders or of the Majority Lenders each of the Lenders shall provide the Agent with instructions within five (5) Business Days of the Agent's request (which request must be in writing). If a Lender does not provide the Agent with instructions within that period, that Lender shall be bound by the decision of the Agent. Nothing in this Clause 15.25 shall limit the right of the Agent to take, or refrain from taking, any action without obtaining the instructions of the Lenders or the Majority Lenders if the Agent in its discretion considers it necessary or appropriate to take, or refrain from taking, such action in order to preserve the rights of the Lenders under or in connection with the Finance Documents. In that event, the Agent will notify the Lenders of the action taken by it as soon as reasonably practicable, and the Lenders agree to ratify any action taken by the Agent pursuant to this Clause 15.25. 15.26 Payments All amounts payable to a Lender under this Clause 15 shall be paid to such account at such bank as that Lender may from time to time direct in writing to the Agent. 15.27 "Know your customer" checks Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents. 15.28 Resignation 15.28.1 Subject to a successor being appointed in accordance with this Clause 15.28, the Agent may resign as agent and/or security trustee at any time without assigning any reason by giving to the Borrower, the Lenders and, in the case of its resignation as security trustee, the Swap Providers notice of its intention to do so, in which event the following shall apply: (a) with the consent of the Borrower not to be unreasonably withheld (but such consent not to be required at any time after an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied or unwaived) the Lenders may within thirty (30) days after the date of the notice from the Agent appoint a successor to act as agent and/or security trustee or, if they fail to do so with the consent of the Borrower, not to be unreasonably withheld (but such consent not to be required at any time after an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied or unwaived), the Agent may appoint any other bank or financial institution as its successor; (b) the resignation of the Agent shall take effect simultaneously with the appointment of its successor on written notice of that appointment being given to the Borrower and the Lenders; (c) the Agent shall thereupon be discharged from all further obligations as agent but shall remain entitled to the benefit of the provisions of this Clause 15; and LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 78


 
(d) the successor of the Agent and each of the other parties to this Agreement shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if that successor had been a party to this Agreement. 15.28.2 The Agent shall resign and the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Borrower) shall appoint a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 15.28 if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either: (a) the Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 8.15 and a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; (b) the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to Clause 8.15 indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or (c) the Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date, and (in each case) a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign. 15.29 Replacement of the Agent 15.29.1 After consultation with the Borrower, the Majority Lenders may, by giving thirty (30) days' notice to the Agent (or, at any time the Agent is an Impaired Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders) replace the Agent by appointing a successor Agent. 15.29.2 The retiring Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the Lenders) make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its function as Agent under the Finance Documents. 15.29.3 The appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders to the retiring Agent. As from this date, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under Clause 15.29.2 but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 15 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). 15.29.4 Any successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 79


 
15.30 No fiduciary relationship Except as provided in Clauses 15.3 and 15.21, the Agent shall not have any fiduciary relationship with or be deemed to be a trustee of or for any other person and nothing contained in any Finance Document shall constitute a partnership between any two or more Lenders or between the Agent and any other person. 15.31 No other Duties Notwithstanding anything to the contrary hereunder, neither the Bookrunners nor the MLAs nor the Coordinator nor the Co-Arranger shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under any of the Finance Documents, except in their respective capacities, as applicable, as Bookrunners, MLAs or Coordinator. 16 Set-Off 16.1 A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from the Borrower under any Finance Document (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to the Borrower, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, that Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off. 16.2 The rights conferred on each Swap Provider by this Clause 16 shall be in addition to, and without prejudice to or limitation of, the rights of netting and set-off conferred on that Swap Provider by the relevant Master Agreement 17 Payments 17.1 Payments Each amount payable by the Borrower under a Finance Document (other than the Master Agreements) shall be paid to such account at such bank as the Agent may from time to time direct to the Borrower in the Currency of Account and in such funds as are customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment. Payment shall be deemed to have been received by the Agent on the date on which the Agent receives authenticated advice of receipt, unless that advice is received by the Agent on a day other than a Business Day or at a time of day (whether on a Business Day or not) when the Agent in its reasonable discretion considers that it is impossible or impracticable for the Agent to utilise the amount received for value that same day, in which event the payment in question shall be deemed to have been received by the Agent on the Business Day next following the date of receipt of advice by the Agent. 17.2 No deductions or withholdings Each payment (whether of principal or interest or otherwise) to be made by the Borrower under a Finance Document (other than the Master Agreements) shall, subject only to Clause 17.3, be made free and clear of and without deduction for or on account of any Taxes or other deductions, withholdings, rights of set-off, restrictions, conditions or counterclaims of any nature, other than FATCA Deductions. 17.3 Grossing-up If at any time any law requires the Borrower or any other Security Party to make any deduction or withholding from any payment, other than a FATCA Deduction, or to change the rate or manner in which any required deduction or withholding is made under a Finance Document (other than the Master Agreements), the Borrower shall (and shall procure that such Security Party shall) promptly notify the Agent and, simultaneously with making that payment, will pay to the Agent for LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 80


 
and on behalf of the relevant Finance Party whatever additional amount (after taking into account any additional Taxes on, or deductions or withholdings from, or restrictions or conditions on, that additional amount) is necessary to ensure that, after making the deduction or withholding, the relevant Finance Parties receive a net sum equal to the sum which they would have received had no deduction or withholding been made, it being understood that there shall be no requirement for any Security Party to further gross up a guarantee or indemnity payment or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any Security Document which already includes a grossing up element pursuant to this Clause 17.3 or any equivalent provision in a Security Document to take account of withholding. 17.4 Evidence of deductions If at any time the Borrower or any other Security Party is required by law to make any deduction or withholding from any payment to be made by it under a Finance Document (other than the Master Agreements), the Borrower shall (and shall procure that such Security Party shall) pay the amount required to be deducted or withheld to the relevant authority within the time allowed under the applicable law and will as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any case no later than thirty (30) days after making that payment, deliver to the Agent an original receipt issued by the relevant authority, or other evidence reasonably acceptable to the Agent, evidencing the payment to that authority of all amounts required to be deducted or withheld. 17.5 Rebate If the Borrower or any other Security Party pays any additional amount under Clause 8.12 or Clause 17.3, and a Finance Party subsequently receives a refund of or allowance in respect of any Tax which that Finance Party identifies as being referable to that increased amount so paid by the Borrower or that other Security Party, that Finance Party shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, pay to the Borrower or that other Security Party an amount equal to the amount of the refund or allowance received, if and to the extent that it may do so without prejudicing its right to retain that refund or allowance and without putting itself in any worse financial position than that in which it would have been had the relevant deduction or withholding not been required to have been made. Nothing in this Clause 17.5 shall be interpreted as imposing any obligation on any Finance Party to apply for any refund or allowance nor as restricting in any way the manner in which any Finance Party organises its tax affairs, nor as imposing on any Finance Party any obligation to disclose to the Borrower or any other Security Party any information regarding its tax affairs or tax computations. 17.6 Adjustment of due dates If any payment or transfer of funds to be made under a Finance Document, other than a payment of interest on the Loan or a payment under a Master Agreement, shall be due on a day which is not a Business Day, that payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day (unless the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month in which event the payment shall be made on the next preceding Business Day). Any such variation of time shall be taken into account in computing any interest in respect of that payment. 17.7 Control Account The Agent shall open and maintain on its books a control account in the name of the Borrower showing the advance of the Loan and the computation and payment of interest and all other sums due under this Agreement. The Borrower's obligations to repay the Loan and to pay interest and all other sums due under this Agreement shall be evidenced by the entries from time to time made in the control LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 81


 
account opened and maintained under this Clause 17.7 and those entries will, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding. 17.8 Impaired Agent 17.8.1 If, at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, a Security Party or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Agent in accordance with Clause 17.1 may instead either: (a) pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s); or (b) if in its absolute discretion it considers that it is not reasonably practicable to pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s), pay that amount or the relevant part of that amount to an interest- bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Security Party or the Lender making the payment (the "Paying Party") and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents (the "Recipient Party" or "Recipient Parties"). In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents. 17.8.2 All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the Recipient Party or the Recipient Parties pro rata to their respective entitlements. 17.8.3 A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 17.8 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account. 17.8.4 Promptly upon the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 15.29, each Paying Party shall (other than to the extent that that Party has given an instruction pursuant to Clause 17.8.5) give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Agent for distribution to the relevant Recipient Party or Recipient Parties in accordance with Clause 15.21. 17.8.5 A Paying Party shall, promptly upon request by a Recipient Party and to the extent: (a) it has not given an instruction pursuant to Clause 17.8.4; and (b) that it has been provided with the necessary information by that Recipient Party, give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the relevant amount (together with any accrued interest) to that Recipient Party. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 82


 
18 Notices 18.1 Communications in writing Any communication to be made under or in connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter or (subject to Clause 18.6) electronic mail. 18.2 Addresses The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each party to this Agreement for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with this Agreement are: 18.2.1 in the case of the Borrower, c/o Teekay Shipping (Canada) Ltd Suite 2000, Bentall 5, 550 Burrard Street, Vancouver, B.C., Canada V6C 2K2 (fax no: +1 604 681 3011) marked for the attention of Renee Eng, Treasury Manager; 18.2.2 in the case of each Lender, those appearing opposite its name in Schedule 1; 18.2.3 in the case of the Agent, 1211 Avenue of the Americas, 23rd Floor, New York, New York 10036, United States of America (fax no: +1 (212) 421 4420) marked for the attention of Shipping, Offshore & Oil Services; and 18.2.4 in the case of a Swap Provider, at the address below its name in Schedule 1, Part II; or any substitute address, fax number, department or officer as any party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five (5) Business Days' notice. 18.3 Delivery Any communication or document made or delivered by one party to this Agreement to another under or in connection this Agreement will only be effective: 18.3.1 if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or 18.3.2 if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address; or 18.3.3 if by way of electronic mail, in accordance with Clause 18.6; and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 18.2, if addressed to that department or officer. Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent. All notices from or to the Borrower (save in respect of the Master Agreements) shall be sent through the Agent. 18.4 Notification of address and fax number Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address, fax number or change of address, pursuant to Clause 18.2 or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other parties to this Agreement. 18.5 English language Any notice given under or in connection with this Agreement must be in English. All other documents provided under or in connection with this Agreement must be: LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 83


 
18.5.1 in English; or 18.5.2 if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document. 18.6 Electronic communication (a) Any communication to be made in connection with this Agreement may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including Debtdomain and any other similar electronic communication platform), if the Borrower and the relevant Finance Party: (i) agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication; (ii) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and (iii) notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them. (b) Any electronic communication made between the Borrower and the relevant Finance Party will be effective only when actually received in readable form and acknowledged by the recipient (it being understood that any system generated responses do not constitute an acknowledgement) and in the case of any electronic communication made by the Borrower to a Finance Party only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Finance Party shall specify for this purpose. 19 Partial Invalidity If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired. 20 Remedies and Waivers No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. 21 Miscellaneous 21.1 No oral variations No variation or amendment of a Finance Document shall be valid unless in writing and signed on behalf of all the Finance Parties. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 84


 
21.2 Further Assurance If any provision of a Finance Document shall be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part by reason of any present or future law or any decision of any court, or if the documents at any time held by or on behalf of the Finance Parties or any of them are considered by the Lenders for any reason insufficient to carry out the terms of this Agreement, then from time to time the Borrower will promptly, on demand by the Agent, execute or procure the execution of such further documents as in the opinion of the Lenders are necessary to provide adequate security for the repayment of the Indebtedness. 21.3 Rescission of payments etc. Any discharge, release or reassignment by a Finance Party of any of the security constituted by, or any of the obligations of a Security Party contained in, a Finance Document shall be (and be deemed always to have been) void if any act (including, without limitation, any payment) as a result of which such discharge, release or reassignment was given or made is subsequently wholly or partially rescinded or avoided by operation of any law. 21.4 Certificates Any certificate or statement signed by an authorised signatory of the Agent purporting to show the amount of the Indebtedness (or any part of the Indebtedness) or any other amount referred to in any Finance Document shall, save for manifest error or on any question of law, be conclusive evidence as against the Borrower of that amount. 21.5 Counterparts This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be original but which shall together constitute the same instrument. 21.6 Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 A person who is not a party to this Agreement (other than the Indemnified Parties) has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement. 21.7 Contractual recognition of bail-in Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail- In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of: (a) any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability; including (without limitation): (i) a reduction, in full and part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability; (ii) a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and (iii) a cancellation of any such liability; and (b) a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 85


 
22 Confidentiality 22.1 Confidential Information Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 22.2 and Clause 22.3, and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information. To the extent that Confidential Information comprises personal information of any officer, director or employee of a Security Party, each Finance Party agrees to hold that personal information in accordance with any law applicable to it. 22.2 Disclosure of Confidential Information Any Finance Party may disclose: 22.2.1 to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, insurers, reinsurers, insurance advisors, insurance brokers, risk mitigation providers, rating agencies, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this Clause 22.2.1 is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information; 22.2.2 to any person: (a) to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as agent or security trustee and, in each case, to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives, auditors and professional advisers; (b) with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Security Parties and to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives, auditors and professional advisers; (c) appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom Clause 22.2.2(a) or 22.2.2(b) applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf; (d) who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in Clause 22.2.2(a) or 22.2.2(b); (e) to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 86


 
taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation; (f) to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes; (g) to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 14.7; (h) who is a Party; or (i) with the consent of the Borrower; in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if: (i) in relation to Clauses 22.2.2(a), 22.2.2(b) and 22.2.2(c), the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information; (ii) in relation to Clause 22.2.2(d), the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information; (iii) in relation to Clauses 22.2.2(e), 22.2.2(f) and 22.2.2(g), the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances; and 22.2.3 to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom Clause 22.2.2(a) or 22.2.2(b) applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this Clause 22.2.3 if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking. 22.3 Disclosure to numbering service providers 22.3.1 Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 87


 
numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Loan and/or one or more Security Parties the following information: (a) names of Security Parties; (b) country of domicile of Security Parties; (c) place of incorporation of Security Parties; (d) date of this Agreement; (e) Clause 23; (f) the names of the Agent and the MLAs; (g) date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement; (h) amount of Total Commitments; (i) currencies of the Loan; (j) type of Loan; (k) ranking of the Loan; (l) Final Availability Date for the Loan; (m) changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to (a) to (l); and (n) such other information agreed between such Finance Party and that Security Party, to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services. 22.3.2 The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Loan and/or one or more Security Parties by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider. 22.3.3 The Borrower represents that none of the information set out in Clauses 22.3.1(a) to 22.3.1(n) is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information. 22.3.4 The Agent shall notify the Borrower and the other Finance Parties of: (a) the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Loan and/or one or more Security Parties; and (b) the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Loan and/or one or more Security Parties by such numbering service provider. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 88


 
23 Law and Jurisdiction 23.1 Governing law This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising from or in connection with it shall in all respects be governed by and interpreted in accordance with English law. 23.2 Jurisdiction For the exclusive benefit of the Finance Parties, the parties to this Agreement irrevocably agree that the courts of England are to have jurisdiction to settle any dispute (a) arising from or in connection with this Agreement or (b) relating to any non-contractual obligations arising from or in connection with this Agreement and that any proceedings may be brought in those courts. 23.3 Alternative jurisdictions Nothing contained in this Clause 23 shall limit the right of the Finance Parties to commence any proceedings against the Borrower in any other court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the commencement of any proceedings against the Borrower in one or more jurisdictions preclude the commencement of any proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not. 23.4 Waiver of objections The Borrower irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or in the future have to the laying of the venue of any proceedings in any court referred to in this Clause 23, and any claim that those proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient or inappropriate forum, and irrevocably agrees that a judgment in any proceedings commenced in any such court shall be conclusive and binding on it and may be enforced in the courts of any other jurisdiction. 23.5 Waiver of Jury Trial IN THE EVENT THAT VENUE IS LAID IN ANY COURT THAT IS LOCATED IN THE UNITED STATES, THE BORROWER HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OR ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN IT AND ANY AND ALL FINANCE PARTIES RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RELATIONSHIP THAT IS BEING ESTABLISHED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THE BORROWER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH SUCH LEGAL COUNSEL. 23.6 Service of process Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, the Borrower: 23.6.1 irrevocably appoints Teekay Shipping (UK) Ltd of 2nd Floor, 86 Jermyn Street, London SW1Y 6JD, England as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with this Agreement; and 23.6.2 agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the Borrower of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned. 24 PATRIOT Act Notice Each of the Finance Parties hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act and the policies and practices of the Finance Parties, the Finance Parties are required to obtain, verify and record certain information and LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 89


 
documentation that identifies each Security Party, which information includes the name and address of each Security Party and such other information that will allow the Finance Parties to identify each Security Party in accordance with the PATRIOT Act. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 90


 
Schedule 1 Part I The Lenders and the Commitments The Lenders Commitments The (US$) Proportionate Share (%) Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch 65,300,000 12.26% 1211 Avenue of the Americas 23rd Floor New York NY 10036 United States of America Fax no: +1 (212) 421 4420 Attn: Henning Lyche Christiansen Email: henning.christiansen@nordea.com Danske Bank, Norwegian Branch 50,000,000 9.38% Søndre gate 15 7011 Trondheim Norway For credit matters: Primary contact Bryggetorget 4 Aker Brygge 0250 Oslo Norway Attn: Anette Orsten Email: anette.orsten@danskebank.com Tel. no.: +47 85 40 62 66 Secondary contact Loan Management Shipping Holmens Kanal 2-12 1092 København K Denmark Email: loanmanshi@danskebank.com Tel. no.: +45 45 14 63 59 For administration matters: Loan Administration 3925 Holmens Kanal 2-12 1092 København K Denmark Email: R3925syn@danskebank.dk LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 91


 
Swedbank AB (publ) 50,000,000 9.38% Södra Hamngatan 27 404 80 Gothenburg Sweden For credit matters: Attn: Mikael Sandersson / Per Finn-Hansen Email: mikael.sandersson@swedbank.se / per.finn-hansen@swedbank.no For administration matters: Attention: Loan Agency / Credit Administration Fax no: +46 8 700 84 06 Email: agency@swedbank.se creditadmin@swedbank.se Citibank, N.A. 50,000,000 9.38% 388 Greenwich Street New York NY 10013 United States of America For credit matters: Citibank, N.A., London Branch Canada Square Canary Wharf London E14 5LB United Kingdom Attn: Shreyas Chipalkatty Email: shreyas.chipalkatty@citi.com For administration matters: Citibank, N.A. Loan Admin 1 Penns Way Ops II New Castle DE 19720 United States of America Attention: Securities Processing Analyst Tel.: +1 201 751 7566 Fax.: GLOriginationOps@citi.com Email: LoanOrigination.Team3@citi.com LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 92


 
ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC 100 Park Avenue 27,500,000 5.16% 17th Floor New York, NY 10017 United States of America For credit matters: Attn: Maria Rodriguez / Zerxis Press Tel. no: +1 917 284 6943 / +1 917 284 6938 Email: maria.rodriguez@abnamro.com zerxis.press@abnamro.com For administration matters: Attention: Lilia Engelsbel-Sporysheva Fax no: +1 917 284 6697 Email: tradefinance@abnamro.com lilia.engelsbel-sporysheva@abnamro.com Crédit Agricole Corporate and 50,000,000 9.38% Investment Bank 12, place des Etats-Unis CS 70052 92547 Montrouge Cedex France For credit matters: 1301, Avenue of the Americas New York, NY 10019 United States of America Attention: Jerome Duval / George Gkanasoulis Tel. no: +1 212 261 4039 / +1 212 261 3869 Fax no: +1 917 849 6380 / +1 917 849 5583 Email: jerome.duval@ca-cib.com manon.didier@ca-cib.com NYShipFinance@ca-cib.com For administration matters: 12 Place des Etats-Unis CS 70052 92547 Montrouge France Attention: Rosine Serra Joannides / Clémentine Costil Tel no: +33 1 41 89 43 76 / LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 93


 
+33 1 41 89 90 47 Fax no: +33 1 41 89 19 34 Email: rosine.serra-joannides@ca-cib.com clementine.costil.ca-cib.com BNP Paribas S.A. 27,500,000 5.16% 16, Boulevard des Italiens 75009 Paris France For credit matters: Attention: Marion Fievez/Karim Baz/Valentine Cuenot Email: marion.fievez@bnpparibas.com / karim.baz@bnpparibas.com / valentine.cuenot@bnpparibas.com For administration matters: Attention: BOCI CFI 2 Team/ Nurhan Gulec / Vanima Calinghee Fax no: +33 1 40 14 74 25 Email: paris.cib.boci.cfi.2@bnpparibas.com / nurhan.gulec@bnpparibas.com / vanima.calinghee@bnpparibas.com Clifford Capital Pte. Ltd. 27,500,000 5.16% 1 Raffles Quay, #23-01, North Tower Singapore 048583 Singapore For credit matters: Attention: Desmond Wong / Loh Yao Sheng Fax no: +65 6444 9600 Email: risk@cliffordcap.sg For administration matters: Attention: Cindy Oh / Lee Li Ling Fax no: +65 6444 9600 Email: fto@cliffordcap.sg LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 94


 
Commonwealth Bank of Australia, 27,500,000 5.16% London Branch 60 Ludgate Hill London EC4M 7AW United Kingdom For credit matters: Attention: Philip Cheesman / Lachlan Evans Tel. no: +44 207 710 3621 / +44 207 710 3970 Email: philip.cheesman@cba.com.au / lachlan.evans@cba.com.au Cc: deborah.tan@cba.com.au For administration matters: Attention: Loans Administration Tel. no: +44 207 710 3586 / +44 207 710 3961 Email: AUSR_SM05485@cba.com.au / PDM_SAF@cba.com.au DNB Capital LLC 27,500,000 5.16% 200 Park Avenue 31st Floor New York NY 10166 United States of America For credit matters: Attn: Jessika Larsson / Samantha Stone Email: jessika.larsson@dnb.no / samantha.stone@dnb.no / agencyNY@dnb.no For administration matters: Attn.: Loan Administration/Teresa Rosu Email: nyloanscsd@dnb.com / Teresa.rosu@dnb.no ING Bank N.V., London Branch 27,500,000 5.16% 8 – 10 Moorgate London EC2R 6DA United Kingdom Attention: Deal Execution Team Email: Execution@ING.com LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 95


 
KfW IPEX-Bank GmbH 27,500,000 5.16% Palmengartenstrasse 5-9 60325 Frankfurt am Main Federal Republic of Germany For credit matters: Attention: Arne Osthues/Claudia Coenenberg Fax no: +49 69 7431 3768 Email: arne.osthues@kfw.de claudia.coenenberg@kfw.de For administration matters: Attention: Vincent Ertlé Fax no: +49 69 7431 2944 Email: vincent.ertle@kfw.de National Australia Bank Limited 27,500,000 5.16% 245 Park Avenue New York NY 10167 United States of America For credit matters: Attention: Daniel Carr Tel. no: +1 212 916 9605 Email: daniel.j.carr@nabny.com For administration matters: Attention: Judith Esposito Fax no: +1 212 916 9622 Email: judith.esposito@nabny.com LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 96


 
Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation 27,500,000 5.16% Neo Building Rue Montoyer 51 Box no. 6 100 Brussels Belgium For credit matters: Primary Contact Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Europe Limited 99 Queen Victoria Street London EC4V 4EH England Attention: William Barrand Tel. no: +44 (0) 207 786 1420 Email: william_barrand@gb.smbcgroup.com Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Europe Limited 1/3/5 rue Paul Cézanne 75008 Paris France Attention: Henriette Zephir Tel. no: +33 1 44 90 48 81 Email: henriette_zephir@fr.smbcgroup.com Secondary Contact Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Europe Limited Neo Building Rue Montoyer 51 Box no. 6 100 Brussels Belgium Attention: Françoise Bouchat / Nadine Boudart Fax no: +32 2 502 07 80 Email: francoise_bouchat@be.smbcgroup.com nadine_boudart@be.smbcgroup.com For administration matters: Primary Contact Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Europe Limited LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 97


 
99 Queen Victoria Street London EC4V 4EH United Kingdom Attention: European Loan Operations Fax no: +44 207 786 1569 Secondary Contact Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Europe Limited 99 Queen Victoria Street London EC4V 4EH United Kingdom Attention: William Barrand Email: william_barrand@sg.smbcgroup.com Tel. no: +44 207 786 1420 Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Europe Limited 1/3/5 rue Paul Cézanne 75008 Paris France Attention: Henriette Zephir Tel. no: +33 1 44 90 48 81 Email: henriette_zephir@fr.smbcgroup.com Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB 20,000,000 3.75% (publ) Kungsträdgårdsgatan 8 SE-106 40 Stockholm Sweden For credit matters: Attention: Simon Beckman/Susanne Wilhelmsson Email: simon.beckman@seb.se / susanna.wilhelmsson@seb.se For administration matters: Attention: Lukas Baltaduonis Fax no: +46 8 611 03 84 Email: sco@seb.se LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 98


 
Part II The Swap Providers Nordea Bank Abp, Business Identity Code 2858394-9 c/o Nordea Danmark, Filial af Nordea Bank Abp, Finland 7288 Derivatives Services PO Box 850 DK-0900 Copenhagen K Denmark Tel.: +45 55 47 51 71 Email: otc@nordea.com DNB Bank ASA, New York Branch 200 Park Avenue 31st Floor New York NY 10166 United States of America Attn: Andrew Shohet / Emmanuel Sanz Email: andrew.shohet@dnb.no / emmanuel.sanz@dnb.no KfW IPEX-Bank GmbH Palmengartenstrasse 5-9 60325 Frankfurt am Main Federal Republic of Germany For credit matters: Attention: Arne Osthues/Claudia Coenenberg Fax no: +49 69 7431 3768 Email: arne.osthues@kfw.de claudia.coenenberg@kfw.de For administration matters: Attention: Treasury IPEX Fax no: +49 69 7431 2944 Email: treasury-ipex@kfw.de LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 99


 
National Australia Bank Limited 245 Park Avenue Floor 28 New York NY 10167 United States of America Attention: Ben Cattanach Tel. no: +1 212 916 1208 Email: ben.cattanach@nabny.com Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) 245 Park Avenue 33rd Floor New York NY 10167 United States of America Attention: Adnan Chian Tel. no: +1 212 907 4707 Email: adnan.chian@sebny.com ABN AMRO Bank N.V. c/o ABN AMRO Securities USA LLC 100 Park Avenue 17th Floor New York, NY 10017 United States of America For credit matters: Attn: Rajesh Bhandula Tel. no: +1 917 284 6712 Email: rajesh.bhandula@abnamro.com For administration matters: Attention: Roberto Broegg Tel. no: +1 917 284 6764 Email: roberto.broegg@abnamro.com LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 100


 
Citibank, N.A. 388 Greenwich Street New York NY 10013 United States of America For credit matters: Citibank, N.A., London Branch Canada Square Canary Wharf London E14 5LB United Kingdom Attention: Shreyas Chipalkatti Email: shreyas.chipalkatti@citi.com For administration matters: Citibank, N.A. Corporate Solutions Group 123 Front Street West Toronto ON Ontario CA M5J 2M3 Canada Attention: James O’Reilly / Ran Ren Tel.: +1 (416) 947 2924 / +1 (416) 947 5303 Email: jamie.oreilly@citi.com / ran.ren@citi.com ING Bank N.V. Foppingadreef 7 P.O. Box 1800 NL-1000 BV Amsterdam The Netherlands Attention: Operations / Derivatives / TRC 00.13 Fax no.: +31 20 501 3381 Tel. no: +31-20-563-8222 Email: Trade.Processing.Derivatives.AMS@INGBank.com Swedbank AB (publ), Norwegian branch Filipstad Brygge 1 0252 Oslo Norway Attention: Espen Ostlyngen/ Mattis Lund Tel. no.: +47 23 11 62 68 / +47 23 11 62 78 Email: espen.ostlyngen@swedbank.no / mattis.lund@swedbank.no LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 101


 
Danske Bank A/S Holmens Kanal 2-12 1092 Copenhagen K Denmark Attention: Anette Orsten Email: anette.orsten@danske.com LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 102


 
Part III MLAs LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 103


 
Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch 1211 Avenue of the Americas 23rd Floor New York NY 10036 United States of America Fax no: +1 (212) 421 4420 Attn: Henning Lyche Christiansen Email: henning.christiansen@nordea.com Danske Bank A/S Holmens Kanal 2-12 1092 Copenhagen K Denmark Attn: Anette Orsten Email: anette.orsten@danskebank.com Swedbank AB (publ) Södra Hamngatan 27 404 80 Gothenburg Sweden For credit matters: Attn: Mikael Sandersson / Per Finn-Hansen Email: mikael.sandersson@swedbank.se / per.finn-hansen@swedbank.no For administration matters: Attention: Loan Agency / Credit Administration Fax no: +46 8 700 84 06 Email: agency@swedbank.se creditadmin@swedbank.se Citibank, N.A. 388 Greenwich Street New York NY 10013 United States of America For credit matters: Citibank, N.A., London Branch Canada Square Canary Wharf London E14 5LB LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 104


 
United Kingdom Attn: Shreyas Chipalkatty Email: shreyas.chipalkatty@citi.com For administration matters: Citibank, N.A. Loan Admin 1 Penns Way Ops II New Castle DE 19720 United States of America Attention: Securities Processing Analyst Tel.: +1 201 751 7566 Fax.: GLOriginationOps@citi.com Email: LoanOrigination.Team3@citi.com ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC 100 Park Avenue 17th Floor New York, NY 10017 United States of America For credit matters: Attn: Maria Rodriguez / Zerxis Press Tel. no: +1 917 284 6943 / +1 917 284 6938 Email: maria.rodriguez@abnamro.com zerxis.press@abnamro.com For administration matters: Attention: Lilia Engelsbel-Sporysheva Fax no: +1 917 284 6697 Email: tradefinance@abnamro.com lilia.engelsbel-sporysheva@abnamro.com Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank 12, place des Etats-Unis CS 70052 92547 Montrouge Cedex France For credit matters: 1301, Avenue of the Americas New York, NY 10019 United States of America LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 105


 
Attention: Jerome Duval / George Gkanasoulis Tel. no: +1 212 261 4039 / +1 212 261 3869 Fax no: +1 917 849 6380 / +1 917 849 5583 Email: jerome.duval@ca-cib.com manon.didier@ca-cib.com NYShipFinance@ca-cib.com For administration matters: 12 Place des Etats-Unis CS 70052 92547 Montrouge France Attention: Rosine Serra Joannides / Clémentine Costil Tel no: +33 1 41 89 43 76 / +33 1 41 89 90 47 Fax no: +33 1 41 89 19 34 Email: rosine.serra-joannides@ca-cib.com clementine.costil.ca-cib.com BNP Paribas S.A. 16, Boulevard des Italiens 75009 Paris France For credit matters: Attention: Marion Fievez/Karim Baz/Valentine Cuenot Email: marion.fievez@bnpparibas.com / karim.baz@bnpparibas.com / valentine.cuenot@bnpparibas.com For administration matters: Attention: BOCI CFI 2 Team/ Nurhan Gulec / Vanima Calinghee Fax no: +33 1 40 14 74 25 Email: paris.cib.boci.cfi.2@bnpparibas.com / nurhan.gulec@bnpparibas.com / vanima.calinghee@bnpparibas.com Clifford Capital Pte. Ltd. 1 Raffles Quay, #23-01, North Tower Singapore 048583 Singapore For credit matters: Attention: Desmond Wong / Loh Yao Sheng Fax no: +65 6444 9600 Email: risk@cliffordcap.sg LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 106


 
For administration matters: Attention: Cindy Oh / Lee Li Ling Fax no: +65 6444 9600 Email: fto@cliffordcap.sg Commonwealth Bank of Australia, London Branch 60 Ludgate Hill London EC4M 7AW United Kingdom For credit matters: Attention: Philip Cheesman / Lachlan Evans Tel. no: +44 207 710 3621 / +44 207 710 3970 Email: philip.cheesman@cba.com.au / lachlan.evans@cba.com.au Cc: deborah.tan@cba.com.au For administration matters: Attention: Loans Administration Tel. no: +44 207 710 3586 / +44 207 710 3961 Email: AUSR_SM05485@cba.com.au / PDM_SAF@cba.com.au DNB Markets, Inc. 200 Park Avenue 31st Floor New York NY 10166 United States of America Attn: Tor Ivar Hansen Email: tor.ivar.hansen@dnb.no ING Bank N.V., London Branch 8 – 10 Moorgate London EC2R 6DA United Kingdom Attention: Deal Execution Team Email: Execution@ING.com KfW IPEX-Bank GmbH Palmengartenstrasse 5-9 60325 Frankfurt am Main Federal Republic of Germany LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 107


 
For credit matters: Attention: Arne Osthues/Claudia Coenenberg Fax no: +49 69 7431 3768 Email: arne.osthues@kfw.de claudia.coenenberg@kfw.de For administration matters: Attention: Vincent Ertlé Fax no: +49 69 7431 2944 Email: vincent.ertle@kfw.de National Australia Bank Limited 245 Park Avenue New York NY 10167 United States of America For credit matters: Attention: Daniel Carr Tel. no: +1 212 916 9605 Email: daniel.j.carr@nabny.com For administration matters: Attention: Judith Esposito Fax no: +1 212 916 9622 Email: judith.esposito@nabny.com Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Neo Building Rue Montoyer 51 Box no. 6 100 Brussels Belgium For credit matters: Primary Contact Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Europe Limited 99 Queen Victoria Street London EC4V 4EH England Attention: William Barrand Tel. no: +44 (0) 207 786 1420 Email: william_barrand@gb.smbcgroup.com Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Europe Limited 1/3/5 rue Paul Cézanne LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 108


 
75008 Paris France Attention: Henriette Zephir Tel. no: +33 1 44 90 48 81 Email: henriette_zephir@fr.smbcgroup.com Secondary Contact Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Europe Limited Neo Building Rue Montoyer 51 Box no. 6 100 Brussels Belgium Attention: Françoise Bouchat / Nadine Boudart Fax no: +32 2 502 07 80 Email: francoise_bouchat@be.smbcgroup.com nadine_boudart@be.smbcgroup.com For administration matters: Primary Contact Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Europe Limited 99 Queen Victoria Street London EC4V 4EH United Kingdom Attention: European Loan Operations Fax no: +44 207 786 1569 Secondary Contact Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Europe Limited 99 Queen Victoria Street London EC4V 4EH United Kingdom Attention: William Barrand Email: william_barrand@sg.smbcgroup.com Tel. no: +44 207 786 1420 Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Europe Limited 1/3/5 rue Paul Cézanne 75008 Paris France Attention: Henriette Zephir Tel. no: +33 1 44 90 48 81 Email: henriette_zephir@fr.smbcgroup.com LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 109


 
Part IV Bookrunners LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 110


 
Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch 1211 Avenue of the Americas 23rd Floor New York NY 10036 United States of America Fax no: +1 (212) 421 4420 Attn: Henning Lyche Christiansen Email: henning.christiansen@nordea.com Danske Bank A/S Holmens Kanal 2-12 1092 Copenhagen K Denmark Attn: Anette Orsten Email: anette.orsten@danskebank.com Swedbank AB (publ) Södra Hamngatan 27 404 80 Gothenburg Sweden For credit matters: Attn: Mikael Sandersson / Per Finn-Hansen Email: mikael.sandersson@swedbank.se / per.finn-hansen@swedbank.no For administration matters: Attention: Loan Agency / Credit Administration Fax no: +46 8 700 84 06 Email: agency@swedbank.se creditadmin@swedbank.se Citibank, N.A. 388 Greenwich Street New York NY 10013 United States of America For credit matters: Citibank, N.A., London Branch Canada Square Canary Wharf London E14 5LB United Kingdom LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 111


 
Attn: Shreyas Chipalkatty Email: shreyas.chipalkatty@citi.com For administration matters: Citibank, N.A. Loan Admin 1 Penns Way Ops II New Castle DE 19720 United States of America Attention: Securities Processing Analyst Tel.: +1 201 751 7566 Fax.: GLOriginationOps@citi.com Email: LoanOrigination.Team3@citi.com Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank 12, place des Etats-Unis CS 70052 92547 Montrouge Cedex France For credit matters: 1301, Avenue of the Americas New York, NY 10019 United States of America Attention: Jerome Duval / George Gkanasoulis Tel. no: +1 212 261 4039 / +1 212 261 3869 Fax no: +1 917 849 6380 / +1 917 849 5583 Email: jerome.duval@ca-cib.com manon.didier@ca-cib.com NYShipFinance@ca-cib.com For administration matters: 12 Place des Etats-Unis CS 70052 92547 Montrouge France Attention: Rosine Serra Joannides / Clémentine Costil Tel no: +33 1 41 89 43 76 / +33 1 41 89 90 47 Fax no: +33 1 41 89 19 34 Email: rosine.serra-joannides@ca-cib.com clementine.costil.ca-cib.com LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 112


 
LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 113


 
Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent and Subsequent Part I: Conditions precedent to service of Drawdown Notice 1 Security Parties (a) Constitutional Documents Copies of the constitutional documents of the Borrower together with such other evidence as the Agent may reasonably require that the Borrower is duly incorporated in its country of incorporation and remains in existence with power to enter into, and perform its obligations under, the Relevant Documents to which it is or is to become a party. (b) Certificate of good standing A certificate of good standing in respect of the Borrower (if available). (c) Board resolutions A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower: (i) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party and ratifying or resolving that it execute those Relevant Documents; and (ii) if required authorising a specified person or persons to execute those Relevant Documents (and all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched under those documents) on its behalf. (d) Shareholder resolutions If required by any legal advisor to the Agent, a copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares in the Borrower, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party. (e) Officer's certificates An original certificate of a duly authorised officer or representative of the Borrower certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part I of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement, setting out the names of its directors and officers and setting out the proportion of shares held by each shareholder. (f) Powers of attorney The original power of attorney of the Borrower under which any documents are to be executed or transactions undertaken by the Borrower. 2 Finance Documents This Agreement and any Fee Letter. 3 Legal opinions The following legal opinions, each addressed to the Agent, or confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that such opinion will be given: (a) an opinion on matters of English law from Stephenson Harwood LLP; and LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 114


 
(b) an opinion on matters of Marshall Island law from Watson Farley & Williams LLP, New York. 4 Other documents and evidence (a) Process agent Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 23.6 and any process agent appointed under any Finance Document executed pursuant to paragraph 2 above has accepted its appointment. (b) Other authorisations A copy of any Necessary Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any of the Relevant Documents or for the validity and enforceability of any of the Relevant Documents. (c) Fees Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower under Clause 8 and Clause 9 have been paid. (d) "Know your customer" documents Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent in order for the Lenders to comply with all necessary "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents (including "know your customer" documentation on each shareholder of the Borrower with a shareholding of 20% or more). (e) Other Such other documents, authorisations, opinions and assurances as the Agent may specify. (f) Valuations Valuations (in accordance with the definition of, and sufficient to establish, Fair Market Value) of each Collateral Vessel dated no earlier than seventy five (75) days prior to the First Drawdown Date. (g) Commitments The Coordinator having received confirmation of commitments from Lenders for, in aggregate, the full amount of the Loan. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 115


 
Part II(A): Conditions precedent to First Drawdown Date 1 Security Parties (a) Bringdown Certificate An original certificate from a duly authorised officer or representative of the Borrower confirming that none of the documents delivered to the Agent pursuant to Schedule 2, Part I, paragraphs 1(a), (c), (d), (e) and (f) have been amended or modified in any way since the date of their delivery to the Agent. (b) Constitutional Documents Copies of the constitutional documents of each Collateral Owner and the Pledgor together with such other evidence as the Agent may reasonably require that each Collateral Owner and the Pledgor is duly formed or incorporated in its country of formation or incorporation and remains in existence with power to enter into, and perform its obligations under, the Relevant Documents to which it is or is to become a party. (c) Certificates of good standing A certificate of good standing in respect of each Collateral Owner, the Pledgor and, if required, the Borrower (if such a certificate can be obtained). (d) Board resolutions A copy (or extract) of a resolution of the board of directors (or sole member) of each Collateral Owner and the Pledgor: (i) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party and ratifying or resolving that it execute those Relevant Documents; and (ii) if required authorising a specified person or persons to execute those Relevant Documents (and all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched under those documents) on its behalf. (e) Shareholder resolutions If required by any legal advisor to the Agent, a copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares or membership interests (as the case may be) in each Collateral Owner and the Pledgor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party. (f) Officer's certificates An original certificate of a duly authorised officer or representative of each Collateral Owner and the Pledgor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part II(B) of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Drawdown Date, setting out the names of its directors and officers, setting out the proportion of shares held by each shareholder, and confirming that its borrowing and guaranteeing limits will not be exceeded. (g) Powers of attorney The notarially attested and legalised (where necessary for registration purposes) power of attorney of each Collateral Owner and the Pledgor under which any documents are to be executed or transactions undertaken by that Collateral Owner and the Pledgor. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 116


 
2 Security and related documents (a) Vessel documents In respect of each Collateral Vessel, photocopies, certified as true, accurate and complete by a duly authorised representative of the Collateral Owner of that Collateral Vessel, of: (i) the Management Agreements (if any); (ii) any Charter; (iii) evidence of each Collateral Vessel's current Certificate of Financial Responsibility issued pursuant to the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 (if applicable); (iv) each ISM Company's current Document of Compliance; (v) each Collateral Vessel's current ISSC; (vi) each Collateral Vessel's current IAPPC; (vii) each Collateral Vessel's current SMC; (viii) each Collateral Vessel’s “Green Passport” (if available), in each case together with all addenda, amendments or supplements. (b) Evidence of Collateral Owners' title Evidence that on the First Drawdown Date (i) each Collateral Vessel is permanently registered under the relevant flag in the ownership of the relevant Collateral Owner and (ii) each Mortgage will be capable of being registered against the relevant Collateral Vessel with first priority. (c) Evidence of insurance Evidence that each Collateral Vessel is insured in the manner required by the Security Documents and that letters of undertaking will be issued in the manner required by the Security Documents, together with the written approval of the Insurances by an insurance adviser appointed by the Agent. (d) Certificate of class A certified copy of the Class Certificate for hull and machinery in respect of each Collateral Vessel confirming that that Collateral Vessel is classed with the highest in respect of each Collateral Vessel class applicable to vessels of her type with a Pre-Approved Classification Society free of material overdue recommendations affecting class. (e) Security Documents The Guarantees, the Mortgages, the Assignments, the Account Security Deed and the Share Pledges, together with all other documents required by any of them, including, without limitation, all notices of assignment and/or charge and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients, all share certificates, certified copy share registers or registers of members, transfer forms, proxy forms, letters of resignation and letters of undertakings specified in the Share Pledges. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 117


 
(f) Managers' Confirmations The Managers' Confirmations (if any) together with notices of any assignments contained in the same and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients. (g) Other Relevant Documents Copies of each of the Relevant Documents not otherwise comprised in the documents listed in this Part II(A) of Schedule 2. 3 Legal opinions Confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that legal opinions substantially in the form provided to the Agent prior to the First Drawdown Date will be given promptly following disbursement of the Loan, namely: (a) an opinion on matters of English law from Stephenson Harwood LLP; (b) an opinion on matters of Marshall Islands law from Watson Farley & Williams LLP; (c) an opinion on matters of New York law from Watson Farley & Williams LLP, New York; and (d) an opinion on matters of Bahamas law from Lennox Patton (or such other legal advisors in respect of the jurisdiction of the underlying flag of the Collateral Vessels). 4 Other documents and evidence (a) Drawdown Notice A duly completed Drawdown Notice. (b) Process agent Evidence that any process agent appointed under any of the Security Documents executed pursuant to paragraph 2(e) above has accepted its appointment. (c) Other Authorisations A copy of any other Necessary Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Relevant Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Relevant Document. (d) "Know your customer" Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent in order for the Lenders to comply with all necessary "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents. (e) Fees Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower under Clause 8 and Clause 9 have been paid by, or will have been paid on, the Drawdown Date. (f) Existing Indebtedness Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that on or by the First Drawdown Date, the Existing Indebtedness has, or will be, repaid in full together with accrued interest and all other fees accrued or outstanding under the Existing Loan Agreements and that all relevant Security Documents (as defined in the Existing Loan Agreements) and any relevant Encumbrance LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 118


 
securing the Existing Indebtedness or the obligations under the Existing Loan Agreements will be released and discharged. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 119


 
Part II(B): Conditions precedent to subsequent Drawdown Dates 1 Drawdown Notice A Drawdown Notice for the relevant Drawing. 2 Other Documents Any documents and evidence under Part II(A) to the extent not already provided to the Agent. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 120


 
Part III: Conditions subsequent to First Drawdown Date 1 Evidence of Collateral Owners' title On the First Drawdown Date, a certificate of ownership and encumbrance (or equivalent) issued by the Registrar of Ships (or equivalent official) of the flag of each Collateral Vessel confirming that (a) each Collateral Vessel is permanently registered under that flag in the ownership of the relevant Collateral Owner, (b) each Mortgage has been registered with first priority against the relevant Collateral Vessel and (c) there are no further Encumbrances registered against any of the Collateral Vessels. 2 Letters of undertaking Letters of undertaking in respect of the Insurances as required by the Security Documents together with copies of the relevant policies or cover notes or entry certificates duly endorsed with the interest of the Finance Parties. 3 Acknowledgements of notices Acknowledgements of all notices of assignment and/or charge given pursuant to any Security Documents received by the Agent pursuant to Part II of this Schedule 2. 4 Legal opinions Such of the legal opinions specified in Part II of this Schedule 2 as have not already been provided to the Agent. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 121


 
Part IV: Conditions precedent to a Vessel Replacement Date 1 Replacement Owner (a) Constitutional Documents Copies of the constitutional documents of the Replacement Owner together with such other evidence as the Agent may reasonably require that the Replacement Owner is duly formed or incorporated in its country of formation or incorporation and remains in existence with power to enter into, and perform its obligations under, the Relevant Documents to which it is or is to become a party. (b) Certificate of good standing A certificate of good standing in respect of the Replacement Owner (if such a certificate can be obtained). (c) Board resolutions A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Replacement Owner (or its sole member): (i) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party and ratifying or resolving that it execute those Relevant Documents; and (ii) if required authorising a specified person or persons to execute those Relevant Documents (and all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched under those documents) on its behalf. (d) Officer's certificate A certificate of a duly authorised officer or representative of the Replacement Owner certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part IV of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Vessel Replacement Date and setting out the names of its directors and officers (or its sole member), setting out the proportion of shares held by each shareholder (or its sole member) and confirming that its borrowing and guaranteeing limits will not be exceeded. (e) Power of attorney The notarially attested and legalised (where necessary for registration purposes) power of attorney of the Replacement Owner under which any documents are to be executed or transactions undertaken by the Replacement Owner. 2 Security and related documents (a) Vessel documents In respect of the Replacement Vessel photocopies, certified as true, accurate and complete by a duly authorised representative of the relevant Replacement Owner, of: (i) the Management Agreements (if any); (ii) any Charter; (iii) evidence of the Replacement Vessel's current Certificate of Financial Responsibility issued pursuant to the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 (if applicable); LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 122


 
(iv) the ISM's Company's current Document of Compliance; (v) the Replacement Vessel's current ISSC; (vi) the Replacement Vessel's IAPPC; (vii) the Replacement Vessel's current SMC; and (viii) the Replacement Vessel's “Green Passport” (if available), in each case together with all addenda, amendments or supplements. (b) Evidence of Owner's title Evidence that on the Vessel Replacement Date (i) the Replacement Vessel will be at least provisionally registered under a Pre-Approved Flag in the ownership of the Replacement Owner and (ii) a Mortgage will be capable of being registered against the Replacement Vessel with first priority. (c) Evidence of insurance Evidence that the Replacement Vessel is insured in the manner required by the Security Documents and that letters of undertaking will be issued in the manner required by the Security Documents, together with (if required by the Agent) the written approval of the Insurances by an insurance adviser appointed by the Agent. (d) Confirmation of class A Certificate of Confirmation of Class for hull and machinery confirming that the Replacement Vessel is classed with the highest class applicable to vessels of her type with a Pre-Approved Classification Society free of material overdue recommendations affecting class. (e) Security Documents The Guarantee to be executed by the Replacement Owner, the Mortgage and the Assignment to be executed in respect of the Replacement Vessel, a Share Pledge in respect of the Replacement Owner together with all other documents required by any of them, including, without limitation, all notices of assignment and/or charge and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients. (f) Managers' Confirmations The Managers' Confirmations (if any) together with notices of any assignments contained in the same and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients. (g) Other Relevant Documents Copies of each of the Relevant Documents in respect of the Replacement Vessel not otherwise comprised in the documents listed in this Part IV of Schedule 2. (h) Valuations Valuations (in accordance with the definition of, and sufficient to establish, Fair Market Value) of the Replacement Vessel dated no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Vessel Replacement Date. 3 Legal opinions If a Security Party is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales or if any Finance Document is governed by the laws of a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Lenders in each relevant jurisdiction, substantially in the form provided to the Agent prior to the Vessel LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 123


 
Replacement Date or confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that such an opinion will be given. 4 Other documents and evidence (a) Process agent Evidence that any process agent appointed under any new Finance Document has accepted its appointment. (b) Other authorisations A copy of any other Necessary Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the relevant Replacement Owner accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any of the Relevant Documents or for the validity and enforceability of any of the Relevant Documents. (c) Fees Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower under Clause 9 have been, or will be, paid on the Vessel Replacement Date. (d) "Know your customer" Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent in order for the Lenders to comply with all necessary "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 124


 
Part V: Conditions subsequent to Vessel Replacement Date 1 Evidence of Replacement Owner's title On the Vessel Replacement Date, a certificate of ownership and encumbrance (or equivalent) issued by the Registrar of Ships (or equivalent official) of the flag of the Replacement Vessel confirming that (a) the Replacement Vessel is permanently registered under that flag in the ownership of the Replacement Owner, (b) the Mortgage has been registered with first priority against the Replacement Vessel and (c) there are no further Encumbrances registered against the Replacement Vessel. 2 Letters of undertaking Letters of undertaking in respect of the Insurances relating to the Replacement Vessel as required by the Security Documents together with copies of the relevant policies or cover notes or entry certificates duly endorsed with the interest of the Finance Parties. 3 Acknowledgements of notices Acknowledgements of all notices of assignment and/or charge given pursuant to any Security Documents received by the Agent pursuant to Part IV of this Schedule 2. 4 Legal opinions Such of the legal opinions specified in Part IV of this Schedule 2 as have not already been provided to the Agent. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 125


 
Part VI: Conditions precedent to an Upsize Amount Drawdown Date 1 Security Parties (a) Bringdown Certificate A certificate from a duly authorised officer or representative of the Borrower confirming that none of the documents delivered to the Agent pursuant to Schedule 2, Part I, paragraphs 1(a), (c), (d) and (e) have been amended or modified in any way since the date of their delivery to the Agent. (b) Constitutional Documents Copies of the constitutional documents of the Additional Collateral Owner together with such other evidence as the Agent may reasonably require that the Additional Collateral Owner is duly formed or incorporated in its country of formation or incorporation and remains in existence with power to enter into, and perform its obligations under, the Relevant Documents to which it is or is to become a party. (c) Certificates of good standing A certificate of good standing in respect of the Additional Collateral Owner and the Borrower (if such a certificate can be obtained). (d) Board resolutions A copy (or extract) of a resolution of the board of directors (or its sole member) of the Additional Collateral Owner: (i) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party and ratifying or resolving that it execute those Relevant Documents; and (ii) if required authorising a specified person or persons to execute those Relevant Documents (and all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched under those documents) on its behalf. (e) Shareholder resolutions If required by any legal advisor to the Agent, a copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares or membership interests (as the case may be) in the Additional Collateral Owner, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party. (f) Officer's certificates An original certificate of a duly authorised officer or representative of the Additional Collateral Owner certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part IV of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the relevant Drawdown Date, setting out the names of its directors and officers, setting out the proportion of shares held by each shareholder, and confirming that its borrowing and guaranteeing limits will not be exceeded. (g) Powers of attorney The notarially attested and legalised (where necessary for registration purposes) power of attorney of the Additional Collateral Owner under which any documents are to be executed or transactions undertaken by that Additional Collateral Owner. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 126


 
2 Security and related documents (a) Vessel documents In respect of the Additional Collateral Vessel, photocopies, certified as true, accurate and complete by a duly authorised representative of the relevant Additional Collateral Owner, of: (i) the Management Agreements (if any); (ii) any Charter; (iii) evidence of the Additional Collateral Vessel's current Certificate of Financial Responsibility issued pursuant to the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 (if applicable); (iv) each ISM Company's current Document of Compliance; (v) the Additional Collateral Vessel's current ISSC; (vi) the Additional Collateral Vessel's current IAPPC; (vii) the Additional Collateral Vessel's current SMC; (viii) the Additional Collateral Vessel's “Green Passport” (if available), in each case together with all addenda, amendments or supplements. (b) Evidence of Additional Collateral Owner's title Evidence that on the Upsize Trigger Date (i) the Additional Collateral Vessel will be at least provisionally registered under a Pre-Approved Flag in the ownership of the Additional Collateral Owner and (ii) a Mortgage will be capable of being registered against the Additional Collateral Vessel with first priority. (c) Evidence of insurance Evidence that the Additional Collateral Vessel is insured in the manner required by the Security Documents and that letters of undertaking will be issued in the manner required by the Security Documents, together with the written approval of the Insurances by an insurance adviser appointed by the Agent. (d) Confirmation of class A certified copy of the Class Certificate for hull and machinery in respect of the Additional Collateral Vessel confirming that the Additional Collateral Vessel is classed with the highest class applicable to vessels of her type with a Pre-Approved Classification Society free of material overdue recommendations affecting class. (e) Security Documents The Guarantee to be executed by the Additional Collateral Owner, the Mortgage and the Assignment to be executed in respect of the Additional Collateral Vessel and the Share Pledge in respect of the Additional Collateral Owner, together with all other documents required by any of them, including, without limitation, all notices of assignment and/or charge and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients, all share certificates, certified copy share registers or registers of members, transfer forms, proxy forms, letters of resignation and letters of undertakings specified in the Share Pledge and such confirmations relating to LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 127


 
the existing Security Documents to ensure they secure the Upsize Increased Maximum Amount as the Agent and its counsel may require. (f) Managers’ Confirmation The Managers’ Confirmation (if any) together with notices of any assignments contained in the same and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients. (g) Other Relevant Documents Copies of each of the Relevant Documents in respect of the Additional Collateral Vessel not otherwise comprised in the documents listed in this Part IV of Schedule 2. (h) Valuations Valuations (in accordance with the definition of, and sufficient to establish, Fair Market Value) of the Additional Collateral Vessel dated no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Upsize Amount Drawdown Date. 3 Legal opinions If a Security Party is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales or if any Finance Document is governed by the laws of a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Lenders in each relevant jurisdiction, substantially in the form provided to the Agent prior to the Upsize Amount Drawdown Date or confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that such an opinion will be given. 4 Other documents and evidence (a) Upsize Notice A duly completed Upsize Notice, accepted in writing by the Agent. (b) Drawdown Notice A duly completed Drawdown Notice. (c) Process agent Evidence that any process agent appointed under any new Finance Document has accepted its appointment. (d) Other authorisations A copy of any other Necessary Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Relevant Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Relevant Document. (e) Fees Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower under Clause 9.3 have been paid or will be paid by the Drawdown Date. (f) "Know your customer" documents Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent in order for the Lenders to comply with all necessary "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in relation to Additional Collateral Owner or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents. (g) Other An addendum in respect of the Mortgage relating to m.v. “HOVDEN SPIRIT” amending the same to secure the relevant Upsize Amount, in agreed form between the relevant Collateral Owner and the Agent. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 128


 
Part VII: Conditions subsequent to an Upsize Amount Drawdown Date 1 Evidence of Collateral Owner's title On the Upsize Amount Drawdown Date, a certificate of ownership and encumbrance (or equivalent) issued by the Registrar of Ships (or equivalent official) of the flag of the Additional Collateral Vessel confirming that (a) the Additional Collateral Vessel is permanently registered under that flag in the ownership of the Additional Collateral Owner, (b) the relevant Mortgage has been registered with first priority against the Additional Collateral Vessel and (c) there are no further Encumbrances registered against the Additional Collateral Vessel. 2 Letters of undertaking Letters of undertaking in respect of the Insurances as required by the Security Documents together with copies of the relevant policies or cover notes or entry certificates duly endorsed with the interest of the Finance Parties. 3 Acknowledgements of notices Acknowledgements of all notices of assignment and/or charge given pursuant to any Security Documents received by the Agent pursuant to Part VI of this Schedule 2. 4 Legal opinions Such of the legal opinions specified in Part VI of this Schedule 2 as have not already been provided to the Agent. 5 Other On the Upsize Drawdown Date, a certificate of ownership and encumbrance (or equivalent) issued by the Registrar of Ships (or equivalent) of the Marshall Islands confirming that the addendum in respect of the Mortgage relating to m.v. “HOVDEN SPIRIT” referred to at Schedule 2, Part IV, paragraph 4(g) has been registered against that vessel. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 129


 
Schedule 3 The Collateral Vessels No. Vessel name Collateral Owner Type DWT Year Flag Initial Maximum built Amount of Collateral Vessel Tranche ($) 1 Americas Spirit Americas Spirit L.L.C. Aframax 111,920 2003 Bahamas 9,000,000 2 Atlanta Spirit Atlanta Spirit L.L.C. Suezmax 158,000 2011 Bahamas 26,100,000 3 Australian Spirit Australian Spirit L.L.C. Aframax 111,904 2004 Bahamas 10,050,000 4 Axel Spirit Axel Spirit L.L.C. Aframax 115,392 2004 Bahamas 10,050,000 5 Baker Spirit T.I.L. X L.L.C. Suezmax 156,929 2009 Bahamas 19,800,000 6 Barcelona Spirit Barcelona Spirit L.L.C. Suezmax 158,000 2011 Bahamas 26,100,000 7 Copper Spirit T.I.L. XII L.L.C. Suezmax 156,827 2010 Bahamas 21,300,000 8 Donegal Spirit Donegal Spirit L.L.C. LR2 105,200 2006 Bahamas 13,650,000 9 Erik Spirit Erik Spirit L.L.C. Aframax 115,525 2005 Bahamas 11,100,000 10 Esther Spirit Esther Spirit L.L.C. Aframax 115,444 2004 Bahamas 10,050,000 11 Everest Spirit Holding 10,050,000 Everest Spirit Aframax 115,048 2004 Bahamas L.L.C. 12 Galway Spirit Galway Spirit L.L.C. LR2 105,200 2007 Bahamas 15,150,000 13 Helga Spirit Helga Spirit L.L.C. Aframax 114,780 2005 Bahamas 11,100,000 14 Marshall 21,600,000 Hovden Spirit T.I.L. VII L.L.C. LR2 105,276 2012 Islands 15 Teekay Tankers HZ Hull 18,000,000 Leyte Spirit LR2 109,676 2011 Bahamas No. H-1587 L.L.C. 16 Limerick Spirit Limerick Spirit L.L.C. LR2 105,200 2007 Bahamas 14,550,000 17 London Spirit London Spirit L.L.C. Suezmax 158,000 2011 Bahamas 26,100,000 18 Los Angeles 17,850,000 Los Angeles Spirit L.L.C. Suezmax 159,000 2007 Bahamas Spirit 19 Teekay Tankers HZ Hull 18,000,000 Luzon Spirit LR2 109,581 2011 Bahamas No. H-1593 L.L.C. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 130


 
20 Matterhorn Spirit Matterhorn Spirit L.L.C. Aframax 114,980 2005 Bahamas 12,000,000 21 Montreal Spirit Montreal Spirit L.L.C. Suezmax 150,000 2006 Bahamas 17,100,000 22 Rio Spirit Rio Spirit L.L.C. Suezmax 158,000 2013 Bahamas 29,700,000 23 Teekay Tankers HZ Hull 18,000,000 Sebarok Spirit LR2 109,581 2011 Bahamas No. H-1592 L.L.C. 24 Teekay Tankers HZ Hull 17,100,000 Seletar Spirit LR2 109,001 2010 Bahamas No. H-1586 L.L.C. 25 Seoul Spirit Seoul Spirit L.L.C. Suezmax 158,000 2005 Bahamas 15,000,000 26 Summit Spirit Summit Spirit L.L.C. Suezmax 159,000 2008 Bahamas 19,650,000 27 Tahoe Spirit T.I.L. XIII L.L.C. Suezmax 156,870 2010 Bahamas 21,300,000 28 Tokyo Spirit Tokyo Spirit L.L.C. Suezmax 150,000 2006 Bahamas 16,350,000 29 Vail Spirit T.I.L. XIV L.L.C. Suezmax 157,048 2009 Bahamas 19,800,000 30 Teekay Tankers TS Hull 15,600,000 Yamato Spirit Aframax 107,617 2008 Bahamas No. S-1415 L.L.C. 31 Zenith Spirit Zenith Spirit L.L.C. Suezmax 159,000 2009 Bahamas 21,600,000 Total: 532,800,000 LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 131


 
Schedule 4 Form of Drawdown Notice To: Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch From: Teekay Tankers Ltd. [Date] 2020 Dear Sirs, Drawdown Notice We refer to the Loan Agreement dated 2020 made between, amongst others, ourselves and yourselves (the "Agreement"). Words and phrases defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Drawdown Notice. Pursuant to Clause 4.1 of the Agreement, we irrevocably request that you advance a Drawing in the sum of [ ] to us on 2020, which is a Business Day, by paying the amount of the advance to [ ]. We warrant that the representations and warranties contained in Clause 11 of the Agreement save those contained in Clauses 11.2, 11.61 and 11.22 are true and correct at the date of this Drawdown Notice and will be true and correct (although this warranty is not given with regard to Clause 11.7)2 on 2020 that no Default has occurred and is continuing unremedied or unwaived, and that no Default will result from the advance of the sum requested in this Drawdown Notice. We select the period of [ ] months as the Interest Period in respect of the said Drawing. Yours faithfully ....................... For and on behalf of Teekay Tankers Ltd. 1 For all drawdowns other than the first, add reference to Clause 11.7 here. 2 For all drawdowns other than the first, delete phrase in brackets. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 132


 
Schedule 5 Form of Transfer Certificate To: Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch Transfer Certificate This transfer certificate relates to a secured loan facility agreement (as from time to time amended, varied, supplemented or novated the "Loan Agreement") dated [ ] 2020, on the terms and subject to the conditions of which a secured revolving credit and term loan facility was made available to Teekay Tankers Ltd., by a syndicate of banks on whose behalf you act as agent and security trustee. 1 Terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, have the same meaning when used in this certificate. The terms "Transferor" and "Transferee" are defined in the schedule to this certificate (the "Schedule"). 2 The Transferor: 2.1 confirms that the details in the Schedule under the heading "Transferor's Commitment" accurately summarise its Commitment; and 2.2 requests the Transferee to accept by way of novation the transfer to the Transferee of the amount of the Transferor's Commitment specified in the Schedule by counter-signing and delivering this certificate to the Agent at its address for communications specified in the Loan Agreement. 3 The Transferee requests the Agent to accept this certificate as being delivered to the Agent pursuant to and for the purposes of clause 14 of the Loan Agreement so as to take effect in accordance with the terms of that clause on the Transfer Date specified in the Schedule. 4 The Agent confirms its acceptance of this certificate for the purposes of clause 14 of the Loan Agreement. 5 The Transferee confirms that: 5.1 it has received a copy of the Loan Agreement together with all other information which it has required in connection with this transaction; 5.2 it has not relied and will not in the future rely on the Transferor or any other party to the Loan Agreement to check or enquire on its behalf into the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any such information; and 5.3 it has not relied and will not in the future rely on the Transferor or any other party to the Loan Agreement to keep under review on its behalf the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status or nature of any Security Party. 6 Execution of this certificate by the Transferee constitutes its representation and warranty to the Transferor and to all other parties to the Loan Agreement that it has the power to become a party to the Loan Agreement as a Lender on the terms of the LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 133


 
Loan Agreement and has taken all steps to authorise execution and delivery of this certificate. 7 The Transferee undertakes with the Transferor and each of the other parties to the Loan Agreement that it will perform in accordance with their terms all those obligations which by the terms of the Loan Agreement will be assumed by it after delivery of this certificate to the Agent and the satisfaction of any conditions subject to which this certificate is expressed to take effect. 8 The Transferor makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any document relating to any Finance Document, and assumes no responsibility for the financial condition of any Finance Party or for the performance and observance by any Security Party of any of its obligations under any Finance Document or any document relating to any Finance Document and any conditions and warranties implied by law are expressly excluded. 9 The Transferee acknowledges that nothing in this certificate or in the Loan Agreement shall oblige the Transferor to: 9.1 accept a re-transfer from the Transferee of the whole or any part of the rights, benefits and/or obligations transferred pursuant to this certificate; or 9.2 support any losses directly or indirectly sustained or incurred by the Transferee for any reason including, without limitation, the non-performance by any party to any Finance Document of any obligations under any Finance Document. 10 The address and fax number of the Transferee for the purposes of clause 18 of the Loan Agreement are set out in the Schedule. 11 This certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be original but which shall together constitute the same instrument. 12 This certificate shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with English law. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 134


 
The Schedule 1 Transferor: 2 Transferee: 3 Transfer Date (not earlier that the fifth Business Day after the date of delivery of the Transfer Certificate to the Agent): 4 Transferor's Commitment: 5 Amount transferred: 6 Transferee's address and fax number for the purposes of clause 18 of the Loan Agreement: [name of Transferor] [name of Transferee] By: By: Date: Date: Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch as Agent By: Date: LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 135


 
Schedule 6 Form of Compliance Certificate To: Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch From: Teekay Tankers Ltd. Date: [●] Dear Sirs We refer to an agreement (the "Loan Agreement") dated [● ] 2020 and made between (inter alia) (1) us as borrower, (2) the banks listed at Schedule 1 thereto as lenders and (3) yourselves as agent and security trustee (as from time to time amended, varied, novated or supplemented). Terms defined or construed in the Loan Agreement have the same meanings and constructions in this Certificate. We attach the relevant calculation applicable on the last day of our financial [year][quarter] ending [● ] (the "Relevant Period") which confirm that: 1 Free Liquidity and Available Credit Lines [were in aggregate at all times equal to or greater than/fell below] $35,000,000. Therefore the condition contained in clause 12.2.1 of the Loan Agreement [has/has not] been complied with in respect of the Relevant Period. 2 The aggregate of Free Liquidity and Available Credit Lines [was at all times equal to or greater than/fell below] 5.0% of Total Debt. Therefore the condition contained in clause 12.2.2 of the Loan Agreement [has/has not] been complied with. 3 The aggregate of the Fair Market Value of the Collateral Vessels is [●] and the value of any additional security previously provided under clause 10.9 of the Loan Agreement is [●] which in aggregate is not less than 125% of the amount of the Loan Outstanding in the Relevant Period. Therefore, the requirements of clause 10.9 of the Loan Agreement have been complied with in respect of the Relevant Period. The Fair Market Value of each Collateral Vessel is as follows at [date]: Name of Name of first Name of Name of third Average market Collateral shipbroker second shipbroker value Vessel providing shipbroker providing valuation providing valuation valuation [●] [●] [●] [●] [●] 4 Details of all calculations made for the purposes of this Compliance Certificate are set out in the schedule attached hereto. Signed: ........................................ Duly authorised representative of Teekay Tankers Ltd. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 136


 
Schedule Details of financial calculations LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 137


 
Schedule 7 Reduction Schedule m.v. “Americas Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 9,000,000.00 1 30.06.2020 3,000,000.00 6,000,000.00 2 31.12.2020 3,000,000.00 3,000,000.00 3 30.06.2021 3,000,000.00 0 m.v. “Atlanta Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 26,100,000.00 1 30.06.2020 1,373,685.00 24,726,315.00 2 31.12.2020 1,373,685.00 23,352,630.00 3 30.06.2021 1,373,685.00 21,978,945.00 4 31.12.2021 1,373,685.00 20,605,260.00 5 30.06.2022 1,373,685.00 19,231,575.00 6 31.12.2022 1,373,685.00 17,857,890.00 7 30.06.2023 1,373,685.00 16,484,205.00 8 31.12.2023 1,373,685.00 15,110,520.00 9 30.06.2024 1,373,685.00 13,736,835.00 10 31.12.2024 1,373,685.00 12,363,150.00 m.v. “Australian Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 10,050,000.00 1 30.06.2020 2,010,000.00 8,040,000.00 2 31.12.2020 2,010,000.00 6,030,000.00 3 30.06.2021 2,010,000.00 4,020,000.00 4 31.12.2021 2,010,000.00 2,010,000.00 5 30.06.2022 2,010,000.00 0 m.v. “Axel Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 10,050,000.00 1 30.06.2020 2,010,000.00 8,040,000.00 2 31.12.2020 2,010,000.00 6,030,000.00 3 30.06.2021 2,010,000.00 4,020,000.00 4 31.12.2021 2,010,000.00 2,010,000.00 5 30.06.2022 2,010,000.00 0 LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 138


 
m.v. “Baker Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 19,800,000.00 1 30.06.2020 1,320,000.00 18,480,000.00 2 31.12.2020 1,320,000.00 17,160,000.00 3 30.06.2021 1,320,000.00 15,840,000.00 4 31.12.2021 1,320,000.00 14,520,000.00 5 30.06.2022 1,320,000.00 13,200,000.00 6 31.12.2022 1,320,000.00 11,880,000.00 7 30.06.2023 1,320,000.00 10,560,000.00 8 31.12.2023 1,320,000.00 9,240,000.00 9 30.06.2024 1,320,000.00 7,920,000.00 10 31.12.2024 1,320,000.00 6,600,000.00 m.v. “Barcelona Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 26,100,000.00 1 30.06.2020 1,373,685.00 24,726,315.00 2 31.12.2020 1,373,685.00 23,352,630.00 3 30.06.2021 1,373,685.00 21,978,945.00 4 31.12.2021 1,373,685.00 20,605,260.00 5 30.06.2022 1,373,685.00 19,231,575.00 6 31.12.2022 1,373,685.00 17,857,890.00 7 30.06.2023 1,373,685.00 16,484,205.00 8 31.12.2023 1,373,685.00 15,110,520.00 9 30.06.2024 1,373,685.00 13,736,835.00 10 31.12.2024 1,373,685.00 12,363,150.00 m.v. “Copper Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 21,300,000.00 1 30.06.2020 1,252,942.00 20,047,058.00 2 31.12.2020 1,252,942.00 18,794,116.00 3 30.06.2021 1,252,942.00 17,541,174.00 4 31.12.2021 1,252,942.00 16,288,232.00 5 30.06.2022 1,252,942.00 15,035,290.00 6 31.12.2022 1,252,942.00 13,782,348.00 7 30.06.2023 1,252,942.00 12,529,406.00 8 31.12.2023 1,252,942.00 11,276,464.00 9 30.06.2024 1,252,942.00 10,023,522.00 10 31.12.2024 1,252,942.00 8,770,580.00 LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 139


 
m.v. “Donegal Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 13,650,000.00 1 30.06.2020 1,516,667.00 12,133,333.00 2 31.12.2020 1,516,667.00 10,616,666.00 3 30.06.2021 1,516,667.00 9,099,999.00 4 31.12.2021 1,516,667.00 7,583,332.00 5 30.06.2022 1,516,667.00 6,066,665.00 6 31.12.2022 1,516,667.00 4,549,998.00 7 30.06.2023 1,516,667.00 3,033,331.00 8 31.12.2023 1,516,667.00 1,516,664.00 9 30.06.2024 1,516,664.00 0 m.v. “Erik Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 11,100,000.00 1 30.06.2020 1,585,715.00 9,514,285.00 2 31.12.2020 1,585,715.00 7,928,570.00 3 30.06.2021 1,585,715.00 6,342,855.00 4 31.12.2021 1,585,715.00 4,757,140.00 5 30.06.2022 1,585,715.00 3,171,425.00 6 31.12.2022 1,585,715.00 1,585,710.00 7 30.06.2023 1,585,710.00 0 m.v. “Esther Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 10,050,000.00 1 30.06.2020 2,010,000.00 8,040,000.00 2 31.12.2020 2,010,000.00 6,030,000.00 3 30.06.2021 2,010,000.00 4,020,000.00 4 31.12.2021 2,010,000.00 2,010,000.00 5 30.06.2022 2,010,000.00 0 m.v. “Everest Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 10,050,000.00 1 30.06.2020 2,010,000.00 8,040,000.00 2 31.12.2020 2,010,000.00 6,030,000.00 3 30.06.2021 2,010,000.00 4,020,000.00 4 31.12.2021 2,010,000.00 2,010,000.00 5 30.06.2022 2,010,000.00 0 LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 140


 
m.v. “Galway Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 15,150,000.00 1 30.06.2020 1,377,273.00 13,772,727.00 2 31.12.2020 1,377,273.00 12,395,454.00 3 30.06.2021 1,377,273.00 11,018,181.00 4 31.12.2021 1,377,273.00 9,640,908.00 5 30.06.2022 1,377,273.00 8,263,635.00 6 31.12.2022 1,377,273.00 6,886,362.00 7 30.06.2023 1,377,273.00 5,509,089.00 8 31.12.2023 1,377,273.00 4,131,816.00 9 30.06.2024 1,377,273.00 2,754,543.00 10 31.12.2024 1,377,273.00 1,377,270.00 m.v. “Helga Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 11,100,000.00 1 30.06.2020 1,585,715.00 9,514,285.00 2 31.12.2020 1,585,715.00 7,928,570.00 3 30.06.2021 1,585,715.00 6,342,855.00 4 31.12.2021 1,585,715.00 4,757,140.00 5 30.06.2022 1,585,715.00 3,171,425.00 6 31.12.2022 1,585,715.00 1,585,710.00 7 30.06.2023 1,585,710.00 0 m.v. “Hovden Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 21,600,000.00 1 30.06.2020 1,028,572.00 20,571,428.00 2 31.12.2020 1,028,572.00 19,542,856.00 3 30.06.2021 1,028,572.00 18,514,284.00 4 31.12.2021 1,028,572.00 17,485,712.00 5 30.06.2022 1,028,572.00 16,457,140.00 6 31.12.2022 1,028,572.00 15,428,568.00 7 30.06.2023 1,028,572.00 14,399,996.00 8 31.12.2023 1,028,572.00 13,371,424.00 9 30.06.2024 1,028,572.00 12,342,852.00 10 31.12.2024 1,028,572.00 11,314,280.00 LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 141


 
m.v. “Leyte Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 18,000,000.00 1 30.06.2020 947,369.00 17,052,631.00 2 31.12.2020 947,369.00 16,105,262.00 3 30.06.2021 947,369.00 15,157,893.00 4 31.12.2021 947,369.00 14,210,524.00 5 30.06.2022 947,369.00 13,263,155.00 6 31.12.2022 947,369.00 12,315,786.00 7 30.06.2023 947,369.00 11,368,417.00 8 31.12.2023 947,369.00 10,421,048.00 9 30.06.2024 947,369.00 9,473,679.00 10 31.12.2024 947,369.00 8,526,310.00 m.v. “Limerick Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 14,550,000.00 1 30.06.2020 1,322,728.00 13,227,272.00 2 31.12.2020 1,322,728.00 11,904,544.00 3 30.06.2021 1,322,728.00 10,581,816.00 4 31.12.2021 1,322,728.00 9,259,088.00 5 30.06.2022 1,322,728.00 7,936,360.00 6 31.12.2022 1,322,728.00 6,613,632.00 7 30.06.2023 1,322,728.00 5,290,904.00 8 31.12.2023 1,322,728.00 3,968,176.00 9 30.06.2024 1,322,728.00 2,645,448.00 10 31.12.2024 1,322,728.00 1,322,720.00 LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 142


 
m.v. “London Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 26,100,000.00 1 30.06.2020 1,373,685.00 24,726,315.00 2 31.12.2020 1,373,685.00 23,352,630.00 3 30.06.2021 1,373,685.00 21,978,945.00 4 31.12.2021 1,373,685.00 20,605,260.00 5 30.06.2022 1,373,685.00 19,231,575.00 6 31.12.2022 1,373,685.00 17,857,890.00 7 30.06.2023 1,373,685.00 16,484,205.00 8 31.12.2023 1,373,685.00 15,110,520.00 9 30.06.2024 1,373,685.00 13,736,835.00 10 31.12.2024 1,373,685.00 12,363,150.00 m.v. “Los Angeles Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 17,850,000.00 1 30.06.2020 1,622,728.00 16,227,272.00 2 31.12.2020 1,622,728.00 14,604,544.00 3 30.06.2021 1,622,728.00 12,981,816.00 4 31.12.2021 1,622,728.00 11,359,088.00 5 30.06.2022 1,622,728.00 9,736,360.00 6 31.12.2022 1,622,728.00 8,113,632.00 7 30.06.2023 1,622,728.00 6,490,904.00 8 31.12.2023 1,622,728.00 4,868,176.00 9 30.06.2024 1,622,728.00 3,245,448.00 10 31.12.2024 1,622,728.00 1,622,720.00 m.v. “Luzon Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 18,000,000.00 1 30.06.2020 947,369.00 17,052,631.00 2 31.12.2020 947,369.00 16,105,262.00 3 30.06.2021 947,369.00 15,157,893.00 4 31.12.2021 947,369.00 14,210,524.00 5 30.06.2022 947,369.00 13,263,155.00 6 31.12.2022 947,369.00 12,315,786.00 7 30.06.2023 947,369.00 11,368,417.00 8 31.12.2023 947,369.00 10,421,048.00 9 30.06.2024 947,369.00 9,473,679.00 10 31.12.2024 947,369.00 8,526,310.00 LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 143


 
m.v. “Matterhorn Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 12,000,000.00 1 30.06.2020 1,714,286.00 10,285,714.00 2 31.12.2020 1,714,286.00 8,571,428.00 3 30.06.2021 1,714,286.00 6,857,142.00 4 31.12.2021 1,714,286.00 5,142,856.00 5 30.06.2022 1,714,286.00 3,428,570.00 6 31.12.2022 1,714,286.00 1,714,284.00 7 30.06.2023 1,714,284.00 0 m.v. “Montreal Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 17,100,000.00 1 30.06.2020 1,900,000.00 15,200,000.00 2 31.12.2020 1,900,000.00 13,300,000.00 3 30.06.2021 1,900,000.00 11,400,000.00 4 31.12.2021 1,900,000.00 9,500,000.00 5 30.06.2022 1,900,000.00 7,600,000.00 6 31.12.2022 1,900,000.00 5,700,000.00 7 30.06.2023 1,900,000.00 3,800,000.00 8 31.12.2023 1,900,000.00 1,900,000.00 9 30.06.2024 1,900,000.00 0 m.v. “Rio Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 29,700,000.00 1 30.06.2020 1,291,305.00 28,408,695.00 2 31.12.2020 1,291,305.00 27,117,390.00 3 30.06.2021 1,291,305.00 25,826,085.00 4 31.12.2021 1,291,305.00 24,534,780.00 5 30.06.2022 1,291,305.00 23,243,475.00 6 31.12.2022 1,291,305.00 21,952,170.00 7 30.06.2023 1,291,305.00 20,660,865.00 8 31.12.2023 1,291,305.00 19,369,560.00 9 30.06.2024 1,291,305.00 18,078,255.00 10 31.12.2024 1,291,305.00 16,786,950.00 LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 144


 
m.v. “Sebarok Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 18,000,000.00 1 30.06.2020 947,369.00 17,052,631.00 2 31.12.2020 947,369.00 16,105,262.00 3 30.06.2021 947,369.00 15,157,893.00 4 31.12.2021 947,369.00 14,210,524.00 5 30.06.2022 947,369.00 13,263,155.00 6 31.12.2022 947,369.00 12,315,786.00 7 30.06.2023 947,369.00 11,368,417.00 8 31.12.2023 947,369.00 10,421,048.00 9 30.06.2024 947,369.00 9,473,679.00 10 31.12.2024 947,369.00 8,526,310.00 m.v. “Seletar Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 17,100,000.00 1 30.06.2020 1,005,883.00 16,094,117.00 2 31.12.2020 1,005,883.00 15,088,234.00 3 30.06.2021 1,005,883.00 14,082,351.00 4 31.12.2021 1,005,883.00 13,076,468.00 5 30.06.2022 1,005,883.00 12,070,585.00 6 31.12.2022 1,005,883.00 11,064,702.00 7 30.06.2023 1,005,883.00 10,058,819.00 8 31.12.2023 1,005,883.00 9,052,936.00 9 30.06.2024 1,005,883.00 8,047,053.00 10 31.12.2024 1,005,883.00 7,041,170.00 m.v. “Seoul Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 15,000,000.00 1 30.06.2020 2,142,858.00 12,857,142.00 2 31.12.2020 2,142,858.00 10,714,284.00 3 30.06.2021 2,142,858.00 8,571,426.00 4 31.12.2021 2,142,858.00 6,428,568.00 5 30.06.2022 2,142,858.00 4,285,710.00 6 31.12.2022 2,142,858.00 2,142,852.00 7 30.06.2023 2,142,852.00 0 LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 145


 
m.v. “Summit Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 19,650,000.00 1 30.06.2020 1,511,539.00 18,138,461.00 2 31.12.2020 1,511,539.00 16,626,922.00 3 30.06.2021 1,511,539.00 15,115,383.00 4 31.12.2021 1,511,539.00 13,603,844.00 5 30.06.2022 1,511,539.00 12,092,305.00 6 31.12.2022 1,511,539.00 10,580,766.00 7 30.06.2023 1,511,539.00 9,069,227.00 8 31.12.2023 1,511,539.00 7,557,688.00 9 30.06.2024 1,511,539.00 6,046,149.00 10 31.12.2024 1,511,539.00 4,534,610.00 m.v. “Tahoe Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 21,300,000.00 1 30.06.2020 1,252,942.00 20,047,058.00 2 31.12.2020 1,252,942.00 18,794,116.00 3 30.06.2021 1,252,942.00 17,541,174.00 4 31.12.2021 1,252,942.00 16,288,232.00 5 30.06.2022 1,252,942.00 15,035,290.00 6 31.12.2022 1,252,942.00 13,782,348.00 7 30.06.2023 1,252,942.00 12,529,406.00 8 31.12.2023 1,252,942.00 11,276,464.00 9 30.06.2024 1,252,942.00 10,023,522.00 10 31.12.2024 1,252,942.00 8,770,580.00 m.v. “Tokyo Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 16,350,000.00 1 30.06.2020 1,816,667.00 14,533,333.00 2 31.12.2020 1,816,667.00 12,716,666.00 3 30.06.2021 1,816,667.00 10,899,999.00 4 31.12.2021 1,816,667.00 9,083,332.00 5 30.06.2022 1,816,667.00 7,266,665.00 6 31.12.2022 1,816,667.00 5,449,998.00 7 30.06.2023 1,816,667.00 3,633,331.00 8 31.12.2023 1,816,667.00 1,816,664.00 9 30.06.2024 1,816,664.00 0 LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 146


 
m.v. “Vail Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 19,800,000.00 1 30.06.2020 1,320,000.00 18,480,000.00 2 31.12.2020 1,320,000.00 17,160,000.00 3 30.06.2021 1,320,000.00 15,840,000.00 4 31.12.2021 1,320,000.00 14,520,000.00 5 30.06.2022 1,320,000.00 13,200,000.00 6 31.12.2022 1,320,000.00 11,880,000.00 7 30.06.2023 1,320,000.00 10,560,000.00 8 31.12.2023 1,320,000.00 9,240,000.00 9 30.06.2024 1,320,000.00 7,920,000.00 10 31.12.2024 1,320,000.00 6,600,000.00 m.v. “Yamato Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 15,600,000.00 1 30.06.2020 1,200,000.00 14,400,000.00 2 31.12.2020 1,200,000.00 13,200,000.00 3 30.06.2021 1,200,000.00 12,000,000.00 4 31.12.2021 1,200,000.00 10,800,000.00 5 30.06.2022 1,200,000.00 9,600,000.00 6 31.12.2022 1,200,000.00 8,400,000.00 7 30.06.2023 1,200,000.00 7,200,000.00 8 31.12.2023 1,200,000.00 6,000,000.00 9 30.06.2024 1,200,000.00 4,800,000.00 10 30.12.2024 1,200,000.00 3,600,000.00 m.v. “Zenith Spirit” Reduction Reduction Date Reduction Amount Available Loan Amount No. (US$) (US$) 21,600,000.00 1 30.06.2020 1,440,000.00 20,160,000.00 2 31.12.2020 1,440,000.00 18,720,000.00 3 30.06.2021 1,440,000.00 17,280,000.00 4 31.12.2021 1,440,000.00 15,840,000.00 5 30.06.2022 1,440,000.00 14,400,000.00 6 31.12.2022 1,440,000.00 12,960,000.00 7 30.06.2023 1,440,000.00 11,520,000.00 8 31.12.2023 1,440,000.00 10,080,000.00 9 30.06.2024 1,440,000.00 8,640,000.00 10 30.12.2024 1,440,000.00 7,200,000.00 LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 147


 
Maximum Amount Reduction Reduction Date Total Reduction Total Available Loan No. Amount (US$) Amount (US$) 532,800,000.00 1 30.06.2020 47,210,982.00 485,589,018.00 2 31.12.2020 47,210,982.00 438,378,036.00 3 30.06.2021 47,210,982.00 391,167,054.00 4 31.12.2021 44,210,982.00 346,956,072.00 5 30.06.2022 44,210,982.00 302,745,090.00 6 31.12.2022 36,170,982.00 266,574,108.00 7 30.06.2023 36,170,964.00 230,403,144.00 8 31.12.2023 29,142,408.00 201,260,736.00 9 30.06.2024 29,142,402.00 172,118,334.00 10 30.12.2024 23,909,074.00 148,209,260.00 LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 148


 
Schedule 8 Form of Upsize Notice To: Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch From: [ ] Facility Agreement dated 2020 (the "Agreement") We refer to the Agreement. This is an Upsize Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Upsize Notice unless given a different meaning in this Upsize Notice. We hereby request an increase in the Maximum Amount by [ ] Dollars ($[ ]) (the “Upsize Amount”) to up to [ ] Dollars ($[ ]) which increase to be effective from [insert date at least 30 days after date of this Notice] (the "Upsize Trigger Date"). We attach information relating to the proposed Additional Collateral Owner and the Additional Collateral Vessel[s] including Valuations thereof, giving an average Valuation of [ ]. We agree to pay you as Agent a fee of [ ] Dollars ($[ ]) for distribution to the Participating Lenders on the Upsize Trigger Date. Further, we agree to pay a Margin in respect of the Upsize Amount of [ ] per cent ([ ]%) per annum. We warrant that the representations and warranties contained in Clause 11 of the Agreement (save those contained in Clauses 11.2, 11.6, 11.7 and 11.22) are true and correct at the date of this Upsize Notice and will be true and correct on the Upsize Trigger Date. Signed …………………………………….. Duly authorised representative of Teekay Tankers Ltd. LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 149


 
In witness of which the parties to this Agreement have executed this Agreement the day and year first before written. Signed by Patrick Smith ) /s/ Patrick Smith for and on behalf of ) Teekay Tankers Ltd. ) its ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch ) (as Agent) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch ) (as Lender) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Danske Bank, Norwegian Branch ) (as a Lender) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Swedbank AB (publ) ) (as a Lender) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 150


 
Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Citibank, N.A. ) (as a Lender) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC ) (as a Lender) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Crédit Agricole Corporate and ) Investment Bank ) (as a Lender) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) BNP Paribas S.A. ) (as a Lender) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Clifford Capital Pte. Ltd. ) (as a Lender) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 151


 
Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Commonwealth Bank of Australia, ) London Branch ) (as a Lender) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) DNB Capital LLC ) (as a Lender) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) ING Bank N.V., London Branch ) (as a Lender) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by Michael Burgess ) /s/ Michael Burgess as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) KfW IPEX-Bank GmbH ) (as a Lender) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by Daniel Carr ) /s/ Daniel Carr as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) National Australia Bank Limited ) (as a Lender) ) in the presence of: Matthew Richardson ) /s/ Matthew Richardson LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 152


 
Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation ) (as a Lender) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) ) (as a Lender) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch ) (as a MLA) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Danske Bank A/S ) (as a MLA) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Swedbank AB (publ) ) (as a MLA) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 153


 
Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Citibank, N.A. ) (as a MLA) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) ABN AMRO Capital USA LLC ) (as a MLA) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Crédit Agricole Corporate and ) Investment Bank ) (as a MLA) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) BNP Paribas S.A. ) (as a MLA) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Clifford Capital Pte. Ltd. ) (as a MLA) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 154


 
Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Commonwealth Bank of Australia, ) London Branch ) (as a MLA) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) DNB Markets, Inc. ) (as a MLA) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) ING Bank N.V., London Branch ) (as a MLA) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by Michael Burgess ) /s/ Michael Burgess as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) KfW IPEX-Bank GmbH ) (as a MLA) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by Daniel Carr ) /s/ Daniel Carr as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) National Australia Bank Limited ) (as a MLA) ) in the presence of: Matthew Richardson ) /s/ Matthew Richardson LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 155


 
Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation ) (as a MLA) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch ) (as a Bookrunner) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Danske Bank A/S ) (as a Bookrunner) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Swedbank AB (publ) ) (as a Bookrunner) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 156


 
Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Citibank, N.A. ) (as a Bookrunner) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Crédit Agricole Corporate and ) Investment Bank ) (as a Bookrunner) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch ) (as Coordinator) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Nordea Bank Abp ) (as a Swap Provider) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) DNB Bank ASA, New York Branch ) (as a Swap Provider) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 157


 
Signed by Michael Burgess ) /s/ Michael Burgess as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) KfW IPEX-Bank GmbH ) (as a Swap Provider) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by Daniel Carr ) /s/ Daniel Carr as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) National Australia Bank Limited ) (as a Swap Provider) ) in the presence of: Matthew Richardson ) /s/ Matthew Richardson Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) ) (as a Swap Provider) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) ABN AMRO Bank N.V. ) (as a Swap Provider) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 158


 
Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Citibank, N.A. ) (as a Swap Provider) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) ING Bank N.V. ) (as a Swap Provider) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Swedbank AB (publ), Norwegian branch ) (as a Swap Provider) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Danske Bank A/S ) (as a Swap Provider) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford Signed by David Metzger ) /s/ David Metzger as duly authorized ) for and on behalf of ) Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) ) (as a Co-Arranger) ) in the presence of: Holly Clifford ) /s/ Holly Clifford LONLIVE\37980466.10 Page 159


 


EXHIBIT 8.1
LISTING OF SUBSIDIARIES
The following companies are subsidiaries of Teekay Tankers Ltd. as at December 31, 2019:
Name of Subsidiary
State or Jurisdiction of Incorporation
Proportion of Ownership Interest
Americas Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Ashkini Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Athens Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Atlanta Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Australian Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Axel Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Barcelona Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Beijing Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Dilong Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Donegal Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Erik Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Esther Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Everest Spirit Holding L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Explorer Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Freeport Landholdings LLC
USA
100%
Galway Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Godavari Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Helga Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Iskmati Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Jiaolong Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Kaveri Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Limerick Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
LNG STS Limited
United Kingdom
100%
London Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Los Angeles Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Matterhorn Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Montreal Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Moscow Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Narmada Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Navigator Spirit L.L.C
Marshall Islands
100%
Pinnacle Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Rio Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Seoul Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Shenlong Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
SPT Marine Transfer Services Ltd.
Bermuda
100%
STX Hull No. S1672 L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Summit Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Sydney Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
T.I.L. Holdings Ltd.
Marshall Islands
100%
T.I.L. I L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
T.I.L. II L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
T.I.L. III L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
T.I.L. IV L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
T.I.L. IX L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%





T.I.L. V L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
T.I.L. VI L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
T.I.L. VII L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
T.I.L. VIII L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
T.I.L. X L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
T.I.L. XI L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
T.I.L. XII L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
T.I.L. XIII L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
T.I.L. XIV L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Tanker Investments Ltd.
Marshall Islands
100%
Taurus Tankers L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Teekay Chartering Limited
Marshall Islands
100%
Teekay Guardian L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Teekay Marine (Singapore) Pte Ltd.
Singapore
100%
Teekay Marine Holdings Limited
Marshall Islands
100%
Teekay Marine Ltd.
Marshall Islands
100%
Teekay Marine Solutions (Bermuda) Ltd.
Bermuda
100%
Teekay Marine Solutions Inc.
USA
100%
Teekay Marine Solutions Ltd.
United Kingdom
100%
Teekay Tanker Operations Ltd.
Marshall Islands
100%
Teekay Tankers Chartering L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Teekay Tankers Chartering Pte. Ltd.
Singapore
100%
Teekay Tankers Holdings Limited
Marshall Islands
100%
Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H-1586 L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H-1587 L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H-1592 L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Teekay Tankers HZ Hull No. H-1593 L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Teekay Tankers TS Hull No. S-1415 L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Teekay Workboats L.L.C.
USA
100%
Tianlong Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Tokyo Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Yamuna Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%
Zenith Spirit L.L.C.
Marshall Islands
100%

 





EXHIBIT 12.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Kevin Mackay, President and Chief Executive Officer of the company, certify that:
 
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Teekay Tankers Ltd.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The company's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

a.
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c.
Evaluated the effectiveness of the company's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.
Disclosed in this report any change in the company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The company's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company's auditors and the audit committee of the company's board of directors (or persons performing equivalent functions):

a.
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company's internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: April 14, 2020
 
By:
/s/ Kevin Mackay
 
 
 
Kevin Mackay
 
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer




EXHIBIT 12.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Stewart Andrade, Chief Financial Officer of the company, certify that:
 
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Teekay Tankers Ltd.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The company's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the company's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The company's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company's auditors and the audit committee of the company's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 14, 2020
 
By:
/s/ Stewart Andrade
 
 
 
Stewart Andrade
 
 
 
Chief Financial Officer




EXHIBIT 13.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Teekay Tankers Ltd. (the "Company") on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Form 20-F"), I, Kevin Mackay, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:
 
(1)
The Form 20-F fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and
(2)
The information contained in the Form 20-F fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Dated: April 14, 2020
 
By:
/s/ Kevin Mackay
 
 
Kevin Mackay
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 




EXHIBIT 13.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Teekay Tankers Ltd. (the "Company") on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2019 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Form 20-F"), I, Stewart Andrade, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:
 
(1)
The Form 20-F fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and
(2)
The information contained in the Form 20-F fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Dated: April 14, 2020
 
By:
/s/ Stewart Andrade
 
 
Stewart Andrade
 
 
Chief Financial Officer
 




EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Nos. 333-148055, 333- 194404 and 333-223824) on Form S-8 and Registration Statement (No. 333-206495) on Form F-3 of Teekay Tankers Ltd. (the “Company”) of our reports dated April 14, 2020, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), cash flows and changes in equity for each of the years in the three‑year period ended December 31, 2019, and related notes, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, which reports appear in the December 31, 2019 Annual Report on Form 20-F of the Company.

Our report refers to a change in accounting policies as of January 1, 2018 due to the adoption of ASU 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and a change in accounting policies as of January 1, 2019 due to the adoption of ASU 2016-02 Leases.


/s/ KPMG LLP
Chartered Professional Accountants
Vancouver, Canada
April 14, 2020